BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY VSUVU *™ /( SMITHSONIAN YEAR Smithsonian Year 1970 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 1970 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRESS City of Washington 1970 SMITHSONIAN PUBLICATION 4766 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20402 - Price $1.25 (paper cover) The Smithsonian Institution The Smithsonian Institution was created by act of Congress in 1846 in accordance with the terms of the will of James Smithson of England, who in 1826 bequeathed his property to the United States of America "to found at Washington, under the name of the Smithsonian Institu- tion, an establishment for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men." In receiving the property and accepting the trust, Con- gress determined that the federal government was without authority to administer the trust directly, and, therefore, constituted an "establish- ment," whose statutory members are "the President, the Vice President, the Chief Justice, and the heads of the executive departments." The Establishment Richard M. Nixon., President of the United States Spiro T. Agnew, Vice President of the United States Warren E. Burger, Chief Justice of the United States William P. Rogers., Secretary of State David M. Kennedy, Secretary of the Treasury Melvin R. Laird, Secretary of Defense John N. Mitchell, Attorney General Winton M. Blount, Postmaster General Walter J. Hickel, Secretary of the Interior Clifford M. Hardin, Secretary of Agriculture Maurice H. Stans, Secretary of Commerce George P. Shultz, Secretary of Labor Robert H. Finch, Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare George W. Romney, Secretary of Housing and Urban Development John A. Volpe, Secretary of Transportation Board of Regents and Secretary 30 June 1970 Presiding Officer ex officio Regents of the Institution Executive Committee (Permanent Committee) The Secretary Under Secretary Assistant Secretaries A listing of the professional staff of and its offices appears in Appendix 4 'Died 27 July 1970. Richard M. Nixon, President of the the United States, Chancellor Warren E. Burger, Chief Justice of the United States, Chancellor Spiro T. Aonew, Vice President of the United States Clinton P. Anderson, Member of the Senate J. William Fulbright, Member of the Senate Hugh Scott, Member of the Senate Frank T. Bow, Member of the House of Representatives Michael J. Kirwan, Member of the House of Representatives1 George H. Mahon, Member of the House of Representatives John Nicholas Brown, citizen of Rhode Island William A. M. Burden, citizen of New York Crawford H. Greenewalt, citizen of Delaware Caryl P. Haskins, citizen of Wash- ington, D.C. Thomas J. Watson, Jr., citizen of Connecticut James E. Webb, citizen of Washing- ton, D.C. Warren E. Burger. Chancellor (Board of Regents) Clinton P. Anderson- Caryl P. Haskins (Chairman ad interim) James E. Webb S. Dillon Ripley James Bradley Sidney R. Galler, Assistant Secre- tary (Science) Charles Blitzer, Assistant Secretary (History and Ait) William W. Warner, Assistant Sec- retary (Public Service) the Smithsonian Institution, its bureaus, Contents Page The Smithsonian Institution iii Board of Regents and Secretary iv Statement by the Secretary 1 Financial Report 18 Science 27 National Museum of Natural History 30 National Air and Space Museum 40 Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory 45 Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute 49 Radiation Biology Laboratory 55 National Zoological Park 56 Office of Environmental Sciences 59 Center for the Study of Man 62 Center for Short-Lived Phenomena 63 History and Art 65 National Museum of History and Technology 68 Archives of American Art 73 Freer Gallery of Art 75 National Collection of Fine Arts 77 National Portrait Gallery 78 Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden 80 Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design 81 National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board 83 Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars 84 Office of American Studies 85 The Joseph Henry Papers 86 Special Museum Programs 89 Office of the Director General of Museums 92 Office of Exhibits Programs 94 Conservation-Analytical Laboratory 94 Office of the Registrar 95 Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service 96 Page Public Service and Information Activities 99 Smithsonian Associates 102 Office of Public Affairs 104 Office of International Activities 105 Division of Performing Arts 106 Smithsonian Museum Shops 107 Belmont Conference Center 107 Anacostia Neighborhood Museum 108 Smithsonian (magazine) 110 Smithsonian Institution Archives Ill Smithsonian Institution Libraries Ill International Exchange Service 112 Information Systems Division 113 Smithsonian Institution Press 114 Science Information Exchange 115 Reading Is Fundamental 115 Office of Academic Programs 119 Administrative Management 123 National Gallery of Art 133 John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts 139 Appendixes 147 1. Smithsonian Foreign Currency Program 149 2. Members of the Smithsonian Council 153 3. Smithsonian Associates Membership 155 4. Staff of the Smithsonian Institution 158 5. Publications of the Smithsonian Institution Press 184 6. Academic Appointments 192 7. Public Affairs 203 8. Smithsonian Exhibits 210 9. Financial Statement 212 VI STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY Statement by the Secretary S. Dillon Ripley This past year has been one of measured progress for the enter- prises of the Smithsonian Institution. Where many of the prospects of the nation at large seem fraught with dissent and division, where the path of education has become obscured by the divisiveness which has beset the academies, the smaller private institu- tions of learning, lacking tuition-paying students as well as football teams, seem to have survived so far relatively unscathed. Sometimes it seems to us that the Smithsonian and other research institutions are rather like monasteries in medieval times, removed from the warfare that surges round about and insulated from the dissensions that rage throughout our public life. Our "monasteries" are not fortified as were those in the middle ages and we have not so far had to defend the scholars writing in their libraries and attempting to preserve individual research and learning. Rather our monasteries are open havens where the public comes and goes as it will, and we hope that something of value to all our people will brush off in the process. A notable example of the latter was the second peace demonstration and moratorium march on 15 November 1969 when, in the cold, and with tear gas on Constitution Avenue some 81,000 persons crowded into the Museum of History and Technology, cheek by jowl, to rest awhile and look at the objects displayed therein. That the exercise was not purely one of rest and relaxation was wit- nessed by the many letters and telephone calls received from all over the country afterward which expressed thanks and grateful apprecia- tion for the hospitality offered by the Museum, and concern and active interest in the displays that were on view. So some benefits can be derived even from such confrontations. Like other institutions concerned with research and study, however, the Smithsonian suffered in the past year from the general decline in grants and subventions to science as well as to related areas of study. Our problem with the declining government budgets for the support of basic science has been compounded by the tax reform act of last year which produced a serious paralysis of will on the part of the foundations. Drawing back from giving while they attempted to reassess the legal complications of the tax bill, foundations in general 1 2 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 have still not recovered entirely from the shock of the great tax reform act. The path ahead for foundations and for philanthropy in general is a thorny and difficult one. It appears for the moment as if the populist theoreticians in government have won a kind of victory and that once more the concept of the private accumulation of wealth is cast into an atmosphere of discredit in the public mind. Whether this trend on the part of the legislators represents a true feeling in the country at large remains to be discerned. It seems at this stage highly unlikely that the public tax-derived dollar will replace foundation giving to the extent or with anywhere near the potential versatility that the record of private philanthropy has dem- onstrated. All of this remains for the future, however. At least it would seem as if foundations will be somewhat more limited in the cycle of their growth and the number of years in which they con- tinue to operate. It seems as if a term had been put to the age of any foundation and one can only hope that in the long run this will not prove to be a serious or crippling blow. One of the encouraging developments for the Institution this year was the series of fruitful discussions held during the summer and autumn with the Bureau of the Budget on methods of structuring the federal part of our budget and the annual appeal for appropriations to the Congress of the United States. For the first time the Bureau of the Budget recognized the concept which we have continually emphasized, that Smithsonian activities represent a kind of unity. In spite of the many bureaus, some of them incorporated in large buildings on the Mall and others tucked away in laboratories here and there, there are a series of unifying themes which run through the Institution's activities. Our concerns remain united around the general subjects of history, history of art, science and technology, and the delineation of these histories through public exhibition. In addi- tion, our science activities revolve generally around the compilation of statistics, information, and research about the biosphere and space. Our classical concerns in natural history and in astrophysics have come full circle so that today we can proudly claim our work to be of vital importance in the new sciences of the study of the environ- ment on the one hand and of outer space on the other. Within these common themes there are overriding considerations for the public good. Education and public exhibition are of paramount concern for all our main buildings and for the curators and the research staff who inhabit them. Education through research and publication remains paramount in the other bureaus whose activities are not contained in the large public buildings. In addition, Joseph Henry's initial concern STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 3 with bringing scholars together with colleagues in foreign countries continues to be developed and encouraged through our foreign cur- rency program as well as research activities both here and abroad. We are proud of the incorporation this year of the first program for developing studies by the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars and pleased that we shall be able to give the Woodrow Wilson Center houseroom in the old Smithsonian building for a temporary period of time until new quarters are found for them. It is symbolic of the activities to which that "building was dedicated in the formative years of the Smithsonian that we should now have advanced scholars concerned with common themes of study housed in the red sandstone castle on the Mall. We hope that the first two broad areas of study of the Center scholars — the international law of the sea with its implication on planning for the appropriate and best uses of the sea, and the broad areas of social biology — will be illuminated by the Center's scholars. Their studies will reflect out, I am sure, into many of the scholarly workings of the Institution itself. The Bureau of the Budget has encouraged us during the past year to develop an interbureau program pointing toward the celebration of the American Revolution Bicentennial in 1976 and subsequent years, and for this the Congress, impressed by the goals toward which we strive, has appropriated some funds this year for the Institution. The second general theme approved by the Bureau is that of envi- ronmental studies, in so many aspects of which the Smithsonian has pioneered. We believe that the Congress will listen with interest to our discussions in this regard and will furnish us with some funds to begin laying out long-range plans for ecological assessments in both the New World temperate and tropical zones and perhaps in the Old World. Within such programs many of our scientists can find themselves at home and with the potential of resources to add to their critically needed funds for research. Like researchers in the field of the natural and physical sciences everywhere we have deep legitimate concerns for the great problems of our time. We are uniquely equipped through possessing and working with the national collections to contribute to solutions but we are pitifully undersup- ported in order to make these vital concerns effective. If the science fraternity across the land cares, we wish they would let us know and seek ways to help. Additionally, the events of last summer, when the Apollo 11 flight first successfully explored the moon, prompted us to raise with the administration whether the time might not be ripe to proceed with the plans for the National Air and Space Museum. The language of 4 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 the 1966 authorization was, "appropriations should not be requested pursuant to H.R. 6125 unless and until there is a substantial reduction in our military expenditures in Vietnam." In the interim since 1966, it has been our thought that the original plans for the National Air and Space Museum, first begun in the 1950s, have through the lapse of time become obsolescent. Museum building plans can become as dated in their own way as the designs for an airplane engine, provided no mock-up is constructed, no prototype tested. In the ensuing years since the National Air and Space Museum's plans were first drawn up, many new concepts of exhibits as well as new thoughts about the research potential of the Museum itself have evolved. At the same time construction costs have escalated steadily and in an arithmetic manner, so that today one is faced with the possibility of an annual increment to such costs of up to 12 percent. This means that an Air and Space Museum authorized in 1966 "not to exceed approximately $50,000,000 in costs" may now be envisaged to cost by the mid '70s something in the order of $65,000,000 to $70,000,000. The Smithsonian administration should not rest in its efforts to make prudent use of the dollars which may be appropriated to us by the Congress. It seems wise, therefore, to restudy the whole original design and to set exhibit and research needs against costs in such a way as to attempt to hold the line financially in any request to the Congress for a firm budget. Last autumn we asked the Bureau of the Budget for study funds, but this was unfortunately cut out of the President's budget for the 1970 session of the second session of the 91st Congress. We hope to go back to the Bureau of the Budget again this year and request funds for appropriate studies of the project. There will be only one National Air and Space Museum and we had better make sure that it is going to be the best one that can be feasibly obtained as well as a prudent and efficient use of government funds. Fortunately, the cooperation of nasa, the continued coopera- tion of the Air and Space Museum, and the perseverance of our budgetarily limited staff have combined to make sure that those objects as well as the documents incorporated in the eventual building will be of the highest quality and caliber. It is now up to us to produce the finest building that can be constructed. Happily, Mr. Gyo Obata of the firm of Hellmuth, Obata and Kassabaum has consented to restudy and redesign the building for what we hope will be an appro- priate cost, and this concept the Regents have approved. In spite of the generous actions of the Congress in giving the Smithsonian limited increases each year, which have averaged some- where between 6 and 8 percent, it is sad to recall that costs in the STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 5 nation at large have continued to escalate so much that our scientists' work and our research and exhibits potential have been seriously slowed and potentially threatened in their appropriate and meritorious growth. We have just been able to keep up with the continued na- tional rate of inflation. It allows little for growth, expansion, and change, so necessary for a healthy concern, be it a corporation, univer- sity, or a research and museum complex. Examples of such needs are continuing additions to art, history, and science collections, modern inventory computerization for these collections, development of new experimental ideas and fields of study — a neighborhood mu- seum, environmental research at our Chesapeake Bay Center and our Tropical Research Laboratory in Panama, support for the new Center for Short-Lived Phenomena — to name but a few of a seemingly endless list of worthy projects. Thus there is a definite and increasingly severe confrontation be- tween the clamor on the one hand to pursue creative ideas in pursuit of our mandate to increase and diffuse knowledge, and on the other hand the support of funds to permit such work to be carried out. While vigorously seeking additional support from Congress for these purposes, we are at the same time carrying out a program of self- examination of the use of our total resources with the objective of reducing or eliminating outmoded or low-priority activities. The results of this program will be a painful but necessary and healthy exercise. In the case of our private finances the pressures are no less severe. Failure to maintain a healthy balance between income and expendi- tures could produce a serious threat to the future of the Institution. Those unfamiliar with the Smithsonian may not realize that it was founded by Congress as a private institution and operated without any federal support for nine years until 1855, when at the insistence of the government it took over the management and exhibition of the National Museum collections. Since then, of course, the continued accessions of magnificent collections plus growth of other federally related activities have brought about an enlargement of this federal support. The growth of federal support combined in recent years with an alarming degree of inflation unmatched by growth of income from our private endowment funds has reduced our private fund support to less than 10 percent of our total, although research grants and contracts awarded to the Smithsonian added to our private income constitute about 32 percent of our total operating budget. The fact that the Smithsonian is basically a private institution, although federally supported, is of immense importance to its ability to 6 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 occupy its long-established and unique position. Its nonpolitical char- acter allows us to maintain our objectivity and our contacts and scholarly investigations in virtually all nations. The Smithsonian is a national showplace partially supported by but not of the government, and this attracts a continuing flow of valuable collections which would not otherwise be available in the nation's capital for the millions of annual visitors. Today it is not too much to say that the private nature of the Smith- sonian is threatened by the inflationary advances in costs without com- mensurate increase in private resources. While the Smithsonian private endowment funds total about thirty million dollars, only about one quarter of this amount is of an unrestricted nature and the annual income from these unrestricted endowment funds is less than $400,000, pitifully small in relation to a total annual budget of nearly fifty mil- lion dollars. During the fiscal year 1970 alone, the need to match for private employees the salary increases legislated for all United States government employees, boosted private roll salary payments by 15 percent. It will be literally impossible to keep up such a heavy pace in the future unless ,a commensurate increase in private resources can be achieved. We are now making strenuous efforts to cope with this threat to the future of the Institution. As in the case of federal funds, we are also currently examining all of our private activities to eliminate the unnecessary or less important. At the same time we are striving vigorously to increase income from our various private activities such as our Museum Shops and our Associates organizations. In addition, we have launched a national campaign to build up our private endow- ment funds to assure a substantially greater private income in the future. To this end, an Office of Development was formed in Septem- ber 1969 with Mr. Lynford E. Kautz as Director. Under his guidance a new national associates program has been launched with Mr. Thomas J. Watson, Jr., a Regent, serving as Chairman. The key to the success of the operation, is of course, our new Smithsonian maga- zine, launched in April 1970 and already showing great promise. It is anticipated that this program will have far-reaching benefits to the Institution. Besides serving as a giant step forward in carrying out our mandate to increase and diffuse knowledge among men, it can at the same time serve as the foundation for building a national counseling organization which will serve to attract the financial support which we so sorely need. In the area of publications in general, however, our funds for assuring an appropriate stream of the products of research have been STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 7 as seriously curtailed as they were in this Institution during the years of World War II. In spite of appeals for additional research funds for our scholars, Congress has not been able to award us any increase. In spite of continued appeals to foundations and government-granting agencies the level of funding for our research has decreased due to stringencies and shortages elsewhere in the government. Under these circumstances we have been pushed to the limit to account for the dollars made available for specific purposes by the Congress. This year particularly we were threatened with a potential deficit in our annual operations which at one time assumed menacing proportions. Searching and stringent action on the part of the fiscal and personnel offices of the Smithsonian has resulted in a pruning down of expenditures so that we have been able to balance our books at the end of the year. But it has been a trying and difficult year for everyone and in this sense we have reflected some of the mood of the nation at large. It is a great credit to our research and administrative staff as well as to the staff of the exhibits department and manifold sup- porting activities of the Institution that they have borne these trials with patience and understanding. In the past year or two it is as if indeed we have been placed on truly monastic fare, bread and water. It is a tribute to the understanding of the staff and their sharing of these burdens that we have come through so far with morale preserved and with cheerful good humor. In our exhibits and in aspects of our research we can at least emphasize the positive in America and in the American experience. Particularly in our historical exhibits this can be a countervailing current to much of the general mood of uncer- tainty and self-pity which prevails today. In Joseph Henry's view the Smithsonian existed to stimulate re- search in pursuit of new truths and to make these truths available to both the public and to professionals, in the arts, sciences, and cultural history. His favorite phrase to describe the Institution's ultimate aim was a "College of Discoverers." I still feel that this is the unifying force, the common factor in all the diverse bureaus and museums of the Smithsonian — the Institution as a "College of Discoverers" which • First, keeps records of knowledge through its collections; • Second, serves as a stimulus to research, largely through its collec- tions; • Third, and perhaps most important, uses the collections and the results of research for public education. These three elements may be found to a greater or lesser degree in all the bureaus of the Smithsonian, as they are today. What then 8 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 is the record of our most recent objectives and our present manage- ment program? When I returned to the Smithsonian as Secretary in 1964, the Insti- tution was completing a major cycle of facilities development under- taken to increase its capacity as a research institution. The National Collection of Fine Arts and National Portrait Gallery were readying new quarters with ample study space, in addition to new exhibition and storage spaces. A renovation of the historic Smithsonian Institu- tion Building was in prospect. Fourteen halls of modern research and collection storage space were being completed for the National Mu- seum of Natural History. The splendid new National Museum of History and Technology had just opened, with two floors of scholarly studies and collection storage areas. A research building was being considered as a step in the ten-year construction program of the National Zoological Park. The staff of our tropical research laboratory was preparing to move from restricted quarters on Barro Colorado Island onto the mainland and to establish strategically situated marine biology facilities as their sphere of inquiry widened to include the diverse habitats of Panama and the tropics as a whole. But the administrative and fiscal requirements for the expanded research efforts allowed by physical expansion had barely begun and there was little understanding within the wid^r community of the character and extent of the Smithsonian's interests in research. I felt then that our first efforts should be to deepen the Institution's emphasis on research, in order to attain the advantages of the building program so successfully carried forward by my predecessor, Dr. Carmichael. So our professional research staff on fulltime appointments has grown, from 243 in 1965 to 310 today. Of course without strong support from technical assistants and support divisions such an expansion of the research effort could not be effective since all of these necessary functions would otherwise have to be borne on the shoulders of the research staff, and here faltering government budget support has held back our appropriate growth. I have been deeply concerned about the scale of services available from the Smithsonian Institution Libraries, an indispensable auxiliary of all of our research. A distinguished librarian, Dr. Russell Shank, was recruited in September 1967 from the forefront of the library profession, given senior standing and a pledge of continued support until our libraries could be judged adequate to the needs of the research enterprise. That day still seems far off, for the constriction in federal funding and freezes on employment, worsened by steadily rising costs for subscriptions and monographs, continues to limit severe- STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 9 ly the service capacity of our libraries. This must serve only to double our determination. The Smithsonian Institution Libraries are unique reference systems in specialized areas not duplicated elsewhere, closely related to the national collections which they complement. We have sought to increase research support in the form of techni- cians in our research laboratories and support for field investigations. The oceanography support group, ably led by Dr. I. Eugene Wallen, has been notably successful in expanding opportunities for staff mem- bers to go to sea, helping to overcome a very serious lack of ship time which severely hampered our unique effort in marine biology. An automatic data-processing support group has been built up in both Washington and Cambridge to meet needs for computation and information storage. Scientists and scholars can only be appropriately treated as profes- sionals; they must be accorded latitude in order to act responsibly as masters of their domains of subject matter knowledge. One of my first aims as Secretary was to provide that department chairmen serve in rotation "from the ranks" so to speak, and for limited terms, in order to minimize the hazard of an internal seniority system that might block initiative and convert scientists into permanent adminis- trators. Research support is made available to staff members in the form of grants and from appropriated funds, so that they will act responsibly as principal investigators treating scarce resources as wisely as they would funds of their own. I put an end to pre-publica- tion review of professional publications by the Secretary, preferring to read them as reprints from colleagues rather than submissions for administrative clearance. We canceled a burdensome annual report required of each staff member about his research because it served unnecessary and merely administrative purposes. Burdensome formal reporting can be no substitute for consultation and constant aware- ness by supervisors. Evaluation of professional accomplishment is now conducted by committees of peers formed in the major research units, known as "Professional Accomplishment Evaluation Committees." Staff members have been encouraged to teach in universities on official time (without added compensation) and to request changes of their duty stations at intervals so as to be able to spend a year in study and research without the distractions of daily office routine, an equivalent to a university sabbatical. Travel to professional meetings has been encouraged. The Bicentennial of the birth of James Smithson in 1965 took the form of an academic convocation, which we still repeat upon conven- ing our occasional international symposia, conspicuously celebrating 10 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 our character as a community of scholars. The Smithsonian Institution Press has been reconstituted as a scholarly publishing arm for the Institution and more effective formats were chosen for the serials in which staff members' papers are published. Most important of all, among our bureau directors and professional staff members, we have sought to maintain shared respect for the individual pursuit of excel- lence, whether in research, collection development, or the presentation of knowledge to the public. The professionalization of our research community is manifested in many ways and, of course, constitutes one of the greatest strengths of the Institution. In keeping with the professional character of our staff and in a spirit of service to the nation, we have sought closer ties with the universities. We have inaugurated programs whereby students and other qualified investigators are freely given access to Smithsonian facilities to conduct their own investigations. Younger visitors and PhD candidates receive supervision from professional staff members. Direct budgetary support for stipends for visiting scholars has been secured for the first time from federal appropriations to the Institution. An advisory council, drawn mostly from the universities, was consti- tuted in 1965 to serve as a visiting committee to advise on the develop- ment of general Institution-wide policies affecting basic research and higher education. Control of stipend awards was delegated to com- mittees of professional staff members. These efforts, carefully designed to be cooperative rather than competitive, do not duplicate the efforts of universities but serve to make our facilities and staff capabilities available to them to the extent that funding permits. A strong program of higher education contributes to our research environment and in- vigorates our institutional life through lively exchanges with univer- sities. The specialized areas of knowledge represented by our highly skilled staff are thus guaranteed survival at a time when a number of these disciplines of general concern have been neglected by most colleges and universities. We have not allowed ourselves to rest with static presentations of objects in our collections. In order to be successful in conveying knowledge to the wider public, exhibits must involve the viewer active- ly, reward curiosity, invite exploration. We have sought to raise our standards for the effectiveness of exhibits, to guard against being con- tent merely to show an object and to seek instead to elicit from more of our visitors those active responses and attentive regard that betray a more affirmative understanding or comprehension of the context of the object and its meaning for the citizen. Programs of school tours have been expanded. The number of children on escorted STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 11 tours has grown from less than 25,000 in 1967 to about 75,000 this year and our corps of volunteer docents has tripled in size. The experimental development of a neighborhood museum in Anacostia has shown that museum-like operations may be carried out in the crucible of the inner city, that children may learn with delight and advantage, and that the residents of the area will treat with respect what they regard as their own center for learning and recreation. We have held annual conferences on the use of museums as educational resources. Through our membership organization, the Smithsonian Society of Associates, more people may participate far more directly in the offerings of our museums such as popular study and craft courses, special events, and guided field trips. In 1968 we commissioned the first general survey of visitors to our museums. Much more, needless to say, remains to be done, but unless museums ask of themselves what their visitors have learned they will have no way to gauge their effectiveness. Internal dissatisfaction with the educational impact of our exhibits is healthy and serves to increase our determination to improve them. A well-informed public is the best source of constructive criticism, which we encourage to insure that the Institution does not become insulated from the public it serves. We have changed the annual report from a collection of articles written by others, often interesting but not informative about the Institution itself, into a full and detailed statement about all of our activities, the publications of staff members, the results of research, and the expenditure of funds — full disclosure, if you will — in a manner intended to allow any reader of the report to form his own opinion of our effectiveness and objectives. We have established a public information office to facilitate inquiries from external sources. We have had numerous activities reviewed by ad hoc committees drawn from outside the Institution. We have encouraged visits by Members of Congress and others to become informed about the Institution. An example that comes to mind was an evening open house in 1965 to which we invited the entire Congress to view the exhibits presented in the National Museum of History and Technology. Our new magazine Smithsonian, mentioned earlier, will function as an educa- tional benefit of membership in the Society of Associates and also serve the vital function of helping to inform the public about the pur- poses and operations of the Institution. With the increase in responsibilities and higher performance stand- ards has come a need for strengthened management. To enter per- sonnel and payroll information or address lists on our computer was 12 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 an obvious step, but one which took some years of intensive effort. We have created the office of General Counsel for the first time in the Institution's history and constituted the office of the Treasurer at the senior level. Service divisions have been brought into closer relation with the units they support. Here is another area where our own dissatisfaction with ourselves is the surest safeguard of the public interest. In a period of complex growth we may have given insuffi- cient attention to certain kinds of procedures simply because they showed less sign of strain. I have been enormously pleased by the cooperation we have received from the Office of Management and Budget, the Civil Service Commission, the General Accounting Office, the General Services Administration, this and other Committees of the Congress, and a host of helpful advisors. We need all the help we can get. At the same time, technical procedures are no substitute for a shared and intense dedication to the public good, through a system of management wherein management responsibility is vested in the very best people one can find, operating with clear warrants to seek and produce the best results attainable. We have sought to develop a concept of shared responsibility rather than to second-guess our bureau and program directors up an endless hierarchy. I have been strongly concerned about the quality of our decision-making and have sought ways to create shared judgments through the establishment of our Secretariat (meeting weekly) and council of bureau directors (meeting monthly). One of the most important aspects of our programs is its interna- tional character. The pathways followed by knowledge and culture do not observe national boundaries. The quality of research, collec- tion development, and education cannot be maintained without regard to the work of kindred institutions overseas, just as our investigations must be prosecuted around the globe. We inaugurated a major program in 1965 to apply excess currencies to the needs of scholarship and field research abroad in continuation of the original efforts of Joseph Henry. We created an Office of International Activities to foster cooperation with scholars and institutions in other nations, aided by a Travel Services Office to help staff members in their overseas pursuits. The effects of this renewed international emphasis in our programs of education, conservation, and research have been salu- tary, and have included 219 grants to 57 American institutions and universities for foreign research using counterpart funds. The establishment of the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars is perhaps a further realization of the Congress' recogni- STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 13 tion of the Smithsonian's international role. The tragic failures of international understanding which so mar the recent history of our world surely call for a redoubling of effort by all institutions to seek to increase international understanding through scholarly exchanges and cooperation. We have attempted to be mindful of our responsibilities as an establishment in a troubled urban area, through services to schools and the Anacostia neighborhood experiment. The annual Festival of American Folklife serves as an example of an inspiring presenta- tion that appeals to young and old alike. Groups that confront one another angrily in other settings enjoy the experience of a common heritage side by side. I believe it is incumbent upon the Smithsonian to take seriously its obligations as a good citizen of the District of Columbia and to be increasingly mindful of a public service respon- sibility to educational and governmental programs underway here. Another objective of management, which has become increasingly well established, is to maintain strong cooperative links to those pro- grams of major government agencies that the Smithsonian can assist as a performer of research or provider of services. The Satellite Tracking Program conducted on behalf of nasa by our Astro- physical Observatory is a noteworthy instance, or the scientific ad- visory services we provided the Corps of Engineers regarding pollu- tion in New York Harbor. We have assisted the Atlantic-Pacific Interoceanic Sea Level Canal Commission in ecological studies related to plans for a new sea-level canal. The Fish and Wildlife Service and the Bureau of Sport Fisheries, as well as the Geological Survey and entomology division of the Department of Agriculture, are alloted office space and collection storage facilities in the Natural History Building. Cooperative projects offer an excellent format for the attainment of timely or urgent objectives without our having to build a permanent staff which might outlive the aims of the program under which they had been drawn together. In all this, planning is of the utmost importance. Growth must be brought into effective relation to the availability of resources, especially for an establishment such as ours with more than forty line items in our federal budget, each of which could very readily be expanded to meet some external or internal need. We recently constituted an executive steering committee of our Secretariat to guide the development of the planning function within the Institu- tion and consider ways to maintain a balance between our pattern of commitments and the resources we may expect. It was my judg- ment in 1964 that the Institution would have to inaugurate some 14 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 new programs and achieve order-of-magnitude increases in some support activities in order to function successfully for the 1970s, and to be judged worthy of more financial support from the Congress and private sources. While we have had some very considerable success much remains to be done. In 1964, our federal budget was able to meet only 70 percent of basic research and support needs. Now it meets more than 90 percent, but the elimination of remaining shortages is a priority objective in planning. What then could be said of our plans for the next decade? The central concerns of the Smithsonian represent national needs for the kind of sustained commitment that can be made only by an institution with a strong sense of continuity, tradition, and concen- trated purpose. We believe that our first responsibility is to continue the general lines of endeavor to which my predecessors, with the support of the Congress, have committed the Institution: basic research in selected areas of national interest; development and main- tenance of the national collections in biology, anthropology, history, and the arts; and enlightenment of the public through exhibitions and related activities. In all this an overriding concern should continue to be the quality of the professional staff effort within the Smithsonian and, I cannot too strongly emphasize, the achievement of an adequate level of support of that effort. We have repeatedly appealed to the President and Congress to remedy deficiencies in support of research and scholarly programs. While virtually half of the growth in appropria- tions since 1964 has been devoted to staffing and operating new facilities authorized by the Congress, an equal effort has been made to sustain the basic scholarly program: support for fieldwork, instru- ments, libraries and again libraries, automatic data processing, im- proved personnel procedures, technician support, related higher edu- cation activities, better access to colleagues through scholarly publish- ing, and unremitting emphasis on the professional character of staff appointments, all against a background of increasing costs. Much remains to be done on this score. We are now documenting the character and extent of these support shortages in even greater detail for the President's budget in the future. Our budget henceforth will proceed on two tracks, the first a phased elimination of these short- ages and the second to provide for the continued development of programs entrusted to us by the Congress. There are a number of courses we should avoid. We repeatedly decline requests to assume responsibilities which we believe to be too extensive. The Institution is an establishment, somewhat akin to STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 15 a university or research academy, not a public program agency with massive national operations, field offices, or extensive granting pro- grams. For example, it was once suggested that the Institution assume management of international educational and cultural ex- changes funded by the government, but we could not agree. The Board of Regents has followed a consistent policy against distant museum operations such as regional museums or national museums in cities other than the Capital. Professor Henry's principle, that the Smithsonian should not bear responsibilities that others are will- ing to assume, still applies today. While cooperating with universi- ties we should not seek to assume their distinctive functions of gen- eral instruction or degree-granting. While cooperating with museums elsewhere we should not interpose this Institution in their relations with one another or with the national government. Without infringing on the autonomy of our bureaus and their distinctive objectives we shall seek the advantages of existence as a community of scholars where scientists and scholars learn from one another. Whether by tracing biochemical relations from one group of organisms to another or studying the behavior of a group of verte- brates first in the tropics and then in the setting of the zoo, followed with close anatomical and distributional studies in museum collec- tions, we benefit from association with our colleagues. Similarly scholars working with portraits, genre painting, lithographs, and historical objects can pursue together their mutual interests in the documents of the American past. Our desire to maintain unity of outlook and professional endeavor suggests that the Smithsonian should always avoid program developments that do not in some way reinforce some of our other activities. The museum as an institution in society is one focus for Smith- sonian concern; the other focus is on the vigorous prosecution of lines of study which, if left to themselves, would not receive the attention that the national interest requires. Sometimes we move beyond the museum setting to develop laboratory investigations. When we constitute a museum it is with due emphasis upon its scholarly responsibilities in adding to the store of man's knowledge. These two foci of concern should continue to determine the Smith- sonian's course, rather as two points generate an ellipse: neither museums without scholarship nor scholarship without concern for communicating with the public at large, but as in the beginning the increase and the diffusion of knowledge. Beginning this year the observance of the bicentennial of the American Revolution will become a predominant factor in the devel- 16 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 opment of Smithsonian programs. Within the settings of our history and art museums members of the public may seek a reappraisal of our national experience with due reference to its international setting. Fresh insights of historians should be interwoven with superb offer- ings of objects and art works that portray our nation's course over the past two centuries and suggest paths for our continued development. From the studies of the sources of energy and means for its use by living systems to the explanation of biological diversity, the Smith- sonian represents an unexcelled multidisciplinary array of information resources and professional scientists which bear upon critical needs to improve our understanding of the physical environment upon which human society depends. We anticipate increasing demands upon our efforts in systematic biology, anthropology, astrophysics, and environ- mental studies as important resources for the national effort in environ- mental improvement. One of the most important unfulfilled hopes for the Smithsonian is that a great national museum might be developed on the authorized space on the Mall between Fourth and Seventh Streets along Inde- pendence Avenue to recreate the experience of man's greatest adventure: flight and space exploration. We also aspire to present insights about the significance of the space age for everyday life and to communicate an understanding of the scientific discoveries originat- ing from space exploration. Thus we are coming to appreciate that it is not only machines, or relics of the past, or evidences of the skills of craftsmen that concern us, but man himself. Thus we propose also to continue to study the idea of a museum of man which could per- haps convey something of the ever-widening insight into man and society that characterizes the progress of knowledge today. The birthright of today's citizen is an understanding of the forces shaping himself and his world. It is to museums that many people look for access to the works of artists, an appreciation of the past, an awareness of the scientific view of nature, and for portents of the future. All museums must experiment with new techniques of exhibi- tion and embark upon research aimed at improving their effectiveness in popular education. The quality of our response to this democratic vista will continue to be a matter of overriding concern to the Smith- sonian in years to come. From the amassing of great national collections will arise difficult questions about how to guarantee access to the information they contain. This will call for innovative designs of indexes, catalogs, and ways to manage vast resources of information. Perhaps some of the techniques developed for the management of voluminous flows STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 17 of data from satellite observations or oceanographic stations may be adapted to the needs of the future. If man is not to be engulfed by a rising tide of reports, paper, data, computer printout, and memora- bilia, organizations such as the Smithsonian must pioneer in winnow- ing and selecting this material from the spate of messages that now fill the communications channels of our advanced technological civiliza- tion. I wonder if the Smithsonian does not occupy a salient or point of vantage from which this concern figures very prominently. In our role as custodian of the nation's collections we must try to serve the public interest in improved management of scientific and scholarly information. In eras of decisive historical change all institutions undergo trials: the challenge of changes in purpose, efforts to adapt to changing cir- cumstances, and perhaps even lapses of confidence from within or without. This is a time of testing and trial for the university, for the museum, indeed, for our society as a whole. The Smithsonian is not immune from searching inquiry into its objectives and character. Without such inquiry and without audacious questioning of any of our comfortable suppositions, the Smithsonian would lose its value to the people and to future generations. Every institution must be recep- tive to change, to new patterns of communication, to the concerns of new groupings in society, and to new expectations. If the Smithsonian is to deepen its services to our society we must continue to strengthen our administrative structure, to seek new sources of support, to enlist men and women of principle and insight as officers and staff members, and to hold our performance to ever higher standards of quality and meaningfulness. I would submit that the Institution must increase its ability to adapt to changing circum- stances, shifting patterns of public needs, widening horizons of leader- ship within the Congress and the Executive Branch. We are confident that only in this way can we strengthen the Institution to meet the future of the decade. BOARD OF REGENTS The first of a newly scheduled fall meeting of the Board of Regents was held on 5 November 1969 at the National Zoological Park. Such additional meetings are planned in order to give the Regents an opportunity to consider a series of presentations on the various programs of the Institution. Emphasis at this meeting was on the National Zoological Park. Talks were given by Dr. Theodore Reed on the status of Zoo construction and by Dr. John Eisenberg concerning the Ceylon-Smithsonian elephant research program. 18 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 The Regents had an opportunity to visit a number of the Zoo buildings, including the bird house where arrangements had been made to exhibit the moonrock from the Apollo 1 1 mission. Also on exhibit was the Crown-of-Thorns starfish (Acanthaster planci) , cur- rently the subject of research into its effect on coral reefs, particularly in the Pacific Ocean. The winter meeting of the Board of Regents was held at Hillwood, the estate of Mrs. Marjorie Merri weather Post, on 28 January 1970. Chief Justice Warren E. Burger had been elected earlier by mail ballot as Chancellor of the Smithsonian Institution. It was recognized that Mr. Thomas J. Watson, Jr., had been designated a Regent by Public Law 91-30, dated 17 June 1969. The actions of the Board were reported in a statement released to the Press, which is summarized as follows: Plans for a Smithsonian monthly magazine were approved. The Board approved a study of the advisability of establishing a unified investment pro- gram for the Institution's private endowments. This program, if ultimately adopted, would not involve any transfer of collections, capital funds, or income from any existing fund to any other. The Board expressed satisfaction with the Institution's plans for improvement of operating procedures and of the internal auditing of its financial affairs. The spring meeting of the Board of Regents was held in the Freer Gallery of Art on 20 May 1970. The Chancellor welcomed Vice Presi- dent Spiro T. Agnew to the meeting of the Board and also welcomed the new Regent, Mr. James E. Webb, whose appointment was approved by Public Law 91-255 on 18 May 1970. In addition to discussing matters of policy, programs, legislation, and finances, the Regents elected Regent James E. Webb to be a Member of the Executive Committee (Permanent Committee). The Board approved the Secretary's recommendation that Assistant Secre- tary James Bradley be appointed to the position of Under Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. At the conclusion of the meeting the Chancellor, on behalf of the Board of Regents and the Secretary, presented a scroll to Mrs. Agnes E. Meyer for her more than fifty years of devotion and service to the Freer Gallery of Art. FINANCIAL REPORT During the fiscal year ending 30 June 1970 private and federal fund finances continued to be adversely affected by inflationary conditions and the need to maintain vital commitments within a framework of restricted income support. STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 19 Sources of financial support for our operating expenses in fiscal year 1970 as compared with fiscal year 1969 are as follows: Federal appropriations FY 1970 FY 1969 Salaries and Expenses— operating funds $29,965,000 $26,443,000 Special Foreign Currency Program 2,316,000 2,316,000 District of Columbia— operations of the National Zoo 2,802,000 2,528,000 Research grants and contracts (federal and private) 10,600,000 11,400,000 Private funds Gifts (excluding gifts to endowment funds: 2,000,000 1,987,000 entire amount restricted to specific projects and hence unavailable for general operating expenses) Income from endowments and current fund 1,400,000 1,365,000 investments Total $49,083,000 $46,039,000 In addition, federal appropriations to finance construction projects were received as follows: FY 1970 FY 1969 National Zoological Park $ 600,000 $ 300,000 Restoration and renovation of buildings 525,000 400,000 Toward construction of the Joseph H. 3,500,000 2,000,000 Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden Total $4,625,000 $2,700,000 Federal Operating Funds As may be seen above, the federal appropriations provided by Congress for fiscal year 1970 totaled $29,965,000, including supple- mental appropriations arising from federally legislated wage and salary increases during the year. This was 13 percent more than the $26,443,- 000 provided in fiscal year 1969. An 11 percent increase was received through the District of Columbia to provide for operations of the National Zoo. Support for the Smithsonian Foreign Currency Program, however, was continued at the same level as in the previous year, namely, $2,316,000; these funds are used to administer a program of grants to more than fifty museums and universities in the United States for the purpose of carrying on research in the related foreign currency countries. The increase in the federal appropriation is indeed beneficial. It must be realized, however, that nearly two thirds of the increase granted is required to cover merely the two salary increases plus the 20 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 wage scale adjustment legislated by Congress in fiscal year 1970. Most of the remainder of the increase is required to cover the mounting cost of goods and services in this inflationary period. Yet on top of provid- ing for these expanded costs the Smithsonian has been in the position during the past year of carrying out a number of important prior commitments including the transfer of the Radiation Biology Labora- tory to new quarters; stepped-up preparations for the future opening of the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden; funding of a por- tion of the requirements of the Archives of American Art which be- came a part of the Smithsonian this year; and support for the newly formed Center for Short-Lived Phenomena, a program which is attracting worldwide attention in the scientific community. Providing for these new requirements while at the same time trying to meet the legitimate demands for expansion of our long-established activities to absorb, for example, new national biological or mineralogical collec- tions, to intensify research in the growing fields of ecology and oceanography, simply could not be carried out in a manner which would be satisfactory to all parties within the limitations of the funds available. Financial planning, furthermore, was made all the more difficult by the fact that the Congressional appropriations for fiscal year 1970 were not voted until more than three months after the beginning of the year. The result is that there is no question that many of our departments and projects are suffering shortages, par- ticularly since the current year stringencies merely add to those which have been growing over the past several years. Under these circumstances, the Institution has embarked on a thorough analysis of all federally supported activities with the aim of reducing or eliminating activities that are of a lower priority or have become marginal. This will do much to reallocate our resources so that high-priority programs can be supported more adequately. There should be a reflection of this study in our next year's disbursements and in our request for Congressional appropriations for fiscal year 1972. Research, Grants, and Contracts As shown above, grants and contracts awarded to the Smithsonian in fiscal year 1970 declined from those of the previous year. Primarily this reflected cutbacks by nasa, especially for the satellite-tracking program at our Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory. The full extent of these cutbacks will not be realized until fiscal year 1971. They have, however, caused a drastic reduction in forces at the STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 21 Observatory. At the same time the tight money conditions affecting the government granting agencies have been further evidenced by delays in contract payments and advances. This in turn has forced the Smithsonian to increase its working capital investment in these con- tracts by over $1,000,000 in the past twelve months, severely reducing our cash balances. Private Operating Funds Financial statements for the private funds, as audited by independ- ent public accountants, are shown in Appendix 9, page 212. While the squeeze on funds in the federal funds sector has been severe, it is in the private funds area that the most difficulty has been experienced during fiscal year 1970. Income from endowment funds and from cur- rent investments increased only slightly, yet costs were affected by the same inflationary influences, particularly the need to match for our privately funded employees the increase in salaries and wages given federally funded employees. Income from the Institution's endowment funds and current invest- ments is largely dedicated to restricted purposes. The Freer Gallery, for example, received nearly half of the total endowment fund income in fiscal year 1970, with other restricted funds taking an additional one-quarter. Thus, the total unrestricted private-fund income from endowments and current fund investments amounted to only about $340,000 for the year, and this must be largely used to. buttress our shortages on the federal side, a most unfair strain on these resources. Disbursements of private unrestricted funds exceeded this income by more than $1,000,000 in fiscal year 1970. The largest single factor in this result was the start-up expenses relating to our new Smithsonian magazine. It is expected that a good portion of these unusual start-up costs may be recovered from private donations from those interested in the Smithsonian's effort to widen greatly its educational efforts. For the future, furthermore, there are present indications that the new magazine and membership program will be able to pay their own way. The cost of subsidizing other private-fund activities, notably the Smithsonian Institution Press and the Division of Performing Arts, also rose substantially during the past year. Thus the combined costs of magazine start-up and subsidies to the various activities were well in excess of unrestricted private-fund income and produced the large loss of funds previously referred to. This loss in the operating account, together with the tying up of an additional $1,000,000 of unrestricted funds in the carrying out of grant and contract projects, acted to 22 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 reduce cash balances severely. The cash position was restored at year end by the influx of magazine subscription monies. Other cash drains, hopefully less severe than those of fiscal year 1970, may be experienced for temporary periods in the future. As in the case of federal funds, strong efforts are now being made to prevent a recurrence of deficits in the private-fund sector. Expenses are being reduced where possible with the elimination of low-priority projects or the release of employees. At the same time, increasing management attention is being given to our revenue-producing activities such as the Museum Shops, the Press, and the Division of Performing Arts. At year end a restudy of our entire accounting system was being carried out to permit improved management reports and possibly less costly fiscal operations in the future. Finally, the groundwork has been laid for a major fund-raising effort through the establishment in September 1969 of a Development Office, and the subsequent launching of our Smithsonian Associates national membership campaign. Through these efforts we plan to raise sufficient funds to complete our purchase program for the Chesapeake Bay Center and certain other immediate needs; over the next five- to ten-year period it is hoped that unrestricted endowment funds can be increased very substantially to restore a better balance between private-fund and federal-fund support. As Joseph Henry pointed out years ago, our private funds must be protected in order to accomplish our goals of research and instruction and not used, like plugs in a dyke, to underwrite gaps in our federal support. A separate but major fund-raising activity is also being undertaken on behalf of the Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Design and Decorative Arts. Several million dollars will be required within the next few years to allow this museum to complete the renovation of the Carnegie Mansion in New York City to become the new home for the Cooper-Hewitt collections and art courses. Gifts Received The Smithsonian continued during the year to be most fortunate in attracting substantial donations for specific purposes related to its established fields of activity. The most outstanding have been two gifts totaling $6,000,000 to support an expanded program of under- water oceanography. The donors wish to remain anonymous, but we are pleased to express again here our deep appreciation. In addition, gifts for current projects were received in the amount of $2,000,000. Our program for the purchase of additional land areas STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 23 at our Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Sciences has made excellent progress thanks to $575,000 of contributions from the Richard K. Mellon Foundation, the Scaife Foundation, Old Dominion Founda- tion, the Andrew W. Mellon Foundation, Laurel Foundation, and Prospect Hill Foundation. For these and for th'e host of other gifts by persons and organizations we are deeply grateful. Endowment Funds The addition of the $6,000,000 of oceanographic support funds, the bequest of $291,000 from the George F. Becker estate for the advancement of geophysics, and the transfer of about $30,000 in endowment funds of the Archives of American Art, raised the book value of our total endowment funds to $32,600,000 as of 30 June 1970. The market value of these funds, has, of course, been severely affected by the sharp decline in stock values during the past year; income from the funds, however, has continued to increase, albeit slowly; total value at year end was approximately $33,000,000. The Smithsonian Institution gratefully acknowledges gifts and bequests received from the following: $100,000 or more: George F. Becker Estate J. Seward Johnson Richard King Mellon Foundation $10,000 or more: American Federation of Information Processing Society Andreas Foundation State of Arkansas Asia Foundation Charles and Rosanna Batchelor Memorial, Inc. Battele-Memorial Institute Morris and Gwendolyn Cafritz Foundation Consolidated Fine Arts, Ltd. Corporation for Public Broadcasting William H. Crocker Martin L. Ehrmann Company L. A. Fleishman The Ford Foundation J. Paul Getty The Daniel and Florence Guggenheim Foundation George Gund Foundation Interdisciplinary Communication Associates International Business Machines Corporation J.D.R. 3rd Fund, Inc. 24 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 James E. Jones, Jr. Junior League of Washington Chas. F. Kettering Foundation Laurel Foundation Edwin A. Link H. Bradley Martin Charitable Foundation Massachusetts Institute of Technology Eugene and Agnes E. Meyer Foundation National Geographic Society National Home Library Foundation The Marjorie Merriweather Post Foundation of D.C. Prospect Hill Foundation Hattie M. Strong Foundation Tai Ping Foundation Thomas J. Watson, Jr. Wenner-Gren Foundation $1,000 or more: John Wyatt Gregg Allerton American Sheep Council American Society of Civil Engineers Atlantic Richfield Company Barra Foundation, Inc. The William Benton Foundation The Brook Foundation David Bruce Cincinnati Inquirer Foundation Louise. Crane Foundation Mrs. Priscella Cunningham Bruce Dowling Educational Service Programs, Inc. General Electric Foundation General Foods Corporation The Grant Foundation, Inc. Mary Livingston Grigg and Mary Griggs Burke Foundation Grossman Publications, Inc. Winston Guest William & Elsie Knight Foundation Irene Lewisohn EH Lilly Charles A. Lindbergh Harold Linder Link Foundation Marriott Foundation Ingraham Merrill Foundation Morton D. May, Jr. Mobil Oil Company Mrs. Irene Morden Galerie-Verein Munchen National Area Council, Inc. The New World Foundation Mrs. John Newington Nilon Brothers Occidental International Corporation Oklahoma Society Oliver Foundation Olympia Airways Ozark Regional Commission Reader's Digest Foundation Mrs. Augustus Riggs IV Sidney Printing & Publishing Company C.R. Smith Southeast Asia Advisory Group E.R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Standard Oil Co. Taiwan Government Tecumseh Products Company University of Michigan United States Steel Foundation, Inc. Ellen Bayard Weedon Foundation William C. Whitney Foundation Wilkie Brothers Foundation Thomas Williams STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 25 $500 or more: American Philosophical Society Mrs. Cicely D' A. Angleton Arrow, Inc. Clay P. Bedford Bell & Howell Foundation Jacob Blaumstein Chrysler Art Museum E.H. Walker Earth Science Imports International Association for Geodsey Donald Karshan Dorothy V. Lee Motion Picture Association Olin Corporation Trust Ralph Rinzler David Rockefeller Mr. and Mrs. Richard Rogers Ann Sayen Roger Stevens Mrs. Kamiyo Tamesa Yonderbrook Foundation We also gratefully acknowledge other contributions in the amount of $14,616.24 received from 302 persons during 1970. SCIENCE Tf there is a common bond of interest among all the activities of -*• the Smithsonian Institution — Science, History, Art, the Humanities — it is a common concern with development, the development of human behavior (as shown in man's response to his physical and socio- logical environment, and historically, as shown by his artifacts and pro- ductivity) and the development of nonhuman organisms and their re- lationship to their environment, both terrestrial and cosmic. The his- tory and development of natural phenomena and the characterization of natural events as an indirect influence on these developments fills out our sphere of interest in a way that is most likely to provide us with an understanding of man and his universe. Within the scientific portion of this sphere, the activities of the Smithsonian Institution are focused primarily on what may properly be called natural history. This term, once pejorative, encompasses a breadth of interest now recognized as necessary to an understanding of our total environment. We are attempting to elucidate the interrela- tionships between whole organisms, communities, and populations with the physical, chemical, and geological factors which play a role in the total ecology of the earth, now and in past ages. We are concerned also with the impact on these relationships of extraterrestrial phenom- ena. Ionizing and non-ionizing radiation and solar effects are perhaps the most easily recognized. Astrophysical investigations which in their purest form consist of theoretical physics and mathematics are carried out in attempts to explain the mechanics of the universe. The contri- bution to our knowledge from these investigations, moreover, helps us to understand the geophysical events on earth that in turn improve our understanding of their effects on living systems over time and space. We hope that by moving on a broad intellectual front we can take advantage of all new techniques and information gained through a naturally related group of disciplines. The Smithsonian Institution is fortunate and perhaps unique in having this range of competence and in being sufficiently free of specificly assigned "missions'" that we can permit ourselves this broad goal. 29 30 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 National Museum of Natural History Research projects continued or concluded; plans were evolved and carried out; expeditions departed and returned; collections were loaned and received again; but it was not a year of "business as usual." These and countless other activities were accomplished against a background fabric of increasing tension, woven of uncertainties. If ivory towers existed here earlier, they have long since crumbled, spilling their occu- pants into the midst of the concerns that involve us all. During the year a number of the staff participated in radio programs and television presentations designed to increase awareness of the great national issues and to provide a free, open forum for discussion of them by the citizenry. Decreasing resources in the past few years for carrying forward research-curation-education programs in the Museum became a major preoccupation in the latter half of the year. Reductions in "buying power," caused by near-level funding, inflation, and general pay raises, have been met in recent years by progressive reorganization in many of the Museum departments (resulting in greater efficiency of opera- tions), but also by unfortunate postponements of expenditures. Unless relief is provided, the present slowing of progress in the increase and diffusion of knowledge of the natural world and in the care of the national collections will be further evidenced in the years ahead. In spite of such difficulties, it was a year characterized by a large volume of research publications, some of which received national at- tention by special awards, and the continued evolution of interdisci- plinary, interdepartmental investigations that reflect the deepening relevancy of the natural sciences to today's troubled world. Although it was a productive period, only the most significant accomplishments can be recorded in the following pages. Only a portion of the funds ordinarily allotted to the Office of Sys- tematica was actually available, but partial support was provided, among other things, for initiating two experimental behavior projects, for assisting with the further development of electronic data-processing applications in the Museum, and to stage the annual Summer Insti- tute in Systematics. This year's Institute brought together botanical and zoological systematists to discuss the full panoply of systematic biology, with joint sponsorship of the American Society of Plant Taxonomists and the Society of Systematic Zoology. SCIENCE 31 RESEARCH Within days after the beginning of the new fiscal year, millions of television viewers saw the first footprint in the surface dust of the moon. In the Department of Mineral Sciences, after many years of research on randomly acquired extraterrestrial rocks — meteorites — the sight of the astronauts bagging the first lunar rocks had a signifi- cance even beyond that for most viewers. Now, the preceding man- years of thought, training, and experimentation were to be put to the ultimate challenge of elucidating the history and evolution of the moon from these samples. Preparations to meet this challenge have been steadily accelerated in recent years by the addition of staff and equipment, and by the intensive investigation of possible meteoritic and terrestrial analogs of lunar materials. Techniques for sampling and sectioning such rare and unique specimens have been carefully developed in this depart- ment. Indeed, the first member of our team to actually handle the Apollo 11 collections was chief preparator Grover C. Moreland, who was called upon by the National Aeronautics and Space Administra- tion to oversee the sectioning laboratory at the Lunar Receiving Lab- oratory, and who made some of the first sections after the rocks were released from quarantine. Samples of Apollo 1 1 materials were re- ceived at the Museum in mid-September, and since then virtually everyone in the department has been actively involved in this inte- grated research effort. Samples from the Apollo 12 mission began arriving in April and are still being received. Thanks to the breadth of our scientific capability, we have been able to plan and execute a truly comprehensive investigation of the lunar materials — their chemical and mineralogical composition, and the interpretation of these data — to provide a tentative account of their petrologic history and evolu- tion. Although the samples we received were small (totaling less than an ounce), we were able to extract from them a remarkable variety of rock and mineral fragments. Among these was a unique object, a small metallic spheroid four millimeters in diameter. It evidently formed as a droplet of nickel-iron from a metallic meteorite which crashed on the moon. The surface of this spheroid is spotted with small craters, the product of impacts of lunar particles traveling at supersonic velocities. In its shape and surface features it mimics the moon itself, so we have called it our "mini-moon." A photograph of this object was chosen for the front cover of the issue of Science (30 January 1970) devoted to the initial reports on the Apollo 1 1 investigations. On 27 April, Dr. Edward P. Henderson, who led the departmental 32 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 team's study of the "mini-moon," received the National Academy of Sciences' Lawrence Smith Medal for nearly forty years of distinguished contributions to meteorite research. The study of the microscopic anatomy of bone has the potential of providing valuable metabolic data on human skeletal populations, and has led to new areas of research, such as the ecological influences on bone metabolism in two or more populations. There are two fun- damental facts that allow bone biology to be used in studies of life processes: (1) Although the primary function of bone is structural, it is also importantly involved in metabolic processes by providing a source of calcium and phosphate; and (2) living bone responds to both structural and physiological stresses by a continuous process of re- modeling. Because bone microstructure follows a developmental se- quence during the entire life of an individual, it can provide a most useful means for studying aging and disease. Recent studies of polished A nickel-iron spheroid, 4 mm in diameter, from the Apollo 1 1 material, which epitomizes much of lunar history. A meteorite crashed into the moon, being melted by the impact and producing a rain of liquid droplets, of which this is one. It has been abraded by lunar dust and struck by high-velocity lunar par- ticles, producing the remarkable craters on its surface. SCIENCE 33 thin sections of tibia bones of normal, diseased, and alcoholic individ- uals demonstrated statistically significant differences between the normal and abnormal bone. Comparative studies of fossil organisms and their modern counter- parts continue to be a fruitful approach to understanding paleo-ecol- ogy, functional morphology, and ultimately the evolutionary relation- ships upon which a valid classification can be erected. Among numer- ous staff contributions to our knowledge of the evolution of fossil Recent groups, an especially important one was concerned with the radiation of Cenozoic planktonic Foraminifera. Through analysis of morphotypic groups, rather than through the traditional taxa, it was shown that the planktonic Foraminifera underwent two major radia- tions during the Cenozoic. The first began in the Paleocene, was com- pleted by Eocene, and ended with extinction of all groups except the globigerines by Oligocene. The second radiation began in the Miocene and the groups evolved are still extant. Distribution patterns of the radiation were repetitive; in both cases similar complex morphotypic groups appeared while the simpler globigerine group persisted throughout the Cenozoic. By analogy with studies of planktonic Fo- raminifera in modern oceans over a period of years, it was concluded that the repetitive patterns are probably due to major changes in the structure of water masses during the Cenozoic. Investigations of living invertebrate animals involved principally aquatic organisms, both marine and freshwater groups. The comple- tion of a monograph on the entocytherid ostracods of Mexico and Cuba is noteworthy because the entocytherids occur in association with crayfishes, and an understanding of their distribution patterns, as well as those of their crayfish hosts, and of the ecological interrelation- ships of both groups are required for an understanding of the orgin and evolution of these common freshwater animals. The littorinid snails, common inhabitants of the intertidal zone, were the subject of another monograph completed during the year; part one included the subfamily Littorininae in the Indo-Pacific region. Basic information on this widely distributed group had been scattered in the literature and was not generally available to the nonspecialist. The author combined a literature survey, studies of old collections, and extensive field work to produce a work that will be the standard reference for malacologists and ecologists interested in the organisms of the intertidal zone. A museum is not only a place in which scientists study preserved specimens, but also where it is entirely possible to conduct valuable research on living plants and animals. Although the facilities required are still very limited, behavioral studies are underway on two major 34 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 groups of vertebrate animals. Earlier systematic investigations of many fish groups were based exclusively on morphological and, to a lesser extent, on anatomical data. Aquaria are now in operation in the Museum for studying the behavior of some of the smaller fishes with the hope that it may provide additional systematic characteristics to differentiate species. Similar observations are being made on locomotion in frogs, based on anatomical and skeletal materials and on controlled experiments with living amphibians. Jumping and climbing adaptations are re- ceiving particular attention by the use of motion-picture analysis, on the assumption that different species will have not only structural differences but behavioral ones as well. Botanical research spanned highly diverse projects, from floristics to cytology, monographs to evolutionary anatomy. Geographically, there is still a preponderance of concern for the plants of the tropics; contri- butions were completed or greatly advanced for floras of Venezuela, Costa Rica and Panama, Ceylon, Mexico, Santa Catarina (Brazil), Dominica, and the islands of the Pacific. The temperate latitudes were not neglected, for the Flora North America Project, midway in its planning phase, will bring a new era to floristic research and practice. Although the program is administra- tively centered at the Smithsonian, North American botanists gener- ally are cooperating in a massive long-term effort, aimed at bringing together existing knowledge of the flowering plants of this continent in an encyclopedic, computerized data bank. The existence of such a data base has obvious, direct application to current and future ecologic research for environmental enhancement, but it could also provide printouts of floras of the whole continent or any part of it in the fu- ture. The National Science Foundation granted funds to the American Institute of Biological Sciences for support of the project development, particularly the employment of a highly qualified systems develop- ment manager. The usefulness of plant anatomy for defining evolutionary pathways is unquestionable, but an especially valuable example was published during the year. Because there is scanty fossil evidence for one or the other view of the origin and evolution of flower form and structure, much of the thinking has been speculative and at times highly con- troversial. The origin of the inferior ovary, for example, has been assumed by most botanists to have occurred evolutionarily from the superior ovary by adnation of surrounding flower parts. A recent anatomical study of the floral anatomy of one of the Ginseng family showed, among other things, that the ovary in this group of plants has SCIENCE 35 undergone an evolutionary reversal from the inferior to the superior position, a reversal never previously reported in any plant family. In spite of considerable loss of time for moving back into the Museum, the Department of Entomology and associated Department of Agriculture entomologists are again housed with the rest of the natural sciences, and research continued at a high level. The sixth and seventh volumes of a long-term study of Edward Meyrick's types at the British Museum were published this year. Meyrick was a very prolific describer of new species and genera of microlepidoptera; but because he failed to provide either adequate descriptions or illustra- tions, it has been almost impossible to place his taxa in modern sys- tems of classification. This multivolume work is an invaluable asset to systematic entomologists, including as it does original references, rede- scriptions, and photographs of the wings and genitalia. In addition to numerous individual research efforts, a departmental project on the biosystematics of Ceylonese insects was initiated with a grant of excess-currency funds and the approval of the cosponsoring National Museums of Ceylon and other government agencies. The first field party carried out life history studies, obtained behavioral and ecological data, and returned after three months with 150,000 speci- mens. The Ceylon project affords the opportunity to broaden the similar studies that have been carried out in the New World tropics in past years. The Ceylonese will benefit by receiving ecological and life history information, and identified specimens that will have great potential significance for improvements in agriculture and public health. COLLECTIONS Specimens, samples of the natural world, are biological standards, the documentation for what we know about the kinds of organisms now and in the geologic past, their geographic distribution, their vari- ability, and their evolutionary history. Together with the literature of more than two hundred years, collections are the basic tool without which systematic biology may not proceed soundly. There is a growing awareness now that these standards are also critical for any ecological research aimed at improving environmental quality. Collections and their associated data permit serious considera- tion of restoring quality because they provide the most authoritative information on what grew where and when and under what conditions. And so the national collections of natural history objects continue, as they must, to increase, but under restraints that assure the most sig- 36 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 nificant additions. For example, one need only review the large growth-areas — mammals and insects. As a part of a much larger pro- gram, 7,500 small mammals were collected by a staff team in Morocco along with data on habitat preferences, reproductive biology, food habits, and their ectoparasites. Nearly 100,000 collections of water beetles were made by one staff researcher during the year in support of his project to understand the biology of these pollution-indicator organisms. Collections are rarely purchased, and then they must meet very exacting criteria. The largest museum collection is not perforce the best, and even with adequate space and technical assistance, neither of which is more than minimal, a high degree of organiza- tional skill and judgment is required to meet problems of caring for such large numbers of collections. The concept of a centralized specimen-processing laboratory, first implemented by the anthropologists, has now been adopted in other departments as resources and attitudes permit. In March the Herbari- um Services Unit was established by the botanists with one of their number serving as the first supervisor for all the technical assistants. The entomologists have concentrated support services in an Entomol- ogy Preparation Laboratory that carries on many of the curatorial activities of the department. While these efforts are still evolving, it is possible to be helpful to other collections centers in such matters. In fact, one of the outstand- ing events of the year was a cooperative training program involving George Metcalf, supervisor of the Anthropology Processing Labora- tory. Metcalf, who was later awarded an honorary doctorate degree by Luther College, spent two weeks in the new Archeological Museum at the college setting up a cataloging and accessioning system with a group of enthusiastic students who now are able to organize the museum's collections. The twin problems of collections space and curatorial assistance to manage them must be solved if the national collections are to continue to be useful biological standards in the future. Over the years methods for organizing data about and from collections have been developed, but the data are collected by hand and then made available in such forms as cards, catalogs, and check lists. Retrieval of data in such form is slow, inflexible, and inadequate for the kinds of research being organized and initiated. Given the wide availability of computers and their ability to store and retrieve endless quantities of information, it is the responsibility of collections managers to study the potential of this tool and chart coop- erative programs for putting it to the service of museums and science generally. Initial consideration must be given to the kinds and quanti- SCIENCE 37 ties of information the collections contain and the ways in which com- puters can handle it. Then, agreement must be reached on a level of effort at which to attack the volume and complexity of the potential data base. Every precaution must be taken to assure that the data organized at this stage are automatically transferrable to the next level of attack where more complete information may be added later. A three-year pilot project to initiate and test flexible, open-ended storage and retrieval programs was concluded at the end of the year. The results were sufficiently successful to encourage at least the larger systematic museums to begin very deliberate cooperative plan- ning. For highly practical reasons, the first efforts in the Museum have been and for a time will continue to be at the level of incoming col- lections. That is, data from new materials will be captured and stored in the system. Retrospective capture of data from older collections will initially be largely limited to type specimens, except as special needs arise for which fiscal support is available. The next step for museums is to agree among themselves on ( 1 ) what curatorial data will be input to our common data base, (2) the format for recording these data elements, (3) the terminology to describe geography, geological periods, scientific names, etc., and (4) the means by which all scientists can gain free access to the data in the common base. The National Museum of Natural History is working closely with the other important systematic collections centers in the evolution of long-term, feasible plans for meeting present and future data-transfer problems. Within the Museum several units are already in the source data- capturing stage with respect to newly received materials — marine invertebrates, oceanic rocks, mammals, and sea birds. A project on the botanical type collections is underway in the National Herbarium in cooperation with four other major plant-collection centers. As an example of the prospects for data-processing techniques to improve curatorial management, the new procedures in handling paleontolog- ical specimens involve the recording of data by machines on standard catalog sheets at the initial processing of the incoming specimens. Machine operation then automatically processes the data to provide labels of two sizes, other records as needed, and then stores the data on tape for later transfer to the data banks. The program increases the capabilities of the supportive staff and will lessen enormous backlogs of unprocessed specimens. These are starts toward the long-range goal of making the collec- tions more significant to today's issues. If the national collections are truly biological standards, we who are the keepers must be prepared to discard traditional practices when they no longer adequately meet 38 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 needs. If the standards fail to provide the information needed to solve problems, they will cease to have importance to anyone but ourselves. EXHIBITS Museums generally are hesitating at an exhibits crossroads; dissat- isfaction with what exists is widespread at all levels; but the course of other, better routes remains undefined except in general terms. With exhibits funds already deficient, experimentaion cannot be afforded. Consequently, very little was accomplished with respect to long-term exhibit halls, but several temporary exhibitions of timely subjects were presented — a photographic story of volcanoes, installation in the Life in the Sea Hall of an aquarium containing two Grown-of-Thorns star- fish, and a small exhibit of some of the natural history of Malaya in celebration of Alfred Wallace's studies in that region. One of the more exciting events during the year was the placing on exhibit of an incredibly large Indian tiger. This splendid gift of David J. Hasinger of Philadelphia was beautifully mounted and prepared for exhibition by noted taxidermist-artist Louis Jonas. The display depicts the great cat in mid-air pursuit of a small Axis deer, and the accom- panying labels stress the endangered-species status of the tiger. In midyear an Air Force plane arrived in Washington with a block of earth eight feet long, weighing about two tons. Encased within that block are the remains of an ancient man recovered from a cave in northern Spain last year. Handling such a block posed great problems for the local Spanish museum, so the Smithsonian offered to apply the proper conservation techniques as a contribution to international science, in return for the privilege of exhibiting it for the first time. Study and preparation are underway to put this ancient burial on exhibit in the new year. SCIENTIFIC SERVICES There are at least two general ways by which scientific assistance can be provided to the public and to other scientists. Formerly, there was great emphasis given to the direct route, which consisted of the staff occupying major parts of its time to provide identifications of anything from everywhere, literally by the thousands each year. Now there is a deliberate effort made to answer such needs on a priority basis, depending largely on the use to which the information will be put, and most of the scientists' time goes into research that is designed SCIENCE 39 to provide more and better answers to larger and more significant questions of society. During the past few years a population explosion of the poisonous starfish Acanthaster planci, which feeds on living coral, has occurred in the Pacific. These infestations were first noticed on the Great Bar- rier Reef of Australia and have now been found at Guam as well as other islands within the United States Trust Territory. Many square miles of coral reefs are known to have been destroyed by this starfish. Coral reefs not only form a living protective barrier for these islands but also provide the foundation of the marine ecology that supports the reef fish, the main source of protein for the residents of the islands. This protection and food supply are now being threatened. Staff scientists participated in surveys to determine the extent of the infesta- tion in the Territory islands in order to obtain information needed to plan for research into the causes of the population increase, its short- and long-term effects on coral reefs, and to develop control measures. The results of scientific research are not always readily useable by nonspecialists or the layman, so semipopular/semitechnical field iden- tification manuals are published. The Catalogue of Neotropical Squa- mata is a good example of such service publications. Simple keys, descriptions, synonymies, and geographic distribution in both English and Spanish enable anyone interested in reptiles of the neotropics to Thomas Phelan injecting the coral-eating Crown-of-Thorns (Acanthaster planci) with formalin at Eniwetok Atoll. 40 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 recognize species encountered in field studies and achieve some under- standing of their biology. Similarly, interest on the part of public and military health author- ities in South Asia has resulted in illustrated identification manuals to the mammals and to the snakes of Vietnam. Published by the Smithsonian Institution Press with assistance from the Department of Navy, both volumes are intended for the serious student rather than the layman. Scientists from several departments also collaborated in the prepara- tion of material for a deck of cards on which is printed survival infor- mation for personnel in Southeast Asia. One surface of each card depicts in color a dangerous or useful species of animal, and the other side gives specific points for recognition, hints for eating, if edible, etc. The cards were produced under a contract with the Department of Navy as a service. National Air and Space Museum The year 1969 witnessed the retirement of two valued and impor- tant officials of the Museum : Director S. Paul Johnston, and Assistant Director and Senior Historian Paul Edward Garber. Mr. Johnston retired 31 August 1969 after serving five years as Director. His skill at planning and organization was applied success- fully to planning the new building to house the National Air and Space Museum on the Mall in Washington. Several important legisla- tive steps toward the construction of the new building were accom- plished during his five years of service, culminating in Congressional action authorizing the construction. Mr. Johnston organized and di- rected well-conceived programs for preservation of the collection and their management for research and study. The program for the selec- tion, acquisition, and circulation of significant space craft and materi- el, which will have far-reaching consequences for the Museum, was instituted under Mr. Johnston's direction. Pie was a dedicated advocate of a high priority for the rapid development of the new building and the programs of the Museum. Mr. Garber retired 28 February 1969, after forty-nine years of ser- vice at the Smithsonian Institution dedicated to the aircraft collection and the National Air and Space Museum. He is widely known and respected for his lectures and his deep knowledge of the history of SCIENCE 41 aircraft and flight, as well as for his success in making this history meaningful in scholarship at all levels of education. The Muse- um's collection of aircraft, the most comprehensive in the world, is a monument to his accomplishment. As a collector without equal he performed prodigious feats of enlisting the volunteer support of the Armed Services and many other public and private agencies in provid- ing facilities and services for the collection when the resources of the Smithsonian could not keep up with his success. Mr. Garber continues his service to the Museum as a Ramsey research associate and trustee of the Admiral and Mrs. DeWitt Clinton Ramsey Fund. Following the policy of the past several years, the major effort of the Preservation and Restoration Division was devoted to the mainte- nance of the collections. The great increase in the astronautics col- lections, however, and the demand to exhibit these artifacts through- out the world, made it necessary to devote considerable time to restora- tion. The time devoted to the various types of work performed was divided as follows: collection maintenance 50 percent, restoration 39 percent, exhibits in the Museum 8 percent, and miscellaneous services 3 percent. Approximately 3500 new specimens were received, 85 percent of which concerned astronautics, and 15 percent aeronautics. A total of 775 specimens were processed through inventory, identification, catalog- ing, and warehousing. Among the highlights of the year was the initiation of a trial series of student seminars at the Preservation and Restoration Division with the cooperation of the Department of Academic Programs. About 90 secondary-level students from three representative schools took part in this program, which visually illustrated the evolution of propulsion systems, aircraft, rockets, and space-craft by using the actual hardware from the study collections set up and arranged for close examination and discussion. There are now approximately 75 major specimens from the study collection available for curatorial study, educational programs, and the use of visiting researchers. The Aeronautics Department was active in experimental education projects utilizing the collection, in collaboration with the Smithsonian Associates ("Introduction to Flight") and the University of Maryland. The year's major acquisition was the Hawker Hurricane from the Royal Air Force, in commemoration of the Battle of Britain Day, 15 September 1969. Mr. Paul Edward Garber's retirement further reduced the profes- sional staff. The activities of the remaining two professionals are 42 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Restoration shops of the National Air and Space Museum, preservation and restoration facility. Specimens shown are part of the study collection and are assembled for restoration and study programs. limited to servicing day-to-day correspondence and short-range proj- ects. One of the major projects during the year was the preparation, shipment, and installation of the Lockheed Sirius aircraft in a special exhibit building at Osaka, Japan, for Expo '70. The aircraft is the one in which Charles and Ann Morrow Lindbergh surveyed the Arctic air route to the Orient. The department has continued its program of loaning specimens under controlled conditions beneficial to both the Museum and the loanee. An interesting exchange brought a Packard B-12 engine into the collection in exchange for 1300 photos of Plains Indians (obtained through the cooperation of the National Museum of Natural History). The Department of Astronautics has two major responsibilities: (1) determining and authenticating the history of rockets and spaceflight, and (2) acquiring, restoring, and exhibiting specimens. The Museum's research material in astronautics is probably the largest available in the United States, and now includes the unique reference files for the Congreve and Hale rockets plus life-saving and whaling rockets. Historical photographs have been received and cata- SCIENCE 43 Lockheed Sirius flown by Colonel Charles A. and Anne Morrow Lindbergh on their historic "North to the Orient" air-route survey in 1931. Shown in "Wings Across the Pacific" Building in the American Park, Expo '70, Osaka, Japan. loged along with the acquisition of a sound-tape collection, from which the "To The Moon" (Time Life Records) set of records was drawn. Containing tapes of all manned flights through Apollo 11, this collec- tion of more than 1500 reels is one of the largest and most complete in the world. Through the NASA-Smithsonian agreement most of the Mercury and Gemini and four of the Apollo spacecraft have come to the Muse- um, along with some fifteen spacesuits, rocket motors, engineering mockups, and hundreds of component parts. Loans were made during the past year to the U. S. Information Agency, Department of Com- merce, and Department of Labor for overseas exhibits. Expo '70 at Osaka, among others, displayed the Apollo 8 command module, Gem- ini 12 spacecraft, Lunar Orbitor, spacesuits, and a Goddard rocket. An exhibit now touring in Europe includes the Apollo 10 command module, Gemini 10, Aldrin's lunar visor, lunar glove, Collin's cover- alls, Schirra's and Ander's Apollo spacesuits, all from the Museum's collections. More than thirty tons of space artifacts were received this year, much of which forms part of the "study and reference collection." During the Apollo 1 1 flight in July, both major networks used the Arts and Industries Building for interviews and historical background, for which purposes the building was permitted to remain open over- 44 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Apollo 1 1 astronauts, left to right, Edwin E. Aldrin, Jr., Michael Collins, and Neil Armstrong, at presentation of Lunar sample to the Smithsonian Institution, 16 September 1969. night. In September nasa Administrator Thomas Paine and the Apollo 11 astronauts presented the 1.1 -pound specimen of lunar rock to the Museum. Consequently, attendance tripled in the next months and exceeded two million by the end of the fiscal year. The Department of Astronautics received hundreds of letters re- questing information concerning its specimens. Courses on the history of astronautics and the national space program were taught by the staff to youngsters of Smithsonian associates members. Frank H. Win- ter was awarded the Robert Goddard Historical Essay award for his paper on William Hale. In the vicinity of Washington, D.C., there exist the largest holdings of air and space documentation in the world. The primary responsi- bility of the Information and Education Department is to support the FY 1970 FY 1969 4000 5400 1300 2100 62 61 637 467 132 69 194 119 SCIENCE 45 curatorial staff with the documentation needed to select, authenticate, and restore the artifacts needed to portray the evolutionary develop- ment of air and space technology. To supplement the nasm Histor- ical Research Center's extensive holdings, major documentation col- lections in the field of air and space technology are available from many other government and educational agencies. The second major responsibility of the Information and Education Department is serving the interested public, which encompasses the model builder, author, technologist, and other museums. The follow- ing figures show a comparison of this year's activities with last year's: Requests answered Visitors Donations (which include a large collection from Curtiss Wright Corporation of photographs) Photo orders processed New library titles received Total volumes received Over 10,000 items of correspondence were received during FY 1970. Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory To meet the new scientific concerns of the 1970s, research at the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory (sac) has been organized into three major program areas — the Earth as a Planet, the Solar System, and Energetic Phenomena in the Universe. These areas reflect not only the overall goals of the Observatory's investigations but also the interrelationships of many once-separate fields that now are seen as concerned with the "total environment of man." Within these gen- eral areas, however, some sixty investigators still pursue a broad range of individual projects, thus ensuring that the Observatory will main- tain the optimum balance between diversity and concentration. Studies of the earth as a planet extend from the outer reaches of its atmosphere and magnetosphere to its inner regions, with emphasis on the structure, composition, and gravity field of the earth and on the composition and physical processes of the atmosphere. During the past year, the Observatory published one major inter- national reference. The 1969 Smithsonian Standard Earth (II), and contributed significantly to another, The International Reference Atmosphere. 46 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 The first refines the representation of the earth's size, shape, and gravitational field issued by sao in 1966 and since widely used as a model. The new Standard Earth shows that our planet has an intricate pattern of "highs and lows" in the earth's mean sea level relative to the spheroid; these are more widespread than the recognizable topograph- ical features usually associated with continental masses and ocean beds. The existence of these anomalies has been revealed by computer analysis of certain perturbations in the orbits of artificial satellites. The refinement was made possible by data from the new laser tracking systems at several sao stations and from deep-space probes, as well as by photographic and other data. Much of what is known about the earth's atmosphere above 200 kilometers is based on Smithsonian analysis of satellite orbital data gathered over the past decade. Observatory scientists have shown that density variations in the atmosphere respond to a number of separate, but related, geophysical and solar factors. For example, Observatory scientists have found a correlation between satellite drag and solar activity. The latter heats the earth's upper atmosphere, thus increas- ing its density and resistance to the satellite motion. Observatory scientists also have discovered that diurnal heating of the upper atmosphere, and its resultant change in atmospheric density, lag about three hours behind the sun. Moreover, the heated bulge in the atmosphere is shaped somewhat like an elongated eye, with the broadest part at the equator and the tapered ends nearer the poles. Most recently, they found that the solar wind — high-energy particles ejected by the sun — also contributes to atmospheric heating. Sao investigations of the solar system include theoretical, labora- tory, and observational programs concerned with the moon and plan- ets, the sun, meteors and comets, and meteorites and cosmic dust. On 9 January 1970, near the hamlet of Lost City, Oklahoma, the field manager of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory's Prairie Network recovered a 22-pound fragment of a meteorite that had been photographed by the Network as the meteor fell to earth just six nights earlier. Within the next four months, three more fragments were dis- covered in the same area. This was only the second time in history — and the first time, intentionally — that meteoritical material photo- graphed entering the earth's atmosphere had been recovered from the ground. The rapid recovery of the Lost City meteorite allowed immediate analysis of its very short-lived radioisotopes created by cosmic-ray bombardment. Moreover, the photographic record of the meteor fall provides information on the meteorite's origin (from the asteroid belt beyond the orbit of Mars) and its loss of mass in flight. This informa- SCIENCE 47 tion is particularly valuable because the meteorite proved to be a bronzite chondrite, a type that probably accounts for some 35 percent of all falls. Thus, Lost City can provide a standard reference for meteoriticists around the world. Moreover, the photographic data can be used to calibrate information gathered on thousands of bright meteors photographed by both the Prairie Network and other organi- zations. Because of the Observatory's experience in the analysis of recovered meteoritical material, three separate research groups were selected as principal investigators of lunar material returned by the Apollo astronauts. One research group has been engaged in the mineralogical and petrological studies of lunar sample particles through X-ray diffrac- tion and electron-microprobe techniques. These researchers have found an unexpected amount of gabbroic anorthosite in Apollo 1 1 samples. These anorthosite materials match the chemical composition of ma- terials from the lunar highlands, thus suggesting that the anorthosites may be mountain fragments tossed onto Mare Tranquillitatis (the Apollo 1 1 landing site) by cratering impacts. Another group has been conducting analyses of Apollo 11 and 12 samples to measure precisely the amounts of argon 37 and tritium, radioactive isotopes created by cosmic-ray bombardment. This re- search not only reveals information concerning radiation levels on the moon but also provides indications of the exposure age of the samples themselves. In a parallel effort, a third group is conducting isotopic analyses of lunar samples with a laser to free the radioactive gases for mass-spectrometer study. Studies of energetic phenomena are concerned with the nature of newly discovered and largely unexplained sources of radiation far outside the solar system, as well as with the physical processes in stellar objects that hold clues to the creation and evolution of the universe. Proceedings of the April 1969 meeting on stellar atmospheres held jointly by sao and the Harvard College Observatory have now been published as Theory and Observation of Normal Stellar Atmospheres (mit Press: 1970). This standard reference work will provide a base- line for much stellar-physics research for the next five years. Specifi- cally, the book gives spectral and other data for a reference set of 68 stellar atmospheres in an effective temperature range from 4000° to 50,000°. This grid of model atmospheres was computed entirely at the Observatory. A companion volume to the comprehensive SAO Star Catalog is- sued in 1966 has now been published by mit Press. The Smithsonian 48 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Star Atlas, a boxed collection of 152 individual sky charts, is a boon to professional and amateur astronomers alike. The same quarter of a million stars listed in the catalog are graphically depicted, with spe- cial designations of double stars and variable stars, as well as nonstel- lar objects such as galaxies, globular clusters, and planetary nebulas. Observing the universe at radio wavelengths with an 85-foot an- tenna, sao astronomers are searching for signals from chemical com- pounds not heretofore known to exist in space. Radiation of this type is thought to come from the extended cloud of rarefied gases between the stars. Concurrent laboratory studies are identifying other com- pounds possibly present in space and measuring their characteristic wavelengths, thus providing a basis for intensive searches with radio telescopes. A laboratory experiment performed jointly by personnel of the National Bureau of Standards and of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory now indicates that laser emission by water vapor may be involved in the process that converts the energy of infrared stars into the microwave line radiation observed from water and hydroxyl mole- cules in space. The experiment shows that a far-infrared spectral line emitted by a water-vapor laser has nearly the same frequency as an infrared absorption line of the hydroxyl molecule. By tuning the hy- droxyl absorption line with a variable magnetic field, the experiment- ers determined the exact frequency difference and deduced that an optical pumping of the hydroxyl vapor could occur, at low pressures, when the two lines were brought into coincidence. In space, this fine tuning might be achieved by Doppler shifts. Smithsonian scientists are now analyzing the data produced by the Celescope experiment onboard nasa's second Orbiting Astronomical Observatory. More than 8500 photographs of over 2800 areas of the sky were made during the experiment's lifetime. The photographs provide brightness data for more than 25,000 stars in each of three ultraviolet regions and for a limited number of stars in a fainter region, as well as new information about the moon and comets and about hydrogen near the earth. The search for sources of ultra-high-energy gamma rays by the Observatory is being conducted with a 34-foot optical reflector at Mt. Hopkins and with balloon-borne detectors launched from Texas and India. The observations at Mt. Hopkins represent the most sensi- tive searches ever conducted. While no discrete sources have yet been conclusively identified, the Mt. Hopkins project has established new standards for determining "background noise," disproved several spu- rious sources, helped revise several theories, and produced valuable new information on the magnetic field of the Crab Nebula and that of the SCIENCE 49 radio galaxy Virgo A. Ultimately, gamma-ray astronomy may pro- vide the key to our understanding of many phenomena, including magnetic fields, the density of matter, and high-energy particles in intergalactic space and radio sources. Astronomy seems poised ready to achieve a fuller understanding of the universe in the 1970s. The mysteries of pulsars, quasars, gamma rays, antimatter, and other possible keys to the evolution of the uni- verse are now nearer than ever to being solved. Naturally, success depends significantly on new instrumentation. Therefore, the Observa- tory has embarked on a long-range program to develop the advanced tools needed for the future. This year, for example, the Observatory installed at Mt. Hopkins a new 60-inch reflecting telescope for studies of stellar and planetary atmospheres. Also, production began on a series of advanced laser-ranging systems for both geophysical and lunar sciences. Looking to the future, the Observatory continued its design studies to determine the feasibility of constructing a very large, but inexpen- sive and lightweight, optical telescope using many small primary mirrors rather than a single large one. Also, development began on an improved hydrogen-maser system, the most precise timing device known, which could vastly improve the accuracy of many astronomical measurements. Finally, the Observatory continued to work on ad- vanced design concepts that might greatly reduce the cost of construct- ing the world's largest, fully steerable radio telescope. This foresighted approach to the development of new instrumenta- tion should allow the Observatory to meet the critical research requirements of this next decade. Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute Competition for scarce resources and life space is an increasingly urgent problem of human society. It has always been a problem for the organisms of the tropics, where the greatest diversity of life-forms on earth produces intense competition among species. Understanding the outcome of this interaction — in effect, the reasons for evolutionary success or failure — is one of the principal objectives of the Smithson- ian Tropical Research Institute (stri). In this connection, we are also seeking to determine how and why tropical floras and faunas differ from those of the rest of the world. 50 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Diversities are greater in the tropics, ecological and behavioral rela- tions among species are more complex than elsewhere, and new and major types of adaptation to new ways of life are more likely to be evolved by tropical species than those of other regions. The scientists of the stri staff, research associates, fellows, visiting scientists, and ad- vanced students from institutions all over the world, are attempting to describe these features in more precise, quantitative, mathematical, or physical terms, and to discover causal relationships among them. Gaining such an understanding of the tropical environment is imperative. Human populations in the tropics are increasing very rapidly and are headed for ecological disaster in the absence of ade- quate information about their environment. In the north, we are con- cerned about air pollution, entrophication of lakes, and the deleterious effects of insecticides. In the tropics, the problems are more brutal. Areas such as the hill country of Colombia and Panama, and the whole island of Madagascar are fast becoming deserts. The basic features of tropical ecology must be understood as quickly as possible. Assembling new insight and understanding into a coherent picture of the tropics as a whole — where one half of mankind lives — is another continuing objective of the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute. It offers a strong union of intellectual and environmental resources. Advances were made in both realms in 1970. During the year the community of workers in biology at stri grew to include 9 staff biologists, 4 predoctoral and 6 postdoctoral fellows, 556 professional visitors (including 155 scientists and advanced stu- dents working at stri facilities for 4687 visitors days), from 62 uni- versities in 31 states and 19 countries. Twenty-four seminars by staff and visiting scientists were conducted at stri during this period. The year saw continuation of an orderly progress of stri re- search into the tropical environs. Exploration of marine areas was extended to the full length of the Isthmus of Panama. With United States Navy cooperation, dives were conducted in previously unexplored waters of the Pacific in western Panama. Large constructional coral reefs, populations of the Crown- of-Thorns starfish, nine species of fishes new to science and eleven new to the fauna of Panama, in addition to two species of hydrocorals pre- viously unreported in the eastern Pacific were the discovery highlights of the initial expeditions. In the San Bias Islands, off the eastern Panama Atlantic coast, a field team began exploration of complex reef communities. With a base camp at Barro Colorado Island, hydrobiologists launched comparative studies on the dynamics of lakes, both natural SCIENCE 51 and man-made, in the lowlands and mountains of Panama, Colombia, and Costa Rica. On Barro Colorado Island itself, on a base of four decades of stud- ies, an accelerating effort — including sixteen studies of one year or longer — since 1965 is resulting in development of new methods for discerning environmental adaptive strategies. Under study are biologi- cal parameters such as reproductive strategies of forest trees, popula- tion dynamics, and social organizations of possibly key organisms, com- munication patterns and functions, and various questions of predatory adaptations, energetics, and phenological characteristics. Thus, cor- relative efforts may now proceed with greatly enhanced chances of success. Comparative studies elsewhere in the New World, and in the Old World, are adding important new dimensions to the data on Panama and are clarifying the distinctive biological role of the tropics. During the year the staff and fellows of stri extended comparative studies into the cold tropics of the Colombian Andes, into montane and low- land continental regions of West Africa and India which vary inter- estingly from Central America, and into the contrasting insular areas of Madagascar and New Guinea. Stri continued to concentrate on aspects of evolution, ecology, and behavior, combining experimental analysis in the laboratory with ob- servations in the field under natural conditions both in the Old and New World tropics. Adaptive strategies employed by organisms in their relationship to their environment are particularly complex and varied in the tropics. The adaptive aspects of plants, which have not been thoroughly stud- ied in the past, are the concern of several studies: the nature of the reproductive strategies employed by various tree species in the rich Barro Colorado Forest; in-depth studies to delineate the complex adaptations of orchids to their available insect resources; and com- parative studies of the structure of tropical forests in both the New and Old World. The largest migration in 26 years of the day-flying moth Urania fulgens was studied by Neal G. Smith. Billions of these conspicuous moths crossed the isthmus toward South America between August and October. Smith is trying to understand the adaptive significance of this almost yearly migration which has been mentioned repeatedly in newspaper and scientific literature as far back as the early 1800s. Adaptive mechanisms of organisms in the marine environment were brought under new study. Feeding experiments with visual fish predators of the sand beach isopod Ancinus have shown a preference 52 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 for the most frequent pattern morph. This selective removal is con- sidered important in affecting the polymorphic population structure. The sea snake, Pelamis platurus, a docile, conspicuous, and highly poisonous animal which at times is exceedingly abundant at the sur- face along drift lines in the Pacific, was studied for its population movements and basic biology by Chaim Kropach. Ira Rubinoff experi- mented with potential fish predators of the snake in order to develop a colonization model of theoretical as well as applied significance should the animal gain introduction into the Atlantic. Pacific fishes have adapted to avoid the snake, while Atlantic fishes of apparently the same species eat them with avidity and are often bitten and die in the process. The partitioning of environmental resources among organisms is being studied from a variety of perspectives, and on a variety of species, with suprisingly different results in some cases. The relation- ships between food niche overlap and food availability in stream dwelling fishes was studied by Tom Zaret and A. Stanley Rand. They found evidence that the degree of overlap correlated well with prey abundance. On the other hand Henry Hespenheide has shown that over a broad range of species and feeding habits of birds, the width of niches as measured by prey size is a function only of the mean prey size, and thus is independent of such factors as prey abundance and foraging techniques of the birds. Related data gathered by Eugene Morton indicates that while adult vireos eat insects in the rainy sea- son, they eat fruit in the dry season when they breed, but feed their young insects. This may be adaptation to reduce intraspecific com- petition when insects are relatively scarce. Amazingly, it has taken fifty-four years after its creation for Gatun Lake to become a subject of intensive biological study. Z.M. Gliwicz of the University of Warsaw, Department of Hydrobiology, undertook a fifteen-month investigation of the primary and secondary productiv- ity of Gatun and Madden lakes, and extended this comparative analysis to lakes in Costa Rica and Colombia. A key purpose is to com- pare the ecological efficiency of the primary production utilization by plankton consumers in temperate and tropical lakes similar in mor- phometry and trophic characteristics. Intraspecific behavior is affected importantly by relations between species, and their adaptations, as reflected in their "communication systems." The ways in which "messages," whether simply or highly specialized signals, mediate among organisms, and with the environ- ment, is one of the principal pursuits of research at stri. A. Stanley Rand continued his studies of animal communication in amphibians SCIENCE 53 Acanthaster planci observed for first time in Central America along the Pacific shore of western Panama (Contreras Islands, 5 m depth, 30 April 1970). Feeding on Pavona. Underwater view of coral reef, a recently discovered community off southwestern coast of Panama (Secas Islands, 3 m depth, 1 May 1970). Such reefs were pre- viously thought not to exist along the Pacific shore of Panama. 54 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 and reptiles. In collaboration with George Drewry of the Puerto Rican Nuclear Center, he analyzed the chorus structure in Puerto Rican frogs. They found that species that chorus together vocalize at dif- ferent frequencies, apparently to avoid interspecific jamming. Their vocalizations also differ in a number of other ways, presumably encod- ing other information. Coral reefs in the eastern Pacific have been considered typically represented by those in the relatively well-studied area of Panama Bay. Stri conducted two highly productive expeditions to the Secas and Contreras islands which have made it clear that the interpretation of biotic composition and species numbers between Atlantic and Pacific coasts have been biased. Coral reefs and associated fauna of considerable richness were found. Revealed for the first time along the Pacific Ocean in Central America were the occurrence of large con- structional coral reefs; populations of the Crown-of-Thorns starfish (Acanthaster), an important predator and an associated shrimp (Hymenocera) ; a coelenterate hydrocoral group represented by at least two species of the stinging form Millepora; and several fish species previously known only from the western Pacific biogeographic region. In its educational emphasis stri serves as an advanced studies center. Informal guidance and association mark the stri professional contribution to independent studies by visiting scientists, research fellows, and advanced students. More than seventy projects by visitors were accommodated in 1970. Seminar programs were offered and attended by staff and students from other research and educational institutions on the Isthmus of Panama. Stri scientists also extended their educational contributions else- where. During the year they conducted seminars at the University of Panama, University of California, University of Chicago, Cornell University, Harvard University, Rockefeller University, Washington University, and elsewhere. Courses were conducted at the University of Mexico by Dr. Dressier, at the University of Pennsylvania by Drs. Rand and Robinson, and at Princeton University by Dr. Leigh. The Organization of Tropical Studies conducted a major portion of its marine sciences summer course at stri. The Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute is indebted for the continuing excellent cooperation extended by the government and agencies of the Republic of Panama, by the Panama Canal Company and Canal Zone government, by the United States Southern Command, and by our fellow research and educational institutions throughout the Isthmus of Panama, and in Colombia. SCIENCE 55 Radiation Biology Laboratory From a number of small buildings in the old Astrophysical Observa- tory Yard south of the Smithsonian Building and a few small rooms scattered throughout the Smithsonian Building, the Radiation Biology Laboratory has been relocated to new modern quarters in Rockville, Maryland. The new facility is a two-story structure designed to meet specialized requirements of the areas of biological and environmental research relating to the program of the laboratory. The areas of inves- tigation are principally in the field of regulatory biology and include: ( 1 ) physiology, ( 2 ) biochemical processes of developmental responses to light, and (3) measurement of solar radiation. In addition, the lab- oratory maintains a carbon-dating facility for archeological and anthropological research and for research and development in carbon- dating techniques. The new building provides about fifty thousand square feet of space and includes plant physiology, biochemistry, biophysics, genetics, and biology laboratories. There is a staff office, a general laboratory work area, small handling and preparation rooms, and special function rooms, such as controlled temperature units, drak-growth rooms, and light-treatment facilities. A Phillips, Model 300, electron microscope has been installed. Low-level counting systems for radiocarbon dating and a standards laboratory for photometric and radiometric calibrat- ing standards are being installed. Several large areas are planned for environmental control rooms, a temperature-controlled greenhouse, and specialized irradiation systems, such as monochromators for action spectra determinations. Installation of equipment is in progress. The support facilities for the laboratory include a small auditorium, a library, secretarial and administrative offices, and an instrument shop for servicing the laboratory research programs. The monitoring and recording of radiation measurements was con- tinued at the Mall location throughout the year. An additional facility at Rockville was installed and is functioning. The personnel comple- ment at the station in Jerusalem, Israel, was completed, and data are being accumulated on a continuous basis. A new radiometric instru- ment has been developed through joint efforts of the Smithsonian Radiation Biology Laboratory and Eppley Laboratories for extending the monitoring of spectral quality of daylight to include pre-sunrise and post-sunset periods when biological clocks are presumed to be activated. This area of solar radiation measurement is a new phase of investigation in physical measurements for biological purposes. 56 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 In the research area of the electron microscopy study of the fine struc- ture of algae, recent evidence obtained revealed that there are major structural differences in the location of the phycobiliproteins (photo- synthetic accessory pigments). In red and blue-green algae they are aggregated on the stroma side of the photosynthetic lamellae, while in the photosynthetic cryptophyte algae, the phycobilins are located in the intrathylakoidal spaces. The known chemical and structural dif- ferences lead to the conclusion that these pigments appeared indepen- dently in evolutionary development. There have been several recent additions to the staff. Dr. Roy Hard- ing, geneticist, will assume the direction of work on chromosome aberrations induced by ultraviolet radiation and will also undertake work on the genetics of photoperiodism. Dr. Andrew Snope will assist with this work. Dr. Maurice Margulies has spent the past year on sabbatical leave at Harvard University. Despite curtailment of research necessitated by the relocation, a number of research papers were completed and published by members of the staff. Staff members participated in scientific meetings and conferences, both national and international. National Zoological Park The National Zoological Park celebrates this year the 80th anniver- sary of its founding in 1890. From a small menagerie housed in the rolling woodland of Rock Creek Park, it has grown into one of the important zoos of the world. One important action taken this year resulted in the Zoo being transferred from the budget of the District of Columbia to the appro- priation of the Smithsonian Institution. This will lead to a change of emphasis regarding education, conservation, and advancement of science and should lead to the development of a truly National Zoo, so that it will no longer be mistakenly referred to as "the Washington Zoo." The new hospital and research building was completed in December 1969 and is partially occupied. The Scientific Research Department has already moved into its offices and laboratories. The Animal Health Department and the Office of the Pathologist will transfer to the new building shortly. The spacious, thoroughly modern facility is located near the Director's office on Administration Hill. SCIENCE 57 Madame Suharto, wife of the President of Indonesia, presents Dr. Reed with a photograph of the Komodo dragon, gift of her government. Mrs. Soedjatmoko, wife of the Indonesian Ambassador, looks on. Fieldwork in connection with the Ceylon elephant project, begun in 1967, has been completed. This was headed by resident scientist, John F. Eisenberg and was undertaken as a Smithsonian project in coopera- tion with the Ceylon government. The primate study in that country is continuing. The status of the collection remains about the same. The aim of the National Zoological Park is to obtain collections of diversified animal groups, rather than solitary individuals, so that reproduction, espe- cially of rare species, may be encouraged.1 1 Certain tabulated, statistical, and other information formerly contained in the report of the National Zoological Park in the Smithsonian Year now appears as appendixes to the Separate of this Report (available on request from the Director of the National Zoological Park). This information contains: visitor statistics and other operational information ; report of the Veterinarian, aug- mented by case histories and autopsy reports; report of the pathologist; and complete lists of (a) animals in the collection on 30 June 1970; (b) all births and hatchings during the year; (c) changes in the collection by gift, purchase, or exchange. 58 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Many exciting and valuable gifts were received during the year. Through the good offices of Crawford H. Greenewalt, a Regent of the Smithsonian, a notable collection of New Guinea fauna was acquired. This consisted of four birds of paradise of two different species, a king parrot, an orange lory, three tree kangaroos, and six sugar gliders. The government of Indonesia presented the National Zoo with a Komodo dragon as a mate for the lone female that the Zoo has had since 1967. When President Suharto and his wife paid a state visit to Washington, Mrs. Suharto came to the Zoo, bringing with her a photograph of the huge male, which arrived a few days later on 27 May. Another gift from a foreign government was a pair of tuataras. The rare reptile is considered a bridge between the living reptiles of today and those of prehistoric times. These were formally presented by Ambassador Frank Corner of New Zealand at a ceremony in the reptile house on 4 June. Tuataras are often referred to as "living fossils" because they are the sole survivors of the age of reptiles and have scarcely changed since the Triassic Period of 200 million years |" - *P \ 4 Moni, the newest of the white tigers, and friends on Lion House Hill. (Photo by Ellis.) SCIENCE 59 ago. They are being carefully protected in simulated native habitat. There are only two others in United States zoos. The number of births continues to be gratifying. There was one tragedy, however; Mohini, the white tigress, gave birth to four cubs, two white and two normal color, on 8 March. Forty-eight hours later she gave birth to another cub, stillborn, and in the course of labor she fell on three of the first born, killing them. Moni, the lone survivor, a white male, was removed from her den and successfully reared in the Director's home. He is now on exhibition at the Zoo. An orangutan and a black rhinoceros were born during the year, and antelopes acquired over the past few years, since the establishment of the new hoofed-stock area, are now reproducing satisfactorily. The number of hatchings at the bird house surpassed any former year and included some that had not previously occurred here. Although hiring of personnel has been restricted, the Zoo was for- tunate in getting an architect on the staff, Mr. Norman Melun, who reported for work on 4 May. This enables the Zoo to set up a planning division, which will oversee the development and modernization of the Park. After many months of investigation and discussion, the Friends of the National Zoo were finally able to inaugurate the running of three trackless trains. There are three train stations and visitors may board at any one of them, ride to the next stop, view the animals and continue either on the same train or on the next one that comes along. These rides are proving very popular, and proceeds from the sale of tickets will go to the Friends' educational fund. Office of Environmental Sciences On 28 October 1970 the Secretary established the office of Environ- mental Sciences in order to "make more visible the Smithsonian Insti- tution's broad spectrum of research projects in the environmental sciences and improve the opportunities for attracting financial support and scientific collaboration." Building on the accomplishments of the Ecology Program and the Oceanography and Limnology Program, the Office has continued a series of activities to bring the Smithsonian to the attention of national and international scientific groups including funding agencies. 60 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Recognizing that the care and study of the research collections are a principal function of the largest Smithsonian bureau, the National Museum of Natural History (nmnh), the office places its greatest emphasis in collaboration with this program. Support is sought for and provided to scientists in nmnh in several ways. Collecting expeditions are supported by incorporating plans of Smithsonian sci- entists into international programs, such as the U.S. Antarctic Pro- gram and the Southeast Asia Ministers of Education biotrop project developed in Indonesia. The International Union for Conser- vation of Nature and Natural Resources developed field conferences and symposia with Smithsonian participation and the Cooperative Investigations of the Mediterranean will include Smithsonian collect- ing. Other cooperative bilateral collecting was arranged by the Office in Taiwan, Iran, Australia, Ceylon, Israel, Tunisia, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, New Zealand, Chile, Brazil, British Honduras, United States and French Pacific Trust Territories, Japan, Korea, India, Pakistan, Kenya, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Malta, France, Italy, Jamaica, Panama, Argentina, Ecuador, and other countries. The results of marine collecting are received and sorted by two processing centers, the Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center and the Mediterranean Marine Sorting Center. The masses of material collected by nets, trawls, and dredges are such that there is a sub- stantial backlog of work to be accomplished. In increasing the avail- ability of sorting, distribution, and identification services the Office has proposed and is negotiating the establishment of sorting centers in South America (Chile) and in Asia (Indonesia or the Philippines.) These centers recognize the requirement for utilization of the research and identification of hundreds of scientists in work on marine collec- tions and arrange the participation of competent marine scientists wherever they exist in the world. In addition to using all available nmnh scientists it has been possible to enroll about three hundred non-Smithsonian scientists in twenty-seven countries of the world, who work to gain information from the collections made available by the sorting centers. Even with the above collections-related scientific effort, there are biological taxa which need attention because of special interest from an agency standpoint. Using money for Antarctic studies, the Office provides funds for specialists to carry on the necessary identifications and related research in certain taxa, which are potentially important as Antarctic resources. In a similar manner the Office stimulates the production of keys to freshwater organisms of importance to the Fed- eral Water Quality Administration. SCIENCE 61 Within available resources the Office supports inadequately funded Smithsonian scientists by assisting with the purchase of collections, assisting with publication costs, and meeting otherwise unfunded re- quirements such as visiting other museums. Assistance is provided in recruitment of personnel to fill gaps in Smithsonian scientific capabili- ties. Consultants are provided to advise on scientific problems and in special cases a person may be employed temporarily to fill an nmnh need, pending the establishment of a nmnh position. The possible role of the Smithsonian in national and international plans is considered within and outside the federal government. Inter- ests of the Smithsonian are written into projects having appropriate objectives. Liaison is maintained for this purpose with the National Council for Marine Resources and Engineering Development, the Federal Council for Science and Technology, the Council on Environ- mental Quality, the National Water Commission, and broad projects of the Departments of State, Defense, Interior, Health, Education and Welfare, the National Science Foundation, and Atomic Energy Com- mission. Close association is also maintained with programs of the National Academy of Sciences. In attracting financial support the Office develops concepts appro- priate to funding by public and private agencies and individuals in as varied a nature as possible within the time available. Funding of such ideas was received from the National Science Foundation, Atomic Energy Commission, Coast Guard, Coast and Geodetic Survey, Naval Oceanographic Office, Office of Naval Research, Army Engineers, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, National Institutes of Health, De- partment of State, Federal Water Quality Administration, Agency for International Development, National Academy of Sciences, American Association for the Advancement of Sciences, Woods Hole Oceano- graphic Institution, American Institute of Biological Sciences, Link Foundation, Vetlesen Foundation, Iran Foundation, Atlantic Founda- tion, TaiPing Foundation, Asia Foundation, Smithsonian Research Foundation, Smithsonian Foreign Currency Program, Edwin A. Link, J. Seward Johnson, Carl Dry, Alpine Geophysics, Incorporated, and Ocean Systems, Incorporated. Current program development lies in such broad program areas as (1) environmental assessment and prediction as a result of man's activities, (2) provision and protection of natural areas, (3) expedit- ing collections and related research, (4) developing Smithsonian par- ticipation in national and international environmental programs, (5) providing ship and underwater support of research, and (6) operating the Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies in such a way 62 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 as to insure its productivity and viability as a model watershed, a natural preserve, and a local asset. Center for the Study of Man In its second year of operation the Center for the Study of Man has continued to carry out a number of cooperative research and informa- tion programs in the human sciences. The most important single development of the year occurred at the second annual meeting of the full membership held at the Smithsonian during 16—19 May 1970. The members agreed that the Center should become in effect an interna- tional studies center devoted to adding anthropological perspective to understanding of such major world problems as war, colonialism, de- structive nationalism, gross inequalities, racism, poverty, technological and urban overdevelopment, irreversible environmental destruction, population growth, alienation, anomie, and lack of generational con- tinuity. The Center will establish annually a new international "task force" of research anthropologists and other scientists to deal for a limited time (perhaps five years) with a selected and closely defined facet of one of these major problems. The first problem to be inves- tigated is human fertility. A working paper has been commissioned and the work of assembling resources is underway. The American Indian program of the Center was very active throughout the past year. A major objective of this program is to assist Indians in achieving goals which they have set for themselves. This has been done in a modest way by sending them difficult-to- obtain materials free of charge, by referring them to anthropologists and other scholars who can help them in matters involving their rights, by referring them to other Indian groups with similar prob- lems, and by advising them in matters where they have requested our knowledge. The program to computerize a roster of 4700 anthropologists throughout the world has been completed. The results of this pro- gram, carried out in conjunction with the Smithsonian Information Systems Division and with the support of the Wenner-Gren Founda- tion for Anthropological Research will appear in a forthcoming issue of the world-wide anthropological journal Current Anthropology. The Center has continued to coordinate the Urgent Anthropology Program. Six grants involving four different countries have been SCIENCE 63 made under the Small Grants Program for urgent research. Some results of this program are now beginning to be received and one such is the discovery of a new Java Man skull by Professor Sartono of the Bandung Institute in Indonesia. The current bibliography of anthropological publications has con- tinued to develop under the direction of Dr. Robert M. Laughlin. In the past year a total of 6800 titles has been classified and readied for publication. To date 2439 have been published and the remainder will continue to appear bimonthly. A special committee on the proposed National Museum of Man, chaired by Dr. Irven DeVore, met in February 1970 to develop plans for relating the Center to the proposed Museum. The report of this meeting, presented to Secretary Ripley at the Center's meeting in May, precipitated the subsequent resolution on the part of the membership to move the Center in its new direction. Center for Short-Lived Phenomena The Center for Short-Lived Phenomena now has more than 2500 registered correspondents located in 124 countries of the world includ- ing 956 earth science correspondents, 379 biological science correspon- dents, 266 astrophysical science correspondents, 189 urgent anthro- pology/urgent archaeology correspondents, 191 Transient Lunar Phenomena correspondents, and 372 multidisciplinary correspondents. During 1969 the Center reported to scientists around the world 145 short-lived events that occurred in 58 countries including 61 earth science events, 52 biological science events, 24 astrophysical science events, and 4 urgent archeological and 2 urgent anthropological events. Scientific teams investigated at least 102 of the 145 events reported by the Center in 1969. The Center reported 18 volcanic eruptions in Alaska, Antarctica, Costa Rica, Hawaii, Indonesia, Japan, the Mariana Islands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Peru, the Philippines, and the Soviet Union. The Center reported 18 other earth science events during the year, including major landslides in Sweden, Hungary, Finland, Israel, and the Azores, two submarine volcanic eruptions in the Marianas and the Solomon Islands, a major tidal wave in China, a natural gas eruption in Yugoslavia, a major flood in China, a major mud flow in Hungary, a rockfall in the French Alps, a storm surge in the Hawaiian Islands, 64 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 and a floating island in the Caribbean. At least 42 of the 61 earth science events were investigated by one or more field research teams. The Center reported 52 biological events, including 12 oil spills in the Netherlands, England, France, South Africa, Alaska, and the continental United States; 19 animal kills in Ireland, Spain, Peru, Canada, England, South Africa, and the United States; 11 animal irruptions, migrations, and colonizations occurring in Australia, Pan- ama, Trinidad, Peru, Alaska and the United States; six pollution events occurring in the Philippine Islands, Peru, Germany and the United States; and two major flora kills occurring in Japan and the United States. At least 46 of the 52 biological events reported by the Center in 1969 were investigated by one or more field research teams. The Center reported 24 astrophysical events including 17 major fireball events in Japan, Greece, Mexico, Malawi, Brazil, Tunisia, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the United States; 4 meteorite falls in Mexico, Czechoslovakia, Australia, and Ireland; and several transient lunar events that occurred during Apollo manned lunar missions. Specimens of all four meteorites were quickly recovered and sent to laboratories for radioisotope analysis. Delay between the time of the fall of the objects and the time they arrived in measuring laboratories ranged from four days for "Allende" to eighteen days for "Murchison" with the average being eleven days. In addition, fireball ablation pro- ducts were successfully sampled in the atmosphere by high altitude air collection aircraft within 12—18 hours after the "Allende" event occurred. During 1969 the Center reported two urgent anthropological events (the discovery of two new tribes in Surinam and Colombia) and four urgent archeological events. The Center issued 143 event notification reports, 523 event informa- tion reports, 12 event publications, and handled a communications volume of 245,000 cable words and a mail volume of 390,000 pieces during 1969. HISTORY AND ART ryHE fiscal year 1970 was one of real accomplishments and of -*• real promise in the areas of history and art at the Smithsonian. As the National Collection of Fine Arts and the National Portrait Gallery settled more comfortably into their quarters in the historic Patent Office Building, construction on the Joseph H. Hirshhorn Mu- seum and Sculpture Garden began, the refurbishing of the Renwick Gallery continued, and the Cooper-Hewitt Museum prepared to move into the Andrew Carnegie Mansion of New York's Fifth Avenue. In every case, our history and art bureaus, often with the valuable assistance of their advisory boards and commissions, emerged from a serious consideration of their purposes and plans with a strengthened sense of mission and identity. Although increased appropriations were not the order of the day this year, we are sure that this sharpened sense of purpose, this exercise in self-definition, will allow each of our bureaus to make the best possible use of the funds that are available to it. This was also a year in which the Smithsonian welcomed a number of extraordinary new directors, whose several qualifications range from brilliant service in other museums, or in other parts of the Smith- sonian, to academic distinction of the highest sort. Since it is our museum and bureau directors who must formulate and carry out the Institution's programs in history and art, this infusion of new talent and enthusiasm augurs well for the future. In addition to the exhibitions and acquisitions mentioned below, a special word should be said about the coming to the Smithsonian of the Archives of American Art. This enormously important archival resource will strengthen the position of the Smithsonian as a leading national center for the study of American civilization; the presence of the Archives has already made itself felt in our successful efforts to recruit distinguished scholars to the staffs of our various museums. In addition to the obvious and satisfying progress of each of our history and art bureaus, it is pleasant to report that relations among them seem more cordial than ever. The transfer of portraits from the National Collection of Fine Arts to the National Portrait Gallery, as urged by the Portrait Gallery Commission, as well as the transfer of three Augustus Saint-Gaudens reliefs to the National Collection of Fine Arts from the National Portrait Gallery was a case in point. The Cooper-Hewitt Museum's gracious loan of a number of Winslow Homer paintings to the National Collection of Fine Arts, where they 67 68 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 are now beautifully displayed, is another. As the Institution enters a period of intensive preparation for the celebration of the Bicentennial of the American Revolution, we are confident that the strengths of our individual bureaus, and their willingness to work together in a com- mon cause, will prove worthy to this great occasion. National Museum of History and Technology The announcement made in January 1969 of the appointment of Dr. Daniel J. Boorstin as the Director of the National Museum of History and Technology signalized the search for a fresh approach to history in the museum world. Coming from the Department of His- tory of the University of Chicago, Dr. Boorstin assumed his new responsibilities in October. He immediately directed his efforts, with the cooperation of his scholarly staff, to the development of new programs designed to widen, deepen, and enlarge the visitors' museum involvement by re- capturing man's experience in everyday life in the nation's past. By employing innovative techniques in exhibition and by reinterpretation of the unwritten documents of American civilization which form the national collections, new emphasis is being directed to several hitherto neglected aspects of the Museum's functions and capabilities. A sweeping new program of visitor orientation was instituted to make the Museum's holdings and facilities more readily accessible and meaningful to the more than five million visitors who come to it each year. Several successful elements of this program, designed to provide useful guidance to the public at various levels, have already been initi- ated. A series of special tour brochures to provide self-guidance to the visitor was produced to highlight particular aspects of history pre- sented in the Museum and specialized subject interests. A continuing series of changing special exhibits at the Mall entrance commemorate historical events of national importance and traditional American holidays. Through a display of selected materials (including national treasures from the collections and incorporating modern audio-visual techniques), the holiday exhibits orient the public to the other dis- plays within the Museum on related subjects. More elaborate orienta- tion techniques and programs to assist the public more effectively in the use of the Museum are being developed. HISTORY AND ART 69 The emerging new role of the Museum as the national center for the study of American civilization was recognized in the annual ban- quet of the Society of American Historians, for which the Museum served as host, and at which presentations of the Francis Parkman Prize and the Allan Nevins Prize were made. Considerable effort has been directed in the past year to develop plans for the Museum's role in the forthcoming celebration of the American Revolution Bicentennial. Planning for a comprehensive program combining exhibits, conferences, and publications is in progress. The continuing exhibits program of the Museum has been redi- rected to feature selected materials from major collections which have Samuel Slater carding machine, circa 1 790, on display in the Hall of Textiles, National Museum of History and Technology. 70 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 not yet been exhibited, and material aspects of American life which have not been acknowledged elsewhere in the exhibition areas. Dis- played for the first time in the Museum is a new exhibit incorporating significant historical machinery and products of the American textile industry. In a representative sampling of American textiles organized by the curator, Rita Adrosko, the historic carding machine of Samuel Slater and components of Slater's spinning machine are highlighted. These machines, which were made about 1 790, brought textile produc- tion out of the home into a developing American textile industry. Featured also is the only Jacquard loom in operable condition in any American museum. The exhibit includes programmed spinning and weaving demonstrations by members of the staff. "Energy Conversion," a special exhibit prepared by Warren Danzen- baker under the direction of Bernard S. Finn, was opened in September and illustrated the methods of converting energy sources to electrical School group watching Mrs. Lois Vann spinning wool on an 18th-century woolwheel from Virginia, in the National Museum of History and Technology. HISTORY AND ART 71 power. Historic specimens in the national collections were displayed together with significant artifacts donated by related industries. Among these were the world's first fuel-cell tractor and an Apollo spacecraft fuel cell, as well as a thermoelectric generator and numerous other artifacts, which demonstrated the story of man's harnessing of heat, sunlight, and chemical energy. Renewed efforts have been made by the Museum's scholarly staff as part of a long-range program to render the displayed collections more meaningful to the public, by attempting to recapture the environment of the past in which the materials exhibited play a role. A conference and exhibit on "The Roots of California Culture," conceived and developed by C. Malcolm Watkins, were held at the Oakland Museum in April, and sponsored jointly by the Museum's Department of Cultural History, the University of California Exten- sion, and the Oakland Museum. Six curators presented papers focused on the background environments of the major groups that settled California, cumulative material cultures that conditioned them, and the industrial technology that emerged in the nineteenth century to effect the cultural changes that made California a "nation within a nation." A special exhibition related to the original man-made en- vironment and material culture that emerged after the settlement of the West was prepared in the National Museum of History and Technology, which drew from its reserve collections of objects of A special exhibit on energy conversion showing the development of fuel-cell technology, in the Hall of Electricity, National Museum of History and Technology. 72 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 everyday life in pre-industrial and Victorian America and were com- bined with materials from the Oakland Museum. The exhibition will tour other museums and institutions in California on continuing display. Special exhibits, produced during the year, have ranged from "Women in Politics," which was conceived by Keith E. Melder and opened in May to commemorate the founding of the League of Women Voters, to a temporary hall planned by Philip W. Bishop, featuring artifacts and models in a historical approach to remind the visitor of the size and importance of the American iron and steel industry. The maintenance and development of the national collection con- tinued to be a major concern of the curatorial staff, with a total of 104,731 additions made to the Museum's holdings in the past year. Although the major part of the Museum's acquisitions are accepted for display, there is nevertheless equal curatorial concern for develop- ing the Museum's resources for study by the curatorial staff and visit- ing scholars and students. Among such significant new study accessions was a collection of approximately thirteen thousand glass and film negatives recording the production of the Pullman Car Works for a period of almost half a century from 1885 to 1932. This plant is of particular significance to railroad history because it built not only the elegant sleeping and parlor cars for the Pullman Company, but it also produced thousands of freight cars. The Museum benefited by a generous gift of almost the entire col- lection of old type matrices owned by the American Type Founders, a unique collection consisting of thousands of sets of nineteenth-century matrices made by independent foundries. Arrangements have been completed by the curator, Elizabeth M. Harris, to have fonts of type from the more significant mats cast by private subscribers on the con- dition that a font of each be deposited in the collection. A checklist of the mats is in preparation and an illustrated catalog with the histories, specifications, illustrations, and identifications will be one of the valu- able products of this project. This is merely one example of the many ways in which the Museum not only serves the public in its avowed functions as the keeper of the national collections with its exhibits and publications, but also preserves more pedestrian aspects of the Ameri- can heritage. Continuing his program of studies in industrial archeology, Robert M. Vogel documented by interview, by physical measurement, and with motion picture film, the process of manufacturing wooden wheels — a process virtually unchanged in the Hoopes Bro. & Darlington factory in Westchester, Pennsylvania, since the end of the nineteenth HISTORY AND ART 73 century. Similarly in the field of medical science, Audrey Davis under- took a study of the development of the gastroscope, with interviews of individuals connected with its early history and filming of the manu- facture of the instrument at the original United States plant, which was established in the 1940s. In the Division of Postal History, Carl H. Scheele and Reidar Norby developed a series of exhibits of postal issues of groups of countries, which in addition to providing continuing displays resulted in the acquisition of important stamps and postal objects, and added depth and broadness to the study collections which are utilized by numerous visiting researchers. A deliberate program has been initiated for the acquisition of new collections of historical materials not already represented in the na- tional collections. This program will enlist the cooperation of the related industries. Plans are proceeding for development of collections and exhibits of the history of American advertising art, the history of early broadcasting and radio, and similar aspects of American life which previously have not been the subject matter of museums. Archives of American Art On 1 May 1970 the Archives of American Art formally joined the Smithsonian Instution as a bureau. The Archives, which was founded in Detroit in 1954 as an in- dependent research institution, is committed to encouraging and aid- ing scholarship in the visual arts in this country from the 18th century to the present time. It acts to achieve this goal by acquiring and pre- serving the primary documentation needed by historians — the cor- respondence, diaries, business papers, and photographs, of painters, sculptors, critics, dealers, and collectors, and the formal records of galleries, museums, and art organizations. These collections of papers are microfilmed and made available to scholars in a series of regional branch offices and through interlibrary loans. The processing and chief reference center of the Archives is now located in space provided by the National Collection of Fine Arts/ National Portrait Gallery Library. Regional branch offices operate in New York and Detroit and field offices were established in 1970 in Boston and Santa Fe. 74 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 During the past year the Archives has acquired over 100,000 items. Among the more important collections received were the papers of William Baziotes, Cecilia Beaux, Karl Bitter, Herbert Ferber, Palmer Hayden, Ibram Lassaw, Guy Pene du Bois, Jose de Rivera, and Ben Shahn. Of particular interest is a large collection of records accumu- lated by Charles Henry Hart, an authority on 18th and early 19th cen- tury portraiture. The Archives' oral history program continued its activities with a series of tape-recorded interviews with administrators and other fig- ures in the New York art world. This work was made possible by a grant from the New York State Council on the Arts. Among those people interviewed were Harvard Arnason, Ralph Colin, Lawrence Fleischman, Henry Geldzahler, Huntington Hartford, and Gordon Washburn. Trustees Russell Lynes, President Howard W. Lipman, Vice President Harold O. Love, Vice President Mrs. Otto L. Spaeth, Vice President Stanford C. Stoddard, Secretary-Treasurer Harry Baldwin Irving F. Burton Edmond duPont Joseph H. Hirshhorn James Humphry III Miss Milka Iconomoff Eric Larrabee Robert L. McNeil, Jr. Abraham Melamed Henry Pearlman Mrs. William L. Richards E. P. Richardson Chapin Riley Girard L. Spencer Edward M. M. Warburg James Wineman Willis F. Woods S. Dillon Ripley, ex officio Charles Blitzer, ex officio Lawrence A. Fleischman, Honorary Mrs. Edsel B. Ford, Honorary Advisory Committee James Humphry III, Chairman Milton O. Brown Lloyd Goodrich Eugene C. Goossen Harry D. M. Grier James J. Heslin John Howat Bernard Karpel Edgar Kaufmann, Jr. John A. Kouwenhoven Karl Kup Eric Larrabee A. Hyatt Mayor J. T. Rankin Daniel J. Reed Charles van Ravenswaay Marvin Sadik Joshua Taylor William B. Walker Richard P. Wunder HISTORY AND ART 75 Freer Gallery of Art Mr. Freer understood that the most effective way to study a civili- zation, to learn what motivated the thinking of men in other times and other parts of the world, was to study the finest things they made. The investigation of the reasons why men made these beautiful things, and the research into the nature of the materials of which they were made, and the methods used to fashion those materials cannot but yield basic information about the men themselves and the civilizations they created. Thus the twofold program envisaged by Mr. Freer in- volves the continuing search for works of oriental art of the highest quality that may be added to the Freer Gallery collections and the con- tinuing study of these works of art as keys to understanding the civili- zations that produced them. This research in all its manifold aspects is the basic task of the professional staff of the Freer Gallery; and all the supporting services of the Gallery (library, photographic laboratory, oriental picture-mounting studio, technical laboratory, etc.) operate to expedite and facilitate this research. Members of the curatorial staff travel frequently and widely in order to be familiar with the latest additions to other collections, to examine archeological sites and find- ings, and to meet and discuss problems of mutual interest with col- leagues who are engaged in related research. At the same time, we re- ceive and give every cooperation to all scholars, including many from Europe and Asia, who come to the Freer Gallery to make use of our unparalleled resources both in the collections themselves and in the study facilities. We also give guidance and encouragement to gradu- ate students in the field who come to the Gallery either for short visits or for protracted periods under established fellowship programs. Work of this kind does not lend itself to sensational discoveries. It proceeds slowly, and when something important is accomplished, it is published. Our public is to be found among the users of 500-odd li- braries and universities all over the world that receive Freer publica- tions free of charge. The books are also widely sold. Our most recent work, published this year, was the second volume of The Freer Chinese Bronzes, which deals with the technical aspects of the subject. This was a pioneering effort in that it is the first book ever devoted to the study of the materials and methods which produced the magnifi- cent vessels that are the glory of the Bronze Age in China and one of the finest artistic achievements in the history of mankind. 76 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 To maintain the atmosphere that fosters productive research, to con- tinue adding to the sum of knowledge of the civilizations of the East, to publish and make available this information to the interested world, these matters are the concen of those who are responsible for the operation of the Freer Gallery. Chinese stone sculpture of Buddha, dated 29 April A.D. 521 during the Northern Wei Dynasty. HISTORY AND ART 77 National Collection of Fine Arts The year was marked by a series of major exhibitions organized and shown by the National Collection of Fine Arts and the first steps to- ward the reorganization of the permanent collection and establishment of new activities in the areas of education and research. The most notable of the temporary exhibitions, all with catalogs, were the large retrospective of the work of Milton Avery; the very popular exhibition "Explorations," organized by the International Art Program and pro- duced by the Center for Advanced Visual Studies under Gyorgy Kepes at Massachusetts Institute of Technology; and a mid-career retrospec- tive of the work of Leonard Baskin. In connection with "Explora- tions," several special events were scheduled — musical performances, a poetry reading, and an expanded program of experimental films. A handsomely installed exhibition of Tibetan Art prepared by Asia House was shown, although the policy will now be to exhibit only American art and related material in the Fine Arts Gallery. Various areas of the building were redesigned and systematic stor- age areas reinstalled. A larger portion of the permanent collection was placed on exhibition and an easily accessible print and drawing study room was instituted. Two small exhibitions, one devoted to Winslow Homer (chiefly of works from the Cooper-Hewitt Museum) and one made up of painting and sculpture from the 1930s, inaugurated a new policy of informal exhibitions underscoring various aspects of the per- manent collection. Activity with local school children continued at the Children's Mu- seum and an active docents program was climaxed by a lively chil- dren's spring festival. Plans have continued for the further restoration of the Renwick Gallery, scheduled to open in 1971, which will be devoted to Ameri- can design and crafts. The International Art Program circulated a print workshop and various exhibitions abroad, among the most interesting being "Disap- pearance and Reappearance of the Image" shown in Romania, Czech- oslovakia, and Belgium. On the first of January, Assistant Director Robert Tyler Davis, who had been Acting Director since 30 May 1969, turned over the direc- tion of the ncfa to Joshua C. Taylor. 78 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 National Portrait Gallery The year past was the first for the second Director at the National Portrait Gallery. While much of the time during this period was spent in the preparation of programs and the planning of events that will not materialize until 1971, one major exhibition occurred this year and 110 portraits were added to the permanent collection. The exhibition was "Augustus Saint-Gaudens: The Portrait Re- liefs." A full-scale catalog, designed by Leonard Baskin, reproducing all reliefs from photographs made especially for this purpose by David Batchelder and produced by the Meriden Gravure Company, was made possible by a generous gift from Mr. and Mrs. John E. Marqusee of New York. The catalog was subsequently issued in book form by Gross- man Publishers. The exhibition was organized and the catalog written by John Dryfhout, curator of the Saint Gaudens National Historic Site in Cornish, New Hampshire. Two other small exhibitions intended primarily for use in connec- tion with the Gallery's secondary school educational program were held during the year. One was devoted to a portrait of the arctic ex- plorer Elisha Kent Kane, and the other to Thomas Edison; each por- trait was hung in a separate gallery surrounded by materials related to the subject's life and achievements. Among the many important acquisitions of the year, several deserve special mention. A magnificent life portrait of John Randolph of Roanoke by John Wesley Jarvis was given by Mrs. G. B. Lambert, a descendant of the artist; and a fine oil of General Horatio Gates by James Peale (after Charles Willson Peale) was acquired by the Gal- lery partly with its own funds and partly through a generous gift from Mr. Lawrence Fleischman. Through the kind offices of a member of the npg Commision, Wilmarth Sheldon Lewis, Gardner Cox pre- sented the Gallery with his moving study of Robert F. Kennedy, as well as two original sketches for the work, which were done from life in February 1968. Other notable acquisitions included a portrait of Daniel of Saint Thomas Jenifer by John Hesselius, acquired from a descendant of the subject; a handsome version in marble of Giuseppi Cerrachi's portrait bust of George Washington in Roman garb; a Sharpies pastel of Alexander Hamilton; an oil of Bret Harte by John Pettie, the best-known likeness of the author; a portrait of Mathew Brady by Thomas LeClear, one of only two known oils of the master American photographer; and Adolfo Muller-Ury's pastel of Lillian Russell, which was included in the Gallery's opening exhibition. HISTORY AND ART 79 Twenty-four acquisitions were transfers from the National Collec- tion of Fine Arts through the generous cooperation of the Commission and Director of that sister institution. These works included portraits of President John Tyler by George P. A. Healy and of George Catlin by William Fisk. ^tUvV Life Study of Robert F. Kennedy, by Garner Cox, presented to the National Portrait Gallery. 80 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden By its Act of 7 November 1966, Congress accepted the Joseph H. Hirshhorn collection as a gift to the United States. Congress also ap- proved a site on the Mall for the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden and provided statutory authority for the appropriation of con- struction and operating funds. In 1968 the 90th Congress provided contract authority and an initial $2,000,000 for construction; in 1969, an additional $3,300,000 was appropriated. The ground-breaking ceremony, led by former President Johnson was held on 8 January 1969. Construction com- menced in 1970. The public opening of the Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden is scheduled for 1972—1973. The world-renowned sculptures in the Hirshhorn collection range historically from antiquity to the present. The depth of representation of major sculptors of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries is unique. The paintings in the collection are primarily twentieth century. Be- ginning with such precursors as Thomas Eakins and Winslow Homer, Three Piece Reclining Figure No. 2 : Bridge Prop, by Henry Moore. HISTORY AND ART 81 the course of American painting is extensively covered. Complement- ing the American section is a strong group of significant European paintings of the past three decades. For museum officials, scholars, students, and publishers, the Hirsh- horn collection continues to be a major source of documentation in the field of modern art. In 1970 the curatorial staff replied to 190 requests for research information and photographs. More than one hundred scholars, artists, and officials visited the Museum office and warehouse in New York. The loan program is severely curtailed during the present interim period; nonetheless, 65 paintings and sculptures were loaned to 30 museums, galleries, and institutions. Approximately 2000 persons attended 23 benefit tours for educational, cultural, and phil- anthropic organizations at the Hirshhorn Sculpture Garden in Connecticut. In 1970, the Hirshhorn Museum staff formulated plans for the selec- tion and preparation of the paintings and sculpture for the opening exhibition, as well as for the future programs of the Hirshhorn Museum. Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design The Museum's long history in the Cooper Union Building will soon come to a close. A new home has been obtained for the Museum — the historic Andrew Carnegie Mansion on 90th Street and Fifth Avenue. The Mansion will provide five times more space than the present location and allow for a great expansion of collections, programs, and services. The staff has worked hard to make the Museum's last year at Cooper Union an interesting one, while at the same time planning for the move to "Museum Row" on upper Fifth Avenue. When the Cooper-Hewitt relocates this summer it will take along 1315 new objects acquisitioned in the past year. The most significant of these are seventy-three drawings, watercolors, and oil sketches by William Stanley Haseltine; twenty-nine theatre designs by Oliver Smith; quilted bed cover of 18th-century Indian Chintz; 16th-century Persian double cloth; 14th-century Peruvian tied and dyed net; exam- ples of ikat from various parts of the world; wall hangings by Arthur Crisp and Theo Moorman; six Lalique and two Daum vases; Bent- 82 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 wood console table by Michael Thonet; lacquered coffee table by Jean Durand; two Louis XV armchairs and an 18th-century French settee; collection of 18th- and 19th-century wallpapers, including one of the earliest known examples of a labeled 18th-century American wall- paper; and a Morris & Go. wallpaper sample book of 1890. The Library acquired 418 new books, approximately half through gifts. The most notable of these are 95 books on architecture and the decorative arts presented by the Cooper Union Library and an im- portant collection of books on wallpaper and textiles. The special exhibitions presented in the past year include "Kabuki Prints"; "Contemporary Japanese Posters"; "A Stately Pleasure Dome: The Royal Pavilion at Brighton"; "Light and Line: Etchings by Rembrandt"; "Posters by E. McKnight Kauffer, 1890-1954"; "Con- temporary Drawings by New York Artists" and the beautiful farewell exhibition, "India Chintz," made possible through a grant from The JDR 3rd Fund. Alice Baldwin Beer prepared Trade Goods: A Study and Catalogue of Indian Chintz in the Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design, Smithsonian Institution to accompany the exhibition. "E. McKnight Kauffer Posters" from the collection were shown at the ibm Gallery in New York and "Master Drawings: The Kingdom of the Two Sicilies" at the Finch College Museum. Objects from the Decorative Arts Department were displayed at five branches of the East River Savings Bank in New York City. "Please Be Seated," an exhibition of chairs throughout history is being circulated by the American Federation of Arts following its opening in New York. A total of 254 objects was loaned to institutions in this country and abroad. Long-term loans of 129 additional objects were arranged with the Fogg Art Museum at Harvard, the Brooklyn Museum, the Phila- delphia Museum of Art, and museums of the Smithsonian Institution. Mrs. Lisa Suter Taylor, former program director of the Smithsonian Associates, was appointed Director in October, replacing Dr. Richard Wunder, who is on sabbatical leave. Mr. Leo Arffman was engaged to administer the capital development program. The Cooper-Hewitt was visited by over 10,000 persons, of whom 1372 consulted curatorial departments or the library about specific projects. Tours were given to twenty-two school groups and a twelve- week adult education course was offered in conjunction with New York L^niversity. The architectural firm of Hardy, Holzman and Pfeiffer was com- missioned to prepare a program plan for the relocation of the Muse- HISTORY AND ART 83 um. During the renovation of the Mansion, major portions of the collection will be shown at other museums. The staff and study collec- tions will be housed in Miller House, a townhouse adjoining the Carnegie Mansion. All available resources and energy will be directed to the planning of a vital and meaningful new institution — a national museum of design. National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board At the Advisory Board's recommendation, a legislative proposal to establish a national historical museum park to be designated Bicen- tennial Park, has been forwarded to the Bureau of the Budget. Reflect- ing President Eisenhower's belief in the need for a national museum devoted to the historic commitment of the American people to the cause of freedom, the park will be a living outdoor museum, bringing to present-day Americans a sense of the spirit that drove our forebears to conceive a new nation within the majestic framework of the Decla- ration of Independence. At rural Fort Foote, in Prince George's County, Maryland, Bicen- tennial Park will enable visitors to see, hear, handle, smell, and taste life as known by our 18th-century ancestors. With emphasis focused on the Revolutionary War citizen-soldier — his background, his motives, and the labor, sacrifice and self-reliance demanded in the struggle to bring forth the first modern republic — Bicentennial Park will be essentially an animated museum, portraying the daily camp duties while craftsmen demonstrate their trades in the tailor and shoemaker shops and at the smithy and armory. The rumble of wagons, the clank of forge, odors of woodsmoke and picket line, the heft of tools and weapons, muted shades of coarse homespun and flashing colors of silken standards, all will envelop the visitor in the long-vanished world of young America. Colorful reviews to a Continental "band of musick" will be held on the parade ground, along with such other activities as folk dancing, pageants, and theatricals — all reflecting the customs and traditions of our Revolutionary forebears, black and white, townsmen, farmers, backwoodsmen, seafarers, artisans, merchants, and professional men. 84 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars During fiscal year 1970 the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, created by the Congress in October 1968 to be a living memorial "expressing the ideals and concerns of Woodrow Wilson . . . symbolizing and strengthening the fruitful relation between the world of learning and the world of public affairs" did work preparatory to opening its doors in October of 1970. After some months of study, the presidential mixed private-public Board of Trustees headed by former Vice President Hubert H. Hum- phrey, approved at its fall meeting the opening of new fellowship and guest-scholar programs in prime space that has been offered to the Center in the newly renovated Smithsonian Institution Building. The theme of the fellowship program is designed to accentuate those aspects of Wilson's ideals and concerns for which he is perhaps best remembered a half century after his presidency : his search for interna- tional peace and the imaginative new governmental approaches he used to meet pressing issues of his day. In the opening period the Board plans to stimulate particularly substantial studies on ( 1 ) the development of international understanding, law, and cooperation in ocean space; and (2) man's relations with and his response to his deteriorating environment, with special attention to the new forms of international cooperation needed to address effectively those envi- ronmental problems that transcend boundaries. When the program is fully operational, up to forty distinguished scholars — approximately half from the United States and half from other countries — will be selected to work and study for periods ranging from a few weeks to several years. They will be chosen — again in approximately equal geographic measure — from many traditional academic disciplines and from a variety of nonacademic occupations and professions such as government, law, business, labor, and journalism. During the past fiscal year, Director Benjamin H. Read and a small staff prepared to launch the program, determining policies, publiciz- ing and getting support for the program, recruiting and selecting the first fellowship recipients, initiating a private fund-raising campaign, and working in other ways to breathe life into this newest of presiden- tial memorial institutions. HISTORY AND ART 85 Office of American Studies The Office of American Studies conducts a formal graduate program which is directed to the original Smithsonian purpose: "the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men." During the past year, thirty graduate students from five universities participated in the Program, gaining academic credit toward advanced degrees at those universities. Three courses were offered by the American Studies staff during the year. The introductory seminar, "Material Aspects of American Civil- zation," this year examined American culture as it has been self- consciously displayed at world's fairs and international expositions. A two-semester seminar, "The Physical City: Approaches to American Urban History," taught in conjunction with a visiting urban historian, Dana F. White, offered students an opportunity to study the American city as a physical artifact. During the spring semester, students enrolled in a seminar on "Material Aspects of Cultural History" un- dertook an archeological excavation on Theodore Roosevelt Island in Graduate student Joanne Baker studying the gravestones of a church yard in New Hampshire under the sponsorship of the George Washington University- Smithsonian program in American Studies. 86 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 the Potomac in conjunction with members of the staff of the National Museum of History and Technology. In addition to the formal courses listed above, a number of students in the program carried on individ- ual research and study under the direction of members of the Smith- sonian's curatorial staff. Studies pursued included industrial and historical archeology, the history of photography, and the material culture of the period of the American Revolution. While conducting a program of graduate education, staff members of the Office of American Studies continued research in several areas, such as 19th-century politics as revealed by an analysis of symbols and mottoes on hand-painted campaign banners; a biographical dictionary of American civil engineers; technology, architecture, and urbaniza- tion; early exploration; the history of cartography; and Indian-White relations. The political banners project was outlined in a paper by Wilcomb E. Washburn at the annual meeting of the Organization of American Historians in April 1970. In January 1970, Harold Skram- stad presented a paper discussing "The Engineer as Architect" at the annual meeting of the Society of Architectural Historians. Several papers by the staff, based on earlier research, were published during the year. The Joseph Henry Papers In 1970 the Henry Papers received an enormous influx of microfilm and xerox copies of documents and was able to add more than 4000 of these to its computer-control system. Most of these documents were from Henry's Princeton years, 1833-1846, and the early days of the Smithsonian Institution, 1847—1852. At the same time, the staff was engaged in the necessary prelimi- naries for preparing the first volume of a major documentary publica- tion. By far the most laborious (and most elementary) activity was a careful review of documents from Henry's Albany period, 1792—1832, to winnow chaff. Documents surviving this review are being edited for textual accuracy and their contents researched to provide meaningful annotations for readers. The first volume will not only depict a young man developing into a significant scientist but will also provide a documentary precis of the social and intellectual setting for this development. HISTORY AND ART 37 Albany in Henry's day was a lively provincial center, not too much different from similar localities in the United States. By focusing intensely on one man's rise, the Henry Papers will illuminate some of the factors in his immediate environment and the society at large affecting our nation's development. SPECIAL MUSEUM PROGRAMS '""P'hrough the year's work there ran a strong current of service ■*■ to the community of interests and objectives of the world's museums. The preservation of every nation's heritage and the desire to engage museums in action roles in education, cultural development, and the enhancement of the quality of life have become increasingly the common interests of museum professionals everywhere. The Smith- sonian has directly and indirectly aided the Department of State, unesco, and the International Council of Museums to press on with efforts to rally museum action to suppress unethical practices in acquiring objects of art, antiquities, and cultural history. Wider cir- culation was given to codes of acceptable conduct of scientific and archeological expeditions respecting the natural and cultural resources of host countries and the encouragement of cooperation with counter- part scholars and institutions. The General Counsel continued to guide the legislation, now enacted, to authorize the adherence of the United States to the International Centre for the Preservation and the Restoration of Cultural Property (the Rome center) . Assistance was given to the efforts of the American Association of Museums and the United States National Committee of the Interna- tional Council of Museums to coordinate their interests in the world community of museums and to improve communications between mu- seum professionals everywhere. Advice and guidance have been pro- vided to the director of the recently established World Museum Fund designed to encourage international support of museum purposes. Foreign museum professionals and cultural and scientific personnel in large numbers continued to consult with colleagues at the Smithson- ian. They came for advice in establishing national programs of mu- seum-based sciences, as well as to consult with the personnel of con- servation and exhibits laboratories, the Registrar, and many others on museum functions, techniques, and administration. Some of this appears in the reports that follow. The Conservation Analytical Lab- oratory, for example, provided consultation and demonstrations to more than thirty foreign colleagues who came from Italy, Pakistan, Jordan, Germany, Nigeria, Guinea, India, Mexico, Belgium, Ja- maica, Venezuela, England, Iran, Taiwan, Canada, and elsewhere. 91 92 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Office of the Director General of Museums The past year has seen an intensifying of the need of museums and their professional organizations to improve and carry out programs which, in the words of the National Museum Act, are "necessary to insure that museum resources for preserving and interpreting the na- tion's heritage may be more fully utilized in the enrichment of public life in the individual community." Cooperation with museums in America and abroad, continued emphasis upon museum training and exhibit effectiveness, and an increased concern for the world commu- nity of museums have characterized the activities of the Office of the Director General. The Director General, under the authority of the Museum Act, has responded to an ever-increasing number of requests for technical assis- tance and advice from museums in this country and overseas. Re- sponse under the act has varied from consultant activities to support of international symposiums, as well as to the direct assistance of mu- seum programs with national implication such as the American Asso- ciation of Museums' study of museum accreditation. Under the general provisions of the act, members of the Smithsonian's scientific and curatorial staff have aided the Oakland Museum, California; the Buf- falo Museum of Science, New York; the New York State Museum at Albany, and such nascent institutions as the Virginia Museum of Science. Essential to providing adequate information and advice has been the continuing accumulation of data pertinent to museums and their missions. The Director General has cooperated with the American Association of Museums and the United States Department of Educa- tion in gathering and refining statistical data relating to museums. Within the Smithsonian, interviewing of visitors to the National Mu- seum of History and Technology and the National Museum of Natural History for the year-long Smithsonian visitor survey was completed in October. Volunteer interviewers have questioned more than 5000 visitors and the Smithsonian's Information Systems Division has com- pleted card-punching of their responses. Programmed use of this data will permit an analysis of our visitors and their experiences at the Smithsonian. Training has continued as an important adjunct of the National Museum Act. Over 1600 persons from both domestic and foreign institutions have received advice on exhibition techniques and in the general principles of museum management. Cooperation with the Art Department of Fisk University, Nashville, Tennessee, resulted in a SPECIAL MUSEUM PROGRAMS 93 student planned and supervised exhibition on the black ghetto, first shown at the National Museum of History and Technology in August of 1969. At another level of involvement, the Office of the Director General, in concert with the Office of Academic Programs conducted a symposium: "Opportunities for Extending Museum Contributions to Pre-College Science Education." Supported by the National Science Foundation, forty-five invited participants met at the Belmont Con- ference Center 26-27 January 1970. The proceedings of the symposium will be published in book form. Internally, the Director General has chaired an Institution-wide committee charged by the Secretary with the responsibility of review and study of the future of exhibits at the Smithsonian. The committee has completed its finding and has prepared its final report and recom- mendations. In October, Mr. Taylor and Mr. Welsh attended a meeting of the icom International Committee for Museums of Science^ and Tech- nology which was held in India, principally at Bangalore. The purpose of the meeting was to plan a laboratory with a capability to produce basic science exhibits designed to meet the specific needs of individual, developing countries. It is anticipated that a laboratory will be founded in India at Bangalore and that it will become a depository of experience, a center of training, and a useful example of international cooperation among museums. This meeting was the culmination of several years' effort and planning by the Director General of Museums based on the belief that science-teaching exhibits, carefully prepared and tested, can help bridge the science lag between developed and de- veloping countries. The Director General of Museums has furthered the concept and utilization of the Arts and Industries Building as an Exposition Hall. The Exposition Hall programs provided a setting for two exhibitions on urban themes, "Urban Transit: Problem and Promise" and "Urban Design: Manhattan," and an opportunity for the general public to hear Rai Y. Okamoto, city planner-architect, lecture on urban transit and its impact. Industrial design students from several major schools presented in the "New Concepts for Leisure" exhibition their solutions to diminishing leisure resources and increasing leisure time. Support from industry made possible the expansion of the traveling "Plastic as Plastic" exhibition. It demonstrated the historical develop- ment of plastic in America and emphasized the future of plastics when shaped by the hands of innovative designers and technicians. An ex- perimental space enclosure of urethane foam sprayed on stretched cot- ton jersey fabric, early plastic objects from the Smithsonian collections, the first all-plastic airplane, an experimental automobile with plastic 94 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 body, an operating injection-molding machine, and "instant vacation home" were high points of the exhibition. Significant progress was made this year in coordinating and plan- ning the Smithsonian's role in the celebration of the Bicentennial of the American Revolution. This was accomplished by Mr. John J. Slocum, special assistant for Bicentennial planning, whose completed study, with estimates of the various Smithsonian elements expected to participate in the Bicentennial, has been forwarded to the Secretary of the Institution. Mr. Slocum continued to serve as a liaison officer be- tween the Smithsonian, the American Revolution Bicentennial Com- mission, other government agencies, and private organizations. Office of Exhibits Programs The Office of Exhibits Programs collaborates in the production of exhibits originating in the curatorial, scientific, academic, and public service programs of the Smithsonian. More than 225 individual proj- ects were worked on during the year including sixty temporary exhib- its and upgrading and maintenance in nearly every gallery of the Na- tional Museum of History and Technology, the National Museum of Natural History, and the National Air and Space Museum. The exhi- bitions produced are described in part in the reports of the divisions and museums in which they originated and are listed in Appendix 8. The "Laser 10" exhibition was designed and produced by this Office with the essential assistance of a group of distinguished laser scient- ists from universities and industry. The scientists planned the exhibi- tion and assisted in the acquisition of laser instruments and demon- strations. This exhibit, visited by about 750,000 people in the period January to June, will remain until the fall of 1970. The instruction of museum personnel in museum exhibition prac- tices and techniques continued. A total of twenty-nine persons from ten states and ten foreign countries received instruction during the year. Conservation- Analytical Laboratory Detailed advice on good environments for the preservation of mu- seum objects and on acceptable methods of cleaning and preserving SPECIAL MUSEUM PROGRAMS 95 them have been provided to many museums and to the public. Docu- ments and objects made of such various materials as wood, leather, and metal — that have been damaged, were in need of cleaning, or subject to active corrosion or decay — have been repaired and stabilized for each of the various Smithsonian bureaus. Two conservators were added to the staff. A visiting research associ- ate spent an academic year studying methods and materials applicable to plain and painted African wooden cult objects for use in tropical areas. One of the staff has worked briefly at Florence, Italy, on flood- damaged books and documents. Practical emergency assistance has been given to a museum damaged by hurricane Camille. Trainees from the Pacific area have been instructed at Honolulu in conservation methods. A second series of twenty weekly lectures for Smithsonian staff attracted up to fifty-six attendees at some sessions. Innumerable facilities and services were provided to Smithsonian Museums. Analytical facilities were applied to more than sixty re- quests from six bureaus. Sensitive neutron-activation analysis is being applied to characterize American ceramics and also to medieval glass from the collections, and a method of precise analysis by X-ray fluores- cence has been developed for museum objects that promises to be of universal application with a minimum of synthetic standards. A com- puter terminal was installed to facilitate calculations. Emission spec- trograph^ and X-ray diffraction also served to analyze such diverse objects as moon rock, earth minerals, Chinese bronzes, and religious medals. Office of the Registrar In addition to the important function of receiving and recording specimens and objects into the museums' collections, the Office of the Registrar provides services that support the Smithsonian's research, education, collection management, and exhibition programs. For all bureaus of the Smithsonian, these are the shipping operation, the customs work, central mail activity, travel documents for official foreign travel, as well as the receipt and control of public inquiries and official correspondence for the museums. More than two million pieces of mail were handled, with the Smith- sonian Associates and the Smithsonian (magazine) generating large 96 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 volumes. Among public inquiries, ecology and man's environment captured the interests ranging from that of the youngest school child to the older citizens as evidenced by letters received. Shipping activities covered the usual wide diversity of objects, such as the 30,000-year-old man from Spain, 47,000 pounds of records from Detroit for the Archives of American Art, the Napoleon diamond necklace sent as a loan to the Palais du Louvre, and a man-eating crocodile from the Caroline Islands. Official travel by staff members and foreign currency grantees ex- tended to all parts of the world, including Vietnam, Cambodia, Australia, New Guinea, and Iceland. The Office of the Registrar obtained 204 passports and 275 visas for 250 travelers. Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service During this past fiscal year exhibitions of the Smithsonian Insti- tution Traveling Exhibition Service (sites) were shown in all of the United States with the exceptions of Alaska and Hawaii. Seven hun- dred bookings were viewed by an estimated four to five million people. Institutions in several Canadian cities also exhibited sites shows. Smithsonian museums showed eleven of them. "Contemporary American Black Artists" organized by the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People and the Lee Nordess Galleries, and "The Art of Henry O. Tanner" jointly orga- nized by the Museum of .African Art and the National Collection of Fine Arts were added to the sites program this year. It is encouraging to report a substantial increase in the number of traveling exhibitions organized during the past year by Smithsonian units. Two versions of "The Douglass Years" are being circulated in cooperation with the Anacostia Neighborhood Museum. The following exhibits originated in the Smithsonian, contain material from Smith- sonian collections, or were planned and produced by Smithsonian pro- grams: "Jean Louis Berlandier," "Photography and The City," "John Wesley Powell: The Indomitable Major," "Werner Drewes Wood- cuts," "The People's Choice," "The Malay Archipelago," and "A Heritage in Peril — Alaska's Vanishing Totems." Modest progress was made toward a broader program of traveling exhibitions and the ex- tension of Smithsonian resources to other parts of the United States. SPECIAL MUSEUM PROGRAMS 97 The Service continues to receive letters of thanks from staff and trus- tees of museums using the Service, frequently accompanied by press notices of the interest stimulated in their communities by traveling exhibits. This year has been a critical one financially. Sites has been caught in the squeeze between higher operating costs and lower revenues. Salaries and other expenses are rising while museums generally are suffering from inadequate support. Many museums cannot now afford the larger shows and this has reduced the income of sites dispropor- tionately. Sites is supported by fees received for its services so it has had to reduce its operations somewhat to work within its income. The number of exhibitions in the program has been reduced ten percent and the staff by about the same percentage. In making these cutbacks, 42 exhibitions have been dispersed, 32 new ones initiated, and 67 continued from prior years. Of the new shows initiated this year, twelve are from other countries. Eighteen of those continued from last year are also from abroad. PUBLIC SERVICE AND INFORMATION ACTIVITIES The worth and importance of the Institution are not to be estimated by what it accumulates within the walls of its buildings, but by what it sends forth to the world. Secretary Joseph Henry Smithsonian Annual Report, 1852 The Institution's diverse public service activities all have the one common purpose so well expressed in Secretary Henry's vision. They range from the traditional one-page Monthly Calendar of Events to the newly established Smithsonian magazine, or from a small work- shop class in enameling to an international conference on arid-land ecology. In April of 1970 the Smithsonian took a significant step forward in sending forth its storehouse of knowledge to the world with the pub- lication of the monthly Smithsonian magazine. Essentially popular in character, the magazine was originally conceived as a means of extend- ing the Smithsonian Associates from a local or Washington-based membership group to a nationwide audience. With the publication of the first issue, therefore, the Smithsonian Associates established both resident and national membership categories. Resident members con- tinued to receive a varied program of lecture courses, workshops, and guided tours, as well as an option to subscribe to the magazine at a reduced rate. National members received the Smithsonian and cer- tain other benefits, such as a reception center, located in the Great Hall of the Smithsonian Building, to help plan their visits to Washing- ton; the opportunity to participate in both domestic and international study tours; and discounts on Museum Shop articles and Smithsonian Institution Press publications. The magazine, ably headed by Edward K. Thompson, former man- aging editor of Life, and a small editorial staff of seven, reached a circulation of 180,000 by its fourth issue. It was thus favored by what many professionals call the most successful start in the recent history of magazine publishing. Smithsonian's principal theme is "man: his environment, sciences, arts, adventures, follies, fortunes." Each issue, therefore, carries at least one major article on man's problems with his environment, in both humanistic and scientific terms. Within this environmental context, the magazine seeks to portray and interpret Smithsonian interests in science, art, and cultural history. Other major efforts in carrying the Smithsonian Institution beyond 101 102 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 its own walls centered around the medium of television, both public and commercial. In April the Institution received a generous grant from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting to produce a general documentary on the Smithsonian's various museums and scientific bureaus for National Educational Television. The film will be adapted later for continual showings within the Smithsonian for visitor orien- tation. It thus will fill a long felt need for improved guidance of the Institution's visitors. In June the Institution entered into an agree- ment with the Columbia Broadcasting System for a series of documen- taries, principally based on the Smithsonian's overseas scientific expe- ditions. It is expected that this agreement will provide for the first time the instrumentality for popular interpretation of the Institution's scientific missions to the significant number of listeners attracted by the evening or prime-time broadcasts of a major network. Other signal achievements in the work of carrying the Smithson- ian's interests beyond its own walls included a new program of urban problem identification at the Anacostia Neighborhood Museum, sup- ported by a Carnegie Corporation grant; Office of International Ac- tivities participation in a Mekong Basin study team, designed to assess the ecological effects of present and proposed hydroelectrical projects on the Mekong River; and an Information Systems Division bulletin published especially for the museum community, showing how auto- matic data processing can best be applied to museum collections. Smithsonian Associates In its fourth year, the Smithsonian Associates continued to create numerous opportunities for both its members and the general public to participate in the life of the Smithsonian Institution. More than 40,000 adults and young people were involved in a broad variety of activities, ranging from special events such as the opening of the exhi- bition "Laser 10," Zoo night, and the Folk Festival Preview to in-depth classes taught primarily by Smithsonian scholars in fields of Smithson- ian interest. Programs for members only, more than half of which were without charge, totaled some 121 separate events, many of which were repeated by popular demand. Events also open to the public totaled another 111. These activities included lecture courses in history, science, and the humanities; films, field trips (both outdoors and behind-the-scenes PUBLIC SERVICE AND INFORMATION ACTIVITIES 103 A young Associate works at shaping down his own boomerang in preparation for learning to throw it. Nearly 200 people attended the Boomerang Workshops under the direction of Benjamin Ruhe, Smithsonian Office of Public Affairs. (Photograph by Robert de Gast, Smithsonian Magazine.) 104 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 in the National Museums of History and Technology and Natural History), exhibit openings, an exploration into conservation of art objects at the National Collection of Fine Arts, the ever-popular annual Kite Carnival, a new and well-received workshop on boomer- ang making and throwing, and numerous concerts and theatrical pro- ductions, ranging from a play on drug addiction presented by student members of the Daytop rehabilitation program of New York to a concert by leading experimenters with the Moag synthesizer and other electronic instruments. In addition, young people and adults studied in some 93 classes and craft workshops. Emphasis was on doing — on learning and growing and "becoming involved." Some discussed ecological problems at an Encounter series while others studied natural history on a schooner cruise off the coast of Maine, explored archeology at the luncheon series, dug fossils at Calvert Cliffs, hunted mushrooms in Maryland, and considered the past through art-history tours in nearby states. As varied and extensive as these activities have been, they mark only the beginning of the Associates' adventure in discovery. A major event in the history of the Associates occurred in April with the publication of the first issue of the Smithsonian magazine. A list of the Smithsonian Associates membership gifts is in Appendix 3. Office of Public Affairs The Office of Public Affairs (opa) in the past year broadened its programs of communication with visitors and the public at large. A full-time visitor-information desk service was inaugurated in coopera- tion with the Smithsonian Associates. The Smithsonian Motion Pic- ture Group undertook three productions: a public television program about Institution activities under a grant from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, a film about museums in modern life, and a con- temporary study of libraries with the American Library Association. A half-hour television show, "Smithsonian," was produced with the American University Broadcast Center and wrc-tv. Broadcasters fo- cused increased attention on the Smithsonian, and numerous projects from modern art to space flight were carried out with opa aid. Radio Smithsonian, a program series of music and conversation, was carried regularly by stations in Washington, D.C., and New York City and distributed nationally and overseas. A publications branch was estab- PUBLIC SERVICE AND INFORMATION ACTIVITIES 105 lished to initiate and distribute a wide range of printed materials — including information leaflets, building guides, and foreign-language material. The News Bureau, charged with communicating day-to-day developments to news media, prepared a series of "news-features" that were widely reprinted. The Smithsonian Film Theatre presented 37 weekly programs in art, science, and history attended by more than 25,000 persons. An educational radio internship program was estab- lished with American University, and the opa also sponsored the third annual day of staff briefings for student science writers. Office of International Activities Office activities were concentrated on the environmental conse- quences of development, with the Director leading a team of scientists to the Mekong Basin to assess the ecological effects of present and proposed hydroelectrical projects there. He also served on the National Academy of Sciences committee to study the biological consequences of a sea-level canal in Panama. The Office assisted Smithsonian scientists in planning research abroad and briefed American diplomats going overseas and foreign visitors to the Institution on its international programs. Museum training for three Africans was arranged, a symposium on Smithsonian projects in Ceylon was successfully carried out and two Smithsonian staff members were sent to Iran as consultants under the Iran-United States Science Agreement, the first such international agreement in which the Smithsonian has been designated as the program-directing agency. Staff members visited more than twelve nations to arrange new cooperative programs. Closing its fifth year, the Foreign Currency Program had awarded more than $10,000,000 in "excess" foreign currency grants to over fifty American institutions of higher learning, of which $3,500,000 was awarded this year alone. Grants included more than the equivalent of five million dollars for work in archeology and related disciplines; over three and one half million in systematic and environmental biology; more than $400,000 in astrophysics and earth sciences; and nearly $150,000 in the newly authorized category of Museum programs. Program accomplishments over the five-year period include some 50 research publications, 150 postdoctoral research opportunities for 106 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Americans, 110 field-training opportunities for doctoral candidates, and research collections for the Smithsonian and many of the Ameri- can grantee institutions. The bi-national collaborative research pattern fostered by the program contributed in a similar beneficial way to 200 foreign host institutions. A list of the grants awarded in fiscal year 1970 is included in Appendix 1. Division of Performing Arts The Division of Performing Arts continued to enliven and enrich the experience of museum visitors with a variety of programs and projects. "Perceptions II," a series of contemporary forms in perform- ing arts, now in its second year, highlighted the world premiers of two musical works. One of them, "Misfortunes of the Immortals" by Mor- ton Subotnick, has been added to the permanent repertoire of the Dorian Woodwind Quintet. The series also included two powerful and timely dramatic works: "The Concept," dealing with the endeavors of former drug addicts to reenter society; and "Neighbors," a rock musical based on the Spoon River Anthology. "Perceptions" is presented in cooperation with the Smithsonian Associates. The third annual Festival of American Folklife was again the most popular single event on the Mall. More than half a million visitors were once again reminded of their own cultural roots by the exhibits of crafts and cooking and performances of music and dance. A special section was devoted to the craft and music of the State of Pennsylvania. The Touring Performances Service, in the second year, sponsored a wide range of American performing artists and lecturers at cultural and educational institutions across the country. The American Folklife Company, The Black Experience, the touring Smithsonian Puppet Theatre, The Jelly Roll Memorial Band, The Concept, and other programs disseminated the experience and success of the Smithsonian in the field of performing arts. The Resident Puppet Theater, an exceedingly popular informative entertainment for children, continued during 1970 with three new shows in expanded facilities. One hundred and forty colleges and uni- versities submitted their productions to the American College Theatre Festival, and the ten best were then restaged in Washington, D.C., to PUBLIC SERVICE AND INFORMATION ACTIVITIES 107 general critical acclaim. The Division also presented programs in cooperation with other organizations: A series of concerts was offered monthly with the Left Bank Jazz Society, and chamber music concerts with the Washington Performing Arts Society, as well as an evening of Brazilian folk music with the the Brazilian Embassy, among others. Smithsonian Museum Shops The Smithsonian Museum Shops installations in all museums were completed during the last year. Special efforts were made to expand the role of the book stores of the Museum Shops. Facilities for publications were increased in the Shops of the Arts and Industries Building (a&i) and the National Museum of History and Technology (nmht). A special sales area for the ^'Contributions to the Museum of History and Technology" was installed at nmht and all Shops offered specially selected publications focused on the special exhibits of each museum. The Museum Shops once more participated in the Folklife Festival on the Mall in July of 1969 offering items of traditional American crafts. The Second Annual Aerospace Modeling Exhibit was held in the shop of the Arts and Industries Building sponsored by the National Air and Space Museum and the Museum Shops, which included a weekend launching competition on the Mall of model rocket and flight craft. The sales exhibitions program of the Museum Shops was high- lighted with the introduction of a new series of exhibitions honoring the crafts and craftsmen of the United States in February when the works of thirty-four distinguished craftsmen from Montana were shown in the Museum Shop in a&i. Other special sales exhibitions offered the public an opportunity to select crafts from Pakistan and Chile; flat-woven rugs from Greece, Iran, and Turkey; wooden circus toys made by William Accorsi; and animals in iron sculpture by Orvello Wood. Belmont Conference Center The Belmont Conference Center, now in its fourth year of full oper- ation, continues to grow and to find itself scheduling conferences at an 108 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 ever-increasing rate. At the present time, groups are reserving the Center as far as a year in advance. During the past year, fifty-eight conferences met at Belmont, sponsored by thirty- three agencies (gov- ernmental as well as public and private organizations) . Smithsonian groups holding conferences at Belmont have included the Smithsonian Council, Interdisciplinary Communications Program, Office of Academic Programs, Program for Postdoctoral Fellows in Education Research, and the Office of International Activities. The Center has been host to groups as diversified as the National Urban Coalition and the Senate Public Works Committee, while guests have included Nobel Prize winner Dr. Murray Gell-Mann; Dr. John Clark, Director of Goddard Space Flight Center; Dr. Robert Marston, Direc- tor of National Institutes of Health; Mr. Robert Mayo, Counsellor to the President; Mr. Elmer Staats, Comptroller General; Dr. John Gardner, Chairman, National Urban Coalition; and Commissioner Nicholas Johnson of the Federal Communications Commission, to name a few of the more than 1,000 persons who have been welcomed to Belmont this past year. The Center accommodates twenty-four resident guests with facilities for meetings and meals for thirty people. The completion of a new roof, as well as extensive repairs to the main house and other build- ings, has made Belmont more comfortable and attractive. Conference operations continue to be directed toward the needs of small groups which require the kind of attractive and secluded setting which Belmont provides, together with the advantages of easy access to Washington's National and Baltimore's Friendship airports. Anacostia Neighborhood Museum Highlights in the Anacostia Neighborhood Museum's 1970 pro- grams included the exhibit "The Rat: Man's Invited Affliction," which focused on the environmental problem of rat infestation and how to deal with it. A simulated backyard was especially constructed so that the viewer could see how live rats live and breed. This exhibit received nationwide attention when it was filmed for the abc television pro- gram "Discovery." A portion of the exhibit was shown at the Buffalo Museum of Science under the cosponsorship of that museum and the Buffalo County Health Department. The impact of "The Rat" rein- forced the conviction that the Anacostia Neighborhood Museum PUBLIC SERVICE AND INFORMATION ACTIVITIES 109 should be a mechanism for change in the inner city. A proposal was submitted, and in May of this year, the Carnegie Corporation granted the Museum $100,000 "to enable the staff to work with neighborhood groups in analyzing urban problems and their effect on the neighbor- hood and to make information and educational materials on these issues available to schools, museums, and other local and national groups." In cooperation with the sites, the Museum's exhibit on Frederick Douglass and his influence on Afro- American history, "The Douglass Years," has been shown at various museums throughout the country. During the major part of the school year, over 23,000 children and teenagers visited the Museum on guided school tours. Films and var- ious programs of educational and popular interest were presented with each new exhibit. The Mobile Division reached approximately 6600 students during visits to area schools with a condensed version of "The Douglass Years." Special exhibit "The Rat: Man's Invited Affliction" at the Anacostia Neighbor- hood Museum, focused on the environmental problem of rat infestation and how to deal with it. HO SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Smithsonian The Smithsonian magazine, born of the Institution's desire to extend the Smithsonian Associates into a nationwide membership organization, published its first issue in April of 1970. It soon achieved a circulation of 180,000. The editorial office, located in the Arts and Industries Building, is headed by Edward K. Thompson. Before coming to Washington, Mr. Thompson served for ten years as managing editor of Life magazine, after which he became editor of all Life publications. In this capacity he was largely responsible for launching a well-known Life books program. With Mr. Thompson on the Board of Editors of Smithsonian are Ralph T. Backlund, formerly associate and managing editor of Horizon magazine ; R. Hobart Ellis, who has served as editor of various scientific publications, including Nucleonics, Nuclear Fusion, and Physics Today; Edward Parks, formerly editor of several magazines in Australia and associate director of the National Geographic's book department; and Mrs. Grayce P. Northcross, who has done research and reporting for Time, Life, and the United States Information Agency's America. The magazine's advertising, circulation, and promotion offices are in New York City. Heading the New York office is advertising director Thomas H. Black, formerly sales executive with J. Walter Thompson, abc, Life, and Time; assisted by general manager Joseph J. Bonsig- nore, previously head of editorial production for Life, Fortune, Time, and Sports Illustrated; and circulation-promotion director Anne Keat- ing, formerly advertising and promotion director of Natural History. Early articles to attract national attention concerned the Crown- of- Thorns starfish infestation of Pacific coral reefs, the history of our volunteer armies, and a historical appraisal of women's rights move- ments. Smithsonian scientists and staff members contributing to Smithsonian included Dr. John Eisenberg of the National Zoological Park, James Weaver of the National Museum of History and Tech- nology's Division of Musical Instruments, and photographer Francis Greenwell of the National Museum of Natural History. In addition, Regent Crawford H. Greenewalt contributed an article, with his own photographs, on Birds of Paradise. An early letter to the editor perhaps best sums up the broad appeal and the unique character of Smithsonian. The writer, a high school graduate and heavy-equipment operator, asked : PUBLIC SERVICE AND INFORMATION ACTIVITIES HI I would like to see occasional articles on native and primitive art . . . plus at least one good article on heraldry . . . and definitions of the items involved in this form of art. Edward Thompson has stated that Smithsonian will not disappoint him or its other readers. Smithsonian Institution Archives The Archive's major obligations are preservation of the materials in its custody and announcement of the availability of three resources to scholars. At present physical work predominates; records are separated into discrete units, cleaned, boxed, and shelved. During this arrange- ment process a limited amount of information is also collected about each record or manuscript unit, and in Jaunary 1971 this information will be issued as the first comprehensive finding aid to the Archives' holdings. Description of records in depth has begun and will proceed according to the research importance of the materials. A full guide to the Smithsonian Archives will appear in about four years. The program for physical arrangement and production of good quality-finding aids will create information which can be computerized simply and effectively. When information of sufficient quality about the collections has been assembled, the Archives will be prepared for computerized finding aids to complement information systems within other divisions of the Smithsonian and national systems for manu- script collections. In March 1970 the Archives occupied its newly remodeled space in the Smithsonian Institution Building. Reference service was provided to a wide range of users. Drs. Charles G. Abbot and Alexander Wet- more made arrangements for transfer of their personal Secretarial papers to the Smithsonian. This was the highlight of the year and undoubtedly ranks among the most important transactions in the history of the Smithsonian Archives. Smithsonian Institution Libraries The Smithsonian Institution and the National Agricultural Library conducted a facsimile transmission experiment to augment delivery 112 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 service between the two libraries. Permanent transmission services await staff augmentation. The Libraries produced an exhibit, to be available through the Traveling Exhibition Service (sites) commem- orating the 100th anniversary of the publication of Alfred Wallace's The Malay Archipelago. The first American Library Association tu- torial program on basic library automation was conducted by the Smithsonian Libraries, with the District of Columbia Library Associa- tion as a cosponsor. The Institution was elected to its third consecutive two-year term on the Federal Library Committee. Reduced buying power of funds for the purchase of library materials heightened the importance of the Libraries' gift and exchange pro- gram. A new review process was organized and subject experts on the Libraries' staff selected over 5,000 items for retention from among the many items received this year. This effort was capped by a valuable gift of historical items in botany by Mr. Harry Lubrecht of New York City. Processing was begun of the rare books in the Dwight-Tucker ornithological collection and the task of recataloging the Department of Anthropology Library reached the halfway mark in 1970. A long-range solution to space problems for the curation of the Libraries' collections was reached through the creation of the Smith- sonian Institution Library Center away from the Mall in the Institu- tion's Lamont Street building. The Center will hold the growing number of large and special collections, particularly for historical re- search. Library space in Mall buildings will be devoted to reference and concentrated research collections. The large collection transferred to the Smithsonian from the Patent Office last year was moved im- mediately to the Center. International Exchange Service Publications weighing more than 700,000 pounds were received from over 370 organizations in the United States for exchange with libraries in other countries. Exchange publications weighing approxi- mately 500,000 pounds were forwarded by ocean freight to 39 exchange bureaus in 32 countries, and approximately 200,000 pounds were mailed to addressees in countries that do not have exchange bureaus. More than 120,000 pounds were received in exchange from the foreign exchange bureaus for addressees in the United States. Some 350,000 pounds of official United States publications were ex- changed for the official documents of other countries. Recipients in 45 countries received the full sets of official publications, and partial sets PUBLIC SERVICE AND INFORMATION ACTIVITIES 113 were sent to recipients in 34 countries. The official journals, the Con- gressional Record, and the Federal Register were sent on exchange to 65 countries. United States patent specifications were exchanged with patent libraries in 24 countries. Medical and dental publications were received from more than 180 libraries in the United States for exchange with medical and dental libraries in other countries. During the year the United States Department of Agriculture and the Geological Survey discontinued using the Service for the mailing list portions of their exchange programs. Information Systems Division The Information Systems Division, staffed with specialists in re- trieval and indexing techniques, mathematical computation, and management information services, continues to provide Smithsonian museologists and management with technical assistance in all areas of automation. In addition to the continuing research and development of new applications and the maintenance of existing systems, several computer systems were implemented during the year to handle the diverse information needs of the Institution. A generalized software package was developed to establish a mu- seum data file within the Smithsonian, based on a standard means of recording and updating information. Additional calculation capabili- ties have been offered to Smithsonian scientists with the development of a library of advanced mathematical software packages. The Divi- sion also sponsored seminars in statistical applications to enhance the value of these computer programs. A system was designed and imple- mented to combine all personnel and payroll data into one readily accessible file. Other systems began operating this year to provide rec- ord-management procedures for library serials, oceanographic rock samples, and fine-arts inventory, and another to report accumulating cost and workload data for labor and materials at all management levels. As a service to the museum community at large, the Division began publishing a technical bulletin dedicated to acquainting the reader with automated systems specifically designed to solve the collection problems of museums and herbaria. In addition, many members of the 114 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 community from both home and abroad attended demonstrations of the now operating Smithsonian Institution information retrieval system for handling biological and petrological data in all their complexities. Smithsonian Institution Press The publication programs of the Smithsonian Institution Press were reviewed in March by a visiting committee of four prominent pub- lishers. The committee concluded that the Smithsonian is meeting ade- quately its mandate for diffusion of knowledge to scholars through publication of research reports and catalogs, but that communication to a broader audience is not as well organized or as effective. The com- mittee proposed an organic program of publication on three levels: (1) leaflets, available at the exhibits of public museums, for the pur- pose of exhibit interpretation; (2) booklets and other educational materials, to be produced and distributed by cooperation with other publishers, for the purpose of extension to schools and communities; and (3) adult books, related to Smithsonian programs and interests, for the purpose of reviewing and integrating significant information in science, history, and art. This plan was reviewed by the Press staff, the standing Editorial Policy Committee, the Secretary, and the bureau directors, all of whom gave it their strong endorsements and approvals for implementation commencing in fiscal 1971. Arrangements with Random House, Inc. for sales and distribution of privately funded books in the United States and Canada were termi- nated at the end of the year. A new contract for these services was executed with George Braziller, Inc. Production costs of 1 1 1 publications were funded by federal appro- priation in the amount of $374,497; 11 were supported by Smith- sonian private funds in the amount of $89,996; and 12 were sub- sidized by grants of gifts in the amount of $43,157. The total out- put of 134 titles is listed in Appendix 5. The Press warehouse and Random House shipped, on order and subscription, a total of 256,000 publications during the year. PUBLIC SERVICE AND INFORMATION ACTIVITIES 115 Science Information Exchange Beginning its second decade, the Science Information Exchange (sie) has continued to expand its services to the national scientific community. About 100,000 records of currently active research are received annually and from this automated data bank, thousands of inquiries are being answered to assist research investigators and ad- ministrators in the planning and management of the projects and programs. During 1970 there has been a significant increase in demands for complex multi-disciplinary, multi-agency compilations that describe the details of broad programs of national importance, such as water resources, marine sciences, environmental pollution, and outdoor recreation. These compilations, including thousands of related projects, are being furnished as computer listings, printed catalogs, and tables of data or matrices showing the distribution of research effort over the appropriate subspecialties of complex programs. Interest in the international exchange of information of this kind appears to be increasing, although most announced systems still seem to be in planning stages. A registry of Scientific and Technical Services among nine Asiatic nations, however, is currently operational in Australia, and a one-year experimental exchange arrangement has been initiated between sie and the International Atomic Energy com- mission in Vienna. The Exchange has progressed substantially toward a systems- network capability. About half of the total project input is now being received on compatible machine-readable tape capable of two way exchange. Eight keyboard visual screen terminals are now connected directly to the automated data bank and could be connected through leased lines whenever remote real time access is deemed desirable and economically feasible. Within a few months, the full text of all sie records will be available in the computer store. Reading Is Fundamental The National Reading Is Fundamental program (rif) has oper- ated since 1968 as an independent unit under Smithsonian sponsorship and is supported by the Ford Foundation. Rif's purpose is to motivate disadvantaged youngsters and adults to want to read, by making avail- able a wide variety of interesting and relevant inexpensive paperbacks. 116 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 "Reading Is Fundamental" in Cleveland — Elementary school children participate in rif book distribution, visited by their Mayor, the Honorable Carl Stokes (member of rif National Advisory Board), far right; Joseph D. Burrucker, Director, Cleveland-RiF, standing next to the Mayor; and Jerrold Sandler, Executive Director, National rif Program, far left. Spring, 1970. The program stresses self-selection and ownership of books in the belief that the right to read should be the birthright of all America's chil- dren. Under the Ford grant, rif provides technical assistance and information to those interested in beginning a local project — school systems, libraries, and community agencies. During 1969—1970 eleven model projects were developed, covering both urban and rural areas throughout the country, and including various ethnic groups — American Indians, Blacks, and Mexican-Ameri- cans. All funds for books, as well as the selection of titles, were the responsibility of the local sponsoring groups. Areas covered included Cleveland; Pittsburgh; Appalachia, Mississippi; New York City; East Los Angeles; St. Louis; Eastern Shore, Maryland; Columbus, Ohio; and Washington, D. C. In addition to these model projects, the Read- ing Is Fundamental central staff acts as liaison with the publishing industry, government, schools, and libraries regarding book programs and provides general information to all who seek it. Two major publications were completed during the year for wide distribution: Action for Change, a pictorial booklet describing the PUBLIC SERVICE AND INFORMATION ACTIVITIES 117 national program, and rif's Guide to Book Selection, including more than 1700 titles and 1100 authors, with special sections dealing with materials of relevance to the ethnic groups served. Future plans call for the development of guidelines for setting up a rif program and development of a new film for distribution via television and com- munity organizations showing the program in action. The Ford Foundation will continue to support rif as a Smithsonian activity through a renewal grant of $400,000 for the three-year period, 1970-1973. Policy guidance for rif is provided by a National Advisory Board composed of more than thirty distinguished Americans from many walks of life. The founder and chairman of rif is Mrs. Robert S. McNamara; Secretary Ripley serves ex officio as a member of the rif board. OFFICE OF ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Q ixty academic appointments of six months or longer and seventy ^ of shorter duration were conferred upon students and trainees in the Institution's programs of higher education in academic year 1969— 1970 (Appendix 6). All such appointments now depend upon prior acceptance by members of the professional staff. This was the first year that the recipients of stipend awards had been chosen by committees of professional staff members, thus assuring that those selected would fit in well with our efforts in research. These guarantees have in turn increased staff members' willingness to supervise student projects. In a recent survey of more than 300 staff scientists and scholars only 53 indicated that they would not be available to supervise students (mostly because of administrative duties or plans to spend most of their time in the field), while 36 indicated that they would prefer only students who would assist them directly; 82 indicated a "desire to su- pervise one student working on doctoral dissertation research and 78 expressed interest in having more than one. In addition, over 100 indicated a willingness to assist younger graduate students who had not yet completed their coursework and 83 indicated a willingness to offer seminars dealing with their research. This represents a very con- siderable capacity to conduct higher-education programs. While 29 PhDs were earned within the Smithsonian in 1969-1970, the total could readily be several times that amount. The Institution's major objective in higher education is to employ its capacity to the max- imum practical extent. In school services a 50 percent increase was achieved in escorted vis- its for local schoolchildren this year, through the expanded efforts of our groups of devoted volunteer docents (see Appendix 6) . The total of 68,000 pupils is encouraging, but it is far more important to report that more and more of their experiences are self-directed explorations of museum exhibits as resources for individual learning. Rather than attempt to reproduce the classroom experience of listening to a lecture, we endeavor to help children learn how to learn on their own, enlisting visual curiosity and the important sense of touch (8 of the 16 tours offered each day include objects to be passed around). Let our concern about the limitations of conventional schooling lead us to significant experiments in the development of learning environments in the con- genial and fascinating open settings of museums. In January we drew together a group of educators and museum staff members from around the country to help identify the most promising contributions of mu- 121 122 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 seums to science education. Its recommendations are being transmitted to the National Science Foundation, which supported the conference. \\ ith the aid of grants from the Charles F. Kettering Foundation and The New World Foundation, Professor John Appel of Michigan State University has conducted a pilot project in the preparation of learning resource materials from the Smithsonian collections to show the his- tory of prejudice in America through the portrayal of ethnic and racial stereotypes in cartooning and the popular arts. The Institution also agreed to cooperate with the Encyclopaedia Britannica Educational Corporation in preparing sound filmstrips, an experiment aimed at extending the museum into the nation's classrooms. Perhaps the greatest need in education is to introduce the compre- hensive insights of modern science and scholarship into the process of education at all levels. The Smithsonian is endeavoring to conduct cycles of activities, each to last for a year or so, such as a series of com- missioned essays to be presented in a major international symposium and an interdisciplinary exhibit to illuminate and reappraise an area of knowledge. The fourth cycle will explore cultural factors which may account for more rapid social change in the modern world. The pro- gram began with a year-long research seminar on popular culture con- ducted for faculty members and staff members of organizations in the Washington area, which was a fascinating exploration of the subject matter while serving as a welcome opportunity for interchange among scholars in the metropolitan area. ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT rT~'HE relationship of the Smithsonian Institution's executive man- agement staff with its bureau directors and managers of other organization units may be described as one of partnership directed toward national goals in the fields of research, education, exhibition, culture, and public enlightenment. Day-to-day activities in furthering these objectives result in this partnership interacting in numerous ways, large and small, with every branch of government; schools and universities, museums and art galleries; citizens of all ages; professional societies and organizations; scientists and scholars, artists and authors the world over; foreign governments and institutions, and the inter- national public. The program support groups also form a vital segment of this very diverse, yet closely related, internal and external network. Significant steps, such as the forming of an internal audits activity in the Office of the Under Secretary, have been taken during the year to strengthen and simplify the administrative framework within which all of these relationships function and thrive. To enhance the efforts of the support units, some growth has been realized this year in two areas — the Office of Personnel and Manage- ment Resources benefitted by the addition of several positions and the Travel Services Office added one employee. Despite these modest increases, the support group as a whole has not yet realized position and funding increases commensurate with the growth of the Smith- sonian program units. These handicaps did not lessen the lively inter- est, continuing cooperation, and dedicated efforts of these groups. A review of their individual and collective accomplishments during the year reveals that a noteworthy volume of high-standard work has been performed. The following statement highlights some of their achievements. PROGRAM SUPPORT ACTIVITIES The Office of Personnel and Management Resources has continued to advise and assist all Smithsonian staff in encouraging the develop- ment of an atmosphere of individual achievement within a framework of sound management of human resources. During this year an embry- onic manpower program was developed, which established manpower 125 126 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 "ceilings" for the organizations within the Institution, and managers were asked to develop their programs within these ceilings. In this pro- gram top management is involved increasingly in decisions affecting human resources management. Manpower adjustments and key employee selections are reviewed by the appropriate Assistant Secre- tary and recommendations presented to the Secretary for decision. This procedure has the effect of translating top management interest throughout the Institution and contributes immeasurably to high- quality staffing and efficient manpower utilization. An exciting program called "Vision '70" was launched this year in an effort to broaden the horizons of administrators, managers, and employees. This program began with a series of film presentations encompassing vital challenges of life in the 70s. One series of four films about Black America drew an attendance of 600. Other series were pre- sented on environmental pollution and on drugs in American life. The goal calls for a monthly series on interrelated presentations, lectures, discussions, and symposia. The awards program through which excellence can be rewarded has been simplified and authority to grant awards was delegated to bureau directors, eliminating unnecessary committees and additional paper- work. The career-development and job-enrichment training authority also has been delegated to bureau directors giving them the ability to plan their staff's training consistent with program requirements. A pilot program started in one major bureau in which the authority to classify jobs was delegated may develop into a prototype leading to increased flexibility for managers. The training and development program provided for the attendance of two major program managers at the Federal Executive Institute, a voluntary executive management-development film program, a forty- hour first-level supervisory development program, and a secretarial training course tailor-made for the Smithsonian. These were in addi- tion to continuing skills development in on-and-off the job training provided to employees from the trades and crafts through the profes- sional ranks. The varied activities of the Office as evidenced by the following statistical table of personnel actions, reflects the dynamics of organiza- tional life of the Smithsonian Institution : ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT 127 Federal Private Total New hires 744 499 1243 Employees leaving 604 391 995 Grade promotions 542 145 687 Other actions (reassignments, job changes, etc.) 621 269 890 Meritorious pay increases 178 24 202 Regular pay increases 784 184 968 Total actions 3473 1512 4985 A special survey showed that this year the office received 4524 visitors, responded to 52,392 telephone calls, and replied to 3240 let- ters. This total of over 60,000 responses to individuals seeking informa- tion is in addition to some 5000 internal requests from managers, supervisors, and employees. Under the personal leadership of the Secretary, the Smithsonian's Office of Equal Employment Opportunity has continued a realistic program designed to assure genuine equality of opportunity in all official actions of the Smithsonian Institution. During the year approximately 110 consultations were conducted with individual supervisory staff members on matters relating to their selections of candidates for promotion under the merit promotion pro- gram. A number of informal complaints were reviewed, factual information developed, and necessary adjustments made to the satis- faction of the complainants. Upon request, special counseling services are provided regularly to employees aspiring to positions of greater responsibility. This service provides staff members with information about educational opportunities available in the metropolitan D.G. area and the methods for acquiring specific educational and experi- ence requirements for career advancement. Two special training sessions were conducted for employees assigned recently to supervisory positions. The discussions stressed the necessity for eliminating personal prejudices, indifference to the needs of employees, and favoritism in supervisory practices. In cooperation with the Office of Personnel and Management Resources a program is being developed to offer additional career opportunities for employees in lower-level positions. The past year was one of progressive change and improvement for the Buildings Management Department. With the assistance of a pri- vate management consulting firm, an analysis was made of the Depart- ment's program and functional areas and plans were developed to provide a more manageable and effective operation. Service units were consolidated into three major groupings: Building Services Division, Engineering and Construction Division, and Protection Divison. The 128 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 new edp (electronic data processing ) -oriented system was imple- mented to provide regular, detailed financial and work-progress data covering virtually all services performed by the Department. The largest of all Smithsonian units, the Department is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the physical plant, which com- prises nearly 3.5 million square feet of floor space; safeguarding the priceless national collections, and guiding, assisting, and protecting the millions of people who visit the Smithsonian each year. The very spirit of these responsibilities results in the Department giving daily support to the Institution's diversified research, cultural, educational, and public enlightenment programs. The 2560 special events and ceremonies which occurred during the year, required major participation by the Department. These included the Folklife Festival and the Tent Theatre productions which were pre- sented on the Mall. In addition, special efforts were required to cope with problems associated with various demonstrations held in the vicinity of Smithsonian Institution buildings. Major construction and renovation projects, which will total an expenditure of $16.6 million when completed, required the Depart- ment's continuing attention. This included design work, design-review planning conferences, contract development and review, as well as contract supervision. Major projects in this category were: the Hirsh- horn Museum and Sculpture Garden, renovation of the original Smith- sonian Institution Building, restoration of the exterior of the Arts and Industries Building, and remodeling of the snack bar in the History and Technology Building. Innumerable smaller projects were under- taken throughout the Smithsonian properties, including renovation and construction of office spaces, modifications to air-handling equip- ment, installation of a new freight elevator in the Freer, and extensive design work for other proposed projects. The Administrative Ssytems Division issued in April the Smithson- ian Staff Handbook 510 — Requisitioning — Purchase of Supplies and Services. Work started on another handbook in this series, which will furnish policy and procedural guidelines covering internal services available to managers and supervisors in support of their programs. Some 250 administrative issuances were distributed to the staff, rang- ing from matters of permanent major policy and procedural guidelines to special interim instructions and matter-of-fact information of a tem- porary nature. Material about the staffing and functions of the organi- zations in the Smithsonian was provided to 30 external publications. A program was developed, in cooperation with the Information Systems Division, to provide computer support for the preparation and mainte- ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT 129 bo a 3 C a "3 o m c/5 a o c"-i y> « -) N © ■*> 5 ?N & c?5? o r^ O *. -S V C Hist Tech Bui 3 •— ! O ?s CO *- *^K I *> ^ — CD v C3 ^ to en *""' >^ 3 h^ I-H Cl« & s-s o Cn ^o, s '-' CQ |H rt cj > . br ccj o 3 £^ e K a tit e -~ ■sis •~ cq B Tf C CO tO (M K fflCOt^ONCO c i to co *^ m co' of Mno^Oin CM CO •— ' — -h en o co oi co co cm co co i~~ c i co cn co to •* to co co" co" lo" co" i>T ■*" co ■* to en rf CI CO -"t" «— ' — ' CM ■— i corvi^intoc-i co to co m —> io CO y-i lO CO Cl^'* co" »T co" ■*■' en r-T i— • CO CO CO -*■ O CO CO — ' CI CM —* "O "0 "O "O "O "O CJ CJ CJ CJ to co co to co * O lO CO N f- ■+ en — o-noi to en to co to to i^ rt" in co — ci — .— i ci co co co 13 "O "O "O "O "O oj cj a; cj cj oj t/3 c/j c/l c/i t/i c/; o o o o c o OUUOOO OOOOOO m -*■ en en o co o en t-» co co co to — "+ to to o o m m en cj •* jc- m co oooim«'+ r-rt^riCMCI m m W3 l-< rN C H rt — ^*- 3 «-S S §- yw c C CJ 3 —• «H O c » H ._« « cc! , O c cS u O u^ g c cj x o O O 1) o " 3 ^ s .SoMS (h a) «■< xl^jS bo u i"" ri S.3 0 c « cr^- o >- 3 en .ti'S a'o -o c o on ■3 CJ Q.'— ' X s-i C *^ G 2 £-£! «— cd G-ti c "O'e 4> s- .3 C CO cj "2 03^ O iH M CO tJ< 10 t-~' 130 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 nance of data required for the Smithsonian Institution Directory. The Forms Management Unit processed, through in-house reproduction, 604 requests from 112 organizations for a variety of forms and form letters to support management, research, education, exhibition, and public service activities. In addition, 149 orders were placed with the Government Printing Office and other external sources. The Photographic Services Division continued its active participa- tion in programs concerned with research, documentation and con- servation of collections, exhibitions, education, training, publications, and public service; and provided essential technical assistance and guidance as well as training for staff members in other Smithsonian organizations. Outstanding special exhibits, benefiting from profes- sional photographic talent, where the "Laser 10," "Neutra," "Com- puter," and "Frederick Douglass" shows. The 5870 work requests received by the Division provided 23,734 negatives, 13,734 transparencies, 33,699 microfilm frames, and 103,- 094 prints. The Travel Services Office continues to experience growth in some major services, i.e., air and rail reservations booked were up 6 percent; travel itineraries issued 16 percent, and transportation requests pre- pared 10 percent, and the dollar value of all transportation purchased was some $53,000 higher than last year. Formerly cumbersome proce- dures involved in obtaining travel with excess foreign currencies for affiliates of the American Institute of Indian Studies have been stream- lined. Travel management advice, program planning assistance, and a wide variety of travel services and technical guidance were provided to support major national and international symposia, meetings, expedi- tions, and special programs. Purchases by the Supply Division this year have exceeded 12,000 units, an estimated increase of 1000 over the previous year. Under the government property distribution and utilization programs, items from airplanes to missiles — including a seagoing vessel from the Coast Guard — with an original acquisition value exceeding $8,000,000, have been obtained for exhibition and research purposes. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS National Museum of History and Technology Calder Stabile. A contract to install a filtration system for the pool was let 24 February 1970 to the John J. Kirlin Co. Completion of this work is expected by 24 August 1970. ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT 131 Snack Bar. This facility was completely remodeled by the Joseph McCann Company. Construction commenced on 4 February 1970 and was completed on 1 June 1970. Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden Contract was awarded to the Piracci Construction Company and actual work was started on 23 March 1970. The projected completion date of this project is September 1972. National Zoological Park Hospital-Research Building. The Lomack Corporation contractors completed their work in December. The building, now partially occu- pied, will be completely used when required furnishings are delivered and installed. Multiclimate House. Severe modifications in the final design resulted in the indefinite deferment of this project. Heating Study. Final design was accepted and bids will be let and construction started early in fiscal year 1971. Pollution Abatement Study. Recommended modifications of the sewerage system were accomplished and some erosion control measures were implemented at the same time. Restoration and Renovation of Buildings Renovation of Smithsonian Institution Building. The Grunley- Walsh Construction Company continued work throughout the year. The project was accepted as being substantially completed on 29 June 1970. Freight Elevator in Freer Gallery. Contracts were let for this project on 3 March 1970. It is expected that the project will be completed by the fall of 1970. Renwick Gallery. A contract for furthering restoration work was awarded to Associated Builders, Inc., on 15 June 1970. It is antici- pated that this work will be completed about 15 October 1970. Arts and Industries Building. A contract was awarded on 4 August 1969 to Mr. William Watts for the cleaning and restoration of the exterior of the building. Work was completed during November 1969. Feasibility Studies National Museum of History and Technology. A feasibility study was made to result in the preparation of a design for facilities necessary for the celebration of the Bicentennial of the American Revolution. 132 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars. The Urban Design and Development Corporation completed a study for the Center to be located on a proposed Pennsylvania Avenue-Market Square complex. The conclusions were that the location was not feas- ible and that, if the entire complex could not be constructed under a central agency, the Center should be located elsewhere. Parking. A draft of the study made by Wilbur Smith and Associates for Mall garages and Zoo parking is being reviewed. Storage. The study completed by the George M. Ewing Company for redevelopment of the Smithsonian's Silver Hill facility is being reviewed. NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART National Gallery of Art J. Carter Brown, Director rT"'HE national gallerv of art, although technically established -*■ as a bureau of the Smithsonian Institution, is an autonomous and separately administered organization. It is governed by its own Board of Trustees, the statutory members of which are, ex officio, the Chief Justice of the United States (Chairman), the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. There are also five General Trustees, from whom, in fiscal year 1970, Paul Mellon was reelected President of the Gallery, and John Hay Whitney, Vice President. The other General Trustees con- tinuing to serve were Dr. Franklin D. Murphy, Lessing J. Rosenwald, and Stoddard M. Stevens. During the fiscal year 1970 the Gallery had 1,935,533 visitors, an increase of more than 50 percent over the previous year. Its collections were augmented by an unusually large number of important accessions. Most notable among these is the Ailsa Mellon Bruce bequest, a collec- tion which includes Bazille and Camille and The Artist's Garden at Vetheuil, both by Monet; and, among twenty two Renoirs, Le Pont Neuf and Madame Monet and her Son in their Garden at Argenteuil. Also in the collection is Riverbank by Cezanne, nine paintings by Bon- nard, five by Pissarro, ten by Vuillard, and the Condesa de Chinchon by Goya. The major single acquisition was The Artist's Father by Cezanne, a gift of Mr. Paul Mellon. Other important acquisitions include two Cubist paintings, Football Players by Albert Gleizes and Rush Hour, New York by Max Weber; The City from Greenwich Village by John Sloan; and drawings by Andrew Wyeth and van Dyck. Portrait of Mme. Caillebotte, by Renoir, was bequeathed by Angelika Wertheim Frink. The Gallery also received two American naive paintings from Colonel and Mrs. Edgar William Garbisch. Loans were made to 61 institutions in this country and abroad. Especially notable among the years's exhibitions at the Gallery were "German Expressionist Watercolors," "Old Master Drawings from Chatsworth," "Joseph Wright of Derby," "The Artist and Space," 135 136 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 "Masterpieces of African Sculpture" (attended by 118,801 persons in five weeks), and "The Reality of Appearance: The Trompe l'Oeil Tra- dition in American Painting." In February, the Gallery announced a multimedia education pro- gram for junior and senior high schools throughout the nation, which will use a new means of reaching students. The program is based on a low-priced periodical called "Art and Man," published by Scholastic Magazines. This is packaged with filmstrips, slides, posters, color reproductions, and teaching guides. These are drawn from the resources not only of the National Gallery, but of other museums and private collections throughout the world. The Gallery's extension services have also developed a comprehensive audio-visual program for use in classrooms. Slide lectures covering the history of art from the Byzantine period to the 20th century, traveling exhibits of framed reproductions, and 16-mm motion pictures dealing with art, humanities, history, social studies, and literature are loaned to schools at no cost. Last year extension services materials were used in over 3,000 communities in the nation and reached more than 3,100,000 people. Total attendance at talks given by the Gallery's educational staff and for the programs presented in the auditorium, exclusive of "Civilisa- tion" films, was 89,951 for 2610 separate tours and events. This repre- sents an increase in attendance of 2993 over last year, when 2518 pro- grams were scheduled. Some of the events regularly presented at the Gallery are its Tours of the Week, Paintings of the Week, and the Sun- day Auditorium Lectures and Films. Late last October the American premiere of the thirteen-part series "Civilisation," narrated by Britian's distinguished art historian Kenneth Clark, was presented at the Gallery. Audience response to this extraordinary series was immediate and enthusiastic. Through gener- ous public cooperation, funds were raised to purchase prints of the entire series, making it possible for the series to be shown on a continual basis. Attendance in the Gallery at the films was over 247,000. In addition, the Gallery loaned its print, by request, to the White House, the Department of State, and the Central Intelligence Agency. That same month saw the broadcast over the National Educational Television (net) network of "In Search of Rembrandt," which was made possible by a grant to the National Gallery by Mrs. Cordelia Scaife May. The hour-long program, produced by the Gallery, was narrated by James Mason. Net cameras recorded more than 600 Rembrandt paintings and drawings from some 100 museums through- out the world, some of which are part of the Gallery's collection. The NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 137 film is now available through the Gallery to schools, libraries, and other educational institutions. There were thirty-two guest lecturers who spoke at the Gallery dur- ing the last fiscal year. They included the A. W. Mellon Lecturer in the Fine Arts, Sir Nikolaus Pevsner, who gave eight talks on the subject of "Some Aspects of Nineteenth-Century Architecture." Through the new self-service sales facility the Gallery's publications fund made available fourteen new publications, as well as eight cata- logs of those exhibitions shown at the Gallery. During the year over 370,000 customers were served. Under the supervision of Richard Bales, forty concerts were given on Sundays in the East Garden Court, twelve of them by the National Gallery Orchestra. Attendance continued high throughout the season, usually at capacity for the orchestral programs. All concerts were broadcast in their entirety by station vvgms, am-fm. Scientific research on the causes of deterioration of museum objects, sponsored in large part by the National Gallery, continues at Carnegie- Mellon University's Mellon Institute, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The fading of pigments and dyes has received major consideration, as well as the processes of oxidation and ways in which they may be inhibited. This research project is exploring the application of durable modern materials to problems in conservation and is concentrated principally on polymer emulsions, ultraviolet absorbers, and solvents for the removal of synthetic polymers. I. M. Pei & Partners moved ahead on the design of the East Building and connecting link addition to the Gallery. Plans call for over half a million gross square feet of space devoted to exhibition galleries and related supporting facilities, such as a Center for Advanced Study in the Visual Arts, a library, print and drawing facilities, photo archives, and offices for the Gallery's administrative and curatorial staff. JOHN F. KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts William McC. Blair, Jr., General Director T)RESIDENT NIXON BECAME THE FOURTH AMERICAN PRESIDENT to ■■- give tangible support to the John F. Kennedy Center for the Per- forming Arts when on 17 October 1969 he signed a bill authorizing additional federal funds for the Center. The authorization increased the Center's matching federal grant from $15.5 million to $23 million and the United States Treasury loan from $15.4 million to $20.4 mil- lion. Without these additional funds, which were subsequently appro- priated, construction of the Center could not have been completed on schedule (P.L. 91-90). The Center was initiated by President Eisenhower on 2 September 1958 as the National Cultural Center (P.L. 85-874). It received the strong support of President Kennedy who signed legislation extending the fund-raising deadline on 19 August 1963 (P.L. 88-100). The Center was named as the sole official memorial in the nation's capital to President Kennedy on 23 January 1964 when President Johnson signed the John F. Kennedy Center Act (P.L. 88-206). This legislation also provided the first federal funds for the project. The Kennedy Center is administered separately by a 45-member Board of Trustees appointed by the President to ten-year terms, together with members ex-officio from pertinent public agencies and from the United States Senate and House of Representatives. Members of the Board at the end of fiscal 1970 are as follows: Richard Adler Representative Peter H. B. Floyd D. Akers Frelinghuysen Robert O. Anderson Senator J. William Fulbright Ralph E. Becker Mrs. George A. Garrett K. LeMoyne Billings Leonard H. Goldenson Edgar M. Bronfman Mrs. Rebekah Harkness Mrs. George R. Brown George B. Hartzog, Jr. Robert W. Dowling Senator Edward M. Kennedy Ralph W. Ellison Thomas H. Kuchel Abe Fortas Mrs. Albert D. Lasker 141 142 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Erich Leinsdorf Sol Myron Linowitz Mrs. Michael J. Mansfield Harry C. McPherson, Jr. George Meany Robert I. Millonzi L. Quincy Mumford Senator Charles Percy Elliot Richardson John Richardson, Jr. S. Dillon Ripley II Richard Rodgers Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr. Mrs. Jouett Shouse Mrs. Stephen E. Smith Roger L. Stevens William H. Thomas Representative Frank H. Thompson, Jr. Jack J. Valenti William Walton Walter E. Washington Lew R. Wasserman Edwin L. Weisl, Sr. Representative James C. Wright, Jr. Senator Ralph W. Yarborough On 27 March 1970 President Nixon appointed a 57-member Advi- sory Committee on the Arts for the Center under the chairmanship of Mrs. J. Willard Marriott of Washington, D.C. On 26 May the Presi- dent appointed an additional 49 members to the Advisory Committee, which is provided for in the John F. Kennedy Center Act. Members of the Advisory Committee were sworn into office by Robert H. Finch, Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare and a Trustee of the Center, on 8 June 1970 preceding their first business meeting. This committee, which represents 48 states and serves at the pleasure of the President, will make recommendations to the Board ^ II I. HII I II John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts nearing completion. JOHN F. KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 143 of Trustees regarding programs presented by the Center and also will assist the Board in its fund-raising program. Construction of the Kennedy Center stands 75 percent complete at the end of fiscal year 1970, compared with 50 percent a year ago. An average of 600 men are working daily on the structure to assure that the official opening can take place during the second week of Septem- ber 1971. Early in March 1970, Ambassador Egidio Ortona of Italy witnessed the placing of the final piece of Carrara marble in the Center's exterior wall which closed in the building. The Center's entire requirement for marble, about 3500 tons, is an official gift of the people of Italy. Progress payments for construction in place and materials furnished reached $50.1 million of which $41.8 million were federal funds in- cluding $20.4 million of repayable bonds. Six additional subcontracts totaling $1.6 million were awarded during the year bringing to thirty- eight the number of separate competitive awards made since construc- tion began in 1965. The awards total nearly $36 million. The subcontracts awarded during the year are as follows: Auditorium seating: American Seating Company of Palisades Park, New Jersey; $434,885. Ceramic tile and terrazzo: Peter Bratti Associates, Inc. of New York, New York; $395,300. Plumbing enclosures and partitions: Global Steel Products Corporation of Deer Park, Long Island, New York; $57,000. Painting and finishing and wall coating: Clifton D. Mayhew, Inc. of Arlington, Virginia; $516,000. Wood flooring: Couglin-Berk, Inc. of New York, New York; $162,380. Drapery, curtain, and heavy-duty track: Washington Shade and Awning Co. of Washington, D.C.; $11,980. The Secretary of State of Canada, the Honorable Gerard Pelletier, announced his government's gift to the Kennedy Center on 16 April 1970 during a brief ceremony at the Center's construction site. The gift, the ninth from a foreign nation, is a woolen stage curtain for the Eisenhower Theater designed by Madame Mariette Rosseau-Vermette, designer of the curtain for the Opera of the National Arts Centre in Ottawa. In addition to the nine nations which have already pre- sented gifts to the Kennedy Center, there are more than twenty coun- tries that have offered gifts, and discussions with them are continuing. Looking forward to one kind of education program that will be presented by the Kennedy Center after its opening, the Center pre- sented both the second American College Theater Festival and the National College Jazz Festival in the spring of 1970. The theater festival, presented with the Smithsonian and sponsored by American 144 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Presentation of a color sketch of the black-and-red woolen stage curtain for the Kennedy Center's Eisenhower Theater, a gift of the people of Canada. Left to right, Susan Eisenhower, granddaughter of Mrs. Dwight D. Eisenhower; Madame Mariette Rousseau-Vermette, designer of the stage curtain; Roger L. Stevens, Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Kennedy Center; the Honor- able Gerard Pelletier, Secretary of State of Canada; Mrs. Edward M. Kennedy, representing the Kennedy family. Airlines, brought ten of the nation's best college theater companies to perform at Ford's Theatre and the new George Washington Univer- sity Center Theater between 27 April and 12 May. The jazz festival presented finalists from six regional college jazz festivals at the Kran- nert Center for the Performing Arts at the University of Illinois in Champaign-Urbana on 16 and 17 May. John LaMontaine, the American composer, was commissioned to write a work for orchestra and organ for the opening season of the Center and first performance on the organ in the Concert Hall, it was announced on 28 January 1970. The work was commissioned by Mrs. Jouett Shouse, a Trustee of the Center and the donor of the Concert Hall's Aeolian Skinner organ. The theme for Mr. LaMontaine's com- position will be taken from the books of Henry Thoreau, Winter, Spring, Summer, and Autumn. On 18 June 1970 the Center sponsored "An Evening with Edward Villella" at Lisner Auditorium which presented Edward Villella, Patricia McBride, Violette Verdy, and ten other dancers from the New York City Ballet. About 150 tickets were made available to students at one dollar through the sale of benefit tickets. JOHN F. KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 145 With the substantial progress of interior construction work during fiscal year 1970, tours of the building were arranged on a limited basis. In September 1969 all major contributors to the Center in the Washington area were invited to see the building. Subsequently dur- ing the year many foreign ambassadors to the United States, the cul- tural attaches of all foreign embassies, members of the press, the D.G. Arts Council, representatives of the National Endowment on the Arts and the United States Information Agency, and other groups with a special interest in the building were invited for a tour. The Friends of the Kennedy Center, established as an auxiliary organization by the Trustees in 1966, have about 3000 members in 48 states and 29 regional and state chairmen. The Friends are seeking to expand membership both in the Washington area and across the country and welcome all new members. On 2 June the National Council of the Friends met to elect the following officers: Mrs. Polk Guest, chairman Mrs. Norris Dodson, Jr., vice chairman Mrs. Eugene Carusi, secretary Mr. Henry Strong, treasurer During July and August 1969, the Friends sponsored a city-wide arts project under the title, "Music, Music, Music" for which 1000 children produced works of art in conjunction with music experiences. All participants were invited to the construction site on 9 August for a picnic and to view an exhibit of their works using the River Terrace covered parkway to form a giant exhibition center. On 18 December 1969 the Friends produced a unique evening en- titled "The Kennedy Center is for everyone." The occasion was the premiere of the film "Hello, Dolly!," sponsored by the Kennedy Cen- ter, and included a box supper at the National Museum of Natural History. Tickets sold at prices from $1 (limited to students contacted through city programs) to $50, and by selling a large number of tickets at the higher prices the Friends were able to make available over 350 tickets to young people. The Friends continued to sponsor a weekly radio program on the performing arts on station wgms, manned the Information Center at the construction site, and maintained a Speakers Bureau whose mem- bers gave talks both in Washington and throughout the country. The Fourth Annual Meeting of the Friends, held 12 and 13 May, featured Senator Claiborne Pell of Rhode Island as key speaker. APPENDIXES Appendix 1 SMITHSONIAN FOREIGN CURRENCY PROGRAM GRANTS AWARDED IN FISCAL YEAR 1970 Archeology and Related Disciplines Office of Anthropology, Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. Survey of disappearing traditional crafts, industries, and Technologies in Ceylon. University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii. Ceylon archeological survey. University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. A study of the relations between kinship structure and economic organizations among the Veddas of Ceylon. American Institute of Indian Studies, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Sup- port for American Institute of Indian Studies research fellowships. University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. To complete investigations of ancient glass manufacturing sites. American Schools of Oriental Research., Cambridge, Massachusetts. Archeological activity of the American Schools of Oriental Research. Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Excavations of a Philistine city at Ashdod. Jerusalem School of Archeology of the Hebrew Union College, Cin- cinnati, Ohio. Excavations of an archeologocial site at Gezer, Israel. Office of Anthropology, Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. Archeological investigations of southern Palestinian cul- ture at Tel Jemmah. University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona. A program for research and train- ing in prehistoric archeology in Israel : Excavations at the site of Tabun. American Schools of Oriental Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Expeditions to Tel El Hesi and Khirget Shema. University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. Excavations at Tel Anafa (Shamli), Israel. University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois. The Maqam tradition in theory and practice. Office of Anthropology, Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. Survey of disappearing traditional crafts, industries, and technologies in Pakistan. Dumbarton Oaks Center for Byzantine Studies, Washington, D.C. A corpus of ancient mosaics of Tunisia. American Research Center in Egypt, Inc., Princeton, New Jersey. Sup- port for the activities of the American Research Center in Egypt (arce). 149 150 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The Akhnaten temple project. Brooklyn College of the City University of New York, Brooklyn, New York. Excavations at Starcevo, Yugoslavia. University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California. Excavations of a Neolithic stratified settlement at Anzibegovo in Eastern Macedonia, Yugoslavia. Denison University, Granville, Ohio. Archeological excavations at Sirmium. University of Texas at Austin, Texas. Archeological excavations at Stobi. Douglass College, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey. Excavations at Salona. University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California. The Early Bronze Age cemetery at Mokrin. (Publication costs only.) University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Excavations of Dio- cletians palace, Split, Yugoslavia. Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana. Excavations at Nin, Dalmatia, Yugoslavia. Dumbarton Oaks Center for Byzantine Studies, Washington, D.C. Medieval Bargala. University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Early food-produc- ing cultures in Yugoslavia. University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California. Excavations at Senta (Velebit). University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California. Archeological investigations at the Iron Age sites in Batina and Dalj. Systematic and Environmental Biology (Including Paleobiology) Smithsonian National Zoo, Washington, D.C. Studies on the behavior and ecology of the Ceylonese elephant. Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. A revision of Trimen's Handbook to the Flora of Ceylon. Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. Biosystematic studies of the insects of Ceylon. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Administration of Smith- sonian sponsored projects in Ceylon. Smithsonian National Zoo, Washington, D.C. The comparative ecology and behavior of Ceylonese Cercopithecidae. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Binational symposium to assess impact of Smithsonian-supported research on Ceylonese national science objectives. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Cytological studies of Indian mollusks. Smithsonian Ecology Program, Washington, D.C. Conference for the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (iucn). Smithsonian Ecology Program, Washington, D.C. Conference for the International Council for Bird Preservation (icbp). APPENDIX 1. SMITHSONIAN FOREIGN CURRENCY PROGRAM 151 Smithsonian Ecology Program, Washington, D.C. Ecological research in the Gir Forest. Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Habitat relationships, numbers, and distribution of wild ungulates in the Gir Forest, India. Department of Vertebrate Zoology, Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. Migratory bird survey. Department of Botany, Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. A flora of the Hassan District, Mysore State, India. Smithsonian Oceanography Program, Washington, D.C. Biota of the Red Sea and Eastern Mediterranean. Smithsonian Ecology Program, Washington, D.C. Bird Banding and Avi- faunal Survey. University of the State of New York, Stony Brook, Long Island, New York. A Study of the Eilat Coral Reef. University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. Ecology and behavior of ga- zelles in Israel. Department of Vertebrate Zoology, Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. A geographical and ecological study of the mammals of Morocco. Smithsonian Institution and National Academy of Sciences, Washing- ton, D.C. International Biological Program (ibp) research, planning, and training in the "excess" currency countries. Foreign Science Information Program, Washington, D.C. Scientific trans- lation services. Smithsonian Oceanogrraphy Program, Washington, D.C. Support for the Mediterranean Marine Sorting Center. Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. Studies on the systematics and physiological ecology of Tunisian sponge communities. University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado. Paleontological investigations in Tunisia. Smithsonian Oceanographic Program, Washington, D.C. International Conference on Meiofauna. (Unanticipated extra costs.) Department of Vertebrate Zoology, Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. A serological and ectoparasite survey of the migratory birds of East Africa. Smithsonian Oceanography Program, Washington, D.C. Preparation of plans and projects for refitting the research vessel Phykos. Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Smithsonian Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. International Conference on the Biology of Sipunculids. Astrophysics and Earth Sciences Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Continuation of a study of cosmic gamma rays. Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Multicolor photoelectric observations of flare stars at the Uttar Pradesh State Observatory and analysis of flare-star observations. 152 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts. A study of the collective behavior of self-gravitating systems. Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts. The construction of stellar models of evolving stars. Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts. An astronomical observing program in Israel. Foreign Science Information Program, National Science Foundation, Washington, D.C. (on behalf of Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory). Translation of the Polish Copernican studies of L. A. Birkenmajer. Museum Programs Department of Anthropology, Smithsonian Museum of Natural His- tory, Washington, D.C. Exhibit of Bhutanese Art. Director General of Museums, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Support for Science Museum Conference at Bangalore. Boston Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, Massachusetts. Exhibition of Egyptian royal sculpture. Appendix 2 MEMBERS OF THE SMITHSONIAN COUNCIL 30 JUNE 1970 Mr. H. Harvard Arnason. Art Historian. New York City. Dr. Herman R. Branson. President, Central State University, Wilberforce, Ohio. Professor Fred R. Eggan. Department of Anthropology, University of Chi- cago, Chicago, Illinois. Professor Donald S. Farner. Chairman, Department of Zoology, University of Washington, Seattle. Professor Anthony N. B. Garvan. Chairman, Department of American Civil- ization, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Dr. Murray Gell-Mann. Robert Andrews Millikan Professor of Theoretical Physics, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena. Dr. Philip Handler. President, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, DC. Professor G. Evelyn Hutchinson. Sterling Professor of Zoology, Yale Uni- versity, New Haven, Connecticut. Professor Jan LaRue. Department of Music, Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, New York University, New York City. Mr. Clifford L. Lord. President, Hofstra University, Hempstead, Long Island, New York. Professor Charles D. Michener. Watkins Distinguished Professor of Ento- mology and of Systematics and Ecology, University of Kansas, Lawrence. Dr. Peter M. Millman. National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, On- tario. Meteoritic Specialist. Mr. Elting E. Morison. Professor of History and Master, Timothy Dwight College, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Professor Norman Holmes Pearson. Professor of English and American Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Mr. Gordon N. Ray. President, John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Founda- tion, New York City. Mr. Andre Schiffrin. Managing Director, Pantheon Books, New York City. Professor Cyril Stanley Smith. Institute Professor, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge. Professor John D. Spikes. Professor of Biology, College of Letters and Science, University of Utah, Salt Lake City. Professor Stephen E. Toulmin. Department of Philosophy, Michigan State University, East Lansing. 153 154 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Dr. Rainer Zangerl. Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road and Lakeshore Drive, Chicago, Illinois. Professor Warren H. Wagner, Jr. Department of Botany and Matthaei Bo- tanical Gardens, The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Appendix 3 SMITHSONIAN ASSOCIATES MEMBERSHIP 1969-1970 Our deepest gratitude is extended to our members for their interest and generous support of the Smithsonian Associates this year, and especially to those listed below, who have contributed amounts in excess of the membership dues Founder Members ($1000 and up) The Honorable and Mrs. David K. E. Bruce Mrs. Morris Cafritz The Honorable Douglas Dillon Mr. Charles E. Eckles The Honorable and Mrs. John Clifford Folger Mr. Cornelius Van S. Roosevelt Mr. Thomas J. Watson, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. P. A. B. Widener Mr. Christian A. Zabriskie Mr. and Mrs. Sidney S. Zlotnick Sustaining Members ($500 and up) Mrs. Theodore Babbitt Mr. Joel Barlow Mr. William R. Biggs Mr. George A. Binney Mrs. L. Roosevelt Bramwell Mr. A. Marvin Braverman Mr. John Nicholas Brown Mr. Bertram F. Brummer Mr. Leon Campbell, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. Leonard Carmichael Clarke and Rapuano Foundation (Mr. Gilmore D. Clarke) Mrs. Frances A. Davila Mr. Newell W. Ellison Mr. and Mrs. Richard S. Friedman Mr. Richard E. Fuller Mr. and Mrs. Hy Garfinkel Mr. George A. Garret Mr. Crawford H. Greenewalt Mr. and Mrs. Gilbert C. Greenway Mr. William H. Greer, Jr. Mr. Melville B. Grosvenor Mr. Gilbert Hahn Mr. Laurence Harrison Mr. and Mrs. Joseph H. Hirshhorn Mr. Philip Johnson Miss Brenda Kuhn Mr. Harold F. Linder Colonel and Mrs. Leon Mandel Mr. and Mrs. J. Willard Marriott Mr. William McC. Martin, Jr. Lieutenant Commander and Mrs. P. J. Maveety Mr. and Mrs. Paul Mellon 155 156 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Miss Katherine A. A. Murphy Neuberger Foundation Inc. (Roy R. and Marie S. Neuberger) Duke of Northumberland Mrs. K. D. Owen Dr. and Mrs. Melvin M. Payne Miss Lucy M. Pollio Mrs. Merriweather Post Mr. Peter Powers Miss Elsie Howland Quinby Dr. and Mrs. S. Dillon Ripley Mr .and Mrs. Seymour J. Rubin Mr. H. C. Seherr-Thoss Mrs. Jouett Shouse Dr. and Mrs. Carl Swan Shultz Mr. and Mrs. Robert H. Smith Mr. Robert T. Smith Mr. and Mrs. Bertrand L. Taylor III Mrs. Clark W. Thompson Mrs. Carll Tucker Mr. Alexander O. Vietor Mr. and Mrs. John W. Warner Dr. Alexander Wetmore Mr. and Mrs. W. Bradley Willard Mrs. Rose Saul Zalles Contributing Members ($100 and up) Mrs. Howard Ahmanson Mr. and Mrs. John W. Auchincloss Mrs. Robert Low Bacon Mr. and Mrs. James C. H. Bonbright Mr. and Mrs. John F. Boyd Mr. Maxwell Brace Mr. and Mrs. Montgomery S. Bradley Mr. J. Bruce Bredin The Honorable William A. M. Burden Mrs. Jackson Burke Mr. and Mrs. W. H. Calfee Mr. and Mrs. G. Howland Chase Mrs. Priscilla Meek Christy Mr. and Mrs. David Sanders Clark Mr. Thomas G. Corcoran General Jacob L. Devers Mr. and Mrs. Ewen C. Dingwall Mr. and Mrs. Bryan M. Eagle Mr. and Mrs. Charles Eames Mr. and Mrs. Robert B. Eichholz Mr. and Mrs. Waldron Faulkner The Honorable and Mrs. Edward Foley The Honorable and Mrs. Peter Frelinghuysen Mr. W. E. Gathright Mr. and Mrs. Joseph T. Geuting, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. T. K. Glennan Mrs. Katharine Graham Dr. Sheila H. Gray Mr. and Mrs. Homer Gudelsky Miss Elisabeth Houghton Mrs. Edward F. Hutton Mr. and Mrs. Anthony A. Lapham Mrs. Newbold Legendre Mr. and Mrs. Jack L. Leon Mrs. Demarest Lloyd Mrs. J. Noel Macey Mr. and Mrs. George C. McGhee Mr. and Mrs. Carl J. Mulert, Jr. Mr. Gerson Nordlinger, Jr. Mr. Gyo Obata Mrs. Carolyn C. Onufrak The Honorable and Mrs. Jefferson Patterson Mr. Charles Emory Phillips Dr. and Mrs. Ernest G. Rafey Mr. James H. Ripley Mrs. John Farr Simmons Dr. and Mrs. T. Dale Stewart Mrs. Edward C. Sweeney Martha Frick Symington, Inc. Mr. and Mrs. J. A. Toro Mr. and Mrs. A. Buel Trowbridge Mr. and Mrs. William S. Weedon Mr. and Mrs. J. Burke Wilkinson Mr. and Mrs. Mark Winkler APPENDIX 3. SMITHSONIAN ASSOCIATES MEMBERSHIP 157 Supporting Members ($50 and up) The Reverend and Mrs. F. Everett Abbott Mr. and Mrs. Stanley N. Allan Mrs. Carol P. Banks Mr. and Mrs. Emanuel Boasberg III The Honorable Frances P. Bolton Mr. and Mrs. Paul C. Bruning Mrs. Linda C. Burgess Mr. John H. Burns Mr. and Mrs. Horace W. Busby, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. Frank Caplan Miss Joan Collett Mr. and Mrs. B. C. Connelly Mrs. Chester Dale Captain and Mrs. Robert F. Doss Mrs. Albert H. Ely Commander and Mrs. William B. Fisher Mrs. Julius Fleischmann Mr. John W. Galston Mr. and Mrs. Melvin Gelman Dr. and Mrs. Arthur Goldsmith Mrs. Nancy K. Gullett Mr. and Mrs. W. Averell Harriman Mr. and Mrs. Louis Hausman Mr. and Mrs. Randolph A. Hearst Dr. and Mrs. K. R. Henery Logan Mr. and Mrs. James H. Hughes Mr. and Mrs. James D. Hurd Mrs. George C. Keiser Mr. J. A. King Mr. and Mrs. Thomas Liggett Dr. and Mrs. Charles U. Lowe Mrs. Charles Hamilton Maddox Miss Katherine Magraw Mrs. Isabel C. Mahaffie Mr. and Mrs. Gershom R. Makepeace Major and Mrs. George S. Mansfield Dr. and Mrs. Francis Mayle, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. John H. McLaren Dr. and Mrs. Edgar H. McPeak Mr. and Mrs. Mylon Merriam Mrs. E. P. Moore Mrs. W. Gillespie Moore Miss Lee Muth The Reverend and Mrs. Philip R. Newell Mr. Estrada Raul Oyuela Miss Ruth Uppercu Paul Mrs. Duncan Phillips Mr. Donald H. Price Mrs. Albert J. Redway Dr. Michael J. Reilly Mr. R. D. Remley Mrs. John Barry Ryan Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Salzman Miss E. R. Saul Dr. and Mrs. Saul Schwartzbach Mr. and Mrs. Richard R. Sigmon Mr. and Mrs. Douglas R. Smith Mr. and Mrs. Murray Socolof Mrs. Sally Sweetland Mr. and Mrs. E. Russell True, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. Robert B. Watson Mrs. Orme Wilson Mrs. Leslie H. Wyman Appendix 4 STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 30 JUNE 1970 Secretary's Office and Related Activities The Secretary Executive Assistant Under Secretary Special Assistant Administrative Officer Director General of Museums and Director, United States National Museum Assistant Secretary (Science) Assistant Secretary (History and Art) Assistant Secretary (Public Service) Treasurer Assistant Treasurer Director, Office of Programming and Budget Chief Accountant Contracting Officer, Contracts Office Director, Office of Academic Programs General Counsel Assistant General Counsel Director, Office of Personnel and Management Resources Special Projects, Office of the Secretary Special Assistant to the Secretary Director, Office of Development Equal Employment Opportunity Officer Editor, Joseph Henry Papers Chief, Administrative Systems Division Director, Buildings Management Department S. Dillon Ripley John H. Dobkin James Bradley1 Robert Engle Dorothy Rosenberg Frank A. Taylor Sidney R. Galler Charles Blitzer William W. Warner T. Ames Wheeler Betty J. Morgan John F. Jameson Allen S. Goff Elbridge O. Hurlbut Philip C. Ritterbush Peter G. Powers Alan Ullberg2 Leonard B. Pouliot Richard H. Howland Lynford E. Kautz3 Joseph A. Kennedy Nathan Reingold Ann S. Campbell Andrew F. Michaels Effective 21 May 1970. 2 Effective 18 January 1970. 3 Effective 2 September 1969. 158 APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 159 Chief, Supply Division Chief, Photographic Services Division Chief, Travel Services Office Honorary Research Associates Honorary Fellow Fred G. Barwick O. H. Greeson Betty V. Strickler Charles G. Abbot, Secretary Emeritus Leonard Carmichael, Secretary Emeritus Paul H. Oehser Alexander Wetmore, Secretary Emeritus John A. Graf Science Assistant Secretary Special Assistants Sidney R. Galler Helen H. Hayes Harold J. Michaelson National Museum of Natural History Director Assistant Director Assistant to Director (adp) Special Assistant, Tropical Biology Botanist Administrative Officers Special Assistant to the Director Anthropology Chairman Senior Physical Anthropologist Senior Archeologist Senior Ethnologist Archivist Latin American Anthropology Supervisor and Associate Curator Curator Associate Curator Old World Anthropology Supervisor and Curator Curator Richard S. Cowan Paul K. Knierim James F. Mello4 F. Raymond Fosberg Marie-Helene Sachet Mabel A. Byrd John J. Prenzel5 John C. Townsend6 Joseph C. Britton7 Clifford Evans8 T. Dale Stewart Waldo R. Wedel John C. Ewers Margaret C. Blaker Robert M. Laughlin Clifford Evans William H. Crocker Gordon D. Gibson Saul H. Riesenberg 4 Appointed 11 January 1970. 5 Transferred to Department of Defense September 1969. 6 Appointed 28 June 1970. 7 Resigned 26 June 1970. 8 Effective 25 January 1970. 160 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Associate Curators North American Anthropology Supervisor and Curator Curator Associate Curator Physical Anthropology Supervisor and Curator Assistant Curator Associate Curator Honorary Botany Chairman Senior Botanist Phanerogams Supervisor and Associate Curator Curators Eugene I. Knez Gus W. Van Beek William B. Trousdale Richard B. Woodbury9 William C. Sturtevant Paul H. Voorhis J. Lawrence Angel Donald J. Ortner10 Lucile E. St. Hoyme Hans-George Bandi (Archeology) W. Montague Cobb (Physical Anthropology) Henry B. Collins (Archeology) Wilson Duff (Ethnology) Roger I. Eddy (Ethnology) Marcus S. Goldstein (Physical Anthropology) Sister Inez Hilger (Ethnology) C. G. Holland (Archeology) Neil M. Judd (Archeology) Richard T. Koritzer (Physical Anthropology) Ralph K. Lewis (Archeology) Olga Linares de Sapir (Archeology) Betty J. Meggers (Archeology) Philleo Nash (Ethnology) Victor A. Nunez Regueiro (Archeology) Mary Slusser (Archeology) Wilhelm G. Solheim (Archeology) Matthew W. Stirling (Archeology) Douglas Taylor (Ethnology) William J. Tobin (Physical Anthropology) Theodore A. Wertime (Archeology) William S. Willis, Jr. (Ethnology) Edwin F. Wilmsen (Archeology) Edward S. Ayensu11 Lyman B. Smith Dan H. Nicolson John J. Wurdack Velva E. Rudd 9 Resigned 31 July 1969. "Appointed 21 September 1969. "Effective 2 April 1970. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 161 Associate Curator Assistant Curator Ferns Supervisor and Associate Curator Curator Grasses Supervisor and Associate Curator Cryptogams Supervisor and Associate Curator Curator Plant Anatomy Supervisor and Associate Curator Associate Curator Fungi12 Research Associates Honorary Wallace R. Ernst Stanwyn G. Shetler Dieter C. Wasshausen David B. Lellinger Conrad V. Morton Thomas R. Soderstrom Harold E. Robinson Mason E. Hale, Jr. Richard H. Eyde Edward S. Ayensu Chester R. Benjamin John A. Stevenson Francis A. Uecker John L. Cunningham Paul Lewis Lentz Marie L. Farr Kent H. McKnight L. R. Batra Andrew W. Archer (Flowering Plants) Paul S. Conger (Diatomaceae) Jose Cuatrecasas (Flora of Tropical South America) James A. Duke (Flora of Panama) Emily W. Emmart (Plants of Mexico) F. Raymond Fosberg (Tropical Biology) Howard S. Gentry (Economic Plants of Northwestern Mexico) William H. Hathaway (Flora of Central America) Frederick J. Hermann (North American Flora) Elbert L. Little, Jr. (Dendrology) Alicia Lourteig (Neotropical Botany) Floyd A. McClure (Bamboos)13 Kittle F. Parker (Compositae) Julian C. Patino (Flora of Colombia) Clyde F. Reed (Ferns) James L. Reveal (Ferns) 12 National fungus collections are curated by Department of Agriculture staff. 13 Died 15 April 1970. 162 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Honorary — Continued Entomology Chairman Senior Entomologist Neuropteroids Supervisor and Curator Lepidoptera and Diptera Supervisor and Associate Curator Associate Curator Assistant Curator Coleoptera Supervisor and Associate Curator Curator Hemiptera and Hymenoptera Supervisor and Assistant Curator Associate Curator Myriapoda and Arachnida Supervisor and Curator Honorary Invertebrate Zoology Chairman Senior Zoologists Crustacea Supervisor and Curator Curators Associate Curator Marie L. Solt (Melastomataceae) William L. Stern (Plant Anatomy) Edward E. Terrell (Phanerogams) Egbert H. Walker (Myrsinaceae, East Asian Flora) Karl V. Krombein J. F. Gates Clarke Oliver S. Flint, Jr. Donald R. Davis W. Donald Duckworth William D. Field Paul J. Spangler Oscar L. Cartwright14 Gerald I. Stage15 Richard C. Froeschner Ralph E. CrabilL Jr. William H. Anderson (Coleoptera) Doris H. Blake (Coleoptera) Franklin S. Blanton (Diptera) Frank L. Campbell (Insect Physiology ) Oscar L. Cartwright (Coleoptera) K. C. Emerson (Mallophaga) Frank M. Hull (Diptera) William L. Jellison (Siphonaptera, Anoplura) Harold F. Loomis (Myriapoda) Carl F. W. Muesebeck (Hymenoptera) Thomas E. Snyder (Isoptera) Robert Traub (Siphonaptera) Raymond B. Manning Fenner A. Chase, Jr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. Harald A. Rehder Thomas E. Bowman J. Laurens Barnard Louis S. Kornicker Roger F. Cressey 14 Retired 30 April 1970. 15 Appointment terminated 30 March 1970. Replaced by Richard C. Froesch- ner 1 July 1970. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 163 Echinoderms Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Worms Supervisor and Associate Curator Curators Associate Curator Mollusks Supervisor and Associate Curator Curator Associate Curator Honorary Mineral Sciences Chairman Curator Meteorites Supervisor and Associate Curator Chemist Curator Geochemist Chemist Mineralogy Supervisor and Associate Curator Petrology Supervisor and Associate Curator Honorary David L. Pavvson Klaus Ruetzler W. Duane Hope Meredith L. Jones Marian H. Pettibone Mary E. Rice Clyde F. E. Roper Joseph Rosewater Joseph P. E. Morrison Frederick M. Bayer (Lower Invertebrates) Willard W. Becklund ( Helminthology ) S. Stillman Berry (Mollusks) J. Bruce Bredin (Biology) Isabel C. Canet (Crustacea) Maybelle H. Chitwood (Worms) Ailsa M. Clark (Marine Invertebrates) Elisabeth Deichmann (Echinoderms) Mary Gardiner (Echinoderms) Roman Kenk (Worms) Anthony J. Provenzano, Jr. (Crustacea) Waldo L. Schmitt (Marine Invertebrates) Frank R. Schwengel (Mollusks) I. G. Sohn (Crustacea) Donald F. Squires (Echinoderms) Gilbert L. Voss (Mollusks) Mrs. Mildred S. Wilson (Copepod Crustacea) Brian H. Mason George S. Switzer Roy S. Clarke, Jr. Joseph A. Nelson Kurt Fredriksson Robert F. Fudali Eugene Jarosewich Paul E. Desautels William G. Melson Howard J. Axon (Meteorites) Edward P. Henderson (Meteorites) 164 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Honorary — Continued Paleobiology Chairman Senior Paleobiologists Invertebrate Paleontology Supervisor and Curator Curators Associate Curator Staff Specialist (Electron-microscopy) Vertebrate Paleontology Supervisor and Curator Curator Paleobotany Supervisor and Associate Curator Associate Curators Sedimentology Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Honorary Invertebrate Paleontology John B. Jago (Mineralogy) Peter Leavens (Mineralogy) Rosser Reeves (Mineralogy) Thomas E. Simkin (Petrology) Geoffrey Thompson (Petrology) Harry Winston (Mineralogy) Porter M. Kier G. Arthur Cooper C. Lewis Gazin Martin A. Buzas Richard S. Boardman Alan H. Cheetham Erie G. Kauffman Richard Cifelli Richard M. Benson Thomas R. Waller Kenneth M. Towe Clayton E. Ray Nicholas Hotton III Walter H. Adey16 Leo J. Hickey Francis M. Hueber Daniel J. Stanley Jack W. Pierce Arthur J. Boucot Anthony C. Coates C. Wythe Cooke J. Thomas Dutro Robert M. Finks Mackenzie Gordon, Jr. Richard E. Grant John W. Huddle Ralph W. Imlay Harry S. Ladd N. Gary Lane Kenneth E. Lohman Sergius H. Mamay William A. Oliver, Jr. Axel A. Olsson John Pojeta, Jr. Norman F. Sohl Margaret Ruth Todd Wendell P. Woodring 16 Effective 1 October 1969. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 165 Honorary — Continued Vertebrate Paleontology Sedimentology Vertebrate Zoology Chairman Fishes Supervisor and Curator Curators Associate Curator Reptiles and Amphibians Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Birds Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Mammals Supervisor and Curator Curator Associate Curator Honorary Ellis L. Yochelson Douglas Emlong Frank C. Whitmore, Jr. Gilbert Kelling Frederic R. Siegel George W. Watson Robert H. Gibbs, Jr.17 Ernest A. Lachner Victor G. Springer Stanley H. Weitzman William R. Taylor James A. Peters George R. Zug Richard L. Zusi Paul Slud Charles O. Handley Henry W. Setzer Richard W. Thorington18 John W. Aldrich (Birds) Richard C. Banks (Birds) William Belton (Birds) James E. Bohlke (Fishes) Leonard Carmichael (Psychology, Animal Behavior) Daniel M. Cohen (Fishes) Bruce B. Collette (Fishes) John F. Eisenberg (Mammals) Herbert Friedmann (Birds) Crawford H. Greenewalt (Birds) Arthur M. Greenhall (Mammals) Philip S. Humphrey (Birds) David H. Johnson (Mammals) Clyde J. Jones (Mammals) Gwilm S. Jones (Mammals) E. V. Komarek (Mammals) Roxie C. Laybourne (Birds) Richard H. Manville (Mammals) J. A. J. Meester (Mammals) Edgardo Mondolfi (Mammals) Russell E. Mumford (Mammals) Dioscoro S. Rabor (Birds) S. Dillon Ripley (Birds) Leonard P. Schultz (Fishes) 17 Effective 1 July 1969. 18 Effective 2 November 1969. 166 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Honorary — Continued Frank J. Schwartz (Fishes) Alexander Wetmore (Birds) David B. Wingate (Birds) National Air and Space Museum Acting Director Acting Assistant Director (Aeronautics) Curator (Aircraft Propulsion) Assistant Director (Astronautics) Assistant Director (Information) Advisory Board Honorary Frank A. Taylor19 Louis S. Casey Robert B. Meyer Frederick C. Durant III Ernest W. Robischon S. Dillon Ripley, Chairman (ex officio) Major General Nils O. Ohman, USAF Vice Admiral Thomas F. Connolly, USN Brigadier General James L. Collins, USA Brigadier General H. S. Hill, usmc Rear Admiral Roderick Y. Edwards, USCG Julian Scheer, nasa General Gustav Lundquist, faa (Three civilian vacancies) Olive Ann Beech William E. Hall Elwood R. Quesada Astrophysical Observatory Director Assistant Director (Science) Assistant Director (Management) Scientific Staff 19 Effective 10 September 1969. 20 Appointed 12 January 1970. Fred L. Whipple Charles A. Lundquist Robert V. Bartnik20 Arthur C. Allison Eugene H. Avrett Eric Becklin Prabhu Bhatnagar Nathaniel P. Carleton Frederic Chaffee Jerome R. Cherniack Giuseppe Colombo Matthias F. Comerford Allan F. Cook APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 167 Scientific Staff — Continued Alex Dalgarno Robert J. Davis James C. DeFelice William A. Deutschman John S. Dickey, Jr. Dale F. Dickinson Giovanni G. Fazio Edward L. Fireman M. Raymond Flannery Giuseppe Forti Fred A. Franklin Edward M. Gaposchkin Owen Gingerich Antanas Girnius Mario D. Grossi Henry F. Helmken Paul W. Hodge Luigi G. Jacchia Wolfgang Kalkofen Yoshihide Kozai David Latham Myron Lecar Carlton G. Lehr Martin Levine Hiram Levy II A. Edward Lilley Richard E. McCrosky Brian G. Marsden Ursula B. Marvin Naresh C. Mathur George H. Megrue Donald H. Menzel Lawrence W. Mertz Henri E. Mitler Paul A. Mohr Carl S. Nilsson Yasushi Nozawa Robert W. Noyes Costas Papaliolios Cecilia H. Payne-Gaposhkin Michael R. Pearlman Douglas T. Pitman Annette Posen Harrison E. Radford George Rieke George B. Rybicki Winfield W. Salisbury Rudolph E. Schild Mario R. Schaffner Ladislav Sehnal 168 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Scientific Staff — Continued Consultants Fellows Executive Director, Central Bureau for Satellite Geodesy Director, Central Bureau for Astronomical Telegrams Zdenek Sekanina Chen- Yuan Shao I. Shapiro Jack W. Slowey Richard B. Southworth Gert Spannagel Stephen E. Strom Wesley A. Traub Robert Vessot Richard B. Wattson George Weiffenbach Trevor C. Weekes Charles A. Whitney John A. Wood Frances W. Wright John Danziger Salah E. Hamid Kurt Lambeck Nirumpama Raghaven Stanley Ross Robert Stein Karen Strom George Veis Natarajan Visvanathan David R. Hearn Noam Sack Jan Rolff Brian G. Marsden Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute Director Deputy Director Assistant Director, Marine Biology Administrative Officer Biologists Honorary Martin H. Moynihan Edward H. Kohn Ira Rubinoff Adela Gomez Robert L. Dressier Peter W. Glynn Egbert Leigh A. Stanley Rand Michael H. Robinson Roberta W. Rubinoff Neal G. Smith Charles F. Bennett, Jr. John F. Eisenberg Carmen Glynn Carlos Lehmann Robert H. MacArthur APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 169 Honorary — Continued Giles W. Mead Ernst Mayr Barbara Robinson Patricio Sanchez W. John Smith C. C. Soper Paulo Vanzolini Martin Young Radiation Biology Laboratory Director William H. Klein Assistant Director Walter A. Shropshire, Jr. Biochemists David L. Correll Maurice M. Margulies Robert L. Weintraub Homer T. Hopkins Biologist Elisabeth Gantt Geneticist Andrew W. Snope Anthropologist Robert Stuckenrath Geochemist James Mielke Physicist Bernard Goldberg Plant Physiologists John Edwards Victor B. Elstad Rebecca Gettens Leonard Price National Zoological Park Director T. H. Reed Assistant Director John Perry Office of the Director Pathologist Robert M. Sauer Engineer Frank A. Maloney Architect Norman Melun Acting Head, Information and Education Sybil E. Hamlet Administrative Officer Joseph J. McGarry Special Assistant to the Director Warren J. IlifT Personnel Management Specialist Robert H. Artis Department of Living Vertebrates Manager, Bird Division Kerry A. Muller Manager, Reptile Division Jaren G. Horsley Scientific Research Department Resident Scientist John F. Eisenberg Zoologist Larry R. Collins Veterinarian, Animal Health Department Clinton W. Gray 170 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Chief, Operations and Maintenance Department Associates in Ecology Research Associates Collaborators James H. McAllister Helmut K. Buechner S. Dillon Ripley Lee M. Talbot Jean Delacour Suzanne Ripley Richard Fiennes F. M. Garner Leonard Goss J. Lear Grimmer Carlton Herman Werner P. Heuschle Paul Leyhausen Charles R. Schroeder Constance P. Warner Office of Environmental Sciences21 Director Ecology Program Director Senior Scientist Resident Ecologist Oceanography and Limnology Program Director Director, Mediterranean Marine Sorting Center Director, Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center Oceanographer Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Director I. Eugene Wallen22 Dale W. Jenkins23 Helmut K. Buechner Lee M. Talbot William I. Aron24 Robert P. Higgins H. Adair Fehlmann Dail W. Brown Studies Frank S. L. Williamson Center for the Study of Man Acting Director Program Coordinator Sol Tax Sam Stanley Center for Short-Lived Phenomena Director Robert Citron 21 Established 28 October 1969. "Appointed 28 October 1969. 23 Appointed 8 March 1970. 24 Appointed 22 March 1970. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 171 Operations Manager Assistant Operations Specialist Event Research Specialist Biology/ Ecology Environmental Information Specialist David R. Squires25 Richard P. DiBenedetto Sarah P. Meselson Wendy Quinones History and Art Assistant Secretary Director, Special Projects Charles Blitzer Ervin S. Duggan National Museum of History and Technology Director Assistant Director Assistant Director for Administration Special Assistant to the Director Administrative Officer Senior Scientific Scholar Research Assistants Applied Arts Chairman Graphic Arts and Photography Supervisor and Curator Assistant Curators Numismatics Supervisor and Curator Curator Postal History Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Textiles Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Honorary Cultural History Chairman Costume and Furnishings Supervisor and Associate Curator Assistant Curator Daniel J. Boorstin Silvio A. Bedini Robert G. Tillotson26 Ladd E. Hamilton27 Virginia Beets Robert P. Multhauf Peter C. Marzio Robert H. McNulty James W. Seymore Carl H. Scheele Eugene Ostroff Elizabeth M. Harris David E. Haberstich Vladimir Clain-Stefanelti Elvira Clain-Stefanelli Carl H. Scheele Reidar Norby Grace R. Cooper Rita J. Adrosko Emery May Norweb (Numismatics) R. Henry Norweb (Numismatics) C. Malcolm Watkins Rodris C. Roth Claudia B. Kidwell 25 Effective 1 December 1969. 26 Effective 10 December 1969. "Effective 5 April 1970. 172 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Ethnic and Western Cultural History Supervisor and Curator Curator Musical Instruments Supervisor and Associate Curator Associate Curator Preindustrial History Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Honorary Industries Chairman Senior Historian Agriculture and Mining Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Ceramics and Glass Supervisor and Curator Curator Manufacturing Supervisor and Curator Transportation Supervisor and Curator Curator Honorary National and Military History Chairman Historic Archeology Supervisor and Curator Military History Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Naval History Supervisor and Curator Curator Political History Supervisor and Associate Curator Curator Associate Curator Honorary Science and Technology Chairman Electricity and Nuclear Energy Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Richard E. Ahlborn C. Malcolm Watkins John T. Fesperman Cynthia A. Hoover C. Malcolm Watkins Anne C. Golovin Mrs. Arthur M. Greenwood Ivor Noel Hume Anne W. Murray (Curator Emeritus, Costume) Joan Pearson Watkins Edward B. Jelks John H. White, Jr. Howard I. Chapelle John T. Schlebecker John N. Hoffman Paul V. Gardner J. Jefferson Miller II Philip W. Bishop John H. White, Jr. Melvin H. Jackson Hans Syz (Ceramics) Edgar M. Howell Mendel L. Peterson Edgar M. Howell Craddock R. Goins, Jr. Philip K. Lundeberg Harold D. Langley Keith E. Melder Margaret B. Klapthor Herbert R. Collins William Rea Furlong (Flag History) Bernard S. Finn Bernard S. Finn Uta C. Merzbach APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 173 Mechanical and Civil Engineering Supervisor and Curator Curators Medical Sciences Supervisor and Curator Associate Curator Physical Sciences Supervisor and Associate Curator Curator Associate Curator Honorary Robert M. Vogel Edwin A. Battison Otto Mayr Sami K. Hamarneh Audrey B. Davis Deborah J. Warner28 Walter F. Cannon Jon B. Eklund Anthony R. Michaelis (Scientific Instruments) Derek J. De Solla Price (Scientific Instruments) Archives of American Art29 Director Deputy Director Curator Area Directors William E. Woolfenden Garnett McCoy Arthur Breton Butler Coleman (New York) Robert Brown (Northeast) Freer Gallery of Art Director Assistant Director Curator, Chinese Art Assistant Curator, Chinese Art Head Conservator, Technical Laboratory Research Consultant, Technical Laboratory Research Assistant, Far Eastern Ceramics Research Assistant, Herzfeld Archives Honorary Associates John A. Pope Harold P. Stern Thomas Lawton Hin-cheung Lovell W. Thomas Chase Rutherford J. Gettens Josephine H. Knapp Joseph M. Upton Richard Edwards Calvin French National Collection of Fine Arts Director Assistant Director Joshua C. Taylor30 Robert Tyler Davis31 28 Effective 23 June 1970. 29 Brought into Smithsonian 1 May 1970. 30 Appointed 5 January 1970. 31 Appointed 5 January 1970. 174 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Administrative Officer Registrar Editor, Publication Curator, Exhibition and Design Associate Curator, 18th- and 19th- century Painting and Sculpture Curator, Contemporary Painting and Sculpture Acting Curator, Prints and Drawings Chief, International Art Program Coordinator of Special Projects, Renwick Gallery Chief, Museum Programs Photographer (ncfa-npg) Conservator (ncfa-npg) Librarian (ncfa-npg) National Collection of Fine Arts Commission Honorary Members Harry W. Zichterman Elisabeth Strassmann Georgia M. Rhoades Harry Lowe William H. Truettner Adelyn D. Breeskin Janet L. Flint Lois A. Bingham Donald R. McClelland Susan C. Sollins Lowell Kenyon Charles H. Olin William B. Walker Charles H. Sawyer, Chairman Walker Hancock, Vice Chairman S. Dillon Ripley, Secretary Leonard Baskin William A. M. Burden H. Page Cross David E. Finley Martin Friedman Lloyd Goodrich Walker Hancock Bartlett H. Hayes, Jr. August Heckscher Thomas C. Howe Mrs. J. Lee Johnson III Samuel C. Johnson Wilmarth S. Lewis Henry P. Mcllhenny Ogden M. Pleissner Edgar P. Richardson Charles H. Sawyer Mrs. Otto L. Spaeth Alexander Wetmore Leonard Carmichael Gilmore D. Clarke Paul Mellon Stow Wengenroth Andrew Wyeth National Portrait Gallery Director Assistant to the Director Marvin S. Sadik Douglas E. Evelyn32 32 Appointed 14 December 1969. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 175 Historian Curator Assistant Curator Keeper of the Catalogue Museum Specialist (Art) Senior Research Assistant (Art) Research Assistant (History) Research Assistant (History) Librarian (npg-ncfa) Conservator (npg-ncfa) Registrar npg Commission Ex officio Beverly J. Cox Robert G. Stewart Monroe Fabian Wilford P. Cole Genevieve Stephenson Mona Dearborn Dorothy Brewer Ann M. Schofield William B. Walker Charles H. Olin Jon D. Freshour John Nicholas Brown, Chairman Whitfield J. Bell, Jr. Catherine Drinker Bowen Lewis Deschler David E. Finley Wilmarth S. Lewis Edgar P. Richardson Andrew Oliver Jules D. Prown Chief Justice of the United States Secretary, Smithsonian Institution Director, National Gallery of Art Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden Director Administrative Officer Associate Curator Historian Associate Registrars Abram Lerner Joseph Sefekar33 Cynthia Jaffee McCabe Frances R. Shapiro James J. Elias Frank B. Gettings Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design Director Administrator Curator of Textiles Curator of Drawings and Prints Associate Curator of Decorative Arts Librarian Registrar 33 Appointed 14 June 1970. 34 Effective 1 October 1969. Lisa Suter Taylor34 Christian Rohlfing Alice Baldwin Beer Elaine Evans Dee Janet Thorpe Edith Adams Mary F. Black welder 176 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board Director Assistant Director Administrative Officer Tecumseh Project Collections Historian Registrar Advisory Board Ex officio John H. Magruder III James S. Hutchins Miriam H. Uretz Robert M. Calland John M. Elliott James J. Stokesberry Lorene B. Mayo John Nicholas Brown, Chairman The Honorable Earl Warren Secretary of Army Secretary of Navy Secretary of Air Force Robert C. Baker James H. Cassell, Jr.35 David Lloyd Kreeger36 William H. Perkins, Jr.37 Secretary of Defense Secretary, Smithsonian Institution Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars Director Deputy Director Benjamin H. Read38 Albert Meisel Office of American Studies Director Specialist in American Studies Wilcomb E. Washburn Harold K. Skramstad Joseph Henry Papers Editor Assistant Editor Staff Historian 35 Term expired 9 April 1970. 36 Term expired 9 April 1970. 37 Term expired 9 April 1970. 38 Appointed 30 March 1969. Nathan Reingold Stuart Pierson James M. Hobbins APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 177 Special Museum Programs Director General of Museums Office of Director General Assistant to Director General Program Manager Office of Exhibits Program Chief Assistant Chief Special Projects Exhibits Labels Editor Administrative Officer Chief, Natural History Laboratory Assistant Chief Chief of Design Senior Museologist Production Supervisor Chief, History and Technology Laboratory Chief of Design Production Supervisor Conservation-Analytical Laboratory Chief Research Chemist Office of the Registrar Assistant Registrar Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service Chief Administrative Assistant Program Assistant Registrar Exhibits Coordinators Frank A. Taylor Peter C. Welsh Lloyd E. Herman John E. Anglim James A. Mahoney Eugene F. Behlen Constance Minkin James H. Jones James A. Mahoney Harry Hart William F. Haase A. Gilbert Wright Frank Nelms Benjamin W. Lawless Richard S. Virgo William W. Clark, Jr. Robert M. Organ Jacqueline S. Olin Helena M. Weiss William P. Haynes Dorothy Van Arsdale Eileen Rose Frances P. Smyth Terence Forbes Anne R. Gossett Jane Kinzler Public Service and Information Activities Assistant Secretary Deputy Assistant Secretary William W. Warner Robert W. Mason Smithsonian Associates Program Director Business Manager Special Events Assistant Subscription Assistant Susan Hamilton39 Marlin C. Johnson40 Carolyn Amundson Carolyn A. Hecker 39 Effective 1 July 1969. 40 Appointed 1 June 1969. 178 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Office of Public Affairs Director Special Assistant to the Director Administrative Officer News Audio- Visual Services Radio Production Motion Picture Unit Publications Manager, Community Directory of Interests Frederic M. Philips William C. Grayson Jewell S. Dulaney George J. Berklacy Albert J. Robinson Vacant John O'Toole William C. Craig Alicia R. Fisher Office of International Activities Director Assistant Director Foreign Currency Program Director Deputy Director Program Officer Grants Technical Assistants Administrative Assistant David Challinor Michael R. Huxley41 Kennedy B. Schmertz Kenneth D. Whitehead Richard C. Conroy Betty J. Wingfield Judy E. Rodgers Paula E. Ullmann Division of Performing Arts Director Deputy Director Director, Festival of American Folklife Budget and Development Officer Operations Officer Planning Officer Indian Programs Acting Director, Touring Performances Manager, Puppet Theatre James R. Morris Richard P. Lusher Ralph C. Rinzler John A. McQuiggan Ruri Kesa Sakai Marian A. Hope Clydia D. Nahwooksy Mary E. Carrington Mel Mackler Smithsonian Museum Shops Acting Director Administrative Officer Design Chief Book Shops Manager John E. Skuce42 Martha L. Wilson J. Michael Carigan Florence R. Lloyd "Appointed 3 May 1970. 42 Effective 16 April 1970. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 179 Belmont Conference Center Director Joanne S. Baker43 Anacostia Neighborhood Museum Director Assistant Director Research and Design Coordinator Exhibit Specialist Artist in Residence John R. Kinard Zora B. Martin Larry Erskine Thomas James E. Mayo Georgia Mills Jessup Smithsonian (magazine) Editor Members, Board of Editors Associate Editor Advertising Director Circulation-Promotion Director General Manager Edward K. Thompson Ralph Backlund R. Hobart Ellis Edwards Park Grayce P. Northcross Thomas H. Black Anne Keating Joseph Bonsignore Smithsonian Institution Archives Archivist Assistant Archivist Historian Richard H. Lytle44 Donald Danuloff45 James Steed46 Smithsonian Institution Libraries Director of Libraries Assistant Director of Libraries Special Assistant to the Director of Libraries for Biological Science Programs Library of Congress Liaison Librarian Public Service Advisor Administrative Librarian 43 Effective 1 January 1970. 44 Appointed 5 January 1970. 45 Appointed 22 June 1970. 46 Appointed 2 March 1970. Russell Shank Mary A. Huffer Jean C. Smith Ruth E. Blanchard Frank A. Pietropaoli Thomas L. Wilding 180 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Acquisitions Division Chief Assistant Chief Serials Librarian Catalog Division Chief Catalogers Reference and Circulation Division Assistant Chief Reference Librarians Branch Librarians Freer Gallery of Art National Collection of Fine Arts and National Portrait Gallery National Museum of History and Technology Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute Department of Anthropology Department of Botany Branch Library Reference Staff Reference Librarians Technical Information Specialist L. Frances Jones Mildred D. Raitt Edna S. Suber Vija L. Karklins Bertha S. Sohn Angeline D. Ashford Ruth E. Carlson47 Charles H. King Martha L. Lang48 Cynthia P. Rupp Margaret A. Sealor Jack F. Marquardt Sue Y. Chen A. James Spohn Priscilla P. Smith William B. Walker Jack S. Goodwin Elizabeth H. Weeks49 Joyce M. Rey Alcira Mejia Mary L. Horgan Ruth F. Schallert Charles G. Berger (nmht) Aleita A. Hogenson (ncfa-npg) Shirley S. Harren (ncfa-npg) 50 International Exchange Service Director Assistant Director Jeremiah A. Collins John E. Estes51 47 Retired 31 October 1969. 48 Transferred 30 May 1970. 49 Resigned 7 November 1969. 50 Transferred 4 April 1970. 51 Appointed 20 April 1969. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 181 Information Systems Division Director Acting Director Manager, Management Systems Section Manager, Computer Operations Manager, Information Storage and Retrieval Section Manager, Library Systems and Programs Maintenance Section Manager, Scientific Applications Section Senior Programming Analysts Nicholas J. Suszynski02 Stanley A. Kovy53 Stanley A. Kovy Roy G. Perry Reginald A. Creighton James J. Crockett Dante Piacesi George Davis William Lawson Edwin A. Robinson Raymond D. Shreve Smithsonian Institution Press Director Managing Editor Managing Designer Promotion Manager Business Manager Editors Designers Series Production Manager Anders Richter Roger Pineau Stephen Kraft Maureen R. Jacoby Eileen M. McCarthy Mary Frances Bell Ernest E. Biebighauser Louise J. Heskett Joan B. Horn Mary M. Ingraham John S. Lea Nancy L. Powars Albert L. Ruffin, Jr. Jane W. Sieverts Crimilda Pontes Elizabeth Sur Charles L. Shaffer Science Information Exchange Director Deputy Director Associate Directors Life Sciences Physical Sciences 52 Resigned 20 December 1969. 53 Appointed 20 December 1969. Monroe E. Freeman David F. Hersey Willis R. Foster Frank J. Kreysa 182 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Data Processing Special Assistant Executive Officer Administrative Officer Life Sciences Division Chief Deputy Chief Chief, Medical Sciences Branch Chief, Biological Sciences Branch Chief, Agricultural Sciences Branch Chief, Behavioral Sciences Branch Chief, Social Sciences and Community Programs Branch Physical Sciences Division Chief Chief, Chemistry Branch Chief, Earth Sciences Branch Chief, Electronics Branch Chief, Engineering Branch Chief, Materials Branch Chief, Physics and Mathematics Branch Data Processing Division Chief Deputy Chief Chief, Registry Branch Chief, Data Edit Branch Chief, Report Services Branch Chief, Systems and Programming Branch Chief, Computer Operations Branch Martin Snyderman Richard C. Reeser V. P. Verfuerth Evelyn M. Roll Willis R. Foster Charlotte M. Damron Faith F. Stephan James R. Wheatley, Jr. William T. Carlson Rhoda Stolper Barbara F. Lundquist Frank J. Kreysa Samuel Liebman Joseph P. Riva, Jr. John J. Park Inder Jit Bhambri William H. Payne Robert Summers Martin Snyderman Bernard L. Hunt Angelo Piccillo Mary Rumreich Olympia Merritt Robert A. Kline Paul Gallucci Reading Is Fundamental Executive Director Assistant Director Jerrold Sandler Barbara B. Atkinson National Gallery of Art President Vice President Director Assistants to the Director Administrator Assistants to the Administrator Paul Mellon John Hay Whitney J. Carter Brown Richard Bales (Music) Katherine Warwick (Public Information) E. James Adams Charles B. Walstrom (Personnel and Administration) APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 183 Assistants to the Administrator — Continued Treasurer Secretary Acting Chief Curator Deputy Administrator Deputy Administrator, Extension Services and Publications Curator of Painting Curator in charge of Education Curator of Sculpture Curator, Index of American Design and Decorative Arts (Exhibitions and Loans Officer) Editor Personnel Officer Assistant Treasurer Sterling P. Eagleton (Scientific and Technical Information) Lloyd D. Hayes Kennedy C. Watkins William P. Campbell Joseph G. English W. Howard Adams H. Lester Cooke Margaret Bouton C. Douglas Lewis, Jr. Grose Evans Theodore S. Amussen Jeremiah J. Barrett James W. Woodard John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts Chairman Vice Chairman Vice Chairman General Counsel Secretary Treasurer General Director Deputy General Director and Assistant Secretary Music Adviser Artistic Administrator Assistant Treasurers Executive Director for Engineering Project Manager Honorary Treasurer Emeritus Roger L. Stevens Robert O. Anderson Sol M. Linowitz Ralph E. Becker K. LeMoyne Billings Robert G. Baker William McC. Blair, Jr. Philip J. Mullin Julius Rudel George London John L. Bryant Kenneth Birgfeld Paul J. Bisset L. Parker Harrell, Jr. William A. Schmidt Robert L. Prichard Daniel W. Bell Appendix 5 PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRESS IN FISCAL YEAR 1970 Books American Printmaking: The First 150 Years. Preface by A. Hyatt Mayor, fore- word by Donald H. Karshan, introduction by J. William Middendorf II, text by Wendy J. Shadwell. 180 pages, 115 plates. 1 August 1969. Cloth, $12.50. Archipenko. Edited by Donald H. Karshan, preface by S. Dillon Ripley, fore- word by David W. Scott, with essays by Guillaume Appollinaire and Guy Habasque. 116 pages, 178 illustrations. 1 May 1970. Cloth, $10.00. Devereux, George. Mohave Ethno psychiatry: The Psychic Disturbances of an Indian Tribe, xvi -f- 597 pages. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 175, originally published 1961. Revised edition, 17 November 1969. Cloth, $16.50. Ewers, John C. The Horse in Blackfoot Indian Culture, xv + 374 pages, 33 fig- ures, 17 plates, 7 tables. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 159, orig- inally published 1955, reissued 17 November 1969. Cloth, $12.50. Isleta Paintings. With introduction and commentary by Elsie Clews Parsons; edited, and with a new foreword, by Esther S. Goldfrank; and with annotated glossary of Isleta terms by George L. Trager. xxii -f- 170 pages, 140 paintings plus frontispiece. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 181, originally pub- lished 1962. Revised edition 10 June 1970. Cloth, $13.95. Lewis, Emanuel Raymond. Seacoast Fortifications of the United States: An Introductory History, xiv + 145 pages, 66 figures. 30 June 1970. Cloth, $8.95. Pursell, Carroll W., Jr. Early Stationary Steam Engines in America: A Study in the Migration of a Technology, viii -\- 152 pages, 19 illustrations. 17 Novem- ber 1969. Cloth, $6.75. Scheele, Carl H. A Short History of the Mail Service. 250 pages, 14 figures, 13 tables. 15 March 1970. Cloth, $6.95. Spencer, Robert F. The North Alaskan Eskimo: A Study in Ecology and So- ciety, viii -\- 490 pages, 2 figures, 9 plates, 4 maps. Bureau of American Eth- nology Bulletin 171, originally published 1959. Reissued 17 November 1969. Cloth, $15.00. Takhtajan, Armen. Flowering Plants: Origin and Dispersal. Translated by C. Jeffrey, x + 310 pages, 32 figures, 13 plates. 10 November 1969. Cloth, $6.95. 184 APPENDIX 5. PUBLICATIONS OF SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 185 Booklets Dubos, Rene. A Theology of the Earth. 19 pages. 30 December 1969. Hoover, Cynthia A. Harpischords and Clavichords. 43 pages, 36 figures. 31 De- cember 1969. Maclnnis, Joseph B., M.D., and Jon M. Lindbergh. Underwater Man: His Evolution and Explorations, iii -f- 20 pages, 8 figures. Publication 4763. 8 De- cember 1969. $.75. Purdy, Virginia O, and Daniel J. Reed. Presidential Portraits. Edited by J. Benjamin Townsend. iv + 76 pages, 39 illustrations. Publication 4748. Orig- inally published 1968. Revised edition, 20 October 1969. $1.25. Shortridge, John D. Italian Harpischord-Building in the 16th and 17 th Centuries. 15 pages, 12 figures. Contributions from the Museum of History and Tech- nology, United States National Museum Bulletin 225 (Paper 15), originally published 1963. Reprinted with changes, 11 June 1970. Smithsonian Institution Explorer's Booklet. Numbers 1-6. Illustrated. 26 August 1969. Serial Publications United States National Museum Bulletins 277. L. P. Kelsey. A Revision of the Scenopinidae (Diptera) of the World. v + 336 pages, 208 figures. 31 December 1969. 282. William Ralph Taylor. A Revision of the Catfish Genus Noturus Rafin- esque with an Analysis of Higher Groups in the Ictaluridae. vi -\- 315 pages, 5 figures, 21 plates, 14 maps, 28 tables. 31 December 1969. 291. Clyde F. E. Roper. Systematics and Zoogeography of the Worldwide Bathypelagic Squid Bathyteuthis (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida). v-j-210 pages, 74 figures, 12 plates, 20 tables. 1 August 1969. 293. Maureen E. Downey. Catalog of Recent Ophiuroid Type Specimens in Major Collections in the United States, vi + 239 pages. 6 November 1969. 295. Rosalie F. Maddocks. Revision of Recent Bairdiidae (Ostracoda) . iv + 126 pages, 63 figures, 1 plate, 2 tables. 18 August 1969. 296. Jack T. Tomlinson. The Burrowing Barnacles (Cirripedia: Order Acro- thoracica) . v -f- 162 pages, 45 figures, 3 tables. 25 November 1969. 297. James A. Peters and Roberto Donoso-Barros. Catalogue of the Neotrop- ical Squamata: Part II. Lizards and Amphaisbaenians. viii -}- 293 pages, 104 figures. 24 February 1970. Contributions from the Museum of History and Technology bulletin 250 (Whole volume) Papers 59-64 on History, vii 4- 203 pages, illustrated. 31 December 1969. 186 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology volume 2 5. William K. Jones. "Notes on the History and Material Culture of the Ton- kavva Indians.-' Pages 65-81, 19 figures, 3 maps, 31 December 1969. 6. Jack Frederick Kilpatrick and Anna Gritts Kilpatrick. "Notebook of a Cherokee Shaman." Pages 83-125. 6 May 1970. VOLUME 9 (Whole volume) Aubrey W. Williams, Jr. "Navajo Political Process." ix + 71 pages, 1 figure, 10 plates, 6 maps, 6 tables. 25 June 1970. VOLUME 11 (Whole volume) James A. Ford. "A Comparison of Formative Cultures in the Americas: Diffu- sion or the Psychic Unity of Man." xviii +211 pages, 32 figures, 22 charts, 13 tables. 10 December 1969. (Seriation by volume/number is replaced hereon by number only.) 12. C. G. Holland. "An Archeological Survey of Southwest Virginia." xvi + 194 pages, 43 figures, 28 plates, 9 tables. 27 May 1970. 13. Leland C. Wyman. "Sandpaintings of the Navaho Shootingway and The Walcott Collection." xii 4- 102 pages, 44 plates, colored frontispiece, 5 tables. 11 June 1970. Smithsonian Contributions to Botany 1. Dan Henry Nicolson. "A Revision of the Genus Aglaonema (Araceae)." 69 pages, 23 figures, 1 table. 14 August 1969. 2. Harold Robinson. "A Monograph on Foliar Anatomy of the Genera Con- nellia, Cotteiidorfia, and Navia (Bromeliaceae)." 41 pages, 277 figures. 10 October 1969. 3. Wm. Randolph Taylor and Charles F. Rhyne. "Marine Algae of Dominica." 16 pages, 2 figures. 5 March 1970. Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology 1. G. Arthur Cooper and Richard E. Grant. "New Permian Brachiopods from West Texas." 20 pages, 5 plates. 14 July 1969. 2. G. Lewis Gazin. "A New Occurrence of Paleocene Mammals in the Evanston Formation, Southwestern Wyoming." 17 pages, 1 figure, 3 plates. 31 Decem- ber 1969. 4. Richard Cifelli and Roberta K. Smith. "Distribution of Planktonic Forami- nifera in the Vicinity of the North Atlantic Current." 52 pages, 22 figures, 6 plates, 8 tables. 13 April 1970. APPENDIX 5. PUBLICATIONS OF SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 187 Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 4. W. Donald Duckworth. "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Survey of Dominica: West Indian Stenomidae (Lepidoptera: Gelechioidea) ." 21 pages, 30 figures. 13 August 1969. 7. Rosalie F. Maddocks. "Recent Ostracodes of the Family Pontocyprididae Chiefly from the Indian Ocean." 56 pages, 35 figures, 5 tables. 17 Septem- ber 1969. 8. Louis S. Kornicker. "Morphology, Ontogeny, and Intraspecific Variation of Sphiacopia, a New Genus of Myodocopid Ostracod (Sarsiellidae) ." 50 pages, 26 figures, 6 plates, 7 tables. 22 August 1969. 9. Robert E. Ricklefs. "An Analysis of Nesting Mortality in Birds." 48 pages, 11 figures, 26 tables. 12 December 1969. 10. Charles W. Myers and A. Stanley Rand. "Checklist of Amphibians and Reptiles of Barro Colorado Island, Panama, with Comments on Faunal Change and Sampling." 11 pages, 2 figures, 1 table. 13 August 1969. 1 1 . Dale J. Osborn and Karl V. Krombein. "Habitats, Flora, Mammals, and Wasps of Gebel 'Uweinat, Libyan Desert." 18 pages, 13 figures, 1 table. 27 August 1969. 12. R. E. Crabill, Jr. "Tracheotaxy as a Generic Criterion in Himantariidae, with Proposal of Two New Bothriogastrine Genera (Chilopoda: Geophilo- morpha)." 9 pages, 23 figures. 13 August 1969. 13. Clyde F. E. Roper, Richard E. Young, and Gilbert L. Voss. "An Illustrated Key to the Families of the Order Teuthoidea (Cephalopoda)." 32 pages, 2 figures, 16 plates, 1 table. 18 August 1969. 14. Robert P. Higgins. "Indian Ocean Kinorhyncha: 1, Condyloderes and Sphenoderes, New Cyclorhagid Genera." 13 pages, 23 figures, 3 tables. 13 August 1969. 15. Richard E. Young and Clyde F. E. Roper. "A Monograph of the Cepha- lopoda of the North Atlantic: The Family Joubiniteuthidae." 10 pages, 6 figures, 1 table. 13 August 1969. 16. Alan Stone. "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Survey of Dominica: The Mosquitoes of Dominica (Diptera: Culicidae)." 8 pages, 9 July 1969. 17. Leonard P. Schultz. "The Taxonomic Status of the Controversial Genera and Species of Parrotfishes with a Descriptive List (Family Scaridae)." 49 pages, 2 figures, 8 plates, 13 tables. 10 December 1969. 18. Ronald W. Hodges. "Nearctic Walshiidae Notes and New Taxa (Lepidop- tera: Gelechioidea)." 30 pages, 46 figures, 6 August 1969. 19. Karl V. Krombein. "Life History Notes on Some Egyptian Solitary Wasps and Bees and Their Associates (Hymenoptera: Aculeata)." 18 pages, 26 figures. 13 August 1969. 20. Gayle A. Heron and David M. Damkaer. "Five Species of Deep-Water Cyclopoid Copepods from the Plankton of the Gulf of Alaska." 24 pages, 28 figures, 1 table. 23 September 1969. 21. Oscar L. Cartwright and Robert E. Woodruff. "Ten Rhyparus from the Western Hemisphere (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae) ." 20 pages, 15 figures. 6 November 1969. 22. Karl V. Krombein. "A Revision of the Melanesian Wasps of the Genus Cerceris Latreille (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)." 36 pages, 23 figures. 19 December 1969. 188 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 23. Thomas Borgmeier. "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Survey of Do- minica: The Phoridae of Dominica (Diptera)." 69 pages, 152 figures. 18 November 1969. 24. Charles E. King and Louis S. Kornicker. "Ostracoda in Texas Bays and Lagoons: An Ecologic Study." 92 pages, 15 figures, 21 plates, 19 tables. 25 March 1970. 25. Harold Robinson. "A Monographic Study of the Mexican Species of En- linia (Diptera: Dolichopodidae) ." 62 pages, 221 figures. 6 November 1969. 26. Helmut K. Buechner and Jimmie H. Buechner, editors. "The Avifauna of Northern Latin America: A Symposium Held at the Smithsonian Institution 13-15 April 1966." 119 pages, 4 figures. 3 April 1970. 27. J. F. Eisenberg and Edwin Gould. "The Tenrecs: A Study in Mammalian Behavior and Evolution." 137 pages, 77 figures, 13 tables. 9 March 1970. 28. M. Moynihan. "Some Behavior Patterns of Platyrrhine Monkeys II. Sagui- nus geoffroyi and Some Other Tamarins." 77 pages, 25 figures, 1 table. 15 April 1970. 29. F. D. Por. "Deep-Sea Cerviniidae (Copepoda: Harpacticoida) from the Western Indian Ocean, Collected with R/V Anton Brunn in 1964." 60 pages, 182 figures, 1 table. 6 November 1969. 30. Carl F. W. Muesebeck. "The Nearctic Species of Orgilus Haliday (Hymen- optera: Braconidae)." 104 pages, 57 figures. 20 February 1970. 31. Robert H. Gibbs, Jr. "Taxonomy, Sexual Dimorphism, Vertical Distribu- tion, and Evolutionary Zoogeography of the Bathypelagic Fish Genus Sto- mias (Stomiatidae)." 25 pages, 6 figures, 15 tables. 2 December 1969. 32. Louis S. Kornicker. "Ostracoda (Myodocopina) from the Peru-Chile Trench and the Antarctic Ocean." 42 pages, 25 figures, 1 table. 11 Feb- ruary 1970. 33. Frank N. Young. "A Checklist of the American Bidessini (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae-Hydroporinae) ." 5 pages. 25 November 1969. 34. J. Laurens Barnard. "Sublittoral Gammaridea (Amphipoda) of the Ha- waiian Islands." 286 pages, 180 figures, 6 tables. 15 April 1970. 35. Robert E. Martin. "Cranial and Bacular Variation in the Populations of Spiny Rats of the Genus Proechimys (Rodentia: Echimyidae) from South America." 19 pages, 12 figures, 4 tables. 30 January 1970. 36. Raymond B. Manning. "A Review of the Genus Harpiosquilla (Crustacea, Stomatopoda), with Descriptions of Three New Species." 41 pages, 43 figures, 1 table. 31 December 1969. 37. Thomas W. Donnelly. "The Odonata of Dominica British West Indies." 20 pages, 27 figures. 11 February 1970. 39. Louis S. Kornicker. "Myodocopid Ostracoda (Cypridinacea) from the Philippine Islands." 32 pages, 18 figures, 5 tables. 11 February 1970. 40. Thomas Phelan. "A Field Guide to the Cidaroid Echinoids of the North- western Atlantic Ocean, Gulf of Mexico, and the Caribbean Sea." 67 pages, 7 figures, 22 plates. 10 March 1970. 41. Marian H. Pettibone. "Revision of the Aphroditoid Polychaetes of the Family Eulepthidae Chamberlin (= Eulepidinae Darboux; = Pareulepidae Hartman)." 44 pages, 31 figures. 6 November 1969. APPENDIX 5. PUBLICATIONS OF SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 189 42. Helmut E. Zibrowius. "Review of Some Little Known Genera of Serpulidae (Annelida: Polychaeta)." 22 pages, 7 figures. 31 December 1969. 44. J. Laurens Barnard. "Benthic Ecology of Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California." 60 pages, 18 figures, 12 tables. 10 March 1970. 46. Karl V. Krombein. "Behavioral and Life-History Notes on Three Floridian Solitary Wasps (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)." 26 pages, 78 figures, 3 tables. 25 May 1970. 47. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., and H. H. Hobbs III. "New Entocytherid Ostracods with a Key to the Genera of the Subfamily Entocytherinae." 19 pages, 9 figures. 26 May 1970. 48. W. Donald Duckworth. "Neotropical Microlepidoptera XVIII: Revision of the Genus Peleopoda (Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae) . 30 pages, 55 figures, 3 plates, 8 maps. 19 June 1970. Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology 1. Melvin H. Jackson. "Privateers in Charleston, 1793-1796: An Account of a French Palatinate in South Carolina." x+159 pages, 24 figures. 31 De- cember 1969. 2. W. E. Knowles Middleton. "Catalog of Meteorological Instruments in the Museum of History and Technology." v+128 pages, 124 figures. 4 Au- gust 1969. 3. Betty Lawson Walters. "The King of Desks: Wooton's Patent Secretary." iv+32 pages, 28 figures, frontispiece. 31 December 1969. Atoll Research Bulletins 128. A. D. Forbes-Watson. Notes on Birds Observed in the Comoros on Behalf of the Smithsonian Institution. 23 pages. 15 August 1969. 129. John D. Milliman. Four Southwestern Caribbean Atolls: Courtown Cays, Albuquerque Cays, Roncador Bank and Serrana Bank. 22 pages, 10 figures, 13 plates, 4 tables. Appendix: Reef Productivity Measurement, by John D. Milliman and Conrad V. W. Mahnken. 4 pages, 7 figures, 2 tables. 15 August 1969. 130. C. D. Adams. A Botanical Description of Big Pelican Cay, A Little Known Island off the South Coast of Jamaica. 10 pages, 1 figure, 4 plates. 15 August 1969. 131. D. R. Stoddart. Post-Hurricane Changes on the British Honduras Reefs and Cays: Re-survey of 1965. 25 pages, 15 figures. 15 August 1969. 132. F. R. Fosberg. Plants of Satawal Island, Caroline Islands. 13 pages. 15 August 1969. 133. F. R. Fosberg and Michael Evans. A Collection of Plants From Fais, Caroline Islands. 15 pages. 15 August 1969. 134. M. D. Gwynne and D. Wood. Plants Collected on Islands in the Western Indian Ocean During a Cruise of the M.F.R.V. "Manihine," Sept.— Oct. 1967. 15 pages. 15 August 1969. 135. Island News and Comment. 17 pages. 190 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Manuals Campden-Main, Simon M. A Field Guide to the Snakes of South Vietnam. v -(- 114 pages, 77 figures. 27 January 1970. Van Peenen, P. F. D. Preliminary Identification Manual for Mammals of South Vietnam, vi -)- 310 pages, 181 figures. 1 December 1969. Wildlife Southeast Asia. Study card set. 27 February 1970. Catalogs The Art of Henry O. Tanner. 60 pages, 27 illustrations. 6 August 1969. Beer, Alice Baldwin. Trade Goods: A Study of Indian Chintz in the Collection of the Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design, Smithsonian Institution. 135 pages, 4 color plates, 30 black and white plates. 26 June 1970. D. C. Art Association 2nd Annual Art Exhibition. 60 pages, illustrated. 13 April 1970. Exhibit announcement. 10 April 1970. Explorations. With statements by Gyorgy Kepes, Joshua C. Taylor, and Howard W. Johnson. 4 booklets. 3 April 1970. The Frederick Douglass Years: A Cultural History Exhibit. 12 pages, illustrated. 10 April 1970. Pamphlet, 8 pages, January 1970. Folder, February 1970. G. Melies. 12 pages, illustrated. November 1969. Foldout: Melies Film Festival: Films of Fantasy and Illusion From the 1890's. December 1969. Indian Images: Photographs of North American Indians 1 847— 1928. Introduc- tion and catalog by Joanna Cohan Scherer. 3 1 pages, illustrated. 30 June 1970. Paper. Laser 10. Exhibit folder. January 1970. Hologram. January 1970. Leonard Baskin. Essay by Alan Fern, annotated by Leonard Baskin, foreword by Joshua C. Taylor. 76 pages, 62 illustrations. 12 June 1970. The Rat: Man's Invited Affliction. 8 pages. 17 November 1969. Werner Drewes Woodcuts. Introduction by David W. Scott, statement by Werner Drewes, text by Jacob Kainen, catalogue by Caril Dreyfuss. 32 pages, 36 illustrations. 20 August 1969. $.50. Leaflets The American Folklife Company. Foldout. November 1969. American Studies Program. Foldout. February 1970. The Anacostia Neighborhood Museum, Smithsonian Institution Presents The Columbians. 20 pages, illustrated. 7 November 1969. The Black Experience. Announcement. November 1969. Color Me Mankind. Announcement. August 1969. Electricity and Matter. 4 pages. 8 July 1969. Electricity and Physiology, Chemistry, Magnetism, Heat. Folder. October 1969. Explorer-I and Jupiter-C. 4 pages, illustrated. December 1969. A Guide to the Arts & Industries Building, Smithsonian Institution. Guide map. 13 June 1970. APPENDIX 5. PUBLICATIONS OF SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 191 History of Science and Technology at the Smithsonian histitution. Foldout. 24 December 1969. Learning Opportunities for Schools. Foldout. 21 November 1969. National Museum of History and Technology. Foldout. Revised 10 September 1969. National Portrait Gallery Sculpture Court. Folder. May 1970. Organs in Early America. Folder. October 1969. Smithsonian Film Theatre. Schedules. December 1969-January 1970. November 1969. February-March 1970. January 1970. April-May-June 1970. March 1970. The Smithsonian Institution Invites Volunteers in Education. 4 pages. April 1970. The Smithsonian Institution Offers Academic Research Opportunities. Foldout. 22 September 1969. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. Guide map. Revised 16 December 1969. Revised 11 June 1970. The Speakers Bureau. 12 pages. 10 April 1970. The Theory of Electricity. Foldout. November 1969. Wiley Post's "Winnie Mae": Lockheed Model 5-C "Vega" (Modified). Folder. December 1 969. Wind Instruments. Folder. November 1969. Woodrow Wilson International Center For Scholars. Foldout. March 1970. Women, Cameras, and Images II: Betty Hahn and Gayle Smalley. Exhibit announcement. July 1969. Women, Cameras, and Images III: Berenice Abbott. Exhibit announcement. July 1969. Women, Cameras, and Images IV: Barbara Morgan. Exhibit announcement. October 1969. Official Publications Annual Report of the American Historical Association for the Year 1968. Volume 1: "Proceedings." xvii+172 pages. 8 December 1969. Annual Report of the American Historical Association for the Year 1 961. Volume II: "Writings on American History, 1959." Edited by James R. Masterson. xv-|-737 pages. 2 October 1969. Increase and Diffusion : A Brief Introduction to the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC. Foreword by Frederic M. Philips. 87 pages. 30 April 1970. Smithsonian Institution Directory. 151 pages. Publication 4638. January 1970. Smithsonian Institution Opportunities for Research and Advanced Study, 1970-1971. xvi + 230 pages, 8 illustrations. 22 September 1969. Smithsonian Year 1969: Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for the Year Ended 30 June 1969. viii + 705 pages, illustrated. Publication 4765. 20 May 1970. Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, 1970-197 1 . 20 pages, illustrated. 15 November 1969. Appendix 6 ACADEMIC APPOINTMENTS 1969-1970 Postdoctoral Visiting Research Associates Program in American History Walter L. Creese. The American imagery resulting from political action and how it influenced the formulation of the visual and esthetic environment over the last two hundred years, "History of the Effect of American Government on the American Arts from Washington's Time," with Dr. Wilcomb E. Wash- burn, American Studies Program, from 1 July 1969 to 30 June 1970. E. Raymond Lewis. A history of American seacoast fortification, with John H. Magruder III, National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board, from 1 October 1969 to 1 October 1970. John J. McCusker. Philadelphia shipping, 1722—1776; a statistical study, with Dr. Melvin H. Jackson, National Museum of History and Technology, from 1 September 1969 to 31 August 1970. Linda M. McKee. A biographical study of Commodore Isaac Hull, with Howard I. Chapelle, National Museum of History and Technology, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970. Spencer C. Tucker. A history of American muzzle-loading naval ordnance, with Dr. Melvin H. Jackson, National Museum of History and Technology, from 23 July 1969 to 23 July 1970. Dana F. White. A systems study of the development of the city of Washington, D.C., with Dr. Wilcomb E. Washburn, American Studies Program, from 1 July 1969 to 1 July 1970. Program in Anthropology R. H. Ives Goddard III. Linguistics, ethnography, and ethnohistory of the Algonquin Indians, with Dr. William C. Sturtevant, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 August 1969 to 1 August 1970. Irving I. Zaretsky. A social history of spiritualism in the San Francisco Bay Region, with Dr. William C. Sturtevant, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970. Program in Environmental Sciences Penelope Williamson. Behavioral studies of foraging in starling flocks, with Dr. George Watson, National Museum of Natural History, from 15 September 1969 to 15 September 1970. 192 APPENDIX 6. ACADEMIC APPOINTMENTS 193 Program in Evolutionary and Behavioral Biology, Tropical Zones Zbigniew M. Gliwicz. Freshwater phytoplankton productivity; differential availability of different kinds of algae to various consuming organisms, with Dr. Martin H. Moynihan, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 16 October 1969 to 16 October 1970. Henry A. Hespenheide III. Ecology of tropical insectivorous birds and their prey, with Dr. Martin Moynihan, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 July 1969 to 1 July 1970. Bruce A. Miller. Ecology and systematics of Pacific and Western Atlantic Terebridae, with Dr. Peter Glynn, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 12 May 1970 to 11 March 1971. Eugene S. Morton. Communication in birds, with Dr. Neal Smith, Smith- sonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 January 1970 to 1 January 1971. John Conrao Ogoen. Ecology of inshore fishes, with Dr. Ira Rubinoff, Smith- sonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 September 1969 to 1 November 1970. Uzi Ritte. Ecological and genetic adaptations of populations of the spiny rat, Proechimys semispinosus, to different climatic regimes, and Dr. Martin H. Moynihan, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970. Eric S. Todd. Ecophysiology of some air-breathing gobiid and gobiesocid fishes, with Dr. Martin H. Moynihan, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970. Program in Evolutionary and Systematic Biology William C. Banta. Evolution of bryozoa as illustrated by the structure and development of the body wall, with Dr. Alan Cheetham, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970. Daniel B. Blake. Evolutionary and morphological relationships of paleozoic bryozoa, with Dr. Richard Boardman, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970. J. Stanley Cobb. Brain morphology and behavior of deep-sea fishes, with Dr. Robert Gibbs and Dr. Stanley Weitzman, National Museum of Natural His- tory, from 1 October 1969 to 1 October 1970. Arthur L. Dahl. Ecological investigations of marine algae with computerized analysis of their habitats, with Dr. Mason Hale, National Museum of Natural History, from 15 September 1969 to 14 September 1970. Desmond J. G. Griffin. Evolutionary relationsbips of decapod Crustacea, with Dr. Raymond Manning, National Museum of Natural History, from 19 January 1970 to 19 October 1970. Stuart Landry, Jr. Evolution and relationships of rabbits and rodents, with Dr. Charles O. Handley, Jr., National Museum of Natural History, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970. James E. Morrow. Systematics of Alaskan White fishes and Charrs, with Dr. Robert Gibbs, National Museum of Natural History, from 18 September 1969 to 31 May 1970. Shih-Chieh Shen. Systematic and morphologic studies of fishes, with Dr. Robert Gibbs, National Museum of Natural History, from 3 November 1969 to 31 October 1970. 194 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Program in History of Science and Technology Stanley Guralnick. Science education in nineteenth-century American col- leges, with Dr. Nathan Reingold, Joseph Henry Papers, from 1 August 1969 to 1 August 1970. David J. Jeremy. The textile industry in England and the United States; a case study in transmission of a technology, with Dr. Philip Bishop, National Museum of History and Technology, from 18 August 1969 to 18 August 1970. Carroll Pursell, Jr. Mobilization of American science and technology for World War I, with Dr. Nathan Reingold, Joseph Henry Papers, from 15 De- cember 1969 to 15 June 1970. Peter Stechl. Biological and standardization of drugs, 1928-1940, with Dr. Sami Hamarneh, National Museum of History and Technology, from 23 June 1969 to 23 June 1970. Program in Physical Sciences Tomas Feininger. Petrology of some Colombian and Ecuadorian Andean meta- morphic rocks, with Dr. George Switzer, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 September 1969 to 31 August 1970. Ter-Chien Huang. Origin and nature of deep-sea sediments and sediment transport processes, with Dr. Daniel J. Stanley, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 January 1970 to 1 January 1971. Anil Lyall. Studies of outer continental margin sediments near the Wilming- ton Canyon, with Dr. Daniel J. Stanley, National Museum of Natural His- tory, from 1 November 1969 to 1 July 1970. Forese C. Wezel. Sediments on the continental rise in the vicinity of the Wilmington Submarine Canyon, eastern United States, with Dr. Daniel J. Stanley, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 November 1969 to 31 October 1970. Predoctoral Visiting Research Associates Program in American History Faye Joanne Baker. A study of tombstones as a reflection of American culture, with Dr. Wilcomb E. Washburn, American Studies Program, from 1 Septem- ber 1969 to 1 September 1970, leading to the award of PhD from the George Washington University. David K. Sullivan. Studies in the documentation of American political history in the United States, with Dr. Wilcomb E. Washburn, American Studies Program, from 1 September 1969 to 1 June 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Georgetown University. Joanna S. Zangrando. The Memorial Bridge; monumental bridge design and the City Beautiful movement, with Robert M. Vogel, National Museum of History and Technology, from 1 September 1969 to 1 March 1970, leading to the award of PhD from the George Washington University. Program in Anthropology Richard Lunt. Folkloric study of traditional American boatbuilding techniques, APPENDIX 6. ACADEMIC APPOINTMENTS 195 with Howard I. Chapelle, National Museum of History and Technology, and Ralph Rinzler, Division of Performing Arts, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970, leading to the award of the PhD from Indiana University. Program in Environmental Sciences Dorothy J. Morton. Developmental physiology of grass seedlings with special reference to effects of light on corn, with Dr. Robert Weintraub, Radiation Biology Laboratory, from 1 July 1969 to 31 December 1969, leading to the award of PhD from the George Washington University. Program in Evolutionary and Behavioral Biology, Tropical Zones Mark H. Bernstein. The significance of "quirks" in captive primates, with Dr. Martin H. Moynihan, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970. Robin B. Foster. Fruiting sequences in the tropical rainforest (schedules of food availability), with Dr. A. Stanley Rand, Smithsonian Tropical Research Insti- tute, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970. Chaim N. Kropach. Ecology and population structure of the eastern Pacific sea snake, with Dr. Ira Rubinoff, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 August 1969 to 1 August 1970. Thomas M. Zaret. Seasonal variation in a tropical freshwater predator-prey relationship (Thyrionopsis: Ceriodaphnia), with Dr. Martin H. Moynihan, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 July 1969 to 1 July 1970. Program in Evolutionary and Systematic Biology Jean T. DeBell. Electron microscopy of body wall structure of certain marine worms, with Dr. W. D. Hope, National Museum of Natural History, from 9 October 1969 to 9 October 1970, leading to the award of PhD from the George Washington University. T. Gary Gautier. Morphological, stratigraphic and paleoecological relationship of the bryozoa of the West Texas Permian, with Dr. Richard S. Boardman, from 1 August 1969 to 31 July 1970, leading to the award of PhD from the University of Kansas. Richard H. Goodyear. Systematic studies of deep-sea fishes (Malacosteidae), with Dr. Robert H. Gibbs, National Museum of Natural History, from 25 August 1969 to 25 August 1970, leading to the award of PhD from the George Washington University. Walter S. Gray, Jr. Systematic and morphologic studies of Antarctic amphipod Crustacea, with Dr. J. L. Barnard, National Museum of Natural History, from 15 February 1970 to 15 February 1971, leading to the award of PhD from the George Washington University. Lyndon Hawkins. Systematic and morphologic studies of the American brac- onid wasps, with Dr. Richard Froeschner, National Museum of Natural His- tory, from 1 November 1969 to 30 April 1970, leading to the award of PhD from the University of Idaho. Robert W. Hinds. Evolutionary and morphological studies of fossil bryozoa of the Gulf Coast, with Dr. Richard S. Boardman, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 July 1969 to 1 September 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Columbia University. 196 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Catherine J. Kerby. Ecology, histology, embryology, and systematics of marine worms, with Dr. Meredith Jones, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 August 1969 to 1 August 1970, leading to the award of PhD from the George Washington University. Jackson E. Lewis. Evolutionary and morphologic studies of fossil and Recent decapod Crustacea, with Fenner A. Chace, Jr., National Museum of Natural History, from 1 July 1969 to 1 July 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Tulane University. Gerald R. Noonan. Systematics and zoogeographical relationships of coleop- teran beetles, with Dr. Paul J. Spangler, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 October 1969 to 30 September 1970, leading to the award of PhD from the University of California, Riverside. John S. Peel. Comparative studies of British and American fossil gastropods, with Dr. Ellis Yochelson, National Museum of Natural History, from 8 Oc- tober 1969 to 8 October 1970, leading to the award of PhD from University of Leicester, England. Program in History of Art and Music Robert Rorex. Lady Wun-Chi, a historical study, with Dr. Thomas Lawton, Freer Gallery of Art, from 1 September 1969 to 1 September 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Princeton University. Program in Museum Studies Miriam Davidson Plotnicov. Studies in the display and restoration of museum collections, with John Anglim, Office of Exhibits Programs, from 1 September 1969 to 31 May 1970. Jon Seger. Research and production of visual displays and film strip recording packages, with Nathanial Dixon, Office of Academic Programs, from 22 Sep- tember 1969 to 21 September 1970. Donna Stone. Research in ethnomusicology techniques of collection mainte- nance of musical instruments, with John Fesperman, National Museum of History and Technology, from 1 September 1969 to 1 June 1970. Kitti Thonglongya. Taxonomic revision of the bats of Thailand, with Dr. George Watson, National Museum of Natural History, from 8 September 1969 to 7 September 1970. Robert Works. Studies in museum administration and the history of American art, with Marvin Sadik, National Portrait Gallery, from 1 January 1970 to 31 August 1970. Program in Physical Sciences Leslie Ray Brady. Studies of atomic nuclear processes associated with produc- tion of sunshine and starlight, with Dr. Henri Mitler, Smithsonian Astrophysi- cal Observatory, from 1 July 1969 to 1 July 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Brandeis University. Duane Carbon. Theoretical calculations of how stars produce light, with Owen J. Gingerich, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1969 to 30 June 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Harvard University. Chung-Chieh Cheng. Theoretical studies of the flux and energy spectrum of gamma radiation from the sun, with Dr. G. G. Fazio, Smithsonian Astrophys- APPENDIX 6. ACADEMIC APPOINTMENTS 197 ical Observatory, from 1 June 1968 to 31 August 1969, leading to the award of PhD from Harvard University. Eric G. Chipman. Studies of outer layers of the sun, with Dr. E. H. Avrett, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1969 to 30 June 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Harvard University. J. Stephen Duerr. Studies of the physical effects of outer space on meteorites, with Dr. Charles A. Lundquist, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1969 to 1 July 1970, leading to the award of PhD from the Massa chusetts Institute of Technology. Jonathan E. Grindlay. Theoretical studies of cosmic ray origin, with Dr. G. G. Fazio, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1969 to 1 July 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Harvard University. Robert L. Kurucz. Theoretical studies of particularly hot stars, with Dr. Wolfgang Kalkofen, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1969 to 30 June 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Harvard University. Elia M. Leibowitz. Studies of dynamics and evolution of planetary nebulae, with Dr. Charles A. Lundquist, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1969 to 30 June 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Harvard University. Timothy L. Stephens. Studies of effects of light radiation on hydrogen gas, with Professor A. Dalgarno, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 September 1969 to 30 June 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Har- vard University. Joseph Veverka. Photopolarimetry of satellites and minor planets, with Dr. Fred Whipple, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1969 to 1 February 1970, leading to the award of PhD from Harvard University. Summer 1969 Undergraduate Research Participation Appointments Names marked with an asterisk indicate students whose research was supported through grants from the National Science Foundation's Undergraduate Research Participation Program (grants GY4240: Social Sciences, and GY 4549: Biolog- ical Sciences). Program in American History Barbara Blanchard Bowie, Skidmore College. Interpretation through com- puter applications of nineteenth-century political symbols, with Harold Skram- stad, American Studies. Elizabeth Rea Dulcan, New Mexico Highlands University. The original prints of Theodor de Bry and copies by Bernard Picart, with Karil Dreyfuss, National Museum of History and Technology. Edward S. Haynes, Duke University. Development of naval uniforms, with Craddock R. Goins, Jr., National Museum of History and Technology. Cherry Deborah Maurer, Wells College. Urban design and transportation systems, with Dr. Wilcomb E. Washburn, American Studies. Peter N. Munsing, University of Michigan. A study of Revolutionary War military leaders, with Robert Stewart, National Portrait Gallery. 198 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Thomas Raysor, Jr., University of Virginia. Research in authentication of military uniforms in the national collections, with Craddock R. Goins, Jr., National Museum of History and Technology. Bryant Young, Yale University. Urban design and transportation systems, with Dr. Wilcomb E. Washburn, American Studies. Program in Anthropology *James Bare, Johns Hopkins University. Data Processing in linguistics; the tonal system of the Amoy dialect of China, with Dr. Paul Voorhis, National Museum of Natural History. *Christine Diane Cooper, Wellesley College. Analysis of an archeological collection from Central Kansas, with Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, National Museum of Natural History. *Mary Frances Guptill, University of Arizona. Research in dream texts from Zinacantan, Mexico, contributing to the first Tzotzil dictionary, with Dr. Robert M. Laughlin, National Museum of Natural History. *Laura May Kaplan, Rice University. Sex prediction determined by compari- son of bone length and joint size in long bones, with Dr. Lucile E. St. Hoyme, National Museum of Natural History. *Thomas Whitney Kavanagh, University of New Mexico. Classification of Plains Indian legging traits, with Dr. William C. Sturtevant, National Museum of Natural History. Karen Ann Larson, Raymond College. Research in Micronesian ethnohistory, with Dr. Saul H. Riesenberg, National Museum of Natural History. *Peter Warren Ochs, Yale University. Analysis of the various areas of native geographical and navigational knowledge from the Island of Puluwat, with Dr. Saul H. Riesenberg, National Museum of Natural History. *Catherine Sease, Bryn Mawr College. Sindhi textiles, costume, and costume accessories of West Pakistan, with Dr. Eugene I. Knez, National Museum of Natural History. *Samuel Martin Seiffer, City College of New York. A survey of the anthro- pological profession and social dissent, with Dr. Sam Stanley, National Museum of Natural History. *Judith Ann Shulimson, University of Wisconsin Early collectors of African materials: a biographical survey, with Dr. Gordon D. Gibson, National Mu- seum of Natural History. *John Anderson Van Ness, New College. Linguistic notes of John Harring- ton, linguist of the Bureau of Ethnology, with Margaret Blaker, National Museum of Natural History. Program in Environmental Sciences *Harvey J. Alexander, University of Miami. Development of avian capture techniques, with Dr. Francis S. L. Williamson, Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies. *Rosemarie C. Alisio, St. Joseph College. Sexual patterns of Solenodon para- doxus and Dinomys branickii, with Larry R. Collins, National Zoological Park. *Peggy Jean Arps, Cornell University. Problems in germination of Arabidop- sis thaliana, with Dr. William H. Klein, Radiation Biology Laboratory. *Robert A. Askins, University of Michigan. Comparative ecology of the Hooded Warbler (Wilsonian citrina) and Kentucky Warbler (Oporarnis for- APPENDIX 6. ACADEMIC APPOINTMENTS 199 mosus), with Dr. Francis S. L. Williamson, Chesapeake Bay Center for En- vironmental Studies. *Nelson Jay Bassin, Oberlin College. Distribution of ice-rafted rocks in the South Pacific determined from sea-floor photographs, with Dr. Thomas E. Simkin, Oceanographic Sorting Center. *Suzanne Marie Bogdanski, Trinity College. Histochemical applications in diagnosis of tumors of lower animals, with Dr. John C. Harshbarger, National Museum of Natural History. *Douglas H. Boucher, Yale College. Measuring human impact on ecological systems, with Dr. Richard S. Cowan, National Museum of Natural History. *David A. Couzin, University of Aberdeen. The effects of shading on plant growth, with Dr. William H. Klein, Radiation Biology Laboratory. *Betty Jean Gray, Mt. Holyoke College. Population density study of foraging behavior in the cardinal, with Dr. Francis S. L. Williamson, Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies. *James S. Harper III, University of Pennsylvania. Survey of enteric pathogens in collection animals at the National Zoological Park, with Dr. Robert M. Sauer, National Zoological Park. *Howard M. Laten, Baldwin- Wallace College. Study of the intestinal flora of the Boidae, with Dr. Clinton W. Gray, National Zoological Park. *Mark A. Mostow, Harvard College. Survey of small mammals at the Bay Center and their relationships to vegetation types, with Dr. Helmut K. Buechner, Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies. *John M. Peach, St. Lawrence University. Concepts of marine ecology as ap- plied in oceanographic engineering, with Dr. Francis S. L. Williamson, Chesa- peake Bay Center for Environmental Studies. *Steven E. Reynolds, University of California at Davis. Research in the prac- tice of veterinary medicine in the exotic animals, with Dr. Clinton W. Gray, National Zoological Park. *Joel F. Zipp, University of Wisconsin. Determination of paleoenvironments of the Outer Banks, North Carolina, with Dr. Jack W. Pierce, National Museum of Natural History. Program in Evolutionary and Behavioral Biology, Tropical Zones *William F. Graney, University of Delaware. Analysis of the criteria for web location of the spider, Arogiope argentata, with Dr. Michael H. Robinson, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute. *Robert Klein, Cornell University. Habit discrimination of Agglychnis, with Dr. A. Stanley Rand, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute. Deborah Lee, Wells College. Physiology of tropical marine fishes, with Dr. Ira Rubinoff, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute. *Wayne L. Smith, University of California at Santa Barbara. Comparison of germinated species pairs of invertebrates found in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans of the Isthmus of Panama, with Roberta W. Rubinoff, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute. Program in Evolutionary and Systematic Biology *Mary R. Ditman, George Washington University. Study of micromorphologi- cal character of Hymenoxys and related genera, with Dr. Kittie F. Parker, National Museum of Natural History. 200 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 *Paul E. Drez, Old Dominion College. Field study of Pleistocene paleoecology in southeastern Virginia, with Dr. Clayton E. Ray, National Museum of Nat- ural History. *Susan Hershev, Charles County Community College. Feeding behavior and morphology of larval and adult sipunculid worms, with Dr. Mary E. Rice, National Museum of Natural History. *Katherine H. Lewis, University of Miami. Viability of ostracods eggs follow- ing consumption and defecation by fish, with Dr. Louis S. Kornicker, National Museum of Natural History. *Susan Platkin, University of Maryland. Compilation of data for the moth genus Urodus and completion of a catalogue for one species of the genus, with Dr. W. Donald Duckworth, National Museum of Natural History. *Clara P. Sperapani, University of Maryland. Primitive and advanced charac- ters of the leaves of the Fagaceae, with Dr. Leo J. Hickey, National Museum of Natural History. *Mary Ann Turner, Indiana University. Morphologic characters of specific importance in the South African Dicynodontis, with Dr. Nicholas Hotton III, National Museum of Natural History. *Edward J. Wall, Muhlenberg College. Study of Pleistocene bivalve mollusk fauna of a Mississippi mudlump island, with Dr. Thomas R. Waller, National Museum of Natural History. *Steven J. Zehren, University of Wisconsin. A comparative study of the osteology and anatomy of teleost fishes, with Dr. Stanley H. Weitzman, Na- tional Museum of Natural History. Program in History of Art and Music Ronald Brucato, Pratt Institute. Magic realism in painting: 1930-1950, with Robert T. Davis, National Collection of Fine Arts. Roger W. Evans, Stetson University. Eighteenth-century keyboard instruments, with John T. Fesperman, National Museum of History and Technology. James E. Furman, Claremont College. The art of Maurice Prendergast, with Robert T. Davis, National Collection of Fine Arts. Janice H. Hertenstein, Michigan State University. History and techniques of printmaking in America, with Donald R. McClelland, National Collection of Fine Arts. Program in History of Science and Technology *Bernard C. Dale, Kenyon College. Historical and social interrelationships of the mints of Asia Minor, with Vladimir Clain-Stefanelli, National Museum of History and Technology. *Ming M. Ivory, Tufts University. Problems of access and interpretation for the Joseph Henry Papers, with Dr. Nathan Reingold, Joseph Henry Papers. *Robert O. Lapidus, Ohio University. The Sputnik and its repercussions: an historical analysis, with Frederick C. Durant III, National Air and Space Museum. *Howard Jay Millard, Michigan State University. An historical survey of pho- tographic processes and techniques, with Eugene Ostroff, National Museum of History and Technology. APPENDIX 6. ACADEMIC APPOINTMENTS 201 *David Alan Rosenberg, The American University. The sloop of war Sara- toga: verification of data in the national collection, with Philip K. Lundeberg, National Museum of History and Technology. *John F. K. Tvner, Trinity College. Development of the P. K. Tomajan Col- lection catalogue, with Dr. Elizabeth Harris, National Museum of History and Technology. *William A. Watson, George Washington University. Development of electron injection techniques in the McMillan synchrotron, with Dr. Philip W. Bishop, National Museum of History and Technology. Program in Museum Studies Laurel L. Arnold, Mount Holyoke College. Research in conservation tech- niques, with Charles H. Olin, National Collection of Fine Arts and National Portrait Gallery. James P. Batchelor, Williams College. Research in conservation techniques, with Charles H. Olin, National Collection of Fine Arts and National Portrait Gallery. Susan B. Kelly, Mount Holyoke College. History and techniques of print- making in America, with Robert G. Stewart, National Portrait Gallery. Program In Physical Sciences Thomas L. Marzetta, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Research in electron microprobe laboratory instrumentation refinement activities, with Dr. William G. Melson, National Museum of Natural History. Summer 1969 Graduate Research Participation Appointments Program in American History George L. Mitchell, University of Chicago. The image of the city in Ameri- can silent film, with Dr. Wilcomb E. Washburn, American Studies Program. Program in Anthropology Raymond P. DeMallie, University of Chicago. Studies in American Indian linguistics — Siouan groups, with Dr. Paul Voorhis and Margaret C. Blaker, National Museum of Natural History. Jane I. Lumpkin, University of Alabama. Identification of artifacts from Thai- land and Pakistan, with Dr. Eugene I. Knez, National Museum of Natural History. Jill Ellen Marshall, American University. Study of culture and population in Africa, with Dr. Gordon D. Gibson, National Museum of Natural History. Program in Evolutionary and Behavioral Biology, Tropical Zones Yael Devora Dubin, University of Florida. Ecology and behavior of spiders, with Dr. Martin H. Moynihan, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute. 202 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Program in Evolutionary and Systematic Biology Sana Isa Atallah, University of Connecticut. Mammals of the eastern Medi- terranean region : their ecology, systematics, and zoogeographical relationships, with Dr. Henry W. Setzer, National Museum of Natural History. Program in Physical Sciences Douglas Nelson, University of South Carolina. Clay mineralogy of Atlantic project, with Dr. Jack W. Pierce, National Museum of Natural History. Visiting Scholars Alfred R. Henderson. A biographical study of Dr. Charles Land and his role in the development of dentistry and medicine, with Dr. Robert P. Multhauf, National Museum of History and Technology, from 15 June 1969 to 15 June 1970. Dale W. Richey. Conservation problems of Chinese minor bronzes of the Chou and Han periods, with W. Thomas Chase, Freer Gallery of Art, from 1 Sep- tember 1969 to 1 September 1970. William Wing. A comprehensive study of drug use, with Philip C. Ritterbush, Office of Academic Programs, from 16 February 1970 to 15 May 1971. Appendix 7 PUBLIC AFFAIRS News Releases Issued Texas Folklorist Helps Plan Take-Over of D.C. 2-7-69 CBS Labs Give Smithsonian Original Field-Sequential Color Equipment 2-7-69 FBI Building Site Fertile Spot for Smithsonian Archeologist 3—7—69 Henry O. Tanner Exhibition To Open at National Collection of Fine Arts 8-7-69 Henry O. Tanner Biography 8—7—69 Smithsonian and Yugoslavs Sign Research Agreement 10—7—69 National Collection of Fine Arts Will Present Four Summer Lectures 15-7-69 Smithsonian Exhibit Chronicles Powell's Colorado River Trek 15—7-69 Works of Three Women Featured in Photo Shows Opening 17 July 15—7—69 Zoo Police Get Pay Raise 17-7-69 Smithsonian To Exhibit Works of Richard Neutra 18-7-69 Smithsonian To Stage Satirical Musical Of Thee I Sing in Theatre-On-The-Mall 23-7-69 Smithsonian To Exhibit Work of Ten Afro-American Artists 29-7-69 Works of Pacesetting Italian Architects Going on Display at Smithsonian 30-7-69 Dr. Wunder Taking Leave of Absence from Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Design 31-7-69 Dr. Robert P. Higgins New Director of Mediterranean Marine Sorting Center 31-7-69 Tent Show Cancellation 5-8-69 The Concerned Photographer Exhibition To End Three-Month Run 8-8—69 Smithsonian To Present Exhibit of Top British Craft Designs 12-8-69 Smithsonian Children's Theater Will Present 18th-Century Fable 14-8-69 United States To Show Four Team Exhibits at Youth Art Biennial in Paris 14-8-69 Smithsonian To Display Student Design Exhibit Color Me Mankind 15-8-69 Cooper-Hewitt Museum To Trace History of the Chair 15-8-69 Time Magazine Cover Show Is Extended at Smithsonian 20-8-69 Carolina Pottery Shop Salvaged by Smithsonian 22—8—69 Smithsonian Appoints Development Director 26—8—69 R.A.F. To Present a Hawker Hurricane to Smithsonian Air and space Museum 26-8-69 "Pharmacy in Prints" Shows Artist's View of Medicine 27-8-69 Professor Joshua C. Taylor To Head Smithsonian Museum 3-9-69 Museums at Smithsonian Institution Holding 57 Art Exhibitions 4-9-69 203 204 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 Smithsonian Shops Will Display Rugs Woven by Near East Nomads 5-9-69 Smithsonian To Exhibit Scientific Illustrations 9—9—69 National Collection of Fine Arts To Show Modern Paintings by Jannis Spyropoulos 9—9—69 National Collection of Fine Arts To Show Film on United States Artist Moses Soyer 10-9-69 Johnson Wax Survey of "Objects: USA" at National Collection of Fine Arts 10-9-69 Alyce Simon's "Atomic" Art To Be Shown at Smithsonian 11-9-69 Smithsonian Design Museum Moving to Carnegie Mansion 12-9-69 Smithsonian Names Director for Cooper-Hewitt Museum 12-9-69 Elaborate Detailing Marks Gracious Carnegie Mansion 12—9—69 Smithsonian To Exhibit Two-Pound Lunar Rock 15-9-69 Cooper-Hewitt To Exhibit Original Drawings of Brighton Pavilion 16—9—69 Smithsonian First Public Showing of Two-Pound Lunar Rock 16—9-69 Whistler Landscapes and Seascapes To Be Exhibited at Freer Gallery 18-9-69 Talk on Japanese Porcelain To Open Annual Freer Gallery Lecture Series 18-9-69 Volcanoes Explained in Smithsonian Exhibit 26—9—69 Varied Uses of Plastic on Display in New Smithsonian Exhibition 26—9-69 Restored Pre-Revolutionary Organ Shown in Musical Instruments Hall 30—9—69 Smithsonian To Exhibit 1 1-Foot Long Indian Tiger 30-9-69 Smithsonian Encounter Focuses on the Potomac River Problems 3—10—69 Smithsonian Exhibition To Honor Noted Experimental Printmaker 8—10—69 Air and Space Art Showing at Arts and Industries Building 8-10-69 "Energy Conversion" Show Traces Development of Power Sources 8—10—69 Barbara Morgan Featured in 4th Women, Cameras, and Images Exhibit 8—10—69 Smithsonian Scientist Finds Fossil Forgery 9—10-69 Craftsmanship and Genius Merged in Saint-Gaudens' Art 17-10-69 National Portrait Gallery To Show 60 Reliefs by Augustus Saint-Gaudens 17-10-69 Cooper-Hewitt Museum Marks Rembrandt Anniversary 17—10—69 Smithsonian Scientists To Study Tooth Decay Origins 20-10-69 African Concert Will Benefit Anacostia Neighborhood Museum 24-10-69 One Room New England School Reconstructed in Smithsonian 27—10-69 Smithsonian Shop To Display Welded Animal Sculptures 28—10—69 Smithsonian Christmas Shop Will Show Yule Traditions 30—10—69 Smithsonian Panel To Discuss Problems of Chesapeake Bay 30—10—69 Netherlands Concert Group To Perform at Smithsonian 31—10—69 Smithsonian Museum Shop To Show Pakistani Crafts 31 — 10—69 Smithsonian Will Exhibit Yugoslav Tapestries, Prints 4-11-69 Freer Will Present Lecture on Chinese Domestic Arts 4-11-69 Smithsonian To Sage Festival of Works of Georges Melies 5-1 1-69 A Long-Range Listing of Performing Arts Division Schedule 12-11—69 Smithsonian To Present Major Photo Exhibit "Camera and Human Facade" 14-11-69 Smithsonian Exhibit To Examine Transit Problems and Promise 17—11-69 Progressive Jazz Concert To Be Given by Lee Morgan Quintet 19-11-69 Smithsonian Staging Festival of Georges Melies' Films 21-11—69 Two World Music Premieres Scheduled 24-11-69 Smithsonian Will Present Milton Avery Retrospective 25-1 1-69 APPENDIX 7. PUBLIC AFFAIRS 205 Smithsonian To Present Informal Concert 3 December 26—1 1—69 Moratorium Day Attendance All-Time High at Museum 26-11-69 Woodrow Wilson Center Now Taking Fellowship Applications 28—11—69 Smithsonian Photo Exhibition To Feature Own Collection 28-11—69 Smithsonian Panel To Examine DDT Effects 1-12-69 Smithsonian Sponsoring "Sing Out" for Children 4—12—69 Smithsonian Concert Postponed 'Till 5 January 4—12—69 Smithsonian Shop Shows Works of Twenty D.C. Artists 8-12-69 Registration Open for Courses at Smithsonian 10—12—69 Key Editorial-Business Posts Filled for Smithsonian Magazine 12-12-69 Smithsonian To Give Play by Former Drug Addicts 12-12-69 "Story of Jazz" Concert Presented by Benny Powell Septet 12-12-69 Smithsonian Sets Photo Show of Dead Sea Scrolls 19-12-69 Smithsonian Exhibition Traces "Romans in Ancient Romania" 22-12-69 Freer Schedules Lecture on Near Eastern Archive 30-12-69 Smithsonian Will Exhibit 115 Early American Prints 31-12-69 Smithsonian Puppet Theatre To Give "Hansel and Gretel" 5-1-70 Mrs. Nixon Presents Inaugural Ball Gown to Smithsonian First Ladies Collection 7-1-70 Smithsonian To Sponsor Program of West Indies Dance, Music 9-1-70 First Decade of Laser Technology Reviewed in Major Exhibition 14-1-70 Smithsonian Plans Seminar by Former Drug Addicts 15-1-70 Panel To Focus on Solid Waste Disposal Problems 16-1-70 Teaching Exhibitions Opened by National Portrait Gallery 16-1-70 Indians and Arkansas Share Spotlight for Annual American Folklife Festival 19-1-70 Exhibition of Yugoslav Tapestries, Prints Extended 19-1-70 Smithsonian Museums Holding Forty Art Exhibitions 27-1-70 Shop Exhibition Will Honor Craftsmen of Montana 27-1-70 Smithsonian Institution To Show Apollo Space Program Art 30-1-70 Meeting of the Board of Regents (28 January 1970) 30-1-70 Freer Will Present Lecture on Egyptian Decorative Arts 5-2-70 Photographic Exhibitions Opening in February 9-2-70 Exhibition Honors Famous British Naturalist Alfred Russel Wallace 9-2-70 Barbara Holmquest To Lecture on Early 19th-century Pianos 10-2-70 Smithsonian Lindbergh Plane Returns to Japan 12-2-70 "Encounter" Panel To Discuss Vanishing Wilderness Life 12-2-70 Biography— S. Dillon Ripley 13-2-70 Play on Rehabilitation of Drug Addicts Repeated 13-2-70 Drawing Society's New York Regional Show at Cooper-Hewitt Museum 13-2-70 Smithsonian To Show Prints of German Pre-Expressionist Lovis Corinth 13-2-70 Smithsonian To Exhibit Washington Memorabilia 16-2-70 Two Doubleheader Jazz Concerts Are Scheduled at Smithsonian 20-2-70 Student Designers' Concepts for Leisure Going on Display at Smithsonian 20-2-70 Dr. Armand Hammer — Biography 24-2-70 Flag That Flew To Moon Displayed at Smithsonian 24-2-70 Photographs by Steven Wilson Will Be Shown at Smithsonian 24-2-70 Freer Gallery Will Present Lecture of Early United States Trade with Orient 27-2-70 206 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 i Weaver Harpsichord Concert Will Be Repeated 27-2-70 Study Shows Shift from Hunting to Farming Hurt Health of Ancient Men 2-3-70 Smithsonian Going West To Help Californians Find Their Culture 2-3-70 Smithsonian To Exhibit Hammer Collection of Modern French and Old Masters Paintings 4-3-70 Panel To Look at Government's Role in Environmental Policy 4-3-70 30 Millionth Visitor to Museum of History and Technology 5-3-70 "Artistic Forms Have Acquired Explosive Dimensions," Says Kepes 5—3-70 Benefit Postponement 6-3-70 Scandinavian Countries, Smithsonian Cooperate on Major Postal Exhibit 9-3-70 Objects from Football to Peace Button Depict Society for Smithsonian Capsule 10-3-70 Russell Family of Galax, Virginia, To Present Dulcimer Concert 1 1-3-70 Floridian Is 30 Millionth Visitor to Museum of History and Technology 1 1-3-70 23 Artists Represented in "Explorations" at National Collection of Fine Arts 13-3-70 Puppet Theatre To Present "Peter and the Wolf" 16-3-70 Art and Technology Join in "Explorations," an Exhibit by Smithsonian and MIT 16-3-70 Art Blakey Quintet To Present Jazz Concert at Smithsonian 17—3—70 48 Key Smithsonian Works of Art To Be Reproduced, Circulated 24-3-70 Advanced Indian Civilizations in the Americas are Traced to Members of Round-Headed Race 24-3-70 Playboy Fashion Director To Stage Men's Fashion Show at Smithsonian 27-3-70 Smithsonian To Show Elliot Erwitt "Photographs and Anti-Photographs" 27-3-70 Smithsonian Shops To Exhibit Hand-Carved "Oom Pah Pah Circus" 30-3-70 Smithsonian Museum To Exhibit Tapestries from Czechoslovakia 31—3-70 Scholar To Lecture at Freer Gallery on Old Sites, Festivities of Kyoto 1—4—70 Anacostia Museum Presents D.C. Art Association Show 1-4-70 Smithsonian To Present Dutch Trio on 1 3 April 2—4-70 Friends, Ex-Associates Giving Painting of Truman to National Portrait Gallery 6-4-70 First Major Exhibition of Indian Chintz at Cooper-Hewitt Museum in New York 9-4-70 Wilson Center Sets Deadline for Fellowship Application 10-4-70 "Encounter" Panel To Look at Pollution Costs 14-4-70 Smithsonian To Give Film, Discussion Programs as Follow-up to "Earth Day" 14-4-70 Ray Haynes Quintet Will Present Smithsonian Jazz Concert 25 April 16—4—70 National Collection of Fine Arts Schedules Children's Fete on 2 May 17-4-70 Four Troupes To Perform at Museum 1 7-4-70 New Smithsonian Exhibit Traces Political Role of Women in U.S. 20-4—70 Archives of American Art Comes to Smithsonian 23-4—70 Archives Makes Art Research Easy — Documents All on Microfilm 23-4-70 Museum Education Day 4-5-70 Smithsonian Associates Program To Boomerang on Monument Grounds 4-5-70 Hot Cycle Research Aircraft Joins Smithsonian Institution 5-5-70 APPENDIX 7. PUBLIC AFFAIRS 207 Smithsonian Museum Schedules Sky Spectacle on 9 May 5-5-70 Smithsonian Museum Schedules National Glassware Exhibition 6—5—70 The Nevins and Parkman Prizes of the Society of American Historians 7-5-70 Air Force Art Show at Smithsonian 7—5—70 Exhibit Shows Influences of Spanish on American Culture 8—5—70 Lloyd McNeil, Capitol Ballet Company to Premiere "Washington Suite" 13-5-70 Mall Sky Spectacle Is Planned by Smithsonian on Saturday, 16 May 13-5-70 Composition Premiered at Smithsonian Is Given First Foreign Performance 18-5-70 Smithsonian Honors Mrs. Eugene Meyer for Devoted Service to Freer Gallery 19-5-70 Multimedia Soft Rock Musical To Be Presented 19-5-70 National Collection of Fine Arts Continues Public Tours This Summer 19-5-70 Recommendations Made To Save Hawaiian Endangered Species 22-5-70 African Costume Paintings Shown 22—5—70 Smithsonian Exhibit Honors Gutenberg 25—5—70 Smithsonian Regents' Spring Meeting 26—5—70 Teaching Exhibition Scheduled by National Portrait Gallery 27-5-70 Smithsonian Museum To Unveil Portrait of Robert F. Kennedy 27-5-70 Winslow Homer Exhibition Focuses on Artist's Popular Early Works 27-5-70 Naval Research Lab Gives First Radar Equipment to Smithsonian 1-6-70 Special Exhibition Traces Manhattan's Historic Trip 1—6-70 Artist Leonard Baskin Being Accorded Mid-Career Exhibition at Smithsonian 3-6—70 Puppet Theatre Opens Summer Variety Show 3-6-70 High School Students Needed as Smithsonian Tour Guides 8-6-70 Early Bird Twin To Be Presented to Smithsonian 10-6-70 Newsfeatures Issued Wheels of Progress Haven't Caught 102-Year-Old Pennsylvania Factory 26-11-69 American Artist Rediscovered in Washington Exhibition 15-12-69 Amateurs Can Help Scientist Search for Dinosaur Fossils 1-1-70 A Change of Clothes for Each First Lady Is Curator's Goal 14-1-70 Where Have All the Wild Flowers Gone? 9-2-70 Flowering Death Strikes Japanese Bamboo Plants 2-3-70 Ecologist Warns of Effects of Environmental Ruin on Young 17—3—70 Topping 100th Birthday Celebration Will Challenge Bicentennial Planners 20-4-70 Man Probably Villain in Ice Age Mammal Extinction 15-6-70 "Radio Smithsonian" Programs 1. The Infestation of Starfish in the Pacific. Paul Morris, Violinist. Tibetan Art. 2. "Jumbo Mumbo" — Conservation and Ecology in Ceylon. Color Me Man- kind. 208 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 3. The Festival of American Folklife. 4. Music — Concerto for Two Organs in F. Theme and Variations. 5. Frederic Tanner's Role in Art. Hurricane Fighter Plane. Ladies' Bathing Garments. 6. Archeology in South America. National Portrait Gallery. 7. Atomic Art. The British Crafts Show. 8. The Concerned Photographer. The Sacred Grove. The Doll House. 9. Meteorites and Moon Rocks. Stitchery. 10. Encounter. The Deep Discoverers. 1 1 . Smithsonian School Aids. The Bahar River Tiger. Grasses as Food and Medicine. 12. Music at the Smithsonian. The Exhibits Story. In the Architect's World. 13. A Christmas Program. 14. A Concert Program. 15. The Art of Whistler. The Anacostia Neighborhood Museum. 16. The Frozen Wing. Primate Biology and Evolution. 17. Public Broadcasting. Civilization. 18. On the Trail of the Dinosaur. Syntagma Musicum. 19. The Continental Motion. Mineralogy. 20. A Gift to the Nation. Objects: USA. A House of Foam. 21. An Oral History of Aviation. NASA Space Art. 22. Frankincense and Myrrh. Pieces de Clavecin en Concerts. 23. The First Ladies' Gowns. Music of the Political Campaigns. 24. Perceptions II. 25. Freeze-Drying. Flora North America. 26. Ensembles Musical de Buenos Aires. 27. China and the Porcelain Trade. Reading Is Fun-damental. 28. The National Zoological Park. 29. Laser 10. 30. Smithsonian. The Collection of Meteorites. 31. Orchestra Sinfonia di Como. The Hammer Collection. 32. The Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies. The Flowering Death. 33. The Art of Barbara Holmquest. Privateers: Opportunists or Pirates? 34. The Machine Left Behind. Archeology Beneath the Sea. 35. Music at the Smithsonian. 36. The Concept of Honor. American Seacoast Fortifications. 37. Paleolithic-Era Burial Remains: The First Clues. The Kalihar Bushmen. 38. The Smithsonian Puppet Theater. 39. Women's Liberation — From Suffrage to Careers. Tektite II : An Undersea Experiment. 40. The History and Folk Music of Peggy Seeger and Ewan McColl. 41. Pollution in Perspective. Butterfly Collecting. 42. Greek Archeology. Foraminifera : Indicator Organisms. 43. Russian Porcelain. Pleasure of Minerals as Objects d'art. APPENDIX 7. PUBLIC AFFAIRS 209 Public Inquiries Dial-a-Museum calls 27,000 Dial-a-Satellite calls 150,000 Calls for information 27,500 Letter requests for information 9,150 Appendix 8 SMITHSONIAN EXHIBITS Special Exhibits History and Technology Building American Holidays — Appomatox American Holidays — ■ Washington/Lincoln American Holidays — Winter Archeological Finds Atomic Art Bethlehem Steel Captain Buck's Paintings Color Me Mankind Demand for Water Energy Conversion Gurnsey-Jersey Stamps Historic Site Archeology Laser 10 Melies Film Festival Model T Ford Napoleonic Coins and Medals People Figures Pharmacy in Prints Photography — Elliot Erwitt Photography — Hosee /Johnson Roots of California Culture Scandinavian Stamps Ship Models Ten Modern Italian Architects The Camera and the Human Facade The Works of Richard Neutra Weather (Philately) Westward to Promontory Women, Cameras, and Images, Parts II-IV Women and Politics Natural History Building A Heritage in Peril — Alaska's Vanishing Totems African Art Armand Hammer Daco Roman Traces in Romania Dead Sea Scrolls, Parts I and II Library Show (Malay Archipelago) The Indomitable Major The World Beneath the Sea Volcanos and Volcanism 210 APPENDIX 8. SMITHSONIAN EXHIBITS 211 Arts and Industries Building British Designer Craftsmen New Concepts in Leisure Contemporary Black American Artists Plastic as Plastic Contemporary Tapestries and Polish Folk Art Graphics — Yugoslavia Scientific Illustrators Johannes Gutenberg Toledo Glass Lovis Corinth Urban Transit Moon Rock National Air and Space Museum Apollo Art USAF Show Anacostia Neighborhood Museum Rats — Man's Invited Affliction The Douglass Years Permanent Exhibitions History and Technology Building Agriculture Graphic Arts Armed Forces Chronology — Navy Hall of Photography Autos and Coaches Iron and Steel Everyday Life in the American Past Philately Flag Hall Political History Natural History Building Fossil Fishes Prehistoric Peoples of North America Ice Age Mammals Whale (Life in the Sea) Physical Geology Appendix 9 FINANCIAL STATEMENT 30 JUNE 1970 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Summary of Grants and Contracts Year Ended 30 June 1970 Total Grants Contracts Department of Health, $ 325,832 $ 311,119 $ 14,713 Education, and Welfare Department of Defense 1,085,685 46,343 1,039,342 National Aeronautics and 6,560,854 3,780,531 2,780,323 Space Administration National Science Foundation 2,246,241 283,884 1,962,357 Other 606,554 107,742 498,812 Total grants and contracts $10,825,166 $ 4,529,619 $ 6,295,547 Summary of Endowment and Similar Funds Investments Book Values at 30 June 1970 Total Freer Fund Other Short-term bonds $ 1,909,345 $ 1,121,352 $ 787,993 Medium-term bonds 1,494,486 877,426 617,060 Long-term bonds 9,349,386 5,228,216 4,121,170 Preferred stocks 281,484 205,796 75,688 Common stocks 17,178,444 5,749,008 11,429,436 Total $30,213,145 $13,181,798 $17,031,347 212 APPENDIX 9. FINANCIAL STATEMENT 213 PEAT, MARWICK, MITCHELL & CO. CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS 1025 CONNECTICUT AVENUE, NW WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036 The Board of Regents Smithsonian Institution: We have examined the balance sheet of private funds of Smith- sonian Institution as of 30 June 1970 and the related statement of changes in fund balances for the year then ended. Our examination was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. In our opinion, the accompanying statement of changes in fund balances presents fairly the operations of the unrestricted private funds of Smithsonian Institution for the year ended 30 June 1970, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles; and with respect to all other funds, subject to the matters referred to in note 1, the accompanying balance sheet of private funds and the related statement of changes in fund balances present fairly the assets and fund balances of Smithsonian Institution at 30 June 1970 and changes in fund balances resulting from cash transactions of the private funds for the year then ended, all on a basis consistent with that of the preceding year. Peat, Marwick, Mitchell Sc Co. 22 October 1970 214 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION BALANCE SHEET OF PRIVATE FUNDS 30 JUNE 1970 Assets Current funds: Cash: In U. S. Treasury $ 49,599 In banks and on hand 168,225 Total cash Receivables: Accounts Advances — travel and other Reimbursements — grants and contracts Inventories at net realizable value Investments — stocks and bonds at cost (market value $2,900,264) Prepaid expense Deferred magazine subscription expenses (note 2) Equipment — museum shops (less accumulated depreciation of $49,932) Total current funds Endowment and similar funds: Cash Note receivable Investments — stocks and bonds at cost (market value $29,456,568) Loan to U.S. Treasury in perpetuity Real estate (at cost or appraised value at date of gift) (note 3) Total endowment and similar funds See accompanying notes to financial statements. 217,824 $ 349,484 146,269 1,536,516 2,032,269 544,413 3,409,426 39,541 267,300 64,115 $ 6,574,888 77,533 96,934 30,213,145 1,000,000 :) (note 3) 1,760,448 $33,148,060 APPENDIX 9. FINANCIAL STATEMENT 215 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION BALANCE SHEET OF PRIVATE FUNDS 30 JUNE 1970 Liabilities and Fund Balances Current funds: Accounts payable $ 968,933 Accrued liabilities 63,986 Deferred magazine subscription income 1,030,115 Unrestricted fund balance 1,869,941 Restricted fund balances: Gifts $ 1,566,028 Grants 108,330 Contracts 177,814 1,852,172 Unexpended income: Freer 434,873 Other 354,868 789,741 Total current funds $ 6,574,888 Endowment and similar funds: Mortgage note payable (note 3) Fund balances: Endowment funds — income restricted: Freer Other Current funds reserved as an endowment- income unrestricted Commitment (note 4) Total endowment and similar funds 13,188,994 13,214,651 310,697 26,403,645 6,433,718 $33,148,060 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRIVATE FUNDS Statement of Changes in Fund Balances Year Ended 30 June 1970 Current funds Total current Unrestricted funds funds Balance at beginning of year $ 6,024,712 $ 2,851,411 Adjustment — accrued interest 26,670 26,670 Adjustment balance at beginning of year 6,051,382 2,878,081 Additions: flranf^ anH rontrarts net of refunds 9,517,884 Investment income 1,322,315 323,206 Gifts and bequests 2,307,097 17,550 Gross profit on sales 744,950 744,950 Rental 1,583,657 1,583,657 Dues and fees 531,184 531,184 Reimbursement from grantors or contractors 384,629 109,989 Other 451,960 283,372 Net gains (loss) on sales and exchanges of investments (41,899) (41,899) Total additions 16,801,777 3,552,009 Deductions (additions) : Expenditures: Salaries and benefits: Administrative 4,093,708 4,093,708 Rpcpq t~/™h 6,225,853 429,526 Pnrrhasps for roll pr Hon 1 VI X v 1 1 < 1 , ~ V . 1 1 * ' L \. \ ' 1 I \ v. 1 1 » ' 1 1 Travel and transportation 610,162 158,358 Equipment and facilities 922,188 80,370 Supplies and materials 1,375,145 225,910 Rents and utilities 964,606 366,224 Communication 247,680 77,227 Contractual services 2,162,920 1,211,299 Computer rental 1,027,765 176,023 Promotion and advertising 133,717 133,717 Depreciation 31,296 22,825 Administrative expenditures applicable to other funds (2,056,728) 42,724 Reduction of inventory to net realizable value 42,724 Total deductions 18,267,263 4,531,657 Transfers in (out) : Income added to principal Transfers for designated purposes Transfers to endowment funds (52,989) (7,439) (21,053) (21,053) Transfer in support of activities Total transfers to (from) (74,042) (28,492) Balance at end of year $ 4,511,854 $ 1,869,941 See accompanying notes to financial statements. 217 Current funds — Continued Restricted funds Endowment and similar funds Gifts, grants, and contracts Unexpended income Total endowment and similar funds Endounnent funds $20,075,884 Current funds reserved, as an endowment $ 2,379,937 $ 793,364 $26,489,937 $ 6,414,053 2,379,937 9,517,884 793,364 26,489,937 20,075,884 6,414,053 999,109 2,289,547 6,384,289 6,384,289 274,640 74,541 94,057 113,577 (224,482) 6,273,384 113,577 (130,570) 6,253,719 (93,912) 12,156,612 1,093,156 19,665 5,791,461 434,392 175,801 253,725 412,521 39,283 821,478 20,340 1,085,831 63,404 595,159 3,223 156,133 14,320 887,779 63,842 812,744 38,998 8,444 1,981,771 74,957 12,720,678 1,014,928 (52,989) 52,989 52,989 36,301 (28,862) 21,053 21,053 36,301 (81,851) 74,042 74,042 $ 1,852,172 $ 789,741 $32,837,363 $26,403,645 $ 6,433,716 218 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1970 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT 30 June 1970 1. Basis of Accounting. — The accounts for unrestricted funds are maintained on the accrual basis of accounting. Accounts for other funds are maintained on the basis of cash receipts and disbursements, except that reimbursements for work performed pursuant to a grant or contract are accrued and certain real estate is carried at cost or appraised value as explained below. Except for certain real estate acquired by gift or purchased from proceeds of gifts which are valued at cost or appraised value at date of gift, land, buildings, furniture, equipment, works of art, living and other specimens, and certain other similar property, are not included in the accounts of the Institution; the amounts of investments in such properties are not readily determinable. Current expendi- tures for such properties are included among expenses. The accompanying state- ments do not include the National Gallery of Art, the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, nor other departments, bureaus, and operations ad- ministered by the Institution under Federal appropriations. 2. Deferred Magazine Subscription Expenses. — This amount represents pro- motional and other expenses incurred in connection with the introduction of the Smithsonian magazine. Amortization is over a period of twelve months which commenced in March 1970, the month of the first issue. 3. Mortgage Notes Payable. — The mortgage notes payable are secured by first deeds of trust on property acquired in connection with the Chesapeake Bay Center. Funds for the curtailment of these notes will be transferred from Re- stricted Funds — Gifts, designated for the development of the Chesapeake Bay Center. The details of the mortgage notes payable are as follows: a. A $266,000 note on property acquired for $376,000. The note is payable in twenty consecutive semi-annual installments of $13,300, plus interest at the prevailing prime rate on the due date of payment but not less than 8 percent. b. A $44,697 note on property acquired for $118,533. The note is payable in monthly installments of $451.02, including interest at the rate of 6 percent, with the final payment due on 1 November 1989. 4. Commitment. — Pursuant to an agreement, dated 9 October 1967, between the Institution and The Cooper Union for the Advancement of Science and Art, the Institution acquired, on 1 July 1968, all funds belonging to The Cooper Union for use exclusively for museum purposes, and certain articles of tangible personal property as defined in the agreement. The agreement provides, among other covenants, that the Institution will maintain a museum in New York City and has pledges in excess of $800,000 for the support of such a museum. Pledges in the amount of $500,000 have been collected to date. -&U S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1970 O 401-511 U I 'I : I?/. YEAR Smithsonian Year 1971 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 1971 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRESS City of Washington 1971 SMITHSONIAN PUBLICATION 4767 For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington. D.C.. 20402 - Price $1.25 (paper cover) Stock Number: 4700-0179 The Smithsonian Institution The Smithsonian Institution was created by act of Congress in 1846 in accordance with the terms of the will of James Smithson of England, who in 1826 bequeathed his property to the United States of America "to found at Washington, under the name of the Smithsonian Institution, an establishment for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men." In receiving the property and accepting the trust, Congress determined that the federal government was without authority to administer the trust directly, and therefore, constituted an "establishment," whose statutory members are "the President, the Vice President, the Chief Justice, and the heads of the executive departments." The Establishment Richard M. Nixon, President of the United States Spiro T. Acnew, Vice President of the United States Warren E. Burger, Chief Justice of the United States William P. Rogers, Secretary of State John B. Connally, Secretary of the Treasury * Melvin R. Laird, Secretary of Defense John N. Mitchell, Attorney General Winton M. Blount, Postmaster General Rogers C. B. Morton, Secretary of Interior f Clifford M. Hardin, Secretary of Agriculture Maurice H. Stans, Secretary of Commerce James D. Hodgson, Secretary of Labor Elliot L. Richardson, Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare George W. Romney, Secretary of Housing and Urban Development John A. Volpe, Secretary of Transportation * Replaced David M. Kennedy on 11 February 1971. f Replaced Walter J. Hickel on 29 January 1971. Board of Regents and Secretary 30 June 1971 Presiding Officer ex officio Regents of the Institution Executive Committee (Permanent Committee) The Secretary Under Secretary Assistant Secretaries the of Treasurer A listing of the professional staff and its offices appears in Append Richard M. Nixon, President of the United States, Chancellor Warren E. Burger, Chief Justice of the United States, Chancellor Spiro T. Agnew, Vice President of the United States Clinton P. Anderson, Member of the Senate J. William Fulbright, Member of the Senate Hugh Scott, Member of the Senate Frank T. Bow, Member of the House of Representatives John J. Rooney, Member of House of Representatives George H. Mahon, Member of the House of Representatives John Nicholas Brown, citizen Rhode Island William A. M. Burden, citizen of New York Crawford H. Greenewalt, citizen of Delaware Caryl P. Haskins, citizen of Wash- ington, D.C. Thomas J. Watson, Jr., citizen of Connecticut James E. Webb, citizen of Washington, D.C. Warren E. Burger, Chancellor (Board of Regents) Clinton P. Anderson Caryl P. Haskins (Chairman ad interim) James E. Webb S. Dillon Ripley James Bradley David Challinor, Acting Assistant Secretary (Science) * Charles Blitzer, Assistant Secretary (History and Art) William W. Warner, Assistant Sec- retary (Public Service) T. Ames Wheeler of the Smithsonian Institution, its bureaus, ix 4. * Replaced Sidney R. Galler on 11 January 1971. Contents Page The Smithsonian Institution iii Board of Regents and Secretary iv Statement by the Secretary 1 Financial Report H Science 33 National Museum of Natural History 34 National Air and Space Museum 43 Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory 45 Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute 50 Radiation Biology Laboratory 54 National Zoological Park 56 Office of Environmental Sciences 58 Center for the Study of Man 63 Science Information Exchange 64 History and Art 65 The National Museum of History and Technology 66 Archives of American Art 74 Freer Gallery of Art 75 National Collection of Fine Arts 76 National Portrait Gallery 78 Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden 80 Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design 81 National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board 83 Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars 84 Joseph Henry Papers 84 Office of American Studies 85 Office of Academic Studies 85 Smithsonian Institution Archives 86 Office of Seminars 87 Special Museum Programs 89 Office of Museum Programs 90 Office of Exhibits Programs 91 Conservation-Analytical Laboratory 92 Office of the Registrar 93 Smithsonian Institution Libraries 93 International Exchange Service 94 Public Service Activities 96 Smithsonian Associates 97 Office of Public Affairs 99 Office of International Activities 100 Division of Performing Arts* 100 Smithsonian Museum Shops 101 Belmont Conference Center 102 Anacostia Neighborhood Museum 103 v Page Smithsonian (magazine) 104 Smithsonian Institution Press 104 Reading Is Fundamental 105 Division of Elementary and Secondary Education 107 Administrative Management 108 National Gallery of Art 118 John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts 121 Appendixes 127 1. Smithsonian Foreign Currency Program 129 2. Members of the Smithsonian Council 132 3. Smithsonian Associates Membership 134 4. Staff of the Smithsonian Institution 137 5. Publications of the Smithsonian Institution Press 166 6. Publications of the Smithsonian Institution Staff 173 7. Academic Appointments 229 8. Public Affairs 237 9. Smithsonian Exhibits 246 VI Statement by the Secretary S. Dillon Ripley This annual report of the Institution covers a twelve-month period from 1 July 1970 to 1 July 1971. This year seems to have been the time for a distinct pause in American affairs, economically, politically, and to some extent in the realm of ideas as well, for in such times moods are contagious. This has been the year of the decrescendo, the de-escalation, the lowering of rhetoric. The pause, while unfamiliar to some, has not been unwelcome. It has been a sober experience, and sober times are always useful in these days of mental assault by the mixed media among which we live and the false euphoria engendered by our innate huck- sterism. But if the pause has succeeded in being somewhat anti- inflationary, it is too bad that it has not been more productive of contemplation. The basic problems of the present stage of American cultural and economic history remain: anomie in the young, the pandemic use of drugs, alienation among the poor and the ethnic minorities that remain disadvantaged, and the curious loss of interest in hand labor, skills and crafts — those talents that once helped set American energy and creativeness in a class by itself. Annually the Institution attempts to remind Americans of this traditional approach towards life and personal fulfillment in our Folk Festival. The 1970 Folk Festival, our fourth on the Mall, was even more successful than its predecessors. A main feature was provided by the State of Arkansas, a national center for crafts and folk music traditions. One hundred and seventy five Arkansans led by State officials, participated in the five day festival, demonstrating everything from the carving of dul- cimers to the making of sorghum, corncob jelly, barrels, saddles, fiddles, split oak cotton baskets, knives, quilts, and wood carvings. They also demonstrated wine-making and milking, churning, cheese-making, and baking. A huge turn-out of Washington citizens and tourists watched with fascination and awe as all sorts of things were made by hand. Among the foods sold at the festival were barbecued buffalo meat, Indian fried bread, Arkansas barbecued chicken, and black- berry cobbler, Ozark style. 1 <> SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 In addition we played host to our first big assemblage of Amer- ican Indians organized by Mrs. Clydia Nahwooksy and George Kishketon, Cherokee and Kickapoo, respectively. Tribes represented included Comanches, Kiowas, Ponca, Ponca-Sioux, Kickapoo, Osage, Cheyenne, Kiowa-Choctaw and Arapaho. Crafts, music, and dance were all demonstrated. As one tourist wrote, "I wish Washington was like this all year round. You have brought life to the center of the Mall. It's a living greensward, not a dead one." During the period 16-31 July 1970, the Institution had its first general Congressional hearings since 1855. The purpose of the hearings, called by our committee in the House, the Subcommittee on Library and Memorials, was, in the words of the Honorable Frank Thompson of New Jersey, our Chairman, "a comprehensive look at the Smithsonian, which, established by Act of Congress in 1846, is essentially a federal responsibility," even though "rela- tively independent compared to other federal organizations. . . . We hope to obtain a better understanding of how the Smithsonian operates, of its structure, of how it develops and carries out its policies, of how its activity benefits the public and, of course, we want to find out what its goals are for the future." "Only when we have this knowledge can the subcommittee and the Congress pass confidently on legislation requested by the Smithsonian." In my own statement I responded in kind, "We feel we have far too few opportunities ... to be in close touch with your committee . . . and it is a very hopeful and helpful sign of the continuing interest of the Congress of the United States" in our affairs. For indeed we welcome scrutiny as I had stated in our annual report of 1969, and we feel that we thrive on self-examina- tion. The two volumes of the hearings,* running to over 1,000 pages, were comprehensive indeed and no doubt will prove a valuable source book for the future. No stone seemed to be left unturned in our accounting of the multifarious activities of the Institution, although for those of us who constantly live the affairs of the Smithsonian, the time at hand seemed all too short in which to set the stage as it were, to provide the setting, both historical * General Hearings before the Subcommittee on Library and Memorials of the Committee on House Administration. House of Representatives, Ninety-first Congress, Second Session (Smithsonian Institution) , U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, 1970. STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 3 and contemporary, tor what it is that we do, why we do it, and how it came about in the first place. The demonstrated interest of Mr. Thompson, well known in the country for his sponsorship of cultural and arts legislation, of Mr. Brademas, whose concern for education is equally well known, and of the other members of the subcommittee, Mr. Schwengel, Mr. Bingham, Mr. Harvey, and Mr. Crane, in our hearings, was a most welcome one, and we are indeed grateful for this oppor- tunity to be responsive to the Congress. One of the particular recommendations of the Committee as a result of the hearings was that the Smithsonian should restudy the cross-Mall design for the sculpture garden of the Hirshhorn Museum. As a result a new solution was found; the plans were revised and are currently under way, thus not traversing the open space of the Mall's center panel. Finally the committee gave circu- lation to its far-reaching conclusion that, "the Smithsonian's value to the people of the United States is impossible to estimate. It can be safely stated that its role is basic and should be continued. Its work and research in science, education, history, the arts, and, of course, in its many museums far overshadow whatever criticisms of the Smithsonian have been made." In all of the work of assembling material for the hearings, I should like to pay particular tribute to the Smithsonian staff, from my own assistants to the heads of bureaus and departments and to our Archivist, fiscal officers and secretarial aides, many of whom worked overtime and under great pressure performing research and providing data for presentation. The energy and initiative displayed were a testament to the fact that there exists a great loyalty and a sense of common enterprise among those who work for this much-cherished Institution. We are all very proud of the Smithsonian, and our pride is shown in the dedication and sense of fulfillment which is demonstrated in our work at such times. During all this period of the summer of 1970, our budget unit had been preparing materials for submission to the President's Office of Management and Budget, for the fiscal year 1972 budget. Both at our hearings and also in the subsequent autumn discussions with the Budget authorities of the President, the Institution was honored to have a new champion for our air and space concerns in the person of Senator Barry Goldwater, one of the premier aero- nauts in government, who took revived interest on our behalf for the long postponed National Air and Space Museum. This project, 4 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 passed by the Congress in 1966, with a site on the Mall and build- ing plans approved, had been deferred for construction until such time as a significant decline in the American involvement in Viet- nam had occurred. Meanwhile inflation had taken its toll of the original plans for the museum, which we estimated would cost nearly twice as much to build by 1976, as we had assumed in 1966. Consequently, the Board of Regents approved a scaling down of the original plans to produce a building more in keeping with the original estimated costs. New scaled-down plans with their redesign will take nearly a year to achieve, and in order to accomplish this, an allowance in our budget of $1.9 million would be required. With the help of Senator Goldwater, as well as the authoritative and enthusiastic support of the Regents, this item was approved and incorporated in our budget for 1972. If the schedule presently outlined can be achieved without let or hindrance from acts of God, strikes, fires or flood, we are in a fair way to have a National Air and Space Museum within five years, namely by 1976. The new Museum should incorporate many new devices and' points of view on account of the very delay in its construction. There is a beneficial aspect in such delays. The triumphs of the astronauts on the Moon for example, give our designers scope for newly thought-out exhibits. The whole understanding of space which has evolved in the last five years since 1966 gives us new opportunities. A "Spacearium" should be incorporated in the new museum, an evolved planetarium concept orienting the participant to life in space. New advances in chemistry and geology have cre- ated new cosmogonies. New theories of the origin of the solar system and the galaxies of outer space can be demonstrated and exhibited in a manner which we would have been hard put to incorporate in an existing designed series of exhibits. So there is new scope for enthusiasm, and the new techniques will benefit the history of man's conquest of the air, as well as the story of the unfolding of the universe. A most welcome addition to our staff this year has come in the person of Michael Collins, one of the Apollo 11 astronauts, who has taken up the post of Director of the National Air and Space Museum with captivating enthusiasm. This has also been the year in which we have completed the budgeting, under contract authority, for the construction of the Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden. The final sum needed to complete this contemporary structure designed by STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 5 Gordon Bunshaft of the firm of Skidmore, Owings and Merrill is $3,697,000 and this has been voted by the Congress in the 1972 budget. The Museum and Garden, situated between Seventh and Ninth Streets and Independence Avenue and Adams Drive, will play neighbor to the Arts and Industries Building erected in 1878. The four buildings taken in a row, the Freer Gallery, the Smithsonian "Castle," the Arts and Industries Building, and the Hirshhorn, provide a fascinating exercise in American architectural tradition and style over one hundred and twenty years. All the buildings are or will be small, and each in its way sym- bolizes a period, and each has its own color values. Contrasted to the monolithic procession of buildings which ring the Mall, I sometimes think of these varied creations as colorful figures on a Bayeux tapestry, or in a Mayan pictograph. The Hirshhorn will certainly add a vivid new dimension to touristing in Washington, with its extraordinary collections span- ning the rise of contemporary art and its roots, the past one hundred years of sculpture and painting, particularly in America, as well as examples of many of the source materials from far-away places and eras like the Kingdom of Benin, the prehistoric cul- tures of the Middle East and central Asia, and examples of so- called "primitive" art. The new design for the sculpture garden, drawn into the tree panel on the south side of the Mall is a positive improvement for the viewer, for shade is of the essence in tourist Washington dur- ing the long summer months. We are grateful to the Congressional hearings for spurring us into a reconsideration of that design. Construction contracts on a tight budget are always fearful and risky things to tamper with. Inflationary cost-increases in construc- tion threatened at one point to endanger the whole project, and we are additionally grateful to Mr. Hirshhorn for his generosity in adding a million dollars to our construction budget. With luck our schedule now assumes an opening of the Museum and Sculpture Garden in mid- 1973. Meanwhile President Nixon has named the eight public Trustees of the Gallery, together with two ex-officio Trustees. During autumn of 1970, the fourth Smithsonian symposium "Cultural Styles and Social Identities: Interpretations of Protest and Change" met to air issues of great concern to all of us. The colloquium, which was held through the generous interest and support of the Charles F. Kettering Foundation and the Rocke- 5 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 feller Brothers Fund, demonstrated our own interest in cultural change as reflected in the work of anthropologists and historians alike. We are most grateful to these foundations, and with the stimulus of the Kettering staff we hope to explore further aspects of the Smithsonian in the fields of education and public service that could help us grasp the "open university" concept. If our setting as a museum seems to imply to many that we are merely guardians of old dead "things," then we should remind others as well as ourselves that we are keeping these objects for a purpose: to accompany the inevitable stream of change with the constant reminder of the thread of continuity. Past is prologue and young people today, who grow older each moment, will recall this in time. If the new media are making us once again remember our pre- literate gifts of ear and hand and nose and the nonreading eye, as I believe they are, then surely museums are the most valuable ally that formal education could find, ready-made, ready to hand. But if the juggernaut of education is capable of critical self- examination leading to change, can the museum be said to be so as well? Museums sometimes tend to be somnolent, backward- looking as the very materials they keep. Unless museums can be critical of their own role, they will be found wanting when the forces of education call for their support. The symposium called forth its own protest from groups who felt unrepresented, Chicanos and women. This was welcome, and a great compliment to the Institution. Perhaps we really are a "sacred cow" as we were termed. I would like to think so, for if we can bend our attention to changes in the eddys and currents running through our culture then so much the better. The Institution needs to strengthen its competence in certain behavioral and social fields in order to develop better interactive, teaching exhibits that are more useful and more germane to present styles of learning. The two great areas for this effort seem to me to lie in the fields of understanding our environment and of under- standing our history and, perhaps, where both may lead us. The American experience is brief but incalculably rich. Nothing so far has occurred that leads us to believe we cannot profit from past achievements as well as errors, and in so doing secure our future. During the winter season an active program of new exhibits and openings delighted our Associates and the general public alike. Notable among these were the Rube Goldberg exhibit initiated STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 7 by Professor Boorstin, Director of the National Museum of History and Technology. We were fortunate to have Mr. Goldberg at the opening and to celebrate his many fruitful years as cartoonist, artist, sculptor, and philosopher of the American scene. Dr. Sadik organized two especially interesting exhibits at the National Portrait Gallery in what is fast becoming a remarkable tradition of style and scholarship. The first, organized by Andrew Oliver, displayed the portraits of John Quincy Adams (to whom the Smithsonian owes so much for his interest during his latter years as Congressman) . The second, the research on which was performed by Robert Stewart, exhibited the obscure 18th-century American portraitist, Henry Benbridge. Both were artistic triumphs. The arrival at the National Portrait Gallery of Professor Lillian Miller from the University of Wisconsin will add a highly signifi- cant element to the Gallery's continual evolution as a center for historical scholarship. Similarly the National Collection of Fine Arts created a rich and illustrative series of exhibits of American artists ranging from Jasper Cropsey to the virtually unknown (in this country) Lyman Sayen, and Romaine Brooks. These exhibits, under the director- ship of Professor Taylor, were notable for the exemplary taste in display of Harry Lowe. This has been the first full year in operation of the Archives of American Art, and auguries for research and scholarship in Amer- ican art history in Washington are just beginning to be appreciated. I feel sure that the Washington in years to come will be as well known as a metropolis of art and studies in art, as it is thought of today as the center for U.S. Government administration. That this will be so is assured by plans announced or in process of our two Smithsonian affiliates, the National Gallery of Art, and the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts. During the year, the National Gallery has broken ground for its formidably beauti- ful addition designed by I.M. Pei. In years to come this building and its space should set the capstone on the National Gallery's ambitions to be a world center for exhibition and study of centuries of art. The Kennedy Center, now virtually completed, will launch its performances shortly in halls that already have been shown to be acoustically as fine as any in the nation. This year budgeting for the Institution at last reached an area of appropriate recognition. The demonstrated needs in science, in the administration of buildings, and in the initiation or completion of construction were largely met by an understanding and generous 3 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Congress. We welcome this recognition of needs long overdue and are most grateful to our appropriations committees as well as to our Congressional Regents for their inestimable support. In areas to do with the arts, with the coming of the Nation's Bicentennial, and with the environmental sciences, the Institution has still to achieve the recognition that its tasks are vital to progress in American culture and civilization. That this day will come I feel sure, and already we can look back at the years in which we have been stressing the needs of museums in general and the part which the Institution could perform nationally to aid museums as by no means wasted. Museums are slowly but surely being recognized for their poten- tial, and it is our hope that our own small nascent program of help to museums and kindred institutions under the National Museum Act will help to speed this progress. To this end we are not only planning to launch expanded pro- grams of museum-technician training and aid in exhibits, but also conferences, seminars, and other discussions on kindred subjects such as the future of systematic collections, data centers for descrip- tive sciences, and the linking of science museum exhibits to a teach- ing curricula. This past year marked the fifteenth of our collaboration with Harvard University in astrophysics. In recognition of this fact President Pusey proposed that we hold a joint ad hoc discussion of past results and future hopes for this collaboration. The Smith- sonian was delighted to do so, and a joint report to President Pusey and myself, organized by Dean Dunlop of Harvard and Under Secretary Bradley, has provided a foundation for new discussions of future cooperation. In these fifteen years, the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory has become an integrated arm of teaching at Harvard, while the Harvard faculty have joined with us in an exciting series of research efforts at our tracking stations around the globe as well as new installations in Nebraska, and latterly, in Arizona at Mount Hopkins in conjunction with the University of Arizona. Grateful thanks are indeed due for the prescience of my prede- cessor, Secretary Leonard Carmichael, and Professor Donald Men- zel, then the Director of the Harvard College Obseratory, in initiat- ing this collaboration which has resulted in the training of 76 graduate students, and the setting up of 4 joint laboratory facilities shared by the two institutions. The year 1970 marks the completion of the fifth year of public STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 9 service inaugurated by the Associates' programs. The membership in the greater Washington area totals some 8,300 members that include family units and totals approximately 17,000 persons. The variety of activities available to these members and family members is astounding, and the participation by young and old continues to be increasingly rewarding to those of us who believe that this is one of the things that the Smithsonian must carry on and encour- age— participation by Washingtonians in day-to-day Institution activities. The participation response as always continues to be heartwarming to ourselves. The patience of our volunteers and members when, on occasion, classes are held in too-crowded quarters or when the unbelievable Washington traffic congestion on the Mall makes accessibility to, our halls almost impossible, is a source of continuing gratitude. This summer again we will be resuming our open-Museums policy with funds newly granted us by the Congress. Keeping the buildings open after business hours has been one of the most popular moves that has been made on the Mall. Many Washing- tonians pass their whole lives without having time to visit the Smithsonian. Traffic problems have become increasingly depressing. We con- tinue to hope, along with the National Park Service, whose effi- ciency and organization deserve unbounded admiraton, that our joint concern and ambition in securing off-Mall or underground parking may somehow be achieved. Otherwise the dead hand of constant traffic jams may eventually strangle all movement on the Mall, and produce that mortuary effect that I sometimes think is the ultimate dream of the surburban developers and the final quietus of the city planners. If it can be said that in this year the Smithsonian has done any- thing useful for the people of this country, then I think it is simply that we exist. In times of turmoil, even though lessened, in times of peculiar uncertainty of what role if any America can play in world affairs, it is rewarding to look back on the kinds of service to people which this Institution affords — an open sort of education, a reaffirmation of what we have accomplished in the past two cen- turies, a series of examples and precepts, not didactic, not shrill or hortatory, but simply there, showing something positive. No matter how bitterly we may regret the past for lost oppor- tunities or missed directions, our country shows an extraordinary ability to solve pragmatic problems which should encourage us JO SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 greatly in these days of awareness of environmental damage all around. In addition, in spite of all the evidence of human frailty on every hand, Americans continue to show an essential friendliness, tolerance, and concern for their fellow men. We sense it in our day-to-day comings and goings on the Mall, and it is this which continues to give us all a sense of pride and accomplishment in our work in the Institution. Financial Report The total operating support for the Institution is composed of federally appropriated funds (including special foreign currency monies) , research grant and contract awards, and private funds in the form of gifts and endowment fund income for both re- stricted and unrestricted purposes. With the exception of private unrestricted funds, the uses of these monies are limited to the specific purposes designated by the appropriation, grant, or gift, with the funds recorded separately in over 1,500 individual ac- counts. Total funds for operations and for construction in fiscal years 1968-1971 are shown below (in thousands) : FT 1968 FT 1969 FT 1970 FT 1971 OPERATING FUNDS Federal appropriations Salaries and expenses $26,784 529,150 $32,679 $36,895 Special foreign currency program 2,316 2,316 2,316 2,500 Subtotal 29,100 31,466 34,995 39,395 Research grants and contracts 1 1 , 584 1 1 , 624 1 0 , 825 9,312 Nonfederal funds: Gifts (excluding gifts to endowments) Restricted purpose 442 1,806 2,290 1,905 Unrestricted purpose 27 181 17 356 Income from endowment and current funds investment Restricted purpose 870 924 999 1,115 Unrestricted purpose 368 441 281 330 Miscellaneous 190 476 503 406 Total Operating Support $42,581 $46,918 $49,910 $52,819 CONSTRUCTION FUNDS (Federal) National Zoological Park $ 400 $ 300 $ 600 $ 200 National Air and Space Museum — — Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum 803 2,000 3,500 5,200 Restoration and renovation of buildings.. 1 , 125 400 525 1 ,725 Total $ 2,328 $ 2,700 $ 4,625 $ 7,125 Federal Appropriated Funds Operations (Salaries and Expenses) . — As shown above, Congress has provided increases in appropriations to the Smithsonian in 441-283 O - 71 - 2 12 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 recent years. The substantial inflation in this period, however, absorbed a large part of these increases. Throughout this period, also, there existed the need to provide for the natural growth of museum and scientific research collections, to meet established commitments toward improvement of the Institution's museums, and to participate more fully in growing research fields such as ecology and oceanography. Together these forces placed a severe strain upon operating budgets and accentuated existing shortages of support for our research scientists and museum directors. For- tunately, this situation has now been recognized and the increase in our appropriation for operations (salaries and expenses) for FY 1972 will make a good start toward alleviating these shortages in many areas. The division of the Institution's federal appropriations (exclud- ing special foreign currency program) for operating purposes in recent years among its broad areas of service has been as follows (in thousands) : FT 1968 FY 1969 FT 1970 FT 1971 Science $9,566 $10,467 $11,761 $13,495 History and Art 4,045 4,287 5,081 5,878 Public Service 973 1,159 1,445 1,442 Museum Programs 3,128 3,260 3,592 3,744 Administration 2,155 2,526 2,733 3,051 Building Maintenance 6,917 7,451 8,067 9,285 Total $26,784 $29,150 $32,679 $36,895 Additional detail for FY 1971 is shown in Table 1 on page 22. Special Foreign Currency Program. — These funds, representing a portion of the U.S. Government's holdings of blocked currencies in nine foreign nations, have been awarded to the Smithsonian annually since 1964 to administer a program of grants to more than fifty museums and universities in the United States for the purpose of carrying on research in the related foreign currency countries. The uses of these currencies during FY 1971 were as follows (in thousands) : Systematic and En- Astrophysics Grant vironmental and Earth Museum Admini- Archeology Biology Sciences Programs stration Tola? Ceylon $ 18.0 $431.7 $- $- $- $449.7 India 492.4 287.9 11.5 8.7 1.7 802.2 Israel 521.1 281.4 1.2 803.7 Morocco 3.9 41.6 2.9 48.4 STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 13 Pakistan 47.1 42.4 89.5 Poland 39.8 3.0 1.1 43.9 Tunisia 61.7 15.2 76.9 Egypt 266.6 43.5 23.7 333.8 Yugoslavia 315.8 73.4 - 3.1 392.3 Total $1766.4 $1217.1 $38.2 $12.9 $5.8 $3040.4* * Includes unobligated balance from previous fiscal year. These grants are audited by the Smithsonian internal auditing staff aided by foreign independent accountants in some cases, and also more recently with the assistance in foreign countries of the audit staff of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Construction. — An additional $5,200,000 was appropriated in the fiscal year 1971 budget for the construction of the Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden. This made a total of $11,303,000 appropriated for this project since the initial planning appropriation was received in fiscal year 1968. This left a final appropriation of $3,697,000, the balance of the $15,000,000 author- ized by Congress for the project, to be obtained in the fiscal year 1972 appropriation. Construction is scheduled to be completed in the fall of 1972. Of the $1,725,000 of appropriations for restoration and renova- tion of buildings appropriated to the Institution in fiscal year 1971, $774,000 was for the repair of fire damage suffered in the third floor of the National Museum of History and Technology in September 1970. An additional $500,000 was for the necessary redecking of space in the Arts and Industries Building to provide additional office areas. Research Grants, and Contracts Total grants and contracts carried on by the Institution in each of the past years, by awarding agency, were as follows (in thou- sands) : FT 1968 FT 1969 FT 1970 FT 1971 Department of Health Education and $ - $ 272 $ 326 $ 297 Welfare Department of Defense 1,334 1,667 1,086 843 National Air and Space Agency 7,294 7,265 6,561 4,930 National Science Foundation 2,355 2,099 2,246 2,028 Other 601 321 606 1,214 Total $11,584 $11,624 $10,825 $9,312 14 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 As indicated in last year's annual report, cutbacks by nasa, espe- cially for the satellite tracking program at our Smithsonian Astro- physical Observatory, caused a further reduction in grants and contracts awarded to the Institution in fiscal year 1971. Adjust- ments in expenditures and personnel at the Observatory have been carried out as a result. Table I, shows the usage of grant and contract monies by various bureaus of the Institution. Over 95 percent goes for scientific research — notably to our Astrophysical Observatory, to anthropol- ogists and other scientists in the National Museum of Natural History and for studies in the environmental sciences. Grants from the National Science Foundation were largely for the funding of the Science Information Exchange which has been operated by the Smithsonian since 1953. For the fiscal year 1972, funding responsi- bility has also been transferred to the Institution, to become a part of its federal appropriation request with a corresponding re- duction in future nsf funding. Private Funds In addition to federal appropriations and awards of research grants and contracts the Institution benefits from private funds received in the form of gifts and as income from its endowment and other investment funds. Not including contributions to endow- ment funds (discussed below), a total of $2,261,000 of gifts was received during fiscal year 1971, about the same level as in the previous year. Income from investments amounted to $1,444,000. An additional $406,000 was obtained from memberships, special fund-raising drives, and fees. Following traditional practice, private fund accounts of the Insti- tution are audited annually in their entirety by independent public accountants. Their report for fiscal year 1971, including compara- tive balance sheets and a statement of changes in balances in all the various funds, appears on pages 25-31. (Grant and contract monies received from federal agencies are audited annually by the Defense Contracts Audit Agency; audits of federally appropriated funds are conducted by the Institution's internal audit staff and from time to time by the General Accounting Office.) Unrestricted Private Funds. — Private funds are vital to the main- tenance of the Institution, permitting it flexibility of operations, nonpolitical objectivity, and greater attraction for valuable na- tional collections to benefit its millions of visitors. Unfortunately, STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 15 its total sources of private funds in fiscal year 1971 provided only 8 percent of overall operating revenues, with federal appropriations accounting for a growing portion of total support. It is important to note, furthermore, that these private funds are dedicated largely to restricted purposes. This was the case for 77 percent of our fiscal year 1971 investment income and, in recent years, nearly all of the gift monies. In fiscal year 1971, however, the latter included $365,500 for unrestricted operating purposes; this was of immense value in aiding the Institution to approach a balance in its current unrestricted private funds operating budget despite the continued rise in costs of salaries, services, and sup- plies. The gap between income and expenditure was reduced to $138,690, a notable improvement over previous years. Nevertheless, the loss of these unrestricted private funds during the year was disappointing. The balance of these funds was $1,719,657 at 30 June 1971. This is below the desired level of working capital for the Institution; it must be rebuilt in future years by surpluses to be obtained by careful control of expenditures and by enlargement of our sources of income. An examination of the present application of our private unre- stricted funds is useful in understanding how this desired result may be achieved. Table 1 sets forth total Smithsonian income and disbursements — federal, nonfederal, and grant and contract monies — by bureaus, offices, and activities. In this table the revenues and expenses of our computer centers (which are run on a break-even basis) and of our revenue-producing "activities" have been netted out; only the net excess of disbursements is included in order to clarify their effect. From this table it may be seen that unrestricted funds are used in part to support new programs (Anacostia Museum, Chesapeake Bay Center) , provide additional resources for certain established programs and supporting services (libraries, academic programs, Smithsonian Institution Press, performing arts), and to finance our revenue-producing "activities" until they can become fully self-supporting. Additionally, private unrestricted funds pay for administrative costs associated with these nonfederal expenditures, including the large amount of grants and contracts and the "activities" themselves — all of which are charged for a share of these administrative expenses in an effort to recover such expenses as fully as possible. Results of the revenue-producing activities themselves in fiscal year 1971 were as follows (in thousands) : 16 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Per- Museum Maga- Asso- forming Total Shops Press* zine dates Arts Other** Sales and Revenues $4,654 SI, 020 $ 148 52,412 $ 597 $ 142 $ 335 Less Cost of Sales 2,188 686 134 1,134 193 - 41 Gross Income 2,466 334 14 1,278 404 142 294 Gifts 52 - - 6 46 - - Total Income 2,518 334 14 1,284 450 142 294 Expenses 2,763 327 150 1,393 410 200 283 Income (loss) before (245) 7 (136) (109) 40 (58) 11 charge for adminis- trative costs Less Administrative 289 87 _23 100 31 20 28 Costs Net Income (loss) $ (534) $ (80) $(159) $ (209) $ 9 $ (78) $ (17) * The privately funded activities of the Press as opposed to the federally sup- ported publication of research papers. ** Includes Traveling Exhibitions, Belmont Conference Center, photo sales, and the "Commons" restaurant. The Smithsonian magazine continued to gain acceptance and show excellent progress during this first full year of operation. Its loss, due in part to nonrecurring costs, was greatly reduced, and circulation at the fiscal year-end exceeded 250,000. Break-even results are expected in fiscal year 1972. On the other hand, the continued loss ($80,000) in our Museum Shops, although caused in large part by liquidation of large unsal- able inventories acquired in previous years, was most disappointing. The need for great business attention to the Shops and other sim- ilar activities has become abundantly clear. Effective in July 1971, Mr. Harry R. Albers has been given this responsibility by his ap- pointment as Business Manager, Office of the Treasurer. Another major factor causing the imbalance in private unre- stricted fund accounts was the substantial underrecovery of private fund administrative expenses. An intensive study of this problem has been completed and with the adoption of certain policy changes the loss from this source should be reduced. If this can be accom- plished and if expected improvements in financial results of the magazine and shops are also achieved, the Institution should make a start in fiscal year 1972 toward the desired rebuilding of its current operating funds. From a different angle, our year-old Development Office is STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 17 actively at work in conjunction with the newly organized National Associations program at building an active national group of Smithsonian friends who will assist in the raising of additional sorely needed unrestricted private funds. At the same time the Office is soliciting contributions for a number of specific funding requirements of the Institution and is launching a program to make clear the need for future individual gifts and bequests. Additional unrestricted funds thus obtained could be constructively used to restore needed working capital, to provide equipment to outfit properly the Institution's photographic services division and Museum Shops (enabling the Institution to help itself by increas- ing revenues in these areas) , to develop more rapidly its public education programs in new fields of audiovisual techniques, and to finance a great variety of research projects or collection acquisi- tions now stifled for lack of funds — to name but a few pressing requirements. Restricted Private Funds. — As indicated earlier, a total of $1,905,000 of gifts for restricted operating purposes was received during fiscal year 1971. Major donations included $276,000 for the Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design in New York City, representing principally the payment of previous out- standing commitments toward reestablishment of this Museum. The Carnegie Corporation has agreed, subject to court review and certain terms and conditions, to donate the Carnegie Mansion as a site for this Museum. Strong measures are now needed to obtain the very substantial funds for rehabilitating the building for museum use and to provide future operating funds. Continued progress was made in acquiring additional land at the Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Sciences and a new $25,000 gift was received for that purpose during the year. To exercise a favorable option to acquire one of the properties, it was necessary, however, to obtain a bank loan of $175,000 which it is hoped can be repaid within the near future from additional dona- tions. Other acquisitions and proposals for additional grants are in process. In another field, gifts totaling $243,000 were contributed to- ward the important underwater research efforts centered at the Institution's new oceanographic center in Fort Pierce, Florida, at which will be based the Johnson-Sea-Link submarine and the /. Seward Johnson oceangoing submarine tender, contributed to the Institution by Mr. Edwin A. Link and Mr. J. Seward Johnson. These were in addition to the substantial income for this purpose 18 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 received from a large special endowment fund. In part these funds financed the purchase of 172 acres of land at this center in June 1971, but it is expected that an interested foundation will repur- chase this land within the near future while continuing to dedicate it to the same purposes. A final three-year grant of $259,000 to the Smithsonian-associated program of "Reading is FUNdamental" assured successful continuation of this valuable venture. Numerous other contributions for important research, educational and museum projects included those for Anacostia Museum, the Fourth International Symposium, and the acquisition of additional col- lection items. A listing of individual donors is shown on pages 19-21. In addition to gifts, endowment funds established for specific purposes provided $1,114,000. of investment income and miscellane- ous sources added another $195,000 of restricted purpose income in fiscal year 1971. Of the investment income $674,000 was for opera- tion of the Freer Gallery, $116,000 was dedicated to the Marine Center oceanography program referred to above, and the remain- ing $324,000 was provided for a great variety of purposes designated by the donors. Utilization of these gifts and restricted purpose investment in- come may not, of course, occur in the same year as the one in which they are received, with the result that year-end balances show considerable variations from year to year. In fiscal year 1971 land acquisition at the Chesapeake Bay Center required expenditure of $288,000 of money received for this purpose in previous years and unusually large collection purchases by the Freer Gallery drew down its previously accrued investment income balance by $180,000. These two items largely account for the decline in total restricted fund balances from $2,241,000 as of 30 June 1970 to $1,762,000 on 30 June 1971. Endowment Funds. — The value of the Institution's endowment funds increased during the year, reflecting both additional gifts of $1,677,000 and also general increases in values of securities to reach a total market value on 30 June 1971 of $45,905,000 ($42,632,000 of stocks and bonds, $1,000,000 permanent loan to U.S. Treasury, $2,176,000 real estate, and a $97,000 note receiv- able) . In addition, current fund investments on that date had a market value of $2,727,000. The endowment fund gifts included a $1,310,000 addition to the Oceanography Research Fund and a $79,000 bequest for unrestricted uses. Most of the Institution's endowment funds are handled in three separate investment accounts consisting of the Freer Fund STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 19 ($18,805,000 market valuation of 30 June 1971), dedicated to pro- viding operating income for the Freer Gallery of Art; Endow- ment Fund No. 3 ($12,331,000), dedicated entirely to oceano- graphic research; and the Consolidated Fund ($11,470,000), in which all other restricted and unrestricted endowment funds have for many years been pooled for investment purposes. These funds, as well as current account investment funds, are summarized in Table 2. A listing of the individual investments held in the various endowment funds may be obtained upon request to the Treasurer of the Institution. Increasing attention has been given to the monitoring of these funds in the past two years with the result that the Board of Regents appointed in September 1970 a new Investment Policy Committee consisting of the Secretary (ex-officio) , three Regents (Mr. William A. M. Burden, Chairman; Dr. Crawford H. Greene- wait; and Mr. James E. Webb) and four experienced investment executives (Messrs. Harold F. Linder, Donald Moriarty, Charles H. Mott, and William R. Salomon) . After reviewing the invest- ment problems of the Institution, the Board of Regents, on the recommendation of this Committee, has adopted a number of changes affecting our endowment funds. Effective 1 July 1971, three new investment management firms have been given the re- sponsibility for investing different portions of the funds. Discretion has been granted to the managers to carry out this responsibility, subject to general policy guidance and prompt reporting require- ments imposed by the Board. A listing of individual funds included in our Consolidated Invest- ment Fund and their related investment income in fiscal year 1971 is set forth in Table 3. Donors to the Smithsonian The Smithsonian Institution gratefully acknowledges gifts and bequests received during fiscal year 1971 from the following: $100,000 or more: Atlantic Foundation Battelie-Memorial Institute Ford Foundation ,, -, _ , „ Mrs. Mary Graham Bruce T. Seward lohnson „ . „ , . J J Carnegie Foundation Mrs. Marjorie Merriweather Post ¥ , „ „ _ , ,. J Joseph P. Crane Foundation er/i nnn William H. Crocker $10,000 or more: . William L. Elkins Mrs. Hugo Astor Daniel and Florence Guggenheim Mrs. W. Vincent Astor Foundation 20 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 $10,000 or more — Continued Susan Morse Hilles Agency Interdisciplinary Communications Association International Business Machines Corporation Iran Foundation Junior League of Washington, D. C. J. D. R. 3rd Fund, Inc. J. M. Kaplan Fund, Inc. Charles F. Kettering Foundation Hoffman La Roche Foundation Miami Beach Tourist Authority Ambrose Monell Foundation National Foundation for the Arts and Humanities National Geographic Society State of New York Edward J. Noble Foundation Prospect Hill Foundation Rockefeller Brothers Fund Rockefeller Foundation Laurence S. Rockefeller Clara Louise Safford Estate San Diego Zoo The Scaife Family of Pittsburgh Hattie M. Strong Foundation Bertrand L. Taylor Wenner-Gren Foundation Xerox Corporation $1,000 or more: Amalgamated Meat Cutters and Butchers Workmen of North America American Conservation Association, Inc. American Council of Learned Societies American Federation of Information Processing Society American Philosophical Society Anonymous W. Andrew Archer Avco Corporation Bakery and Confectionery Union Barra Foundation Henry W. Bass Beal Foundation Clay Bedford Louis D. Beaumont Foundation David P. Becker Bernard P. Bishop Museum Jacob Blaustein Elizabeth Booker Brunschwig & Fils, Inc. Morris and Gwendolyn Cafritz Foundation Charron Foundation Cleveland Foundation Continental Oil Company Cook Industries, Inc. Pamela C. Copeland Cornell University Dairy Industry Committee of Metro Washington Elsie DeWolfe Foundation Dillon Fund Government of District of Columbia Alfred U. Elser, Jr. Faunalabs, Inc. Joseph Fenykovi Harvey Firestone Friendship Fund General Electric Company General Telephone and Electronic Corp. George Washington University Gordon D. Gibson Bruce Gilchrist Glass Bottle Blowers Association of the United States and Canada William P. Graham Crawford H. Greenewalt Norris Harkness Harvard University Press Hill and Knowlton, Inc. Charles Horsky International Association of Bridge, Structural, and Ornamental Iron Workers of America International Telephone and Telegraph Co. John B. Jago Johns Hopkins University Marguerite Kellogg Ellsworth P. Kelly Mannheimer Kunstverein Phyllis Lambert Jack L. Leon Charles A; Lindbergh STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 21 $1,000 or more — Continued Link Foundation Howard Lipman Sally P. Livingstone Lockheed Aircraft Corp. Marcus Ward Lyon, Jr. Estate Mr. and Mrs. Robert S. McNamara Merck & Co., Inc. City of Monroe, Louisiana Museum d'Art et d'Historie, Geneve National Audubon Society Mr. and Mrs. Hugo V. Neuhaus New York Foundation New York Times Foundation Dan H. Nicholson Northern Trust Company Occidental Petroleum Corporation The Poynter Fund H. Vnon Petrikovits Preservation Society of Newport County Mrs. Augustus Riggs iv Ralph Rinzler Mrs. Clifford Robertson Rubin Foundation, Inc. Sidney Printing and Publishing Co. Symonds Foundation E. W. Thaw and Co. John B. Trevor, Jr. Marcie Brady Tucker Foundation W. M. Underwood Co. UNESCO Union Trust Co. United States Steel Corp. Mrs. H. G. Van Roijen Dorothy Wallenstein Ellen Bayard Weedon Foundation Howard Weingrow William Woodward, Jr. Zoological Board of Victoria, Australia or more: Madame Leon Barzin Harry H. Bassett William Beinecke Bell and Howell Foundation Carroll Cartwright Caterpillar Tractor Co. Lois Clark Alice De Leman Michael Desfayes Early Birds Electronic Corporation of America Clifford Evans, Jr. Peter A. Frank and Co. Grossman Publications Mason E. Hale, Jr. Samuel J. Holladay Institution of International Education Johnson City Foundation Abraham Melamed Elinor Merrell Dorothy S. Payer Phillips Petroleum Company Revlon Foundation Scovill Manufacturing Company E. R. Squibb and Sons Strahein and Somann The Upjohn Company William C. Whitney Foundation Marie and Joseph Wilson We also gratefully acknowledge other contributions in the amount of $34,289.86 received from 484 persons during fiscal year 1971. Table 1 . — Source and applications of funds (in thousands) Year ended 30 June 1971 Non-Federal Funds Federal Grants and Funds Funds Total Unrestricted Restricted Contracts Fund Balances- 1 July 1970.. $ - $ 4,512 $ 1,870 $ 2,356 $ 286 FUNDS PROVIDED Federal Appropriations $36,895 Investment Income $ 1,444 $ 330 $ 1,114 $ - Grants and Contracts 9,317 9,317 Gifts 2,261 356 1,905 Other 406 211 195 Total Provided 836,895 $13,428 $ 897 $3,214 $9,317 Total Funds Available $36,895 $17,940 $2,767 $5,570 $9,603 funds applied Science: Environmental Science $ 724 $ 1,317 $ 42 $ 762 $ 513 Nat'l Museum of Nat. Hist 4,339 849 236 613 National Zoological Park 3,163 60 34 613 Science Info. Exchange 1 ,675 1 ,675 S.A.0 2,107 3,745 58 3,687 Other Science 3,162 900 115 785 Total 13,495 8,546 42 1,205 7,299 History and Art: Nat'l Portrait Gallery 784 1 1 Nat'l Collec. of Fine Arts 1,040 123 121 2 Freer Gallery 57 927 927 Nat'l Museum of Hist, and 2,243 103 40 62 1 Tech. Other History and Art 1,754 974 98 876 Total 5,878 2,128 138 1,987 3 Public Service: Revenue Producing Activities Smithsonian Press 691 136 136* Performing Arts 215 245 58* 44 143 Other 103 103* Anacostia Museum 151 97 39 58 Other 385 389 - 290 99 Total 1,442 970 336 392 242 Museum Programs: Libraries 744 60 53 7 Exhibits 2,409 14 14 Other Programs 591 15 8 7 Total 3,744 89 61 21 7 Buildings Management Dept 9,285 0 0 0 0 Administration: Direct 3,051 2,434 2,434 Overhead Applied _ (1,964) 203 1,761 Net Administration 3,051 2,434 470 203 1,761 Total Funds Applied $36,895 $14,167 $1,047 $3,308 $9,312 Fund Balances-30 June 1971 $ 0 $ 3,773 $ 1,720 $ 1,762 $ 291 * Net loss before administrative charges; "Other" excludes $52,000 gifts reported in gift income above. STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 23 Table 2. — Summary of investments in stocks and bonds of private funds, 30 June 1971 Funds Book Value Market Value INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS FOR ENDOWMENT FUNDS Freer Fund: Cash $ 13,746 $ 13,746 Bonds 6,742,844 5,711,771 Convertible bonds 491 ,500 443,500 Convertible preferred stock 210,566 192,506 Common stocks 5,869,837 12,443,830 Total $13,328,493 818,805,353 Consolidated Funds: Cash 149,913 149,913 Bonds 4,188,588 3,607,052 Convertible bonds 471,842 376,900 Convertible preferred stock 252,799 147,492 Common stocks 5,917,075 7,188,655 Total $10,980,217 $11,470,012 Endowment Fund #3: Cash 1 ,375 1 ,375 Bonds 777,625 798,875 Common stocks 6,352,570 11,530,750 Total $ 7,131,570 $12,331,000 Miscellaneous: Cash Bonds 10,065 9,500 Common stocks 3,322 16,608 Total 13,387 26,108 Total Endowment and Similar Funds investments .... $31 ,453,667 $42,632,473 CURRENT FUNDS Special Endowment Fund: Cash $ 304 $ 304 Bonds 558,728 457,962 Convertible bonds 243,050 205,950 Convertible preferred stock 106,584 101 ,400 Common stocks 769,051 792,747 Total 1,677,717 1,558,363 General Fund: Cash 70,000 70,000 Short-term notes 929,001 924,989 Total 999,001 994,989 Miscellaneous: Common stocks 182,345 173,675 Total Current Fund investments $ 2,859,063 $ 2,727,027 Table 3. — Consolidated investment fund Funds Participating in Pool Investment {Book Value) 1971 Income 1971 Unexpended Income 30 Jun 71 Total Restricted Funds Total Consolidated Fund. $ 180 ,649 23 ,649 3 ,188 69 ,309 160 ,442 63 ,452 49 ,702 1 ,732 58 ,715 275 ,364 55 ,958 66 ,828 21 ,721 48 ,800 1 ,502 158 ,645 3 ,439 591 270 ,121 74 ,607 18 ,836 176 ,211 15 ,407 11 ,389 2 ,737 104 ,260 33 ,172 14 ,383 9 ,580 634 151 ,131 943 7 ,710 33 ,992 35 013 41 099 1 670 12 850 12 850 480 ,156 18 436 30 823 209 097 43 259 301 552 104 055 2,196 963 31 075 10 355 17, 330 7, 848 193, 095 797, 383 100, 112 1, 646 $ 6,815, 466 $10,980, 217 8,876 214 129 3,413 6,928 3,051 2,446 85 2,738 11,990 2,333 3,760 1,070 2,402 50 5,828 131 22 ,936 ,671 927 ,604 9, 3, UNRESTRICTED FUNDS $ 4,164,751 $175,204 RESTRICTED FUNDS: Abbott, William L Archives of American Art Armstrong, Edwin James Arthur, James Bacon, Virginia Purdy Baird, Spencer Fullerton Barney, Alice Pike Barstow, Frederic D Batchelor, Emma E Becker, George F Brown, Roland W Canfield, Frederick A Casey, Thomas Lincoln Chamberlain, Frances Lea Cooper, G. Arthur, Curator's Fund Cooper-Hewitt Museum Division of Mammals Curator Fund Division of Reptiles Curator Fund Drake, Carl J Dykes, Charles Eickemeyer, Florence Brevoort Guggenheim, David and Florence Hanson, Martin Gustav and Caroline Runice Hillyer, Virgil Hitchcock, Albert S Hrdlicka, Ales and Marie Hughes, Bruce Johnson, E. R. Fenimore Kellogg, Remington, Memorial Lindsey, Jessie H Loeb, Morris Long, Annette E. and Edith C Lyons, Marcus Ward Maxwell, Mary E Myer, Catherine Walden Nelson, Edward William Noyes, Frank B Pell, Cornelius Livingston Petrocelli, Joseph Memorial Ramsey, Admiral and Mrs. DeWitt Clinton. Rathbun, Richard Memorial Reid, Addison T Roebling Collection Roebling Solar Research Rollins, Miriam and William Smithsonian Agency Account Sprague, Joseph White Springer, Frank Stevenson, John A Strong, Julia D T. F. H. Publications, Inc Walcott, Charles D Walcott, Charles D. and Mary Vaux Walcott Botanical Publications Zerbee, Francis Brinckle 758 561 136 4,249 1,635 561 87 24 7,518 48 70 1,674 1,723 1,896 87 636 635 18,962 911 1,517 10,243 1,959 13,147 2,277 79,103 1,528 415 857 275 8,226 39,228 4,757 81 2,621 186 3,838 12,904 126 300 1,515 2,555 32,646 2,798 2,385 8,091 40,597 924 47 24,368 9,051 4,888 10,274 5,891 1,056 3,219 19,359 3,067 75 171 1,393 968 28,846 3,490 427 940 8,527 6,638 54,052 9,987 460 10,221 17,860 349 1,624 4,369 3,251 1,436 466 $280,388 $347,790 217 $455,592 $347,790 STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 25 PEAT, MARWICK, MITCHELL & CO. CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS 1025 CONNECTICUT AVENUE, N. W. WASHINGTON, D. C. 20036 The Board of Regents Smithsonian Institution: We have examined the balance sheet of private funds of Smith- sonian Institution as of 30 June 1971 and the related statement of changes in fund balances for the year then ended. Such state- ments do not include the account of the National Gallery of Art, the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, or other departments, bureaus and operations administered by the Institu- tion under federal appropriations. Our examination was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and accord- ingly included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as we considered necessary in the circum- stances. In our opinion, except for the method of accounting for fixed assets and related depreciation described in note 1, the accompany- ing balance sheet and statement of changes in fund balance of private funds present fairly the financial position of Smithsonian Institution at 30 June 1971, and the results of its operations for the year then ended, in conformity with generally accepted ac- counting principles which, except for the adoption of the accrual basis of accounting for all funds described in note 2 in which we concur, were applied on a basis consistent with that of the pre- ceding year. Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Co. 27 August 1971 26 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION BALANCE SHEET OF PRIVATE FUNDS 30 JUNE 1971 (With comparative figures for 1970) (note 2) Assets 1971 1970 CURRENT FUNDS: Cash: In U.S. Treasury $ 413,857 $ 49,599 In banks and on hand (including 579,273 in sav- ings; $17,214 in 1970) 235,270 168,225 Total cash 649,127 217,824 Receivables: Accounts 774,772 Advances — travel and other 194,835 Reimbursements — grants and contracts 1 , 369 , 306 2,338,863 inventories at net realizable value 522,908 Investments — stocks and bonds at cost (market value $2,656,723; $2,900,264 in 1970) 2,788,759 Prepaid expense 1 16,988 Deferred magazine subscription expenses (note 3).... 404,472 Equipment (less accumulated depreciation of $71 ,636; $49,932 in 1970) (note 4) 521,325 Total current funds $ 7,342,442 ENDOWMENT AND SIMILAR FUNDS: Cash 165,033 77,533 Note receivable 96,663 96,934 Investments — stocks and bonds at cost (market value $42,467,439; $29,456,568 in 1970) 31,288,633 30,213,145 Loan to U.S. Treasury in perpetuity 1 ,000,000 1 ,000,000 Real estate (at cost or appraised value at date of gift) (note 5) 2,176,219 1,760,448 Total endowment and similar funds $34 , 726 , 548 $33,148,060 See accompanying notes to financial statements. 352,814 146,269 1,835,671 2,334,754 544,413 3,409,426 39,541 267,300 64,115 $ 6,877,373 STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 27 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION BALANCE SHEET OF PRIVATE FUNDS 30 JUNE 1971 (With comparative figures for 1 970) (note 2) Liabilities and Fund Balances 1971 1970 CURRENT FUNDS: Notes payable (note 4) $ 654,613 $ Accounts payable 814,581 1 ,381 ,000 Accrued liabilities 570,068 63,986 Unrestricted fund balance 1 ,719,657 1 ,858,347 Deferred income: Magazines subscriptions 1 ,400,926 1 ,030,115 Other 130,249 16,627 1,531,175 1,046,742 Restricted fund balances: Gifts 1 , 109,718 1 ,493,041 Grants and contracts 290,741 286,144 1,400,459 1,779,185 Unexpended income: Freer 210,562 389,906 Other 441,327 358,198 651 ,889 748,104 Total current funds $ 7,342,442 $ 6,877,373 ENDOWMENT AND SIMILAR FUNDS: Mortgage note payable (note 5) 293,641 310,697 Fund balances: Endowment funds — income restricted: Freer 13,328,493 13,188,994 Other 14,166,763 13,099,645 Current funds reserved as an endowment — income unrestricted 5,055,073 5,098,973 Real estate acquisition fund 1 ,882,578 1 ,449,751 Total fund balance 34,432,907 32,837,363 Commitments (note 6) Total endowment and similar funds $34,726,548 $33,148,060 441-283 O - 71 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRIVATE FUNDS Statement of Changes in Fund Balances Year ended 30 June 1971 Current Funds Unrestricted funds Total General Activities Balance at 30 June 1970 $4,511,854 1,869,941 Adjustments from cash to accrual basis (126,218) (11.594) - Adjusted balance at 30 June 1970 4,385,636 1,858,347 - Additions: Grants and contracts net of refunds 9,316,961 - Investment income 1,448,758 334,452 - Gifts and bequests 2,261,285 304,292 52,218 Gross profit on sales 2,465,922 - 2,465,922 Rental 1,166,723 1,166,723 Other... 251,629 56,926 Net gain (loss) on sale or exchange of invest- ments. (4,541) (4,541) - Total additions 16,906,737 1,857,852 2,518,140 Deductions (additions) : Expenditures: Salary and benefits: Administrative 3,972,791 2,678,092 1,294,699 Research 5,720,632 Purchases for collection.. 599,043 Travel and transporta- tation 644.201 65,751 58,272 Equipment and facili- ties 1,319,378 116,450 23,979 Supplies and material... 800,841 161,974 171,309 Rent and utilities 567,656 263,907 18,915 Communications 147,641 69,150 17,116 Contractual service 2,377,568 318,773 493,967 Computer rental 653,121 - Promotion and adver- tising 662,026 - 662,026 Depreciation 22,404 22,404 Administrative expendi- tures applicable to other funds - (2,254,104) 289,700 Total deductions car- ried forward 17,487,302 1,419,993 3,052,387 Adjusted balance at 30 June „,„,.„ 1970 brought forward $4,385,636 1,858,347 - Total additions, brought forward 16,906,737 1,857,852 2,518,140 Total deductions, „ , „„ „„„ brought forward 17,487,302 1,419,993 3,052,387 Transfers in (out): Income added to principal.. (63 ,322 ) - Transfer to unexpended income 257,320 Transfer to endowment funds (227,064) (21,053) Transfer to restricted funds — gifts - Transfer for designated purposes _ (13,037) (Transfer to grants) com- puter services to com- mercial users - (8,212) Transfer in support of ac- .,. ... tivities - (534,247) 534,247 Total transfers (33,066) (576,549) 534,247 Net income (loss) af- ter transfers (613,631 ) (138,690) - Balance at 30 June 1971 $3,772,005 1,719,657 - See accompanying notes to financial statements. Restricted funds Gifts 1,566,028 (72,987) Grants and contract 286,144 Unexpended Freer 434,873 (44,967) 389,906 income Other 354,868 3,330 1,493,041 286,144 358,198 9,316,961 34 200 - 673,625 406,481 1,895,589 - 1,705 7,481 127,042 67,259 2,056, 831 9,316 961 742 589 414 364 712 667 4,537 637 386 771 83 557 317 518 - 249 891 31 634 152 537 323 ,104 31 223 13 314 349 249 808 459 12 865 8 37c 125 ,358 264 ,351 74 237 3 ,61i 15 832 269 002 — - 11 872 49 ,445 — 5! 759 ,459 639 ,968 126 ,529 38 ,875 1 182 651 939 - — 116,364 1,761,099 40,417 2,562,038 9,305,004 1,493,041 286,144 2,056,831 9,316,961 2,562,038 9,305,004 921 933 389 906 742 ,589 921 933 (206,011) 300,945 26,950 (15,572) 8,212 (7,360) 121,884 (383,323) 1,109,718 290,741 210,562 4,597 (179,344) (105,28! 83 ,12< 441 32" SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRIVATE FUNDS Statement of Changes in Fund Balances Year ended 30 June 1971 Endowment and Similar Funds Balance at 30 June 1970 Adjustments from cash to accrual basis Adjusted balance at 30 June 1970 Additions: Grants and contracts net of refunds Investment income Gifts and bequests Gross profit on sales Rental Other Net gain (loss) on sale or exchange of invest ments Total additions Deductions (additions) : Expenditures: Salary and benefits: Administrative Research Purchases for collection „ Travel and transportation Equipment and facilities Supplies and material Rent and utilities Communications Contractual service Computer rental Promotion and advertising Depreciation Administrative expenditures applicable to other funds Total deductions carried forward Adjusted balance at 30 June 1970, brought I forward $32 ,837 Total additions, brought forward Total deductions, brought forward Transfers in (out): Income added to principal Transfer to unexpended income Transfer to endowment funds... Transfer to restricted funds — gifts Transfer for designated purposes (Transfer to grants) computer services to commercial users Transfer in support of activities Total transfers Net income (loss) after transfers balance at 30 June 1971 >ee accompanying notes to financial statements Endowment Current funds reserved as an endowment Real estate acquisition Total Freer Other fund $32,837,363 13 ,188,994 13,099,645 5,098,973 1,449,751 32,837,363 13 ,188,994 13,099,645 5,098,973 1,449,751 1,676,848 - 1,345,256 79,776 251,816 (114,370) 139,499 (130,193) 1,215,063 (123,676) (43,900) 1,562,478 139,499 251,816 - - - - - $32,837,363 13 188 139 994 499 13 1 ,099,645 ,215,063 5 ,098,973 (43,900) 1,449,751 1,562,478 251,816 63,322 (257,320) 227,064 - 63,322 (257,320) 46,053 - 181,011 33,066 (147,945) 181,011 1,595,544 139,499 1,067,118 (43,900) 14,166,763 5,055,073 432,827 $34,432,907 13,328,493 1,882,578 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 30 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRIVATE FUNDS Notes to Financial Statements 30 June 1971 1. Accounting for Fixed Assets.— The Institution records additions to fixed assets as follows: museum shops and computer equipment purchased with now appropriated funds are capitalized in the current fund; land and buildings acquired by gift are recorded in the endowment and similar fund at the appraised value at date of gift except for gifts of certain islands in the Chesa- peake Bay and the Carnegie Mansion which have been recorded at nominal values; land buildings, furniture, equipment, works of art, living and other specimens, and certain other similar property purchased from federal appropria- tions, nonappropriated funds, except as indicated above or proceeds of gifts are not included in the accounts of the Institution; depreciation is recorded only for the computer and business-type activities. 2. Basis of Accounting.- On 1 July 1970 the Institution changed its method of accounting for restricted funds and endowment and similar funds from the cash receipts and disbursements to the accrual basis. The comparative balance sheet has been restated to reflect this change— with this change, all private funds of the Institution are accounted for on the accrual basis. 3. Deferred Magazine Subscripion Expenses.— This amount represents pro- motional expenses incurred in connection with the Smithsonian magazine. These expenses are to be amortized over a period of twelve months. 4. Notes Payable.— The notes payable of 30 June 1971 are summarized as follows: 6% unsecured note payable to a bank due 25 June 1972 $175,000 Installment note payable secured by computer equipment due 30 June 1976 in monthly payments of $7,993.64 479'614 $654,614 5. Mortgage Notes Payable— The mortgage notes payable are secured by first deeds of trust on property acquired in connection with the Chesapeake Bay Center. Funds for the curtailment of these notes will be transferred from Restricted Funds— Gifts, designated for the development of the Chesapeake Bay Center. The details of the mortgage notes payable are as follows: a. A $252,700 note on property acquired for $376,000. The note is payable in nineteen consecutive semi-annual installments of $13,300, plus interest at the prevailing prime rate on the due date of payment but not less than 8%. b. A $40,941 note on property acquired for $118,533. The note is payable in monthly installments of $451.02, including interest at the rate of 6%, with the final payment due on 1 November 1989. 6. Commitments.— Pursuant to an agreement, dated 9 October 1967, between the Institution and the Cooper Union for the Advancement of Science and Art, STATEMENT BY THE SECRETARY 01 the Institution acquired, on 1 July 1968, all funds belonging to the Cooper Union for use exclusively for museum purposes, and certain articles of tangible personal property as defined in the agreement. The agreement provided, among other covenants, that the Institution would maintain a museum in New York City and has pledges in excess of $800,000 for the support of such a museum. Pledges in the amount of $660,000 have been collected to date. SCIENCE f~pHE inauguration of the Environmental Science Program this year ■*■ was a major step in coordinating the relatively disparate activities of the Institution's scientific bureaus. The funding of this program as a line item in our budget has given clear recognition to the special capabilities of the Smithsonian to conduct multidisciplinary research on two major ecosystems. Under the direction of the Assistant Secretary (Science) a coordi- nated research plan has begun on a shallow water marine and a decidious forest ecosystem. Comparative studies of temperate and tropical aspects of these two ecosystems will be primarily done at the Smithsonian's research facilities on the Chesapeake Bay and in Panama. Emphasis will be on determining primary and secondary productivity of the ecosystems and developing techniques for moni- toring their normally occurring changes. This coordinated study will allow the Smithsonian to use the computer programming talents of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, the long experience of the Radiation Biology Labora- tory in measuring solar radiation, the great taxonomic ability of the National Museum of Natural History, and the knowledge of animal behavior gained from the research of scientists at the Zoo. By bring- ing all of these hitherto independent research operations into focus under a common program, the Institution can finally take full advantage of its many scientific resources to help understand the complex nature of our environment. The reports of the separate bureaus which follow give good evidence of the vigor of science at the Smithsonian. Important ques- tions of policy, however, continue to arise. Space on the Mall for our collections is about exhausted and an off-Mall study and storage center seems inevitable. Scientific collections are only valuable if they can be used; thus it is essential to furnish laboratory space adjacent to the collections. Which collections can be moved and where they should be located are questions now being considered. The exhibitions of the National Air and Space Museum, now under the directorship of astronaut Michael Collins, continues to occupy a World War I metal shed and various halls in the Arts and 33 34 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Industries Building. The thousands of visitors certainly deserve better and we hope that construction of the long-delayed, new museum to house all these exhibitions under one roof will be fin- ished in time for the Bicentennial in 1976. Midway through the fiscal year the Assistant Secretary (Science) Sidney R. Galler left the Smithsonian to become the Deputy Assist- ant Secretary for Environmental Affairs in the Department of Commerce. His five years service with the Institution was marked by a rapid rise in new science programs and he will be sorely missed. Dr. David Challinor, formerly Director of the Office of International Activities, has been serving as Acting Assistant Secretary (Science). National Museum of Natural History As in all research /education centers over the country, the year was one of retrenchment, deferred needs, and constantly revised priorities. Rather than lose any of its excellent staff, this Museum chose to keep the people even though that decision meant drastically reduced funding for items other than salaries. By a combination of constant attention to fiscal details, priority reevaluations, and not a few sacrifices, this was a highly rewarding year. Examples of the achievements and developments that support this point of view are presented in the following pages. RESEARCH Although there were fewer trips for field and museum research and less participation in scientific meetings by the staff, there was a continuing flow of high quality research products. With a small portion of the funds available to the Institution for environmental sciences, research programs were initiated in soil biology, on coral reef ecology, and on the Panamanian biota of the shallow inshore waters. These complement and augment the more than a century of natural history research that continues to supply the fundamental data upon which other ecological projects have to be founded. The impact of environmental conditions on early man influenced both his cultural and physical evolution. For example, data from large numbers of prehistoric eastern Mediterranean human skeletons show increasing longevity and improved health effects with the development of farming and stable village life, in contrast to the earlier mesolithic hunting and gathering life-support techniques. SCIENCE 35 Postdoctoral Research Associate Arnfried Antonius surveys a coral reef at a depth of 20 meters off Northeast Key, Glover's Reef, British Honduras, in a survey to select reefs suitable for a long term ecological study. A natural consequence of longer life and better health was the beginning of the population increase so alarming in some parts of the modern world. Dating of skeletal remains is critical to these studies and a method based on the rate of decay of protein in bone has been further per- fected in the physical anthropology laboratories. From simulated aging experiments under carefully controlled conditions, it appears that amino-acid residues in teeth may serve as a useful index of archeological or geological age. Also, residues of certain amino-acids in bone appear from other studies to decrease with advancing age of the individual. Such data are also important to archeological investigations of the cultural developments of ancient man, whether in our own Midwest, the deserts of Afghanistan, or an ancient town in Israel. The latter is the site of a multiyear excavation and study which began during the fiscal year at Tell Jemmeh in the western Negev. The site in- cludes 15 meters of cultural debris, representing occupation from the second century b.c. back to the beginning of the Late Bronze Age in mid- 15th century b.c. The excavations of this prehistoric site, at the crossing of two great trade routes, are utilizing techniques that 36 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 1 J - 3**£ f*-,. Workers, most of whom are volunteers from the United States, searching for artifacts on the Tell Jemmeh project, directed by Dr. Gus W*. Van Beek. From materials found thus far, the site is presumed to be an ancient palace. will help reconstruct the features of the total economy and the relationships of the people to their surroundings. Characterization of plants and animals, their distribution geo- graphically and stratigraphically, and their relationships with each other and the total environment continue to be major components of the Museum's research programs. Numerous contributions to our understandings of neotropical plants were completed, including the second volume of Flora Neotropica and several manuscripts for the Flora Ilastrada Catarinense (Brazil). Planning for the Flora North America Program was also greatly advanced, which will lead to the initiation of the implementation stage in January 1972. Independ- ently and in cooperation with the taxonomists, the staff-anatomists carried out studies of internal structure and its evolutionary signifi- cance in several monocotyledonous families and in the Ginseng family. The earliest occurring, and the first described, fossil plants of the Lower Devonian from the Canadian Arctic were described by one paleobotanist who then turned his attention to plants of the same time period in Australia, eastern Canada, and the southeastern SCIENCE 37 United States. A colleague, working at a much more recent time- level, conducted some very promising investigations of leaf archi- tecture with important phylogenetic implications among both fossil and Recent taxa. Extensive regional studies on the composition, relationships, and distribution of marine invertebrate faunas, including West Indian shrimps, Australian amphipods, and Indopacific littorinid snails, have been completed. Continuing faunal studies have led to the investigation of complex ecological problems, such as host-parasite relationships between fishes and copepod crustaceans and competi- tion for space among sponges. Studies of fossil organisms are the key to paleoecological con- clusions but constituents of the sediments are important for these and modern ecological studies as well. For example, two minerals (pyrophyllite and talc) have been demonstrated, by a study by our sedimentologists, to be widely distributed over the continental shelf along the southeastern coast, but absent among the riverborne par- ticulates discharged into the Atlantic. It is concluded that these mineral particles are introduced into the system as wastes from industrial processes, and may be useful in detecting and monitoring pollution in coastal waters. Although uses of the scanning electron microscope (sem) have been diverse, depending partly on availability of funds for materials, it has had its greatest impact in research on fossil invertebrates. For example, underwater investigations of a family of translucent, thin- shelled scallops demonstrated that they have a shell microstructure, as revealed by the sem, quite unlike that of the common scallops. This, with other data, suggests close relationship of this family to a group thought to have become extinct 225 million years ago. Studies of deep-sea drilling cores are also greatly facilitated by the use of the SEM. The enormous task of studying and classifying insects and their allies progressed with the publication of an outstanding volume con- cerned with the microlepidoptera of the remote tropical Pacific island of Rapa; a study of the behavior, life histories, and classifica- tion of a genus of small moths; a paper on the caddis flies of the Amazon Basin, based on research undertaken in cooperation with fishery officials in Brazil; and a very significant paper on the co- evolution of squashes/gourds and their bee associates, which are species-specific and entirely dependent on the plants for food in both larval and adult stages. The interrelationships of animals are sometimes extremely close 38 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 The Scanning Electron Microscope, recently acquired by the National Museum of Natural History, is used by many of the Museum curators for the examination and illustration of tiny specimens too small or too delicate to be seen by con- ventional microscopes. The instrument has the capacity to provide images from 20 to 20,000 magnifications and can form these into three dimensional stereo- graphic pictures, which reveal many features never previously observed. and the phenomenon of mimicry is one of the most interesting. Field and laboratory studies of coral reef blenny fishes in Israel demon- strated that several kinds of mimicry had resulted in close resem- blance of three species that are not phylogenetically close. In another group, a computer program has been developed to simulate the effects of predation on Batesian mimetic populations, providing predictions of the population structure of succeeding generations. The more than 300 species of fishes of the Appalachian Mountains were treated in terms of their ecological preferences, drainage system occupied, as well as their distinguishing characteristics. The geo- logical history of the river drainage system was also reviewed and correlated with the early dispersal and current distribution of the species. Such studies have obvious usefulness to environmentalists concerned with appraisals of fresh waters threatened with pollution SCIENCE 39 and the setting of rational standards for improvement based on ecological information. In addition to the continuing research on lunar materials, which has involved most of the mineral sciences staff, a highly significant monograph on the Allende (Mexico) meteorite was completed and distributed. Parts of this, the largest stony meteorite fall on record (February 1969), have been shared for study with 99 other scientists in 79 organizations around the world. The national collections now include 2100 fragments of this meteorite with a total weight in excess of 400 kilograms. Studies of petrology, volcanology, and mineralogy have progressed and a long-awaited new program in crystallography has been initiated. COLLECTIONS The usefulness of natural history materials for documenting the composition of ecological systems, extant and in the past, is well recognized. The unique capability they provide to sample organisms gathered in pre-industrial, pre-pollution times was underscored by an experiment concerned with mercury as a pollutant. Tuna speci- mens collected in 1878 were found to contain amounts of mercury considerably in excess of that currently permitted by law to be present in foods. A National Science Foundation grant was obtained for the evaluation of the feasibility of using existing oceanographic specimens to determine pollutant levels in the oceans. At year's end work was underway to answer this very important question. The evolution of central, departmental, specimen-processing units has continued and this year some of the largest, outstanding back- logs of specimens— plants and insects— have been greatly reduced. For example, nearly 135,000 specimens of insects and their relatives were accessioned and distributed for study to the appropriate specialists by the Entomological Preparation Laboratory. The collections of the National Anthropological Archives are of a different sort but as they become better organized and more avail- able, an increasing number of visiting scholars are using them. These manuscripts, field notes, correspondence, photographs, and draw- ings are a rich source of research data formerly unavailable. Descrip- tive inventories of manuscripts relating to specific subjects, or the works of a single author, are now available to respond to specific inquiries of researchers. One of the most important improvements with respect to the collections generally is the continuing application of data-processing 40 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Dr. Bruce B. Collette (seated) of NOAA's National Marine Fisheries Service demonstrates to Mr. Edgar N. Gramblin, National Museum of Natural History, the removal of a flesh sample from a 30-year old skipjack tuna (Katsuiconus pelamis) from Peru for determination of levels to total mercury and methyl mercury. Specimens of tuna examined include some collected almost 100 years ago. techniques referred to in earlier annual reports. Significant progress was made in the use of automated methods for capture, storage, and manipulation of data related to museum specimens. Modest funding allowed the Museum to initiate a long-range program for the con- SCIENCE 41 Mr. Frederick J. Collier, Collection Manager, consulting a computer listing of specimen data. These lists are used by Smithsonian scientists to locate quickly and easily specimens in the Museum's vast collections. The lists also are distrib- uted to interested scientists and serve to circulate widely information on the Museum's collections. version of ledger- and label-preparation from hand to machine methods. Procedures begun in four departments also include com- puter accumulation and rearrangement of the data followed by pro- duction of composite catalogs and cross-listings for local use and for 42 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 publication. Information on over 30,000 specimens was processed and plans for the future call for substantial broadening of the scope of the program. The ultimate aim is to capture data on virtually all incoming specimens while gradually converting collections-data al- ready on hand in response to internal or external requests. A most promising development with respect to management of information resources was the endorsement by the Conference of Directors of Systematic Collections of a cooperative intermuseum approach to the problem. The conference voted at its May meeting to accept and implement a blueprint for such cooperation, which calls for the National Museum of Natural History to serve as the interim clearinghouse for data collected in the program. Fossil and modern mammal specimens and botanical type-specimens will be the first groups to be treated by an initial informal consortium of six or seven museums and herbaria. Support will be sought to broaden the program to cover more groups of organisms and to include many more institutions curating and researching systematic collections. EXHIBITS Although the results are just beginning to show, this has been a period of considerable change. Planning has been advanced for several halls and parts of a hall on physical geology and another on ice-age vertebrates were opened to the public during the year, al- though construction continues in both. At the same time, much has been accomplished on the maintenance and updating of many of the exhibits already on view. A new approach to exhibits planning and preparation has been initiated this year. While the staff scientists must always be the ultimate source for evaluation of the accuracy of the science to be presented, they are not required to spend literally years conceiving and writing exhibits. A small team of scientifically trained con- ceptualizers/writers (an exhibits planning group) works with the curators, and interacts with the other half of the team, the exhibits designers and producers. The planning group is also the focus for exhibits experimentation with techniques and subjects, among which one of the more interesting is the use of live insects to demonstrate biological principles in an Insect Zoo, manned by volunteers. Formal preliminary planning has also begun for the Museum's part in the American Bicentennial Celebration of 1976. The themes are being defined and refined by the staff in cooperation with a contractual consultant in preparation for detailed development in the year ahead. SCIENCE 43 National Air and Space Museum During fiscal year 1971, the Institution appointed Mr. Michael Collins Director of the National Air and Space Museum and Mr. Melvin B. Zisfein Deputy Director. Mr. Collins came to the Institution from the Department of State where he had served as Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs and before that as an Air Force Colonel assigned to the space pro- gram where he participated as an astronaut in the Gemini 10 and Apollo 1 1 flights. Mr. Zisfein comes from a career in air and space research having served as Associate Director of the Franklin Institute Research Laboratories, General Manager of the Astromechanics Research Division of the Conroe Corporation, and Chief of the Dynamics Department of Bell Aircraft Corporation. An important addition this year to the Museum's collections which are maintained by the Department of Astronautics was the complete reference file of the late Willy Ley, representing forty years of historical research and study. Many historical photographs have been received and cataloged along with the acquisition of sound and video tape collections. The most significant artifact received and placed on exhibit this fiscal year was the Apollo Lunar Module 2. Since lunar modules never return to earth from their space voyages (being unable to withstand the temperature and pressure of reentry into the earth's atmosphere), we are especially fortunate to have this rare flight artifact, which, though never flown, is identical to those now resting on the surface of the moon. The collection of space art was increased by some twelve works of art. The Department of Astronautics answered hundreds of letters requesting information concerning its specimens. Courses on the history of astronautics and the national space program were taught by the staff to youngsters of Smithsonian associates members. The consultation activities of the Aeronautics Department staff continue at a high level providing advice and coordination to numer- ous museums and interested individuals, both here and abroad. The professional staff also assisted the Civil Service Commission in establishing standards for personnel desiring air and space museum employment. To revitalize the Flight Materiel Division of the Aeronautics De- partment, the curatorial function pertaining to aviation clothing, 441-283 O - 71 - 4 44 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 medals, insignia and personal equipment was reorganized. The preservation of related artifacts will be improved by the acquisition of special storage equipment and new larger storage space. With the completion of these steps, the thousands of artifacts in the flight materiel study collection will be available for the first time for examination and study by researchers and scholars. The first priority of the Information and Education Department is the collection of documentation and the determination of the loca- tion of other specialized documentation holdings. In the vicinity of Washington, D. C. there exists the largest holdings of air and space documentation in the world. To supplement the nasm Historical Research Center's extensive holdings, major documentation collec- tions in the field of air and space technology exist in many other government and educational agencies. During the past year the collections of two early American pilots, Blance Stuart Scott and Beckwith Havens, have been added to the holdings of the Historical Research Center, as well as a collection from an early Norwegian pilot, Mr. Sem-Jacobsen. Under a grant initiated in 1964 by the Daniel and Florence Gug- genheim Foundation, the first reports of a survey to determine the impact on aerospace development resulting from two of the seven schools of aeronautical engineering established by the Daniel Gug- genheim Fund for the Promotion of Aeronautics were completed and submitted to the foundation. The two schools were Leland Stanford University and the California Institute of Technology. An already established oral history program of voice tape record- ing was expanded to include video recording. The department has now on hand a complete spectrum of voice recording equipment to meet all needs. The following figures show a comparison of this year's activities with last year's: FY 1971 FY 1970 Requests answered 4987 4000 Visitors 1440 1300 Donations 85 62 Photo orders processed 744 637 New library titles received 177 132 Total library volumes received 269 194 Total mail received 11,885 10,000-f The urgencies of preservation have demanded that the major effort of the Preservation and Restoration Division be devoted to the maintenance of the collections. Approximately 1800 specimens from the existing collections (700 SCIENCE 45 astronautical and 1100 aeronautical) were verified by identification and category number against the accession records and properly warehoused and inventoried on our locator system. Forty-five (45) shipments, totaling 107,949 pounds of astronautical material and 18 shipments totaling 25,548 pounds of aeronautical material were received to be added to the collections. A total of 675 (465 astronautical and 210 aeronautical) new speci- mens were processed through identification, cataloging, inventory, and warehousing. A considerable increase in astronautic artifacts restoration has been required because of the preparation requirements to support the world-wide loan program. Restoration was continued on the Douglas World Cruiser, the Nieuport Type 83, and on the Con- grieve Rocket. The Fokker D-VII restoration was completed and put on exhibit. During this fiscal year the department also exhibited the Sirius, "Polar Star," and the FC-2, as well as preparing for traveling exhibitions the Gemini 6, 10, 11, and 12; the Mercury 7, 9, and 12; the Apollo 8; and the Goddard (1940-341) rocket. The year ended with the augmented National Air and Space Museum staff developing an expanded program of study, publica- tion, exhibit development, public service and new facility develop- ment for the coming years. Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory This year, research at the Observatory (sao) exemplified the com- plex relationship between science and technology— the symbiosis between the two illustrating the development of both. The 60-inch reflector atop Mt. Hopkins in Arizona incorporates several unusual features that facilitate its use for study of the energy distribution in the light from planets and stars. At the lowest spectral resolution, the telescope has been used with an infrared photometer to measure the total amount of energy radiated by dust shells surrounding hot stars. These measurements are being inter- preted to infer the amount of mass contracting in the youngest stars and to reveal the amount of dust condensing above or ejected from some of the most rapidly rotating stars. Together with low-resolution spectrographs observations of absorption and emission lines origi- nating in the outer atmospheres of the rapidly rotating stars, these measurements offer new insight into the differential rotation of the hot stars. Observations of the far-ultraviolet energy distribution of stars 46 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 already observed by Project Celescope are being reduced to permit a detailed comparison with data predicted by the stellar-atmospheres group using computer synthesis. A new interferometer at Mt. Hopkins is making observations of cool pulsating variable stars; the resultant data will enable sao scientists to map the velocity variations throughout the stellar atmosphere. An other interferometer is being used to map the atmospheres of Jupiter and Venus. These observations have already revealed strong variable winds in the atmosphere of Venus. The easy access to accurate national time standards through the loran-c system has allowed sao scientists to use Harvard's 61-inch telescope at Agassiz Station to make time-of-arrival measurements of the optical pulses from the Crab Nebula pulsar to a typical precision of 5 (Msec. These measurements enable them: (1) to trace the evolu- tion of a rapidly rotating (30 revolutions per second), highly magnet- ized neutron star, which this pulsar appears to be; (2) to check with precision and perhaps improve some of the orbital parameters of our solar system, particularly the orbit of the earth; and (3) to test some of the predictions of general relativity such as the "gravita- tional red shift," which indicates that the rate of a clock depends on the local gravitational potential. It has already been learned that the dominant slowdown mecha- nism of the Crab pulsar is through electromagnetic radiation caused by the rotating dipolar magnetic field. The systematic deviations from the exact predictions are, however, still unexplained. One of these jumps in a period of 3 parts in 109, which occurred last Sep- tember, could be interpreted as a change of only a thousandth of an inch in the typically 12-mile diameter of a neutron star. A new interdisciplinary study— astrochemistry— has emerged through the alliance of radio astronomy and laboratory research. Recently detected distant gas clouds by a joint Smithsonian /Harvard observing team is the characteristic radiation of methyl alcohol. The astronomical discovery of this organic molecule may give part of the eventual answer to the question of how life evolves from primordial matter. The Microwave Spectroscopy Laboratory supports the radio astronomy program of the Smithsonian Institution by measuring the characteristic wavelengths of selected molecules, thus providing the information needed for tuning radio telescope receivers and for analyzing Doppler shifts in the astronomical line spectra. Over the first year, measurements have been made on several organic and in- organic molecules that have current importance to astronomy, such SCIENCE 47 as formic acid, methyl amine, and hydroxyl. For his research of this type, H. E. Radford of sao has been given the University of New Hampshire Distinguished Alumni Award. Radio telescopes, thousands of miles— even continents— apart, can be used in conjunction. They are synchronized with precise atomic clocks whose errors are only one second per million years. Some of the most astounding recent discoveries in astronomy have been made possible with the perfection of these techniques called very long-baseline interferometry (vlbi). In April 1971, the Amer- ican Academy of Arts and Sciences honored the individuals who pioneered the development of vlbi astronomy, by presentation of the Rumford Premium. One of the co-winners of the Rumford Medal, the oldest scientific prize in the United States, was James Moran of the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory. Another common means of communication— television— is now being used for astronomical purposes in the study of meteors. Meteors can be observed in our atmosphere in several ways, by the human eye, by camera, or by radar. The radar technique, however, does not work well on meteors bright enough to be photographed. Thus a new and most recent technique employed is television of low light level. Its accuracy is comparable to that of radar, and it does reach meteors faint enough to be observed effectively by radar, thus providing a calibration of the radar method. Observations of the same meteors by both radar and television can relate light to ionization. Reduction of the radar and television observations and the combination of them by means of computer programs are well advanced. The results should give the relation between a meteor's brightness and velocity and the number of electrons per unit of path length it leaves behind. Until recently, those meteors surviving fiery passage through the atmosphere to become meteorites have been the only extraterrestrial material available for study. But the most spectacular technological development of the 1960s, the Apollo Program, lias now made lunar samples available. Four sao scientists have devoted essentially full time, for the past year, to a study of the mineralogic and petrologic characteristics of small rock fragments from samples of the lunar soil. A tablespoon of "coarse fines" (the sieve fraction between 1 and 10 mm in diameter) contains about 2000 particles, each with its own story to tell. The particles are examined under the microscope, and the microscopic crystals are analyzed with an electron microprobe. The approach has been very rewarding because it has been pos- 48 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Two SAO scientists examine samples of lunar soil returned by Apollo 14 astronauts. sible to observe and study lunar rock types not represented among the larger rock specimens. It appears now that the near-surface regions of the moon (the "crust," to use a terrestrial term) are com- posed of three principal types of rock: dark basalt, a volcanic rock that filled the mare basins some 3.5 billion years ago; a lighter colored rock, termed norite, that is grossly basaltic in composition, but differs from the mare basalt in details of its chemical composi- tion; and anorthosite, a light-colored rock of peculiar composition, in that it consists largely of a single mineral, plagioclase feldspar. The two latter light-colored rocks are believed to be samples of the lunar terra regions and the floors of the mare basins (beneath the dark basalt floods that fill them now). There are discrepancies between the topographic irregularities of the lunar surface and the local value of lunar gravity (as revealed by SCIENCE 49 tracking of lunar satellites), such that the lunar highlands, although they represent a local excess in the amount of lunar material, do not exert a proportionately higher gravitational attraction than the lowlands. This can only mean that the lunar surface is underlain by rock of variable mass density. In particular, a lunar model that reconciles the lunar gravity field with its topography would involve a thickness of about 25 kilometers of anorthosite (low density) beneath the lunar highlands; a similar thickness of norite (medi- um density) beneath most of the mare basins; and the absence of these rocks, in favor of high-density mare basalt, in the other maria, those that display "mascons." The satellite data from lasers are the natural technological ad- vance beyond optical camera data. Whereas the camera data have an accuracy of 20 meters, those from laser tracking currently have an accuracy of 50 centimeters, roughly an improvement of two orders of magnitude. The sao geodesy and geophysics program is participating in the International Satellite Geodesy Experiment (isagex) organized by the Centre National d'Etude Spatials (cnes), France. Fifteen laser- tracking systems are taking part. This observing program provides the basis for analysis that will result in a revised sao Standard Earth. The laser data will open a new chapter in the study of the solid earth. They may help answer questions that have intrigued scientists for centuries. For analyses at 5 meters, the earth can be assumed rigid. At 20 centimeters, it is very active. Crustal motions are 5 centimeters per year and earthquake displacements can be meters and are of unknown scale. The solid-earth tide varies with geo- graphical region. These changes of mass distribution result in a complex rotational motion of the earth. This rotation, termed polar motion, will be measured with greater accuracy and possible pre- cursors of earthquakes can then be determined. For the first time, these can be measured. Meanwhile, current optical data have been used to relate the de- tailed mass distribution determined in 1969 to tectonic activity and to measure the solid earth tide, the annual variation in the mass distribution, and the motion of the earth's rotation axis with re- spect to the solid earth. A new combination of data has enabled sao scientists to complete the construction of new atmospheric models, now published as sao Special Report No. 332 and soon to be incorporated into the forth- coming edition of the cospar International Reference (cira). These models try to represent all the observed variations of density and 50 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 composition at heights between 100 and 1500 km. The many differ- ent types of variation (the 1 1-year solar cycle, day-to-day solar activity, geomagnetic activity, the diurnal and semiannual variations, seasonal- latitudinal variations, the pole-to-pole migration of helium, and the escape of hydrogen) are all represented by means of empirical equa- tions. The success of the models in representing the observed densities can be seen from the fact that the departures from the models average about 10 to 15 percent even in the height region between 400 and 500 kilometers, where the range of densities reaches a factor of 200. Past attempts to represent the semiannual density variation in the heterosphere as a consequence of temperature variation have run into difficulties in two height regions: below 200 kilometers and above 1000 kilometers. A new analysis of the semi-annual density varia- tions at different height levels fails to show a dependence of the amplitude with the sunspot cycle. All difficulties are removed if it is assumed that the semiannual density variation is not a direct con- sequence of temperature variations. These are some highlights of science and technology at sao in 1971. Meanwhile, the Observatory is planning new programs and new instrumentation to meet the challenges of astrophysics through the rest of the 1970s. One innovative project, conducted jointly with the University of Arizona, would result in the construction of a relatively inexpensive telescope of six 72-inch mirrors having the light-collecting capability of a 175-inch conventional instrument. Sao also expects to enter the field of millimeter astronomy, an exciting new venture. Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute Fiscal Year 1971 was a year of rapid growth for the Tropical Re- search Institute (stri). Salaries and expenses grew by 20 percent, permanent staff grew by 21 percent, visitor days grew by 76 percent, staff seminars grew by 22 percent, and major new assets were acquired. NEW ASSETS The most significant development at stri in this fiscal year has been the construction of a new laboratory building on Naos Island. The building, scheduled for completion on 30 June, has 4700 square feet of floor space and is being constructed at a cost of $110,000. SCIENCE 51 Included are six general laboratories, a chemistry lab, three offices, and a conference room. The new building will be occupied by both marine and terrestrial biologists; the exchange of ideas and regular comparison of the different ecologies is something stri has desired for some time. Stri will continue to operate its facilities at Barro Colorado Island, Balboa, Galeta Point, and Cali, Colombia. A marine launch was obtained by stri from the Panama Canal Government on intergovernmental transfer in August. Valued at |29,000, the new ship can sleep eleven and range 400 miles. A re- search award from the Research Foundation was obtained for operating costs. The launch, formerly the Governor's yacht, has been converted to a research vessel and christened R. V. Tethys. Initial doubts have been dispelled as to the Tethy's utility for research; over 3000 miles have already been logged in both oceans and as knowl- edge of her availability grows, unscheduled time is becoming non- existent. Stri now has 13 other boats, ranging from a launch licensed for 45 passengers to a cayuco licensed for none and used only by the courageous. Barro Colorado Island has been a national preserve for biological research since 1940. Its limits have recently been redefined by the Canal Zone Government to include the waters out to the channel markers on all sides of the island. This will give stri game wardens authority to eliminate such things as fishing and killing of crocodiles and tapirs in waters which are essential to the ecology of the Island. In addition, three large points of land across the ship channel from Barro Colorado Island have been leased to stri by the Canal Zone Government. Large portions of this land have been cleared fairly recently for lumber and cultivation. Grasslands and secondary R. V. Tethys at home port at Rodman Naval Base, Canal Zone (Pacific side). 52 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 growth research, and investigations comparing the biota and environ- ment to Barro Colorado Island are planned for this area. A land lease to an extensive bunker system on Flamenco Island in Panama Bay was obtained. The bunkers will require extensive rehabilitation but are expected to be the eventual location of a Radiation Biology Laboratory monitoring site. RESEARCH Stri can fairly be considered the most outstanding research center investigating tropical evolutionary biology in the world. In fiscal 1971 two new programs have provided the stimulus for the development of an equally significant emphasis in ecological re- search. One has been a two-phase contract from the Environmental Protection Agency to study the effects of oil pollution on tropical shores, including Atlantic and Pacific intertidal reef communities, mangrove swamps, and sandy beaches. The first phase has provided a base analysis of temporal and spacial variability of species in com- munity structures. The second phase (the coming year) will involve monitoring the same variables while introducing bulk oil into experimental areas. The research team, which works mostly at the Galeta Point installation, includes three biologists and two tech- nicians. The other significant new program has been the stri component of the Environmental Sciences Program. The program is measuring physical-meteorological factors and correlating them with cycling and variation of the biota. The terrestrial portion of this program has included the initiation of rainfall, wind, humidity, evaporation and temperature measurement at various points on Barro Colorado Island and the evapotranspiration and nutrient loss from a stream basin. Measurements are being made in the same area of organic decomposition and population of soil organisms. Litter fall and the times of flowering, fruiting, and leaf production in the area are being extensively studied. Studies of insect abundance and diversity and the biota of some temporary, unstable ponds and a bat roost have also been included in the first year's study. In the marine area, tide pool analysis of species abundance, diver- sity, reproductive periods, and recruitment is being carried on. These data, together with a large portion of the data already gathered for the Environmental Protection Agency contract, will be correlated with a wide range of physical monitoring beginning in fiscal year 1972. SCIENCE 53 Large wier constructed on Barro Colorado Island by Environmental Science Program employees. Evapotranspiration, nutrient loss, and stream bed biota are being monitored. There is a strong possibility that a major program on the tropical forest biome will soon be launched by the International Biological Program and that Barro Colorado Island will be one of the primary sites. Research projects are expected to be carried out on the island by numerous visiting scientists as well as stri staff members. Several stri research projects in human ecology and paleoecology will be correlated with the International Biological Program. The crown-of-thorns starfish (Acanthaster planci), which has recently been so destructive to western Pacific coral reefs, has been the subject of continued study by Dr. Peter Glynn since his discovery of them in Central America in April 1970. Results show a stable population and that one large reef area, which was 80-percent con- sumed by Acanthaster had in large part been recolonized by young corals within a year. Dr. Glynn notes, however, that these reefs are free from human over-collecting, pollution, and coastal destruction, as well as from violent storms, all factors which have been cited as contributing to the devastation of western Pacific reefs. Significant progress has been made in comparative studies of the 54 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Old World Tropics. Six members of our staff traveled to Europe, Asia, and Africa during the fiscal year in an effort to coordinate research programs with different institutions to encourage local scientists to pursue research projects in their areas. Dr. Moynihan made an extensive visit to establish contacts with various admini- strative officials and biologists at several educational and research institutions in the Ivory Coast, Madagascar, India, and New Guinea. As a result, stri has presented a substantial proposal for research in India using Public Law 480 funding. The use of the Colombia station in Cali quadrupled during the past year. More of our staff have visited Colombia with a view toward establishing new programs. Agreements with the University of El Valle and the Departmental Museum of Natural History have been initiated and considerable cooperation and progress has been attained. PERSONNEL Deputy Director Edward H. Kohn left stri in May to become a special assistant to Mr. Bradley. During Mr. Kohn's 30 months at stri, the bureau work force grew by 36 percent and the number of visitors increased by 39 percent. Mr. C. Neal McKinney joined the staff in February as administrative officer. Mr. McKinney's back- ground has been in personnel administration, most recently with the Environmental Protection Agency. In August, Dr. Judith Lang joined the staff. A specialist in deep water (slope) coral communities, she will continue to work primarily in Jamaica. In June, Dr. Hin- drik Wolda joined the staff. A specialist in population ecology, Dr. Wolda was a faculty member at the University of Groningen. Radiation Biology Laboratory The biosphere is an extremely complex dynamic structure which requires a large number of parameters to describe even partially its characteristics at any given geographical location or for a particular point in time. Nevertheless, organisms regulate their growth pat- terns to a large extent by responding to changing and interacting physical factors in the environment. Laboratory experiments in which environmental variables are precisely controlled have in- dicated clearly that light quality, intensity, and duration are im- portant signals or stimuli. In its new facility in Rockville, Maryland, the Radiation Biology Laboratory is continuing to probe these and SCIENCE 55 other regulatory responses toward a better understanding of the molecular, biochemical, and biophysical processes occurring in living organisms at the cellular and subcellular levels. It is becoming increasingly more evident that a great deal more information is needed about daily and seasonal changes in spectral quality and also about differences in duration and quality of sunlight that occur naturally and about how these factors are instrumen- tal in regulating growth and development. From one latitude to another the light of the sun reaches the earth at different angles, consequently having traveled longer or shorter distances through the atmosphere. The quality of incident sunlight, because of these variances, and certainly the lengths of days, can be expected to differ significantly from one geographical location to another. In cooperation with the Environmental Sciences Program of the Smithsonian a solar radiation monitoring station was estab- lished at Barrow, Alaska, this year. Automatic measurements of the irradiance within six biologically important light wavelength bands are made at three-minute intervals from near sunrise to near sunset. Measuring at this high northerly latitude, with its relatively long light paths and comparing with values obtained at other latitudes will permit assessment concerning the significance of this environ- mental parameter in controlling growth and distribution of bio- logical systems. Such data also contribute to estimates of perturba- tions in daylight caused by man's intervention in the environment. There appear, from time to time, applications for these measure- ments of sunlight that have value and significance in other than biological fields. It is interesting to note, for example, that data were furnished for analysis in connection with possible environmental effects on the atmosphere by the projected supersonic transport. Light, in order to be effective in initiating regulatory responses, must be absorbed by cells of plants and animals. This year in the Radiation Biology Laboratory the pigment structures (phycobili- somes) in the red alga Porphyridium cruentum have been isolated for the first time in a pure state. When dissociated and analyzed they are composed almost entirely of the pigments phycoerythrin and phycocyanin. Carotenoids are found in almost every organism. The degradation product of one of these carotenoids, for example, is needed for vision in man and other vertebrates. In lower organisms light is often required for the synthesis of these pigments. The sequential biochemical pathway of carotenoid synthesis as regulated by light is being studied. Several new mutants of Neurospora crassa, albinos, 56 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 yellows, and one pink, have been found that synthesize altered carotenoid contents. It has also been discovered that D,L, para- fluorophenylalanine, L-ethionine and D-ethionine inhibit the syn- thesis of carotenoids in light, and these compounds are being utilized to map the pathway of synthesis. Chloroplasts of higher plants are required for photosynthesis. The use of the antibiotics chloramphenicol and the cycloheximide in following the synthesis of chloroplast protein suggests that the enzyme ribulose-1, 5-diphosphate carboxylase occurs in part in the chloroplasts and in part in the cytoplasm. In contrast, the synthesis of chloroplast ribosomal proteins appears to occur entirely in the cytoplasm. It has further been found that the inability of aged leaves to photosynthesize is related to the loss of manganese. In addi- tion, the process of electron transport leading to photosynthetic oxygen evolution has been found to consist of at least two steps. In addition to these selected new research findings, it can be re- ported that laboratory facilities have been about 90 percent com- pleted. The major portions of the research activities of the Labora- tory have been reported at scientific meetings, both national and international and have been published in scientific journals. National Zoological Park Zoos are challenged to become net producers rather than net consumers of wildlife. As more species become rare or endangered in the wild, zoos cannot continue to replenish losses by additional captures. Acquisitions of some species are now restricted to zoos which seem competent to propagate them. While most species kept in zoos have reproduced, at least oc- casionally, sustained reproduction of most has not yet been achieved. In many cases, captive-born adults fail to mate and reproduce as well as wild-caught specimens. Each year, however, some addi- tional progress is achieved. This year the Division of Scientific Research reported the first captive breeding of the pacarana, second-generation captive births of the long-tailed tenrec, and third-generation births of Sminthopsis macrura, a mouse-like marsupial. Significant births and hatchings in the main collection included a pair of golden marmosets, a species in grave danger of extinction; two kagus, a rare bird from New Caledonia; and a tree kangaroo. The most significant additions to the collection were a group of SCIENCE 57 bongos, rare antelopes seldom seen in zoos. Three were trapped by John Seago in Kenya, the culmination of a capture and conditioning effort that began in 1968. A fourth was obtained in West Africa. The Government of India presented the Zoo with a female lesser panda, a prospective mate for our single male. The scientific program yielded a number of staff publications re- porting earlier research. Resident Scientist John F. Eisenberg initiated a study of sloths in Panama, using radio telemetry to track them in the rain-forest canopy. The new method indicates density of sloths exceeding estimates made by earlier methods. During the year, the National Zoological Park began to emerge from a period of austerity. While there had been no reduction in the number of positions authorized by the Congress, personnel ceil- ings imposed in previous years required that a number of positions be left vacant. Recent increases in professional staff were, to some extent, made at the expense of other categories. Since standards of animal care could not be compromised, the pinch was left chiefly in maintenance of buildings and grounds. At the end of the fiscal year, the ceiling had been increased to 234 permanent positions, whereas the total authorized was 249. For the fourth consecutive year, there was no appropriation for capital construction, in keeping with wartime restrictions on federal building. Approximately $1.4 million of funds previously appro- priated were frozen, pending Congressional approval of revised construction plans, although sums were appropriated for renova- tions and repairs. In anticipation of future appropriations, the firm of Faulkner, Fryer and Vanderpool, Architects, and Lester Collins, Landscape Architect, were retained to redesign the Zoo's master plan. They will be guided by the admonition of the Commission of Fine Arts to emphasize the exhibition of animals in well-designed landscape settings and minimize the visual impact of buildings. Preliminary site plans had been completed at the end of the year. Attendance continued to increase, exceeding five million for the year. Since the zoo is open without charge, with multiple entrances, visitor counts are based on a sampling formula. The formula was developed some time ago, and there is reason to believe it now overestimates attendance. However, the increasing congestion of the zoo, and especially of its parking lots and roads, is evidence that crowds are larger each year. A firm of consulting engineers, having studied the traffic and park- ing problems, submitted a report with two principal recommen- 53 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 dations. The first would replace the present scattered parking lots with a multi-level garage, providing more spaces. The second was an interim plan to improve traffic flow, making only minor modifications in present roads and parking lots. Both are under study, as is the further recommendation that a fee be charged for parking to offset costs of construction and service. In March, a new Department of Zoological Programs was estab- lished, combining the animal exhibit divisions and the divisions of Scientific Research, Animal Health, and Pathology. The new post of Assistant Director for Zoological Programs was created. Dr. John Eisenberg was named Acting during the recruiting period. Dr. Sam Weeks joined the staff as curator of birds and Mr. Harold Egoscue as curator of small mammals and primates. The Friends of the National Zoo (fonz) expanded their activi- ties in education and public service. More than 17,000 school chil- dren were conducted on planned tours by trained fonz guides. Fonz continues to man information posts and provide volunteers for after-hours "preg-watches" and "tiger sits." The area-wide school art show received many entries. The trackless trains began a second year of successful operation. At year's end, a new and much larger sales building for gifts, souvenirs, and balloons was completed and ready to open. Office of Environmental Sciences Studies of the consequences of man's major alteration of his en- vironment were initiated during this year, such as the study of the biology of the intermediate hosts of human parasitic diseases; schistosomiasis in relationship to the development of the Mekong River; the impact on their respective environments of the Volta River in Ghana, the Nairobi National Park in Kenya, the Special City of Seoul, Korea, the offshore oil exploration in Indonesia, and the Belem-Brazilia highway in Brazil. PROGRAM OFFICE OF ECOLOGY Remote sensing studies of vegetation of the Rhode River water- shed were carried out under a contract with nasa. A detailed survey of the vegetation of the watershed served as "ground truth" for environmental sensing from helicopters and aircraft using color and infrared film and image scanning in infrared. Identification of deciduous forest species by changes in spring and fall foliage colors SCIENCE kq was correlated with air photographs. A symposium for the Agency for International Development was convened to evaluate the po- tential contribution of remote sensing in resource development and in environmental planning in developing countries. A research program on biological control of nonagricultural pests was initiated, with an 8-month study of sciomyzid fly larvae which attack and kill snails. Studies were accomplished in Peru, Ghana, Indonesia, Australia, and the Mekong area in Thailand. Satellite tracking studies of migrating elk were carried out on contact with nasa. One wild elk was located by a satellite (Nimbus III) for one month and an additional animal was tracked by satellite during its early migration. An environmental program was developed, including recruitment and assignment of research ecologists, environmentalists, conserva- tionists, and biologists as Peace Corps volunteers. Participants with Masters or Doctors degrees or candidates for the degrees carry out research programs in the host countries which request them. To date 120 volunteers have applied; fifteen countries have requested various types of research specialists, and volunteers have been sent or are preparing for their assignments. PROGRAM OFFICE OF OCEANOGRAPHY AND LIMNOLOGY Acquisition of the acrylic and aluminum research submersible, Johnson-Sea-Link, has provided a new Smithsonian capability for research in the marine environment. Conceived, engineered, and constructed in part by Edwin A. Link, and donated to the Smith- sonian, the vehicle incorporated a 66-inch diameter acrylic sphere, developed by the Navy, with an 8-foot cylindrical aluminum diver :ompartment, similar to the diver lockout system of Deep Diver. Fhe pilot and an observer in the forward compartment will have a :ull opportunity to place the vehicle into close proximity with the narine situation to be examined. Three divers are pressurized for excursions from the aluminum chamber, especially to collect geo- ogical and biological specimens and data. In support of the submersible, the Smithsonian, in cooperation vith Mr. Link, and the Harbor Branch Foundation, has acquired md is developing a marine facility near Fort Pierce, Florida. Consist- ng of about 250 acres of land on the Indian River Inland Water- vay, the improvements include two warehouse buildings for main- enance of the submarine and for associated underwater activities. ^ laboratory building is under construction to house scientific in- 441-283 O - 71 - 5 60 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 After the commissioning on 29 January 1971, submersible pilot John Fike and Florida Lieutenant Governor Thomas Adams, within the acrylic bubble, prepare for the launching of Johnson-Sea-Link from Mr. Edwin A. Link's vessel, Sea Diver. vestigations especially related to the field programs. A former Coast Guard Cutter, now called R/V Johnson, has been acquired and is being fully rebuilt at the facility for oceanographic work and as a submarine tender. In connection with the commissioning ceremonies for Johnson- Sea-Link, which were held on 29 January, Mr. Ripley awarded a newly established Smithsonian Institution medal to Mr. Link and to Mr. Seward Johnson, who had not only provided substantial support to the project but also gave an endowment for its operation. During the year, the Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center (sosc) sent 219,708 specimens of algae, invertebrates, vertebrates, oceanic rocks, and photographs of the ocean bottom to 368 scientists for studies of the kinds, distributions, and populations of organisms of the world ocean. At the request of national and international organizations, sosc sent its supervisors to the Antarctic, the Pacific coast of Colombia, Staten Island, the Galapagos Islands, Panama, and many other localities to make collections or to obtain records of collections of scientific interest. The Smithsonian research vessel R/V Phykos spent the year in SCIENCE 61 Yugoslavia undergoing conversion into a modern oceanographic vessel. She will begin operations early next fiscal year as the principal biological collections vessel for the Cooperative Investiga- tions of the Mediterranean. THE CHESAPEAKE BAY CENTER FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES A plan for a complete ecosystem study of the Rhode River Water- shed was developed as the primary research program of the Center, in cooperation with the Johns Hopkins University, The University of Maryland, and the U. S. Ceological Survey. The plan integrates the Center's scientific research program with data on land-use history, ecosystem structure and function, and socioeconomic trends and at- titudes in such a way that predictions can be made of the possible effects of proposed changes in land use in the watershed, as they occur with increased population density and diversification of human activities. The information gathered will be used in manag- ing the land and water resources of the estuary and its watershed, and should be applicable as a methodology for the study of other por- tions of the Chesapeake Bay. The study is expected to be a part of a major study of the total bay in cooperation with many other agencies. Substantial data has been gathered to aid management decisions regarding planning and zoning in Anne Arundel County, Maryland, and in the management of the Chesapeake Bay as a natural resource. Scientific information, collected by the Center, was instrumental in planning for the construction of tertiary sewage-treatment facili- ties for a housing project in the watershed, and for the planning of erosion control during construction of a powerline right-of-way. These actions represent valuable precedents in the application of research-produced information for purposes of environmental man- agement by industry and public agencies. The facilities of the Center were substantially expanded during the year with the addition of 507 acres of land, of leases, offices and of a small research vessel. Educational activities were accelerated with the offering of a course in estuarine ecology by the Biology Department of The Johns Hopkins University. Two postdoctoral fellows were supported at the Center by the Smithsonian Research Foundation. Six univer- sities in the Baltimore-Washington area utilized the Center for field work and the Center continued to provide instruction for children at 52 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 the Human Resources Development Center of the Community Action Agency in Anne Arundel County. CENTER FOR SHORT-LIVED PHENOMENA The Center for Short-Lived Phenomena expanded its reporting network which now includes over 3000 scientists, scientific institu- tions, and field stations located in 148 countries on every continent and ocean of the world. The Center continues to communicate data and information on significant changes in biological and ecological systems, including rare or unusual animal migrations, population explosions, and major mortalities of flora and fauna, as well as volcanic eruptions, the birth of new islands, major fireball events and meteorite falls, and en- vironmental pollution events such as major oil spills, and pesticide and herbicide contaminations. During 1970, the Center reported 113 short-lived events that oc- curred in 48 countries. Scientific teams investigated at least 84 of the events. Forty-nine earth science events were described, as well as 47 biological and 15 astrophysical events. Specimens of all six meteorites were recovered promptly and sent to laboratories for radioisotope analysis. Delay between the time of the fall of the objects and the time they arrived in measuring labo- ratories ranged from a few days to a few weeks. In addition, fireball ablation products were sampled in the atmosphere by high altitude air collection aircraft shortly after two major fireball events. The Center also reported other unusual geological events, includ- ing submarine volcanic activity in the Tonga Islands, major land- slides in Hungary and Nigeria, the Pozzoulli uplift near Naples in Italy, the Wolenchiti fracturing in Ethiopia, major floods and storm surges in Ecuador and Rumania, the drainage of a glacial lake in Alaska, a major typhoon in the Philippines and a series of major tidal waves in East Pakistan, as well as the discovery of the Guajaki tribe of Paraguay. A science teacher event-notification program was inaugurated to provide science teachers with up-to-date information on fast breaking natural events that would be of interest in their classrooms. Hun- dreds of science teachers use the Center's daily event cards as teach- ing tools to show the dynamic nature of the earth. The Center has also been involved with a number of international programs con- cerned with global environmental monitoring, such as the Inter- national Biological Program, unesco's "Man and the Biosphere" SCIENCE 63 program, and the National Academy of Sciences Environmental Monitoring Program. Center for the Study of Man During the past year the Center for the Study of Man has con- tinued to provide leadership for anthropologists and other scientists, who are seeking to bring their special skills and knowledge to the solution of major world problems. From 14-19 May 1971, Inter- national Advisory Board members of the Center met with members of two "task forces" on human fertility and environmental degrada- tion. Members of the Task Force on Human Fertility, representing 24 institutions, prepared and discussed papers defining ways in which anthropologists could contribute to an understanding of the population problem. The result of their efforts is a forthcoming handbook containing guidelines for population research, including suggestions for analyzing and recycling field notes. The Task Force on the Environment, representing 15 institutions, mapped out a procedure for concentrating anthropological research on environmental problems. Present knowledge in this field was summarized and plans for future research were sketched. A con- ference will take place in October to further consolidate the efforts of this task force. At the urging of the International Advisory Board a third task force on education will be assembled during the coming year. This task force will conduct basic research on the problem of cultural transmission from generation to generation in the context of rapid culture change. The Center's American Indian Program has continued to serve Indians and the American public by distributing scholarly materials to them. A research program on Indian economic development is now also underway. All volume editors for the 18-volume Handbook of North American Indians have now been selected. The content for each volume is determined and contributors are now in the process of researching and writing. Results of the Center's Urgent Anthropology Program continue to be received, such as Frank Lobo's work with four of the last surviving Ahashamen Indians of San Juan Capistrano who still possess some knowledge of the Ahashamen language. Throughout the past year a total of 15 grants were made to carry out urgent anthropological research in 12 different countries. 54 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 From 29 October to 1 November 1970, the Center brought together a working group of 20 anthropologists and film-makers. This three-day session developed guidelines for evaluating proposals involving anthropological film-making; it examined long range re- quirements for educational films in anthropology; and it planned the development of a National Anthropological Film Archive for re- search in anthropological film records and for the development of new educational films in anthropology. Science Information Exchange The Exchange completed seven years under the contractual au- thority of the National Science Foundation. Beginning in FY 1972 the total responsibility for support and operation of the Exchange will be centered under the authority of the Smithsonian Institution. During the year the Science Information Exchange (sie) was in- corporated under the laws of the District of Columbia. Demand for sie services increased substantially, especially in catalog and thesaurus development. Several new output products were designed to make sie information more readily available to scientists and research administrators. A complete microfilm record of ongoing biomedical research accompanied by a printed index was introduced to be printed and distributed by a commercial contractor. Pre-run searches on timely topics were announced in appropriate journals and newsletters, with very good results and expanded de- mands for this new information product. Particularly noteworthy has been the increasing interest in the Exchange's data bank by overseas organizations. Negotiations have been initiated for sale of tape records in several foreign countries. It is anticipated that the international information exchange will accelerate. All records, in full text, are now in computer storage and can be selected and printed on demand. Information input and output is via video terminals that can be readily adapted to on-line remote interrogation whenever demand develops. An intensified program of articles about sie and announcements by mail have substantially increased awareness and usage of sie services throughout the scientific and lay communities. HISTORY AND ART A s shown by the individual reports that follow, the past year was one of satisfying accomplishments by the history and art bureaus of the Institution. Some milestones, such as the completion of the first volume of the Joseph Henry Papers and the preparation of the first complete guide to the archives of the Smithsonian, were reached during the year. Additions to the national collections of historical, artistic, and archival material continued at an impressive rate. Exhibitions both major and minor in the Museum of History and Technology, the National Collection of Fine Arts, and the National Portrait Gallery were well received by critics and the public alike. The educational and scholarly activities that form so important a part of the responsibilities of our museums and other bureaus re- ceived continuing emphasis and led to a number of distinguished publications. The past year was also notable in terms of new physical facilities. Early in the year the Cooper Hewitt Museum accomplished its move from the Cooper Union to the Carnegie and Miller Houses with almost miraculous economy and efficiency. Construction continued on the Hirshhorn Museum, which by year's end had emerged above ground level; the opening of the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden is planned for 1973. Basic work on the Renwick Gallery was completed and an opening is planned for the winter of 1971, follow- ing the final restoration and decoration of the interior and the installation of exhibits. A special word should be said about the Smithsonian's plans for the Bicentennial of the American Revolution, which involve many parts of the Institution in addition to its history and art bureaus. The Bicentennial offers the Smithsonian a unique opportunity and an urgent duty. We must use our vast resources, and enlist the re- sources of others, to help rediscover and illuminate our national achievements. The theme of the Smithsonian's Bicentennial celebra- tion is the American experience; its purpose will be, in President Nixon's words, "a new understanding of our heritage." For this effort, the Smithsonian Institution is providentially well prepared. It is a remarkably comprehensive group of enterprises 65 66 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 surveying every aspect of man's life and work— his social, political, and military institutions; his fine arts, his applied arts, his per- forming arts; his use of natural resources; and his adventures of exploration on this planet and into outer space. The Smithsonian Institution has a long and rich tradition of free interchange of ideas with the world of learning. It has been a center for the study of resources, natural and human, of the whole continent. The Smithsonian, as the repository for myriad objects sacred to our history and illustrative of the American experience since the be- ginning, is preeminent among the museums of the world and second to none in the number of its visitors. All of this gives us a special responsibility of which we are deeply mindful. During the past year, preliminary work was begun on a number of special Bicentennial activities. These included special exhibitions in the Museum of History and Technology, the Museum of Natural History, the Arts and Industries Building, and the National Air and Space Museum. Planning continued for the development of Bicen- tennial Park on the banks of the Potomac, and authorizing legisla- tion to this end was submitted by the Regents on the advice of the National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board. The Institution's art bureaus are collaborating in the preparation of an unprecedented Bicentennial Survey of American Art, which will include an in- ventory of American paintings before 1914, a catalog of revolutionary era portraits, and a bibliography of American art. With continuing support from the Congress and the American Revolution Bicenten- nial Commission, the Smithsonian's role in the celebration of the 200th birthday of our nation will receive increasing emphasis in the years between now and 1976. The National Museum of History and Technology In the fiscal year 1971 a major endeavor of the professional staff of The National Museum of History and Technology was the development of plans for a variety of ambitious exhibitions and special projects to commemorate the forthcoming American Revolu- tion Bicentennial. These will be concerned not only with the per- sonalities and events of the era of the Revolutionary War, but will provide a broader understanding of American achievement over the succeeding two centuries. A preliminary step to planning was the successful completion of an inventory of the national collections to identify and select available and appropriate materials for the proj- ects in progress. HISTORY AND ART 67 An opportunity to undertake a major revision of the exhibition halls in the central segment of the third floor made possible a reorganization of subject content under the conceptual theme of communication. Existing exhibits are being modified and supple- mented, as well as relocated, and a major portion of the Museum's exhibit effort in the forthcoming year will be directed to the com- pletion of this project. Two major events which highlighted the Museum's activities during the year were special exhibits developed in the Department of Cultural History. Both were memorable because of the novelty of their subject matter and their reminiscent appeal. "Do It The Hard Way: Rube Goldberg and Modern Times," which opened in November, was dedicated to the famous cartoonist whose name has become part of the language. The exhibit featured a montage of Goldberg's original drawings and published cartoons, his sculpture, realizations of some of the fantastic comic-page in- ventions for which he was widely known, and other memorabilia illustrating the cartoonist's many-faceted social commentaries and observations on the absurdities of human nature. A film supplemen- Rube Goldberg's elaborate picture-taking contraption with which visitors were photographed. 68 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 ting the tangible elements of the exhibit captured the essence of Goldberg's personality and achievements. Produced by Karen Love- land and Benjamin W. Lawless of the Office of Exhibits, the film won a cine Golden Eagle Award and has been submitted to three in- ternational film festivals. The attractive catalog describing the exhibit, produced by Peter G. Marzio and Anne C. Golovin, received a Certificate of Award from the Printing Institute of America in the one and two color brochure and catalog category. Among the most popular aspects of the exhibit were a Goldberg signature-machine which visitors could operate, and an elaborate picture-taking con- traption by which visitors were photographed. "Music Machines— American Style," which opened in April, is an ongoing special exhibit depicting the development of mechanical and electronic devices and machines by means of which popular music was recorded, reproduced, and transmitted in America. A theater within the exhibition presents a program of clips of famous musical productions of the 1930's and of the period 1940-1960. The past year also witnessed the opening of two permanent By the 1890s talking machines shown in "Music Machines— American Style" were entertaining thousands of Americans at home, penny arcades, and phono- graph parlors. HISTORY AND ART 69 exhibition halls and the creation of several popular special exhibits, representing a wide range of curatorial interests. The first segment of the new Hall of Electricity which was opened in December focuses on the mystery and fascination of electrical science through the mid- nineteenth century. Featured are a working reproduction of an electric motor designed by Benjamin Franklin, and a number of visitor-operated displays. Dominating the entrance is a tableau The entrance to the Hall of Electricity is dominated by this operating recon- struction of a typical 18th-century parlor demonstration: The Electric Kiss. 70 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 demonstrating the "electric kiss"— a preoccupation of the 18th cen- tury. The first in a series of changing exhibits entitled "Contem- porary Counterparts of Early American Craftsmen" was added to the popular Hall of Everyday Life in the American Past. A major segment added to the Hall of Ceramics and Glass was a unique collection of yellow-glazed English earthenware of the 1785-1835 period donated by Eleanor and Jack Leon. Three hundred years of South Carolina paper currencies was the subject of an exhibit in the Hall of Numismatics. A joint venture was undertaken with the philatelic services of five Scandinavian countries in the production of an exhibit on the "Stamps and Posts of Scandinavia." A splendid collection of ceramic and silver tureens from the Campbell Museum collection was featured in a special exhibit which opened in June. The historical significance of American holidays is the theme of an ongoing series of colorful popular exhibits at the Mall entrance to the Museum. These have included among others, an exhibit about Fourth of July celebrations, which featured music, slides, and original objects relating to the Declaration of Independence, and a dual exhibit commemorating the birthdays of George Washington and Abraham Lincoln, again showing many original objects as- sociated with these patriots. An innovation is a series of departmental exhibit cases changed monthly by the curatorial staff in which recent additions to the national collections are displayed and acknowledged. Numerous small individual exhibits reflected a wide range of interest in various parts of the Museum, ranging from the photo- graphic work of Stephen Whealton and of Janine Niepce to the national concern for accurate measurement and protection of the country's water supply. Yet others ranged from the 100th anniver- sary of the civil engineer, Benjamin Wright, to "Poetry of the Body," a series of anatomical drawings by Paul Peck. The Division of Musical Instruments continued to supplement their displays of instruments with a program of three concerts produced in cooperation with the Smithsonian Associates. The Energy Conversion Exhibit was reassembled into a colorful traveling version, representing the first technical traveling exhibit from this Museum, and it has been enthusiastically received. The presentation of the Secretary's Gold Medal to Howard I. Chapelle, Senior Historian of the Department of Science and Tech- nology on 30 November marked the retirement of one of America's HISTORY AND ART 71 Figure of Benjamin Franklin, circa 1780-1790 by Ralph Wood, Jr. This fine figure is important not only because of its American association, but also because it is an outstanding example of 18th-century English ceramic art and technology. 72 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Massachusetts Bay Colony note dated 3 February 1690, acquired for the numismatics collections. most distinguished marine historians. Mr. Chapelle will, however, continue to work in the Museum as Historian Emeritus. John T. Schlebecker, Jr., curator of the Division of Agriculture and Mining, received the American Library Association's Oberley prize for his bibliography on the history of agriculture. He also completed a catalog of agricultural implements in the Museum's collections. HISTORY AND ART 73 ^ y^r? Jk^ y< Envelope carried by the famed Pony Express in June 1861. The cover bears a patriotic emblem of a type popular during the Civil War period, a two-dollar Wells Fargo stamp, and an embossed ten-cent U.S. stamp. Two Smithsonian Research Foundation grants were given, for the purpose of examining baroque organs in Mexico, and another to study family records of a 19th century mid-western German im- migrant cabinetmaker. During the summer of 1970 an institute for college teachers on the history of technology was conducted. The annual meeting of the National Society for Historical Archeology, locally sponsored by the Department of Cultural History, was held in Washington with participation by several members of the Museum staff. Staff interest and involvement in the Museum's Bicentennial planning greatly influenced the maintenance and expansion of the national collections, to which 540,939 objects were added within the past year. Significant additions relating to the Revolutionary War period included an appliqued quilt-top made of rare examples of early American textile printing, typical of the designs of John Hewson, Philadelphia textile printer and patriot of the American Revolution. A Dutch loom, dated 1730, presently being restored, will be displayed in the Hall of Textiles to demonstrate the pro- duction of 18th-century fabrics. Other significant acquisitions in- clude a Revolutionary War period sweetmeat dish manufactured by America's premier porcelain manufacturer, Bonnin and Morris of Philadelphia, and a figure of Benjamin Franklin modeled between 74 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 1780 and 1790 by Ralph Wood, Jr. An important collection of 18th century clothing was acquired by the Division of Costume. An important acquisition was a Massachusetts Bay Colony note dated 3 February 1690. This note is of extraordinary importance since it typifies an American venture in publicly-authorized paper money which predates the issuance of paper currencies by the Bank of England in 1694 and the Bank of Scotland in 1696 highlighting the difference between a publicly authorized issue and an issue by privately owned and operated banks. America was to become the proving ground for paper economics. The Division of Political History received an unusually important donation of a group of sixty-five pieces of china owned by President Millard Fillmore. An interesting group of documents, photographs, and campaign memorabilia was the gift of the League of Women Voters. A noteworthy acquisition by the Division of Postal History was an envelope carried by the storied Pony Express in the period 1860- 1861, as well as an airmail stamp of Newfoundland, issued in 1919 for the first nonstop transatlantic flight. Archives of American Art The past year, the first spent by the Archives of American Art as a bureau of the Smithsonian Institution, was a period of establishing residence, organizing a Washington office staff, and working out new procedures in the handling of both administrative and archival details. By July 1971 it had become an integral part of the Smith- sonian's research facilities and its resources were being intensively used by staff and fellows of the National Collection of Fine Arts, the National Portrait Gallery, and the National Gallery of Art, by faculty and graduate students at local universities, and by scholars from such places as New York, Chicago, San Francisco, New Orleans, Seattle, London, and Stockholm. The year was also marked by the establishment of a branch office in Boston, an addition to other regional offices in New York and Detroit where researchers regularly consult Archives resources duplicated on microfilm. Branch offices are also the chief means of acquiring collections of artists' and dealers' personal and business papers. The opening of the Boston office thus represents an im- portant new source of archival records which, after being organized and filmed at the Washington center, are offered to scholars on a national basis. Among significant collections of papers received by the Archives HISTORY AND ART 75 during the year are those of John Taylor Arms, Arthur G. Dove, Guy Pene Du Bois, G. P. A. Healy, J. Alden Weir, and of two major New York dealers, the Kootz Gallery and the Howard Wise Gallery. The Archives also continued its oral history project, a large por- tion of it under a grant from the New York State Council on the Arts. Extended tape recorded interviews, later transcribed, were conducted with ten art administrators and ten printmakers, photog- raphers, and craftsmen, all from the New York area. Other indi- viduals participating in this project were Leo Castelli, Ralph Colin, Huntington Hartford, August Heckscher, James Thrall Soby, and E. M. M. Warburg. Freer Gallery of Art Research, curatorial, and exhibition activities of the Freer Gallery of Art continued this year as in the past. We were all saddened by the death of Mrs. Agnes E. Meyer who was both a good friend and patron of the Gallery. Mrs. Meyer was born in New York City in 1887. During most of her lifetime she had a keen interest in Far Eastern art and published Chinese Painting as Reflected in the Thought and Art of Li-Lung-Mien in 1923. Mrs. Meyer first met Mr. Freer in January, 1913, and from that moment on their lives were closely allied in the search and study of Far Eastern art. Following Mr. Freer's death in 1919, Mrs. Mever continued to serve as an ad- visor and was mentioned in Mr. Freer's will as one of the five people who were permitted to make gifts of objects to the collection. Mrs. Meyer was the last living person officially associated with the Gallery who also knew Mr. Freer. During her lifetime and as part of her bequest, Mrs. Meyer greatly enriched the collection of the Freer Gallery of Art. In the course of the year a committee known as the Visiting Com- mittee of the Freer Gallery of Art was established. It will be chaired by The Honorable Hugh Scott, Senator from Pennsylvania, and the other members are as follows: Laurence Sickman, Director, William Rockhill Nelson Gallery of Art; Mrs. Jackson Burke, collector; Chang Kwang-chih, Professor, Department of Anthropology, Yale University; Miss Edith Ehrman, Manager, Foreign Area Materials Center, State Education Department, University of the State of New York; Marvin Eisenberg, Professor, History of Art, University of Michigan; Mrs. Katharine Graham, Publisher, The Washington Post; John Rosenfield, Professor of Oriental Art, Harvard Univer- sity. They will meet regularly and serve in an advisory capacity. 441-283 O - 71 - 6 76 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 A major achievement was the publication of Museums of the World, The Freer Gallery of Art, Part I; China, and Part II: Japan, printed in Japanese in collaboration with Kodansha, Tokyo. The English edition of Part I has also been released and Part II will follow in the coming year. National Collection of Fine Arts The Director reported to a Congressional Committee in July that the mission of the National Collection of Fine Arts (ncfa) is to preserve, study, and make known the art of the nation. To preserve art, however, is not to maintain a static situation; a museum is too often misunderstood as a mausoleum, the antithesis of creative activity. Although the physical objects must indeed be protected with care, they cease to be of value (in fact, to be works of art) if the spirit that marked their creation does not persist. Creativity is an action and can be apprehended only by an active mind, a mind set free to explore, discover, savor, and judge. It is this creative spirit, with its many shades and directions weaving through our changing culture over the past three hundred years, that the museum in its varied activities wishes to keep alive, to make accessible to the gen- eral public, the children and youth in the schools, and the specialized scholar. The creative spirit of America in the 19th century can be seen in new accessions such as those of Rembrandt Peale, Philip Tilyard, and William Henry Rinehart, and in the 20th century in such recent acquisitions as Helen Frankenthaler's acrylic, Blessing of the Fleet, and new print acquisitions of Werner Drewes, George Rickey, Robert Rauschenberg, Carol Summers, and others, all shown in new gallery arrangements. In the course of the year, 583 works were acquired. Two creative Americans who lived abroad at a time when they were little appreciated at home were restored to public attention through comprehensive exhibitions: "H. Lyman Sayen (1875-1918)," and "Romaine Brooks (1874-1970)." The first director of the ncfa, William Henry Holmes, was honored by an exhibition of his water- colors in the new print and drawing gallery. Among other exhibi- tions were "Jasper Cropsey," "John Marin," "Small Sculpture and Drawings of Paul Manship," "Prints from the Venice Bienale Workshop," arranged by the International Art Program, and "West Coast Print Makers," an exhibition circulated by the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service. HISTORY AND ART 77 School children recreating Alexander Liberman's sculpture, Equipoise (in back- ground) during an "improvisational tour" in the National Collection of Fine Arts. A formal program for research scholars was begun under the leadership of a coordinator of research, and seven scholars are now studying, lecturing, and publishing at ncfa in the field of American art history. "Walking Seminars," a program using the museum to supplement college art departments in the Washington area, was begun in the spring, and exhibitions of "High School Graphics II" and "Early Work— Art by Students in D.C. Grade Schools" were 78 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 organized and exhibited at the ncfa. Any notion that the museum is regarded as a mausoleum was wiped out forever on 8 May when an awesome 7,600 children and parents actively participated in the "fun-filled day of art experiences" which was Children's Day at the National Collection of Fine Arts. As the year ended, the 27 June opening of the major summer exhibition, "Hidden Aspects of the National Collection of Fine Arts," attracted 2,300 visitors. This exhibition of more than 200 objects was intended to acquaint the public with the surprising range of the ncfa collections. It included Renaissance jewelry, ancient Chinese glass, European paintings of the 17th through 19th centuries, and the American folk art masterpiece by James Hampton, "Throne of the Third Heaven of the Nation's Millennium General Assembly." During this past fiscal year the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Services (sites) has been re-designated an office of the National Collection of Fine Arts and has moved its offices from the Mall to the Studio House of Alice Pike Barney which was given to the Smithsonian by her daughters. Sites circulated 116 exhibitions to museums and educational in- stitutions throughout the United States and Canada. Smithsonian units are contributing more than ever before to the organization of exhibitions for circulation by sites. "Indian Images," "The Genteel Female," "Creative Printmaking in Pakistan," "Energy Conversion," "James Weldon Johnson," and "Paintings by Edwin Scott" are new sites exhibitions which have been originated by Smithsonian de- partments. These exhibitions have had their initial showings at the Smithsonian before beginning their tours. "U. S. World War I Posters" was prepared from Smithsonian collections especially for a sites tour. The addition of these exhibitions to those already in circulation brings the total of Smithsonian exhibitions in sites' program to 14. Sites has acquired for travel 28 new exhibitions and has returned 23 exhibitions to their lenders. The tours of the returned exhibitions have ranged from 18 months to 6 years. Thirty-five of sites' exhibi- tions are of foreign origin; five of these are new exhibitions. National Portrait Gallery During the past year the Gallery mounted two major exhibitions, as well as two smaller undertakings designed primarily for our secondary school audience, and acquired fifty portraits. HISTORY AND ART 79 "The Life Portraits of John Quincy Adams" was the exhibition held at the Gallery in the fall. It coincided with the publication of a book on the same subject by Andrew Oliver, a member of the Na- tional Portrait Gallery Commission, published by the Belknap Press of Harvard University. On the afternoon of the opening, President and Mrs. Nixon gave a party at the White House for about 40 mem- bers of the Adams family as well as members of the Gallery's staff. A five-minute filmed review of the exhibition was shown on the nbc nightly news by John Chancellor. The portraits of Henry Ben- bridge, a comparatively little known painter of the period of the American Revolution whose major activity was in Charleston, South Carolina, were shown in the Spring. Both exhibitions were ac- companied by full scale publications; the former, designed by Miss Crimilda Pontes of the Smithsonian Institution Press, was chosen as one of the twenty-two most handsomely produced university publica- tions of the year by the Association of American University Presses. The two secondary school oriented exhibitions were devoted to the pioneering conservationist John Muir and the composer and civil rights leader James Weldon Johnson. Brochures were produced for both of these exhibitions. The most notable acquisitions of the year were two presidential James Monroe by John Vanderlyn (NPG. 70.59). 80 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 portraits. The first of these is Gilbert Stuart's painting of John Adams, begun during Adams' presidency in 1798, but not completed until about 1815 or later by the artist's daughter Jane Stuart. The second is an 1816 portrait of James Monroe by John Vanderlyn. Both were acquired from direct descendants of the subjects. Several portraits were transferred from The National Museum of History and Technology. Perhaps the most important of these is a self-portrait of Eastman Johnson, one of the greatest American painters of the 19th century. A Thomas Hicks portrait of Edwin Booth as Iago was loaned by the Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decora- tive Arts and Design. Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden During fiscal year 1971, thirty percent of the construction of the Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden was completed and preparations continued for the opening in 1973. A change in the design of the sculpture garden has been agreed upon which will place it parallel to the building rather than traversing the Mall. The director and his staff examined several thousand paintings and selected about 600 for possible inclusion in the opening exhibi- tion, scheduled for May 1973. Present plans call for approximately 500 paintings and 500 sculptures to be included. Initial selection of sculpture will begin shortly. These preliminary selections will be researched, processed, and pertinent background data compiled on each work of art. Preparation was begun of the opening exhibition catalog, with decisions being made as to format, size, and selection of photo- graphs. The task is a formidable one because of the large number of works of art to be included in the opening show. Approximately 70 percent of the collection has been inventoried and photographed. The documentation of each work of art provides detailed data for location, identification, and condition. Methods are being developed to permit electronic retrieval of photographs and data. Although the present interim period is one in which it is diffi- cult for the staff to provide information and loans, more than 225 requests for research information and photographs were answered. Some 100 scholars, artists, and officials visited the museum office and warehouse in New York. Seventy-three paintings and sculptures were loaned to 45 museums, galleries, and institutions. Approxi- mately 1,200 persons attended 15 benefit tours for educational, HISTORY AND ART 81 Head of a Queen. Bronze, 18V4 inches high. Benin, Nigeria. cultural, and philanthropic organizations at the Hirshhorn Sculp- ture Garden in Connecticut. Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design Many months were spent preparing for Cooper-Hewitt's move to the Carnegie and Miller houses on upper Fifth Avenue. The study collections were installed in Miller House and are open to the public by appointment. The staff is engaged in planning for the Museum's reopening following the renovation of the Carnegie mansion. A grant of $100,000 from the New York State Council on the Arts has enabled the Museum to launch studies and conferences leading to a clear definition of direction. 82 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 In order to continue maximum display and interest in the col- lections, extended loans were made to the Metropolitan Museum, National Collection of Fine Arts, Brooklyn Museum, Philadelphia Museum, Hudson River Museum, University of Michigan, and the Fogg Art Museum at Harvard University. Four special exhibitions were sent to the following: Wellesley College, "Master Drawings: The Kingdom of the Two Sicilies"; Ithaca College, "Drawn from Nature/Drawn from Life"; New York Cultural Center, "Selections from the Cooper-Hewitt Museum"; American Federation of Arts, a circulating exhibition, "Master Printmakers from the Cooper-Hewitt Museum." Objects from the collection were also included in major exhibi- tions at museums in this country and abroad: National Gallery of Art, Metropolitan Museum, Morgan Library, High Museum, Mu- seum of American Folk Art, Finch College, Cranbrook Academy, Victoria & Albert Museum, Brighton Pavilion, Montreal Museum of Fine Arts, and the Musee des Arts Decoratifs in Paris. The Museum has acquired 1,522 works of art through the kind- ness of its friends. The most outstanding of these are 104 costume and stage designs, gifts of the designers, which include Charles Le Maire, Ben Edwards, Miles White, Robert O'Hearn, and Freddy Wittop; 59 prints by Luigi Rossini; 49 Daumier lithographs; 27 embroidered samplers from the Coe collection; a Persian 17th- century fragment of textile; a 1930s silk screen panel by Ruth Reeves; 560 embroideries and laces from the collection of Marian Hague; an English mahogany breakfront of the mid- 18th century; a Louis XVI Secretaire a abattant; a 19th-century cabinet by L. Sou- brier & Cie.; a combination birdcage-fishbowl of the early 19th century; a pair of Belter armchairs; 14 pieces of Greek ceramics ranging from 14th century b. c. to 4th century b. c. One hundred seventy-six volumes were added to the library. The most noteworthy gifts were 21 cartons of auction catalogs and decorative arts books from the Queens College Library and 38 books on 19th century world fairs from the Cooper Union Library. The Museum received a $92,000 grant from the Samuel H. Kress Founda- tion for a Textile Conservation Laboratory. The American Institute of Interior Designers has elected Mrs. Lisa Taylor, the director, to honorary membership. Mrs. Elaine Dee, curator of Prints and Drawings, and Mrs. Catharine Frangiamore, assistant curator of Decorative Arts, were awarded grants to partici- pate in international conferences abroad. As a new neighbor in Carnegie Hill, the Museum has sponsored HISTORY AND ART 83 a series of tours, lectures, children's classes, festivals, and other events as a means of winning new friends and cultivating prospective supporters. An initial membership group has been formed involving neighborhood families who use the garden and assist in various volunteer capacities. The Museum has provided facilities for the Guggenheim Mu- seum's summer program for inner-city children and for activities of the Museums Collaborative and a number of other professional organizations. An Outdoor Sculpture Symposium, the first of its kind in New York, is underway on the grounds. Four master sculptors, Phillip Pavia, Minoru Niizuma, Karl Prantl, and Paul Jenkins are de- lighting sidewalk superintendents with their work. Visitors have increased since the Cooper-Hewitt moved to its new location. The staff looks forward to the formal opening of the "national museum of design" and hopes that the Museum will be an even larger force in the future than it has been in the past. National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board Legislation in the form of S. 2153 was introduced into the 92nd Congress to authorize establishment of a National Historical Museum Park, to be known as Bicentennial Park, and to designate the study center authorized under Section 2 (a) of Public Law 87- 186 as the Dwight D. Eisenhower Institute for Historical Research. The Institute, commemorating our thirty-fourth president, who contributed so much to the shaping of a free world, is intended to promote study of the interaction of military thought and policy with the overall American historical experience. During the Bicentennial period, special emphasis will be placed on study of the American Revolution, not only as a military contest but as a profound social upheaval with consequences touching every aspect of human life. Staff members and visiting scholars would participate in a broad program of conferences and lectures held under the auspices of the Institute, probing the revolutionary experience, not just as a matter of battles lost or won, but from the point of view of its full impact upon the new and the old worlds— militarily, politically, economi- cally, culturally, and scientifically. Bicentennial Park and the Eisenhower Institute together will offer a rare opportunity to develop integrated collections and pro- grams designed to contribute to a broader understanding of the 84 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 American past— an understanding vitally necessary in order to ad- vance intelligently and confidently into the future. Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars The Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, created by the Congress in October 1968 to be a living memorial "expressing the ideals and concerns of Woodrow Wilson . . . symbolizing and strengthening the fruitful relation between the world of learning and the world of public affairs" opened its doors on 19 October 1970, with some 25 scholars from this country and abroad. The theme of the Center's fellowship program is designed to ac- centuate those aspects of Wilson's ideals and concerns for which he is perhaps best remembered a half century after his presidency: his search for international peace and the imaginative new govern- mental approaches he used to meet pressing issues of his day. In the opening period the Board of Trustees is particularly encouraging substantial studies on (1) the development of international under- standing, law and cooperation in ocean space; (2) man's relations and response to his deteriorating environment, with special attention to the new forms of international cooperation needed to address effectively those environmental problems that transcend boundaries; and (3) various approaches to the problems of international peace- keeping and post- Vietnam United States foreign policy. On 18 February 1971, the Center was officially dedicated by Presi- dent Richard M. Nixon. Throughout the first 8 months of its life, the Center has sponsored a number of seminars, symposia, and public discussions in fulfill- ment of its Congressional mandate to be a "bridge" between the world of learning and the world of public affairs. Joseph Henry Papers Volume I of the Joseph Henry Papers was completed, and the text prepared for transmission to the Smithsonian Press, during this fiscal year. The approximately 250 items start with Henry's baptismal record and end with his resignations from offices in Albany, New York, in preparation for his departure to Princeton in 1832. In addi- tion to many letters of great biographic importance, the volume will contain three unpublished lectures, notes of scientific work, and HISTORY AND ART 85 documents of both the Albany Institute and the Albany Academy. Approximately one half of the volume will consist of the editor's commentary and annotations. Perhaps the most significant theme in the volume is Henry's view of science and its relations to society. As a case study in provincial culture, the volume has much fresh evidence on American culture and society as it is by no means limited to the detailing of Henry's scientific work. Office of American Studies The Office of American Studies conducts a formal graduate pro- gram in material culture of the United States which is directed to the original Smithsonian purpose: "the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men." Graduate students from George Washing- ton University, Georgetown University, American University, the University of Maryland, Catholic University, and the University of Texas participated in the program, gaining academic credit toward advanced degrees at those universities. The basic seminar in "Ma- terial Aspects of American Civilization" this year examined the material culture of the working class. Research seminars in "Amer- ican Technology and Its Cultural Impact" and "The Physical City: An Approach to American Urban History" were also given, all under the direction of Harold Skramstad. During the spring semester, a seminar in "Historical Uses of Vernacular Architecture" was conducted by Gary Carson, Coordi- nator of Research of the St. Mary's City Commission. The Office of American Studies is cooperating with the St. Mary's City Commis- sion in a long-range project to study St. Mary's City, the 17-century capital of Maryland, by means of historical archeology, architectural history, and archival research. In addition to participating in formal seminars, individual graduate students carried on reading and re- search projects under the direction of members of the staff of the Office of American Studies and of the various Smithsonian museums. Office of Academic Studies The Office of Academic Studies, formerly the Division of Graduate Studies of the Office of Academic Programs, is directed by the newly established Board of Academic Studies in the conduct of the Institu- tion's higher education programs. The programs include fellowship 86 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 and administrative support for pre- and post-doctoral Visiting Re- search Associates engaged in independent research, for graduate and undergraduate students in directed research and internship assign- ments, for short-term visitors studying in the Smithsonian's collec- tions, and for departmental seminars. For the academic year 1971-1972, 27 postdoctoral and 18 pre- doctoral fellowships were awarded. For several years the Institution has cooperated with universities in jointly funding fellowships for graduate students pursuing course work partly at their home university and partly at the Smithsonian. This year two such fellow- ships have been awarded in American Civilization at Georgetown University and one at the University of Texas. In addition, two doctoral candidates in the History of Science and Technology are being jointly supported with the University of Maryland and with Harvard University, marking the first such cooperative venture with Harvard. Support for graduate interns, previously offered only during the summer months, has been extended to a year-round program of one to three month appointments for research and study under the supervision of a member of the professional staff. Several successful seminars, developed and conducted within de- partments and divisions of the Institution, have been supported, in part or in full, by the Office of Academic Studies. Smithsonian Institution Archives In spring 1971 the Archives completed a major reorganization of its holdings, culminating in completion of the Preliminary Guide to the Smithsonian Archives, now in press. The guide presents to the scholarly community the first comprehensive statement of the hold- ings of the Archives. The re-ordering which was accomplished in preparation for the guide clearly designates records according to their source; and a numbering system, also used in the guide, permits easier location of records in the stacks. In addition to the guide, a file for other finding aids was set up, keyed to the guide-stack numbering system. As the staff completed the guide for publication, plans were made for finding aids of much greater depth, which would be machine adaptable. Problems were discussed with National Archives staff in charge of spindex, a national computer system for manuscript col- lections, and with the Smithsonian Information Systems Division. HISTORY AND ART 87 Prototype collection descriptions were produced and two collections were described under the new processing standards. Although actual machine application lies in the future, the Smithsonian Archives finding aids will be ready for the computer when that day arrives. Emphasis during this year was on internal reorganization, but several accessions were made. Most important were early records of Smithsonian book exchanges, records of the director of the Museum of History and Technology, additional records of the Exhibits Editor's office, and fiscal records from the Treasurer's office. The program for microfilming selected archives continued with a much expanded activity projected for the near future. Office of Seminars The Office of Seminars cooperated in the planning and manage- ment of an international symposium held 16-19 November 1970, on "Cultural Styles and Social Identities: Interpretations of Protest and Change." The Charles F. Kettering Foundation and the Rockefeller Brothers Fund provided financial support. The symposium reflected the Institution's long-standing interests in the processes of culture change as studied both by historians and anthropologists. It also served as a sequel to the 1969 symposium, "Man and Beast: Com- parative Social Behavior," which concentrated on the biological bases of behavior in human and other animal societies. The 1970 symposium, chaired by Professor Michio Nagai of Japan, will be published by the Smithsonian Institution Press under the title The Cultural Drama. The 1969 symposium volume Man and Beast was published 18 June 1971, under the editorship of John F. Eisenberg and Wilton S. Dillon. Planning began in 1971 for the next inter- national symposium to be held in 1973, in cooperation with the National Academy of Sciences, to commemorate the 500th an- niversary of the birth of Copernicus and his impact on scientific discovery, including space exploration in the twentieth century. The 1973 symposium will be the fifth in the Smithsonian's international symposia series. With the opening of the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars in 1970, the Office of Seminars served as a link between the work of the visiting Fellows and scientists and other scholars in the Smithsonian, arranging a series of small discussions and semi- nars on topics related to ecology and the environmental sciences. 88 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Antonio Zarco, senior elder of the Choco Indian nation of Panama, and Michael Collins, former astronaut and new director of the National Air and Space Museum, at a meeting sponsored by the Office of Seminars. One seminar, involving government, foundation, and university participants, speculated on the environmental implications of new highways and hydroelectric dams in the tropics and what Americans might learn from such development schemes. Another dealt with innovations in university curricula— both in the United States and overseas— to accommodate increasing faculty and student interests in problems of environmental quality. Such activities are carried out in close cooperation with the Smithsonian's Office of Environmental Sciences. Antonio Zarco, senior elder in the Choco Indian nation of Panama, and former teacher of jungle survival techniques to U. S. air and space personnel, was invited by the Office of Seminars to visit the Smithsonian research and museum facilities in June 1971, while visiting the United States as a guest of the Air Force. He held discussions with Michael Collins, director of the Air and Space Museum, his former pupil in Panama, and with scientists at the National Museum of Natural History, to which he contributed the beginnings of a collection of artifacts of Choco culture. SPECIAL MUSEUM PROGRAMS r-piHE Smithsonian in its special museum programs during the past ■*■ year has extended its historic mission of service and concern for the condition and objectives of museums both at home and abroad. United States membership in the International Centre for the Preservation and Restoration of Cultural Property (Rome Centre) has been authorized by the Congress, due in part to the support of the Smithsonian Institution. Similarly, the Smithsonian has con- tinued to support the principles of the proposed unesco Cultural Property Convention designed to stem the rising tide of illegal international trade in objects of art, antiquities, and cultural ma- terials. An activist role of educator, conservator, and communicator is shared increasingly by museums, and each year these common ob- jectives bring the museums of the world closer together as custodians of cultural values and enhancers of the quality of life. To this end the Smithsonian has continued its assistance to the American As- sociation of Museums and the U. S. National Committee of the International Council of Museums, an effort which has resulted in an increased appreciation of the opportunities, goals, and achieve- ments of museums. Continuing its tradition of worldwide exchange of ideas, the Smithsonian staff has collaborated with and supported museum ad- ministrators, technicians, and cultural specialists from Africa, Asia, and Europe interested in establishing or expanding their national museum programs. Particularly gratifying has been the assistance provided museum professionals from developing countries who have come to the Smithsonian to observe and study techniques and methods in conservation, exhibition, and registrar functions. Through the National Museum Act, information and advice have been given in response to approximately 5000 requests in the last year. Some of these, as suggested above, have been of an inter- national character, but by far the great majority have come from the small museums of the United States. This alone indicates the critical need of the museum profession for concrete data, profes- sional advice, and opportunities for training. 89 90 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Office of Museum Programs On 23 January 1971, Mr. Frank A. Taylor retired from the Smith- sonian Institution after forty-eight years of service. Engineer, lawyer, curator, museum administrator, and recipient of the Henry Medal, Mr. Taylor will continue to serve the Institution as a Research Associate, as a consultant to the Secretary for special projects, and as the Smithsonian's ambassador-at-large to the museum world. The Office of Director General of Museums, with Mr. Taylor's retirement, now operates as the Office of Museum Programs. On 25 January 1971, Mr. Peter C. Welsh was appointed director of this office and charged with the supervision of the Office of Exhibits Programs, the Office of the Registrar, the Conservation-Analytical Laboratory, and the execution of programs under the National Museum Act. In December of 1970 the Congress extended the National Museum Act and authorized funding up to one million dollars for its pur- poses which, broadly stated, encompass cooperative studies of tech- nical problems, training of museum personnel, and development of museum techniques. An advisory committee of museum professionals will recommend to the Secretary procedures and policies for carry- ing out the purposes of the act. In the past year the Smithsonian has supported the regional mu- seum conferences of the American Association of Museums. Pre- liminary study for the American Association of Museums Docu- mentation Center has been aided. The American Association for State and Local History has received assistance for the preparation of a guide to instruct its membership in the planning and prepara- tion of exhibits relative to the Bicentennial of the American Revolution. Evaluating and testing the effectiveness of exhibits and exhibit techniques have been furthered through a cooperative pro- gram with the Carnegie Museum and the University of Pittsburgh. Other cooperative ventures— one with the New York State Historical Association and the Rome Centre and another with the International Institute for Conservation of Historic and Artistic Works— will aid and promote studies in conservation. The Office of Museum Programs continues to receive innumerable requests from museums for technical assistance and advice. Since the inception of the Museum Act in 1966 these requests have in- creased by more than 300 percent. Such questions as how to raise money for a museum project, how to plan and utilize exhibit space, how to begin an exhibition program, how to organize a museum SPECIAL MUSEUM PROGRAMS 91 education program, how to find and train museum personnel, and how to care for and manage collections increase as the influence and role of museums become more important in the community. The Office of Museum Programs continues to accumulate and refine data relating to museums and their activities. The Smithsonian Visitor, published in May, interviews nearly 5000 visitors to the National Museum of Natural History and the National Museum of History and Technology and gives a statistical view of the visitor's experi- ences. Training in museum exhibits techniques, conservation practices, and museum administration continues under the National Museum Act. Last year over 1000 persons received training in the Smith- sonian exhibition laboratories. Trainees have come from most of the Fifty States and many foreign countries. The Office of Museum Programs has continued its interest in the efficacy of museums in education and has participated actively in assessing the contribu- tions museums can make in this field. Office of Exhibits Programs Despite rising costs and the resulting reductions in both materials and manpower, the Office of Exhibits Programs not only acquitted its traditional, diverse responsibilities but continued to expand the scope and intensity of those responsibilities. The 56 special and temporary exhibitions that opened in fiscal year 1971 included the spectacular "Music Machines- American Style" and "Do It the Hard Way: Rube Goldberg and Modern Times" presentations in the National Museum of History and Technology. "Music Machines" is a multimedia masterwork, with synchronized lights and sounds guiding the visitor through the development of the machines that have revolutionized music in America. A special film on Rube Goldberg was one of the seven that the Exhibits Film Unit produced in conjunction with exhibi- tions. Segments of the Electricity Hall in the History and Technology Building and the Physical Geology Hall in the National Museum of Natural History were opened to the public, as work continued on additional areas of these halls. Work was also continued in 56 other halls of the National History and Technology, Natural History, and the National Air and Space museums. At the same time, an exhibi- tion on the Apollo 11, recreating the drama of man's landing on the 441-283 O - 71 92 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 moon, was being readied. Also underway are the proposed multi- faceted analysis of drug usage and its impact on society; the pro- posed Hall of Living Things, a major ecologic undertaking; plan- ning and designs for programs in conjunction with the Bicentennial of the American Revolution; continued assistance to the Renwick Gallery and Anacostia Neighborhood Museum; extensive upgrading and maintenance of exhibitions throughout the Smithsonian com- plex; and publications ranging from a Philately and Postal History Hall guide to leaflets supplementing exhibit labels; and training of museum careerists from all over the world. Conservation- Analytical Laboratory Last year's conservation effort has been tripled within our con- stricting walls. Upon request we have advised eight bureaus, other museums, and the public on safe environments for many different kinds of objects, and methods of mounting and of cleaning them; cleaned, repaired and chemically stabilized documents, graphics and objects— of wood, leather, metal, pottery, hair— collected or ex- cavated, ranging in date from prehistoric to recent and in culture from Attic to modern American. Causes of damage have included corrosion, unchecked decay, insects, fire, and flood. A visiting research associate has studied and analyzed metal artifacts for credit towards a diploma in conservation. Members of the staff attended courses in infrared spectrophotometry and chro- matography, are researching paper treatment for credit in a Master's degree, took active part in seminars on paper conservation and the study of silver and metals generally, and lectured regularly on con- servation to fifty interested persons and irregularly to numerous special-interest groups, as well as maintaining active relationships with national and international organizations concerned with arti- fact conservation. Analytical facilities have been applied to about 130 submitted samples, resulting in almost 4000 semiquantitative estimations spectrographically on metals and minerals, almost 200 quantitative estimations on pottery by neutron-activation, and 350 by X-ray fluorescence. Micro-analysis, X-ray diffraction, and infrared spec- trophotometry have also served to identify corrosion products, sub- stances present in commercial materials proposed for long-term contact with artifacts, and painted house-plasters and fragments from religious objects that have also been studied in cross-section. SPECIAL MUSEUM PROGRAMS 93 Office of the Registrar The work of the Office of the Registrar this year, although varied in detail, was characterized by a unity of function. The tasks of keeping records, moving mail, shipping freight, and fielding a multitude of questions from an inquisitive public, fit nicely together. As an example, consider the single instance of our scientists going to Liberia on a project to study an outbreak of monkey pox in humans, this office was typically involved in the following: (1) obtaining work and entry permits from the foreign government for the individuals and equipment, (2) obtaining passports and visas, (3) preparing requests for immunizations, (4) preparing letters of introduction, (5) recording and shipping necessary field equipment to Monrovia, (6) handling shipping and customs requirements for the return of the field equipment plus any specimens collected, (7) recording the accession of specimens acquired for the national col- lections, and (8) correlating and forwarding to the professional staff future inquiries concerning the project that may be addressed to the Smithsonian Institution. Mail service was extended this year to the Barney House and the Renwick Gallery and shifted to accommodate the move of several Smithsonian offices from the Pension Building to the Liberty Loan Building. An estimated 11,000 individual freight shipments were handled including more than 100 entries accomplished through the U.S. Customs. Assistance was given to 238 official travelers. Approxi- mately 84,500 public inquiries were received; 418 involved objects referred for professional identification. Documentation was made of 2,785 accession memoranda substantiating the ownership of many thousands of historically and scientifically significant objects. Smithsonian Institution Libraries The Libraries' cataloged collections grew by a net of nearly 16,000 volumes, and the reference staff responded to nearly 44,000 queries, both up 30 percent over the previous year. Nearly one-third of the Libraries' recorded circulation was of books and journals borrowed from other libraries. Over 2700 requests were filled by photocopying. The first phase of the serials automation project was completed, providing computerized control and analysis of fiscal transactions for purchased serials. The National Museum of Natural History and the National 94 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Museum of History and Technology established library advisory committees, and the Remington Kellog Library of Marine Mam- malogy officially became a part of the Smithsonian's library system. Materials from several other branch libraries are being incorporated into the Kellog collection. The Director of Libraries served as a consultant to the Indonesian Institute of Sciences for the develop- ment of that nation's information service in science and technology. Four library school students worked on academic projects in the Libraries under the supervision of the Director's Office. One pro- duced a study of decision processes in library collection development that is expected to influence the libraries' organization for this function. The Libraries experimented with a task force concept of library service in the National Museum of Natural History. A small team of librarians and technical assistants were assigned as needed to per- form service and maintenance tasks in departmental libraries on flexible schedules. Manpower was thus matched closely to urgent library problems as they arose. This technique at manpower utili- zation will be extended to other bureaus of the Institution. International Exchange Service During the year publications were received from approximately 400 organizations in the United States for exchange with organiza- tions in more than 100 countries. Approximately one-half of these organizations were libraries exchanging medical and dental publica- tions with organizations in other countries. Packages of exchange publications weighing more than 100,000 pounds were received from the foreign exchange bureaus for distribution in the United States. The daily issues of the Congressional Record and the Federal Register were sent on exchange to 137 foreign libraries in exchange for their parliamentary journals. More than 400,000 pounds of official United States publications were transmitted on exchange for the official documents of other countries. The agreements with four recipients of partial sets were terminated during the year, and one recipient of a full set of official documents was changed to a recipient of a partial set. Publications were forwarded by ocean freight to 38 exchange bureaus in other countries for distribution to the addressees. Publi- SPECIAL MUSEUM PROGRAMS 95 cations were mailed to the addressees in countries that do not have exchange bureaus. Many requests are received for assistance in sending publications to libraries in other countries. The Service has not been able to assist in these programs. It must restrict its activity to the exchange pro- grams and to limit the amount of assistance furnished in this field. PUBLIC SERVICE ACTIVITIES In march of the year under review, Smithsonian magazine enjoyed its first anniversary. By that time the Institution's first popular monthly publication had a circulation of 220,000, a figure which magazines closest in character to Smithsonian normally take several years to reach. All subscribers automatically become Na- tional Members of the Smithsonian Associates, since it has been the Institution's intention from the beginning to create through the magazine a full and varied membership program on a national scale. Accordingly, efforts were made in 1971 to develop benefits beyond the magazine which might create closer ties between the member-subscribers and the Institution. These included a Recep- tion Center in the Great Hall of the Smithsonian Building to assist National Members in planning their visit to the Institution and the Washington area in general, discounts on Museum Shops articles or Smithsonian Institution Press publications, and the opportunity to subscribe to a wide variety of study tours, both domestic and international, conducted by Smithsonian staff members. The Anacostia Neighborhood Museum began work on a novel urban studies project funded by generous grants from the Carnegie Corporation, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the Cafritz Foundation. In essence the project is aimed initially at having the residents of Anacostia themselves determine the social, economic, and educational problems which most affect their lives, through surveys conducted in situ by volunteers, with limited staff assistance. Once these problems are clearly defined and articulated, the Neighborhood Museum will seek to present them through a program of exhibits, with related educational materials, for school and community use. This experimental project is being closely watched as a model for other communities, which have similar neighborhood museums, many of which have received planning as- sistance from Anacostia. Towards the close of the period under review the first television documentary under the series known as "Smithsonian Adventure," produced in collaboration with cbs, was broadcast to a prime-time Sunday night national audience. It concerned the excavations con- 96 PUBLIC SERVICE ACTIVITIES 97 ducted by Dr. Iris Love on the island of Knidos and her search for Praxiteles' renowned statue of Aphrodite. The documentary was favorably reviewed by Life magazine and produced an enormous volume of correspondence, most of it from students asking the Institution about careers in archelogy or for further information on the Knidos excavation. Other subjects which the Institution plans to treat in this series include Major Powell's exploration of the Colorado River and human evolution, the latter featuring Dr. T. Dale Stewart, Curator Emeritus of Physical Anthropology and former Director of the Museum of Natural History. The Division of Performing Arts held its fourth annual Festival of American Folklife, with a special "pavillion" or presentation from the state of Arkansas. It brought a record crowd of over 500,000 to the Mall during its five day span, leading up to the fourth of July. The Festival was widely praised in editorials as a common and peaceful meeting ground for both Honor America Day par- ticipants and radical youth demonstrators. At the end of the period under review, the Division began a summer long folklife festival in the United States pavillion at the "Man and His World" exposition site in Montreal, as part of and supported by the Department of Commerce's "Visit the United States" program. Smithsonian Associates "There is always something going on at the Smithsonian which invites participation" observed one of our more than 15,000 As- sociate members in a letter of appreciation. As of January 1971, the Smithsonian Associates completed its fifth year of programs and activities created to involve people of all ages in active participation at the Smithsonian. Throughout the year, some 20,000 persons took part in over 170 members' events, including lectures on such diversified subjects as whale communica- tion, beasts of mythology, and man and machines; musical, dance, and poetry performances; films; special events such as the Annual Kite Carnival and the first National Kite Competition, the Boomer- ang Workshops, Capital Mall history tours, and Zoo Night; and finally, the annual field trips in the museums and outdoors. In addition, some 6500 attended six special receptions, including two Museum Shop openings, openings for the Rube Goldberg, Music Machines, and the Campbell collection exhibits, the Renwick Gallery Benefit sponsored by the Woman's Committee for the 98 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Third place prize winner, 16-year-old Associates member John Umhow, shows off his winning kite and trophy at the first National Kite Competition held on the Mall 10 April 1971. (Photo by Douglas Stewart.) PUBLIC SERVICE ACTIVITIES 99 Scholarship Fund; and Mondays at the Museum— a series of five lectures on great collections. Another 1500 took day tours and ex- tended study trips throughout the country. The Associates classes and craft workshops offered more than 3300 people the opportunity to study and work directly with Smith- sonian and visiting scholars and professional craftsmen. Of these, over a thousand were young people, ages four to twelve (100 were scholarship students). A total of 89 classes and 14 workshops on subjects ranging from animal behavior, anthropology, osteology, and the history of democracy to fabric construction and weaving were offered. Through these programs the Associates' provide an opportunity for individual and human discovery, learning, and growth within the boundaries of the Smithsonian Institution. Office of Public Affairs Divisions of the Office of Public Affairs (opa) used film, tape, and print to communicate the story of the Smithsonian and its diverse activities in the past year. Production was completed on a half-hour color motion picture about the Institution, Around the Clock at the Smithsonian, produced under a grant from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting for presentation nationally over educational television. The first of a series of documentaries by the Columbia Broadcasting System under the title "Smithsonian Adventure" was telecast 13 June and brought a flood of 1400 favorable letters from viewers. It was one of many productions filmed in recent months by various producers with cooperation from opa and other Smithsonian staff members, who are now working with the British Broadcasting Corporation on two major series, "The Ascent of Man," and "America." The office started an archival film record of construction on the Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden. Fifty more stations began broadcasting "Radio Smithsonian" in the past year. The series is now heard over sixty educational radio stations in thirty-five states, the District of Columbia and Canada, and over the armed forces network overseas. The opa news bureau issued more than 200 news releases and forty-nine public service radio an- nouncements, aided news media in coverage of special events, and published The Smithsonian Torch and the monthly Calendar of Events. A total of 36,500 callers used the Dial-A-Museum answering service, and 109,500 used the Dial-A-Phenomenon service. The opa publications section began issuing a revised series of information 100 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 leaflets, and produced for the first time orientation leaflets for visitors in French and Spanish (see Appendix 8). Office of International Activities The Office continued to foster new dimensions of Smithsonian programs abroad, particularly through development of cooperative programs in environmental research and conservation. The Office organized an Indian-American Ecology Symposium in New Delhi in conjunction with India's University Grants Commission. A team of distinguished American ecologists headed by Secretary Ripley and the Acting Assistant Secretary for Science met during February 1971 with Indian counterparts to consider approaches to ecological re- search and training which would also serve the critical needs of governmental planning. To assist in development of such joint research opportunities, the Office assigned a representative for South Asia to New Delhi for an initial period of six months. One of his assignments of special urgency is the development of a joint Indo-American program of research and conservation. The Office Director traveled to Ceylon to review progress of the Smithsonian's baseline ecological studies embracing elephant, pri- mate, botanical, and entomological research there. The Director also represented the Smithsonian at the meetings in England of the Charles Darwin Foundation of which he is the American Secretary (Administrative), the World Wildlife Fund World Congress, and the Aldabra Committee of the Royal Society. The Office represented the Institution at the International Conference on the Biology of Whales. Closing its sixth year, the Foreign Currency Program had awarded nearly $13 million in "excess" foreign currency grants to over sixty American institutions of higher learning. Program accomplishments over the six-year period include more than 111 research publications, 214 postdoctoral research oppor- tunities for Americans, 220 field-training opportunities for doctoral candidates, and research collections for the Smithsonian and many of the American grantee institutions. Division of Performing Arts The Division of Performing Arts continued to expand its activi- ties in enlivening the Mall and in creating an open experience in PUBLIC SERVICE ACTIVITIES 101 the arts for museum visitors. The Fourth Annual Festival of American Folklife featured the State of Arkansas and Indians of the Southern Plains. The more than 700,000 people who attended this living exhibition of folk creativity made it perhaps the most- attended single event in Washington. "A Festival of American Folklife" was directed and produced in Montreal for the "Man and His World," exhibition at the original United States Pavilion. Continuing from 1 1 June through 6 September the presentation was sponsored by the United States Travel Service, U. S. Department of Commerce, in cooperation with the Discover America Travel Or- ganizations. Among the programs presented with the Smithsonian Associates were the famed Kathakali Dance Company from Kerala, India; an evening of black poetry by Joanna Featherstone; and the Percep- tions 3 series in contemporary performing arts: The Electric Stere- opticon, Yvonne Rainer and the Grand Union, The Paul Sanasardo Dance Company, and the New Music Choral Ensemble III. The Division co-sponsored with other organizations 6 jazz concerts, 5 folk music concerts, and 30 productions of the American College Theatre Festival. The Touring Performance Service presented four productions: The American Folklife Company; The Black Experience; The Concept; The Waywardly Wandering Wagonful of Banjo and Jack; and Neighbors. These were seen at the Smithsonian and by audiences from Maine to Florida and as far west as Iowa. The Service worked with State Arts Councils for colleges, universities, and civic organizations with minimal budgets wishing to acquire these programs. After smoke damage delayed the scheduled opening, the Smithsonian Resident Puppet Theater reopened on 24 March. The Waywardly Wandering Wagonful of Banjo and Jack, based on Kentucky folktales, played to enthusiastic audiences. Smithsonian Museum Shops The Smithsonian Museum Shops continued its program of offering museum visitors a wide variety of articles carefully selected to re- flect the exhibits of each museum, where possible with special em- phasis on articles for children. Visitors response to books and publications necessitated a further expansion of the book sections of the shops in the Arts and Industries Building and the National Museum of History and Technology. New publications of staff 102 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 members issued during the year were featured in exhibits, with ap- propriate artifacts, and over four hundred new titles were added to the extensive book collections available in the shops. The sales exhibition program began its year with a large variety of traditional crafts offered in the shops of the National Museum of History and Technology, opening the first day of the Folklife Festival and continuing during the summer. Contemporary crafts- men of Georgia were featured in the second sales exhibition honoring the crafts and craftsmen of the United States. The ex- hibition featuring pottery, weaving, wood carving, and jewelry done by thirty Georgia craftsmen was shown in the Arts and Industries Museum Shop throughout the fall. Botanical prints by Henry Evans and jewelry made with minerals and gems by Fridel Blu- menthal were featured in the Natural History Museum Shop sales exhibits. The Museum Shops staff gave assistance, advice, and guidance to sixteen museums in the United States that sought help in establish- ing museum shop programs during 1970-1971. Belmont Conference Center The Belmont Conference Center is presently in its fifth year of operation, with the growing prospect of more conferences each year. During fiscal 1971, there were 69 conferences held at Belmont in comparison with 58 the previous year, and reservations are being made up to 18 months in advance. The Center accepts conferences from all types of groups, the majority being governmental agencies, but including academic, industrial, international, labor, and phi- lanthropic organizations as well. It has welcomed nearly 1500 participants during this year. Our Smithsonian guests have included the Smithsonian Council, the Interdisciplinary Communications Program, the Office of Aca- demic Programs, a pre-Symposium '70 seminar, and a meeting sponsored by the Anthropology Department. The Center has been host to groups as diversified as the U.S. Department of State and the Baltimore Mutual Investment Company, while guests have in- cluded Dr. Margaret Mead of the American Museum of Natural History; His Excellency Nobuhiko Ushiba, Ambassador from Japan; The Right Reverend Monsignor Bordelon of the U.S. Catholic Conference; Dr. Robert Marston, Director of the National Institutes of Health; Dr. M. C. Shelesnyak, Director of the Interdisciplinary PUBLIC SERVICE ACTIVITIES 103 Communications Program; Ambassador Armin Meyer, American Ambassador to Japan; Dr. John Clark, Director of the Goddard Space Flight Center; Dean L. G. Cowan of the State University of New York; Sir Solly Zuckerman of the British Cabinet Office; James Kilpatrick, columnist; His Highness the Maharaja Gaekwar of Baroda; and Nobel Prize winner Dr. Murray Gell-Mann. Belmont accommodates twenty-four resident guests with facilities for meetings and meals for thirty people. Yearly improvements to this 240 year-old manor house and surrounding 365 acres make it more comfortable and enjoyable each year. Conference operations continue to be directed toward the needs of small groups which require the kind of attractive, secluded, and exclusive setting which Belmont provides, together with the ad- vantages of easy access to Washington's National and to Baltimore's Friendship airports. Anacostia Neighborhood Museum The story of black Americans, both slaves and free men who fought in the War for Independence, was retold in the Anacostia Neighborhood Museum's exhibit "Black Patriots of the American Revolution.'' Over 3000 booklets describing the exhibit in story form for children were distributed to school tour groups and in response to requests from teachers and parents. The Museum and the Lorton Reformatory cooperated in a presentation of visual and dramatic arts done entirely by the men from Lorton who worked along with the exhibits staff in mounting their own paintings and handicrafts. Research for "Lorton Re- formatory: Beyond Time" was undertaken during several staff visits to the prison. The Mobile Division offered a bussing program which takes mini-editions of current exhibits to inner-city playgrounds and churches in summer and schools in winter. Another project provided teachers with a portable library of Afro-American books and shoe- box specimens and puzzle maps on such subjects as black scientists and places to visit in Washington of interest to black Americans. The Speakers Bureau offers a list of lecturers on various subjects who are available to schools and community groups. The Center for Anacostia Studies, operating under a grant from the Carnegie Corporation, conducted an opinion survey at the re- quest of the Museum's Neighborhood Advisory Committee, which 104 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 disclosed that crime, drugs, housing, unemployment, and education were prime concerns. Interviews with old-time residents have been completed in preparation for an oral history of Anacostia and an exhibit. Smithsonian Although only a year old with the March 1971 issue, Smithsonian progressed toward being an institution within the Institution via membership in the Smithsonian Associates. It is a circulation success with 245,000 net paid subscribers at the end of the fiscal year. Surveys show that our readership enjoys a high educational level. A survey indicates that 85 percent of subscribers are college educated, that their median income is above $19,000 a year. Editorially, Smithsonian follows the lines of the Secretary's original concept— being interested in what interests the Smithsonian Institution. This, of course, starts with the Institution itself. Through the July 1971 issue there have been 76 articles related to the Institution. They have been from one to eleven pages long. The Institution staff also checks material obtained from the outside. Outside the Institution Smithsonian has had such authors as Isaac Asimov and Theodore H. White; photographers such as Lee Boltin, Fritz Goro, Gjon Mili, Carl Mydans, and David Plowden; cartoonist-illustrators such as Richard Erdoes and Robert Osborn. Unfortunately, a subscription fulfillment concern turned in a thoroughly unacceptable job. Through a court injunction, the mag- azine's address tapes have been transferred to another company. That growing pain has been satisfactorily eased. There will be by-products. There is material for a book on man's environment, including his attempt to learn more about ecology and conservation. The infinite opportunities in Smithsonian's assigned fields will continue to be pursued vigorously. Smithsonian Institution Press Much of this year's effort was concentrated on launching the three-level organic publication program recommended by the Visit- ing Committee as described in Smithsonian Year 1970. Detailed in- ventories were taken and quality evaluations made for publications PUBLIC SERVICE ACTIVITIES 105 of level one (leaflets, available at the exhibits of public museums, for the purpose of exhibit interpretation) and level two (booklets and other educational materials, for students and the public at large). Uniform, but highly attractive, design and format will be used for these publications, and they will be made available through vending devices at exhibit locations. Numerous leaflets, five booklets and four recordings are in preparation. An agreement reached with Museum Shops will enable certain publications and recordings, heretofore available only in our mu- seum stores, to receive national, indeed international, distribution. By cooperative arrangement with Smithsonian magazine, Press books have been offered to all subscribers at a discount of 20 percent, and more attractive offerings are planned for the coming year. The Life Portraits of John Qidncy Adams, a catalog designed by Miss Crimilda Pontes, was chosen as one of the twenty-two outstand- ing design and production publications of the year by the Associa- tion of American University Presses. The exhibit of these twenty-two books will be sent to libraries, educational institutions, cultural centers, book fairs, and special graphic art events in Europe, Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Production costs of 98 publications were funded in whole or in part by Federal appropriations in the amount of $227,337.80; 13 were supported wholely or partly by Smithsonian Institution Press private funds in the amount of $101,764.65; and 5 were subsidized variously by Smithsonian or other private funds in the amount of $20,321.30. The total output of 113 titles is listed in Appendix 5. The Press warehouse, the U.S. Government Printing Office, and George Braziller, Inc. (the Press's sales and distribution agent) shipped, on order and subscription, a total of 204,935 publications during the year. In addition, 1237 records were distributed by the Press. Reading Is Fundamental The National Reading Is Fundamental Program (rif) is now operating in its fourth year as an independent unit under Smith- sonian sponsorship, with support by the Ford Foundation. Rif's purpose is to motivate disadvantaged youngsters and adults to want to read, by making available a wide variety of interesting and relevant, inexpensive paperbacks. The program stresses self-selection and pride of ownership in the belief that "the right to read" should 106 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Pre-schoolers at a "Reading Is Fundamental" day-care center in Washington, D.C., show their book choices to Mrs. Robert S. McNamara, RIF's Board Chair- man. be the birthright of all America's children. National rif provides technical assistance and information to those interested— school sys- tems, libraries, and community agencies— in developing a local project. During 1970-1971, the number of local projects grew from eleven to eighteen, including both urban and rural areas and various ethnic groups— Blacks, American Indians, and Mexican-Americans. The local sponsoring groups throughout the country were respon- sible for funding, selection of book titles, and distribution. National rif also acts as liaison with the publishing industry, federal and local governments, schools, and libraries about book programs and provides general information to all who seek it. New publications (see Appendix 6) are made available upon request. During 1971-1972, plans call for a national media cam- paign with the endorsement of the Advertising Council, a greater emphasis on corporate sponsorship of local programs, and a close working relationship with usoe's "Right to Read." The current Ford Foundation grant of $400,000 covers adminis- PUBLIC SERVICE ACTIVITIES 107 trative support for National rif as a Smithsonian activity for the three year period, 1970-1973. Policy guidance for rif is provided by a National Advisory Board composed of more than thirty distin- guished Americans from many walks of life. The founder and chair- man of rif is Mrs. Robert S. McNamara; Secretary Ripley serves ex officio as a member of the rif Board. Division of Elementary and Secondary Education The increase of escorted visits for local school children con- tinues apace. The figures for school tours during the academic year 1970-1971 reflect a substantial increase in all the museums of the Smithsonian. Several innovations to the usual lecture tour for school groups were introduced to enhance the opportunity for children to learn on their own. A study tour of early man in the National Museum of Natural History offered students a chance to examine firsthand the permanent exhibits, slides, fossils, and artifacts, which demonstrate the principles of human evolution. A series of seminars, under the direction of a research docent and guide by museum specialists in the field of anthropology, was conducted for a class of high school students from a girls school in Maryland. The students were able to follow in their free time and on their own initiative in-depth studies of subjects not generally offered to high school students. In the Museum of History and Technology a two hour "touch-it" tour was specially arranged on request related to Colonial life studies. Simi- larly, on the subject of the Industrial Revolution, a two-hour visit was arranged to encompass several halls. For Museum Education Day in March a gathering of several hundred volunteers, teachers, Smithsonian staff members, students, and representatives of several museums beyond the Washington area met to discuss questions concerning how best to provide effective education in a museum environment. The discussions were carried out in groups of 40-50, with panels of "experts" served by docent moderators. 441-283 O - 71 - 8 ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT Perhaps there is no more important area of human activity than man- agement, since its task is that of getting things done through people. Our modern civilization has increasingly become one of cooperative endeavor. Whether in business, government, the church, philanthropic institutions or other forms of enterprise, the effectiveness with which people work together toward the attainment of their joint goals is largely determined by the ability of those who hold managerial positions. It is to little or no avail to have advanced scientific knowledge, engineering skills, or technical abilities unless the quality of management in organ- ized groups permits effective coordination of these human resources.* This principle has particular application in the Smithsonian In- stitution in the essential day-to-day interaction between administra- tors of our bureaus and program offices and the managers of our support activities. The management direction of these discrete, yet interlocking segments, must assure the accomplishment of goals that can be attained by group, rather than individual, action. In November 1970, a director of Support Activities was appointed in the Office of the Under Secretary. This important step was taken this year to further strengthen the efforts of the support group and to assure the recognition of an administrative framework in which they are joined systematically in a common purpose. The Director, in addition to other related assignments, was given immediate and continuing responsibility for the supervision and executive direction of the following organizations: Administrative Systems Divsion, Buildings Management Department, Contracts Office, Information Systems Division, Office of Equal Employment Opportunity, Office of Personnel Administration, Photographic Services Division, Supply Division, and Travel Services Office. Again this year, despite judicious allocation of always-limited funds, this group, as an entity, did not receive increases in positions or funds corresponding with the growth of the program elements of the Smithsonian. A review of their total accomplishments reveals that this group, despite these •Harold Koontz and Cyril O'Donnell, "Preface," Principles of Management (New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., 1959). 108 ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT 109 handicaps, successfully completed a remarkable amount of excellent work. PROGRAM SUPPORT ACTIVITIES The Administrative Systems Division issued in January the Smithsonian Staff Handbook— 540— Stock Catalog. This publication lists not only items stocked in the SI Supply Division but also pro- vides policies and guidelines for ordering, issuing, stocking, and controlling expendable property. Work continued on another hand- book in this series, which will furnish policy and procedural guide- lines covering internal supporting services. A Time and Attendance Reporting Handbook is being compiled to furnish timekeepers with succinct and accurate guidelines for recording employee at- tendance. Publication early in fiscal year 1972 is anticipated. Over 310,000 copies of administrative materials concerning some 230 separate subjects were distributed to the staff. These covered policy and major procedural matters as well as special interim in- structions and ephemeral information. Staffing and functional state- ments about the Smithsonian Institution were furnished to over 30 external publishers. The first Smithsonian Directory developed with computer support is in final stages of preparation and will be published in July 1971. With the appointment of a new director of the Photographic Services Division, an innovative arrangement was made that pro- vided for the assignment of a management analyst to the director for a temporary period of 3 to 4 months. The remarkable success of this effort was most encouraging and it is hoped that, staff per- mitting, similar assignments can be made when other key positions are filled. The Forms Management unit processed, in-house, 452 requests from over 70 discrete organization segments for a variety of essential management and program-related forms and form letters. In addi- tion 156 orders were placed with the Government Printing Office and other external services. The Buildings Management Department is responsible for the operation, construction, improvement, maintenance, and protection of the physical plant and facilities, which consist of nearly 3.5 mil- lion square feet of floor space. This includes exhibition halls, as well as office, laboratory, and research facilities. The Department also is responsible for assuring that the over 13 million visitors to the HO SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Smithsonian Institution each year, have safe and secure visits to the buildings, grounds, and exhibits. The past year has been devoted to implementing organization and program changes, developed after considerable study and analysis of the Department's management and operations. A work control branch was established, staffed, and placed in operation to provide more effective utilization of resources and improved service to the Smithsonian. Second generation programs were implemented through automatic data processing to improve control over manpower, material, and equipment and to provide timely operational information to the Director and other levels of management and supervision within the Department. Over 2000 special events at the Smithsonian Institution required substantial support and participation by Department personnel. These included the annual Folklife Festival and the opening of new exhibits such as the Rube Goldberg Hall and the Hall of Music Machines in the History and Technology Building. The numerous demonstrations in the Mall area throughout the year placed an additional burden on the Department. These unusual happenings resulted in expenditures for payroll and special equip- ment in addition to regularly planned and programmed outlays. The Engineering and Construction Division and the Facilities Planning Office provided major design, review, and engineering services as well as contract supervision for major projects including alterations to the Arts and Industries Building and the Renwick Gallery, construction of the Joseph H. Hirshorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, and the History and Technology Building fire- damage restoration. These units also furnished design and engineer- ing services for constructing and remodeling over 500,000 square feet of building space, for modifying the mechanical plant, and for making preliminary studies for future projects. As a result of a redesign of existing parking lots, the Department is providing parking spaces for 112 more employees than in fiscal year 1970. The employee parking program as well as other Depart- ment-wide programs have been placed in the newly created Office of BMD Programs. Based on recommendations made by the Director of the Informa- tion Systems Division, the Smithsonian Institution entered into an agreement to purchase a computer system similar to the one we have been renting. As a result, immediate savings will be realized ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT 111 each month and the hourly rate charged to Smithsonian and other users of computer time will be reduced. The Division is developing a generalized systems package that will enable members of the professional research staff to enter in- formation into a computer as a standard means of recording, updat- ing, and retrieving data. The National Portrait Gallery has implemented a system that will provide biographically oriented indexes to artists and sitters contained in the Catalogue of American Portraits. A system was developed to provide indexes to the National Collection of Fine Arts' Bicentennial Inventory of American Paintings. A library of advanced mathematical software packages is being expanded to make the latest calculation capabilities available to each scientist. The Division sponsors seminars in statistical applica- tions to augment the value of these computer programs. Other automated systems that have had major enhancements are the ac- counting for foreign currency funds and expansion of the property management system from a physical inventory control system to a financial-inventory system. Federal and private accounting systems were revised to handle an accrual method of reporting, and the regional Smithsonian Associates mailing system went to an auto- mated billing process. As a service to the museum community at large, the Division published two editions of their technical bulletin (Smithsonian In- stitution Information Systems Innovations) to acquaint the reader with automated systems specifically designed to solve the collection/ research problems of museums and herbaria. In addition, many mem- bers of the community from home and abroad have visited and/or requested information pertaining to automated systems at the Smithsonian. Under the leadership of the Secretary, the Office of Equal Em- ployment Opportunity has maintained a responsible and viable plan for providing equality of opportunity in all official actions of the Smithsonian Institution. The continuing affirmative policy for the realization of equal opportunity objectives resulted in over 136 consultations with vari- ous supervisory and other staff members regarding the Merit Promo- tion Program and candidate selection. Additionally, matters of personal concern to a number of employees were reviewed, factual information developed, and necessary adjustments made to the satisfaction of those involved. In two instances, formal complaints were filed and investigatory steps taken. 112 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Upon request, special advisory services were provided to em- ployees aspiring to positions of greater responsibility. Respective interested personnel were furnished with current information about educational opportunities, the methods for adding specific educa- tional credits, the requirements for career advancement, along with the availability of extracurricular schooling in the metropolitan D. C. area. Four special training Work Shops were conducted for employees assigned to supervisory positions. These discussions concerned all levels of supervision relating to the acceptance, fulfillment, and continuing support of the equal employment program philosophy. The Office of Personnel Administration continued to develop its role as a consultant resource to the managers of the Smithsonian allowing them to assume more fully their responsibilities and exer- cise their authorities in personnel management. This approach to personnel management requires close cooperation between the personnel staff and the management officials of the various opera- tional units. An example of such cooperation involved the first signif- icant reduction-in-force at the Smithsonian. Although a total of 25 employees were affected, the Office of Personnel Administration was able to place 22 employees in other organizations, thus continuing their careers with the Smithsonian. A member of the staff in conjunction with the Civil Service Com- mission modified the qualifications standards for museum techni- cians. The revisions in the qualifications standards will enable the Smithsonian Institution to draw upon a larger source of qualified applicants. The orientation of new employees is of continuing concern to the Smithsonian Institution. Orientation is not viewed merely as a meeting of new employees to discuss personnel policies and organiza- tion, but in terms of a system which includes the activities involved before the employee actually reports to his new job, his initial proc- essing, his introduction to his new organization, a more or less formal meeting (in the traditional orientation sense), and continu- ing follow-up during his first few months on the job. As part of this system a New Employee Handbook is being prepared and will be given to each new employee when he reports for duty. It is expected that copies also will be given to all current employees. A pilot program of supervisory training was initiated at the Na- tional Zoological Park. This program, which was developed and conducted by the Office of Personnel Administration consultants at the request of Zoo management officials, was different from super- ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT H3 visory training programs in the past because all supervisors at the National Zoological Park were brought into the intensive training program as a group. The program included orientation to super- visory responsibilities, labor management relations, human behavior in the work situation, and the administration of a personnel program at the working level. Since the issuance of the new Merit Promotion Policy by the U.S. Civil Service Commission in 1969, the Smithsonian's total merit promotion program has been reviewed by office staff. As one result of this review, a Secretarial Skills File has been established. This file aids organizations in recruiting for secretarial help. When a vacancy occurs in the secretarial field, the Office draws from this file the best qualified candidates for the position. The amount of time required to fill secretarial vacancies has been reduced considerably. The Office has established a pool of clerical resources as a service to Smithsonian organizations. These services are used when regular office help is not available, when an office's extra work load needs to be handled, or when a vacancy is being filled. The pool has been an effective means of providing essential office assistance when an expressed need arises. In June, the Secretary approved the reorganization of the Pho- tographic Services Division recommended by the new director, who had joined the Smithsonian Institution in the spring. The new organization, which will be effective 1 July 1971, makes maximum use of all resources, reinforces the service-oriented philosophy, and utilizes the advantages of centralized and decentralized operations. Wet processes, such as film and paper processing and printing, have been centralized, and the dry process— the photography or camera work— is decentralized and accomplished at the site or in studios located in the major buildings. Two new sections have been estab- lished, one to centralize and manage the negative files and the other to centralize, manage, and expand the pay-order function. A pro- duction control officer will schedule the daily work of the four cohesive working sections. Following a careful and informed study made by an ad hoc group of cognizant Smithsonian staff members, modest increases were made this year in the processing fees for photographic materials sold to the public. The Division continued its active participation in and support of the Smithsonian's exhibition program. Exhibits worked on during the year included: the Rube Goldberg Hall, Music Machines- 114 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 American Style, Gandhi Exhibit, Energy Conversion, and Women in Politics. Production figures are: orders, 5,408; negatives, 19,800; color, 10,412; microfilm, 67,900; and prints, 96,500. The Supply Division continued to process a large volume of procurements and to take full advantage of the redistribution of excess government property. Also, in keeping with the principles of consolidation and uniformity, effective in February, all procure- ment for the National Zoological Park was taken over officially by the Division. Prior to that, the Division's responsibility for the Zoo's procurement was, in general, confined to those instances when continuing construction funds were used. The Division's diverse functions include procurement of supplies, materials, contractural services and equipment; operation and maintenance of an active personal property management program; acquisition of excess property in lieu of new procurement whenever possible; and ordering, controlling, and issuing laboratory, office, and shop supplies. The successful accomplishment of these assignments on a day-to-day basis throughout the year contributed immeasurably to the attainment of the Smithsonian's objectives in research, ex- hibition, education, publication, and related activities. The Travel Services Office continued to experience growth in virtually all of its major activities, i.e., air and rail reservations booked were up 10 percent; travel itineraries issued, up 9 percent; transportation requests prepared, up .3 percent; hotel reservations made, up 51 percent; and the dollar value of all transportation purchased was some $35,000 higher than last year. Much closer liaison had to be maintained with the airlines to accomplish increasingly complex travel performed under foreign currencies. Of particular interest was the "International Symposium of the Biology of the Sipuncula" held in Kotur, Yugoslavia. Program planning assistance, travel management advice, and a wide variety of travel services and technical guidance were provided to support major national and international symposia, meetings, expeditions, and special programs. During the year the Office of Audits; which reports directly to the Under Secretary, issued three audit reports on audits conducted by its staff members. Recommendations made in these reports resulted in improved management procedures and controls, sometimes point- ing to potential dollar savings. In addition, the Office coordinated the development of an in- ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT 115 t- .2 co Tf r-» rj< © m os to oo os in os 00 53 CM o co to oo t-» — « m oo o os os © CO OS © t"*» in n to os oo in co -h CM 00 rf to (O Oi eo to © 00 oo CO -^ ■-H CO — i oo 00 oo © — co © cm oo r^ © tc q n t> oo it. m i>- oo © oo •"T 00 — <" of CM -* f-« co" ■fca \rts tra ies (MM NO0 Ol - ■* to r- Tt< — i — CD 00 ~ £ •"■ cm os — cm r-- to CO Tf Tt< CM Tf 00 © « o *> os Tf cm m os -*f ■* ©, to, CM Tf, — i T}H, s^ 00 t"» O — I -"f CO CM CM t> 00* in" fh" tH •3 T< a ■— 1 — 1 — 1 _ 1 ,— 1 — 1 «- rt « (MN © a ory & no logy Iding Q O t"» CM CO Os to — o r^ os to © © © © 00 -*i o 00 © m oo m © cm CM — O co oo in to 00 CM © Tf _ 00 1—4 to t>. ■<*> 00 I> o o 00 - «I> o in ~ -C °2 in m o cm -*1 m CM CM © CM © 1^- m •~ U 3 00 00 CO CO CO CM CM CO CO 00 © © o> S3 £=Q m* >- &*f Tf ■* CM CM OS Os to to m t-» co r- m m^ to m w m *u &j ~ r^ © — ■*!© © CM cm oo co oo to r-» Os — © — oo — r)< •<*< r-» co -h cm oo r-~ © cm co oo © ©* CM CM — — i — — — CM —I CM © bO k. cs ~ C t^ (O o « o ->-i|Mn m M 'f 00 t> O ■* m -h cm oo -h t^ tH in co, ©, co, co — ; to {-_ iO_ eo_ O -; "*1 ^s oo" m" o* oo* r-" o ©* m* — * in" —T cm r-* o cm r- to r- tjh Tf © oo oo cm m CO «5 CM CM CO to to CM -H to -H r^ © m co m co in O CM ■*■ OS CM r- © m cm oo -*f © m sS^ cm © © m co ^ © Tf 00 © oo 00 r^ •w ^ ^ CM (O Os -h OS O in o in t^ Ci r* © < S3 (^ cm Tf to o m in co oo Tf © m —i m Tf -cf — CM CM — hmniomw CO* -a '~ .b m co to in i> oc - to to -« to * 01 CM mwMNio c oo co © © r^ Tf CO - "32 CM Tf< CO OS tO © CM — oo © cm m l^ >- 3 rs. oo oo j>- oo — t-» 00 CO — © © o in .5 = O — — i — © to to OS to t>t^ o 00 CO CO >- -" — — < CM — i CM Os, rH A s ** - - W O * t> $> oo, to, to, in t> — © © m © r~ m 5 e .B Os m oo m © r~ m Smi soni Buildt © oo t}<_ to, OS "* CM, o — <* oo* o* m" — ©" ©" oo* r-* m © jj CM ■* « (M cr co rt< Tf cm r- i> 00 © 5 ^ &S © •~i ~~rf t-% t^ • E -< i- X = I C~Z 4. i a. X 1 z / \ I L i. z r Z > I — 1 5 1 > B C 1 >- ^» -Q zz .2 T3 4-1 QJ (H to tu ft) U u CO _c W *s O CO o 1-^ CO n "t3 CO t- u 3 CO o n 4-1 u H u u s c u ftl J5 u h < © © t^ t^ © © ^^ — >- >-~ f-^ 3 3 t— » <—> U o u (H u tu XI X5 s S 3 3 C C OJ OJ X J= u Ih U C c © 2 2 .T3 co OJ 3 o X •7-3 -c 013 — 3 5 - n -3 SP 8 3 3 o r: w •^ z* « *j ra qj 2 3 w w o 3: 1- tu ■— O 3 r? '— — — "S g ©, 00" CM 3 -3 erf w FH co © © 3-^-3 - 3 *[S 3.2 J3 3 S3 .SPS ■c 3 c tu 3 tu | - < S -s < ^ xj . a, ™ ?§x© 3 ^ co 3 cu Si 1-. *j S 3 3 O •-• u OJ o ■3 > C a u © OJ CU -S — ._i 3 O X > cu O ^ *J cp OJ 3 •3 116 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 tegrated personal property system, the updating of authorizations to Smithsonian contracting officers, and the publication of a list of authorized Smithsonian contracting officers. The Office also reviewed and closed out 84 foreign currency grants, which were awarded in the total amount of $2.3 million. The close out of these 84 grants resulted in $516,000 of unused funds being made available for current research projects. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS National Museum of History and Technology Fire Damage. A contract to restore that part of the third floor which was damaged by the fire which occurred on 30 September 1970, was awarded to the Spradlin Construction Company. Calder Stabile. A lighting system was installed by the Washington Electric Company. Final work on this project was completed in February 1971. Sprinkler System. A contract to install additional sprinkler sys- tems in the building was awarded to the High Point Sprinkler Com- pany. Completion of this work is anticipated in the fall of 1971. National Museum of Natural History Fumigation Chamber. Associated Builders, Inc., was awarded the contract for installation of this facility on 12 May 1971. It is expected that their work will be completed in July 1971. Arts and Industries Building Mezzanine Construction. Designs and specifications for decking the Northwest Range were completed in June 1971. Design work for the Southwest Range was also commenced during the same month. It is expected that actual construction will commence during the fall of 1971. Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden The Piracci Construction Company continued their work on the museum building. Recent changes in the location and design of the Sculpture Garden have resulted in an expected delay in the com- pletion of the overall project. National Zoological Park Heating Plant. The heating plant was completely renovated and converted from coal burning to gas burning furnaces. ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGEMENT 117 Restoration and Renovation of Buildings Smithsonian Institution Building. The firm of Paintrite, Inc., was awarded the contract to paint those office areas not renovated under the overall renovation project which was completed in June 1970. This work was completed 18 September 1970. Buildings Management Department personnel continued to work on the renovation of basement space in the Smithsonian Institution Building. It is anticipated that this work will be completed during the next fiscal year. Renwick Gallery. The contract for furthering the restoration work was completed by Associated Builders, Inc., on 22 October 1970. Also the firm of Schewigert, Inc., completed the installation of a new air conditioning unit on 15 June 1971. National Zoological Park. Contract work was completed on the waterproofing of Delicate Hoofstock Building, Numbers 1 and 2. Feasibility Studies Parking. The final report of the study made by Wilbur Smith and Associates for Mall garages and Zoo parking was received and is now being considered. National Museum of History and Technology. Victor Lundy and Associates completed a study leading to the preparation of a design for facilities necessary for the celebration of the Bicentennial of the American Revolution. The proposed designs were rejected and that part of the planning for the celebration was abandoned. NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART J. Carter Brown, Director rr-iHE national gallery of art, although technically established -*- as a bureau of the Smithsonian Institution, is an autonomous and separately administered organization. It is governed by its own Board of Trustees, the statutory members of which are the Chief Justice of the United States, chairman, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, all ex officio; and five general trustees. Paul Mellon continued as president of the Gallery and John Hay Whitney as vice-president. The other general trustees continuing to serve were Dr. Franklin D. Murphy, Lessing J. Rosenwald, and Stoddard M. Stevens. During the fiscal year 1971 the Gallery had 1,597,723 visitors. A number of important acquisitions were made. Among them: Antony Valabregue by Paul Cezanne; the magnificent series of four large paintings by Thomas Cole, The Voyage of Life; a bronze of Louis XIV by Francois Girardon; and a painting, Mount Katahdin, by Marsden Hartley. Major acquisitions in the graphic arts have included a rare landscape drawing by Anthony van Dyck and a complete set of the Kleine-Welten series by Wassily Kandinsky. A total of 61 loans were made to institutions in this country and abroad. Expert opinio) s were given on 1341 objects. Some of the more notable exhibitions held at the Gallery were "Paintings and Sculpture from the Nathan Cummings Collection," "Mary Cassatt," "American Paintings from the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston and The Metropolitan Museum, New York," "British Painting and Sculpture 1960-1970," "Ingres in Rome," "Paintings by William Hogarth from the Collection of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Mellon," and Diirer in America: His Graphic Work." The Gallery's new multimedia education program "Art and Man," published by Scholastic Magazines Inc. reached 5000 classes with more than one million magazines; 72,000 reproductions, 12,000 recordings, and 12,000 filmstrips were also distributed as part of the program. 118 NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 119 The Extension Service materials were viewed by a total audience of more than 3,238,705. These materials include films, exhibitions, and slide lectures. For the first time, the Extension Service published a catalog of its 61 offerings, all of which are available on loan to schools and communities at no cost. Through the Extension Service, Kenneth Clark's film series Civilisation was shown to a national audience through grants from the Xerox Corporation and the National Endowment for the Hu- manities. The film has been seen by 400 colleges and universities with enrollments under 2000. It is estimated that about 2.25 million people have seen the films. For his work on Civilisation, Lord Clark was awarded the National Gallery's Medal for Distinguished Service to Education in Art on 18 November 1970. Total attendance at talks given by the Gallery's Education De- partment and for the programs presented in the auditorium was 83,403 for 2,530 separate tours and events. The Gallery's regularly scheduled events include the Sunday auditorium lectures and films, the Tour of the Week, and Painting of the Week. There were 35 guest lecturers who spoke at the Gallery during the last fiscal year. They included the distinguished British art historian and educator T.S.R. Boase, the 20th annual A.W. Mellon Lecturer in the Fine Arts, who gave a series of six talks entitled "Vasari, the Man and the Book." Through its self-service sales facility, the Gallery made available eight new publications, as well as seven catalogs of exhibitions shown at the Gallery and published three posters in connection with those exhibitions. During the year over 375,744 customers were served. Under the supervision of Richard Bales, forty concerts were given in the East Garden Court at the new hour of 7 p.m. Ten of these were by the National Gallery Orchestra which played a special concert of American music in honor of the Thirtieth Anniversary of the Gallery on 14 March 1971. Two compositions were commis- sioned for the occasion. All the concerts were broadcast in their entirety by radio station wgms, am-fm. The scientific investigation of the causes of deterioration of museum objects and methods of conservation continued in its twentieth year at the Carnegie-Mellon University, Pittsburgh. The Gallery's long-term research program completed accelerated-aging evaluation tests in the past year on a number of polymers that hold considerable promise in protective coatings and adhesives. Studies of traditional and modern artists' pigments by Mossbauer and infrared spectroscopy, neutron-activation analysis, isotope-ratio mass spectros- 120 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 copy, and radioactive-decay dating methods are yielding valuable new methods to characterize and identify artists' pigments. After two and a half years of intensive planning, the National Gallery has completed final design plans for the addition to its present building. The groundbreaking ceremony for the East Building was held on 6 May, when architectural plans, renderings, and models were presented to the public. Final completion of the East Budding is planned for 1975. JOHN F. KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS William McC. Blair, Jr., General Director rjuR country will witness the much anticipated debut of its ^ national center for the performing arts on 8 September when the world premiere of Leonard Bernstein's "Mass" inaugurates the Kennedy Center opera house. The opening has been the goal of the past year, with concentration on completing construction and on the exciting program for the Center's first season. The staff has been expanded, additional con- struction funds raised; there have been new gifts from nations abroad, and a new fund established to provide low-cost tickets to students and those with limited incomes. The inauguration of the Kennedy Center will bring to reality a long held dream of many Americans. It was initiated as the Na- tional Cultural Center in 1958 by President Eisenhower and ardently supported by President Kennedy. President Johnson signed the 1964 law designating the Center as President Kennedy's official memorial in Washington, and the Center has received the con- tinued interest and active support of President Nixon. The Kennedy Center is administered separately by a 45-member Board of Trustees appointed by the President to ten-year terms, together with members ex-officio from pertinent public agencies and from the United States Senate and House of Representatives. Mem- bers of the Board at the end of fiscal 1971 are as follows: Roger L. Stevens, Chairman Richard Adler Floyd D. Akers Robert O. Anderson Ralph E. Becker** K. LeMoyne Billings Edgar M. Bronfman Mrs. Edward Cox* Robert W. Dowling Ralph W. Ellison Mrs. J. Clifford Folger* Abe Fortas Rep. Peter H. B. Frelinghuysen Senator J. William Fulbright Mrs. George A. Garrett Leonard H. Goldenson H. R. Haldeman* Mrs. Rebekah Harkness George B. Hartzog, Jr. Mrs. Paul H. Hatch* Senator Edward M. Kennedy Thomas H. Kuchel 121 122 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Mrs. Michael J. Mansfield Sidney P. Marland, Jr. Harry C. McPherson, Jr. George Meany Robert I. Millonzi L. Quincy Mumford Senator Charles Percy Elliot Richardson John Richardson, Jr. S. Dillon Ripley, II Rep. Teno Roncalio Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr. Mrs. Jouett Shouse** Mrs. Stephen E. Smith Henry Strong* William H. Thomas Rep. Frank H. Thompson, Jr. Senator John V. Tunney Jack J. Valenti William Walton Walter E. Washington Lew R. Wasserman Edwin L. Weisl, Sr. •Appointed by President Nixon on 14 September. **Reappointed by President Nixon on 14 September. The 114-member Advisory Committee on the Arts, appointed by the President, includes 10 new members appointed by President Nixon on 7 May. During the year the Committee has provided extensive counsel on the Center's promotion, programming and its educational aims, and also has secured donations of $1 million toward the completion of the Eisenhower Theater. The Executive Committee of this group is as follows: Mrs. J. Willard Marriott, Chairman Robert S. Carter, Secretary Raymond A. Lamontagne, Special Counsel Vernon B. StoufFer, Chairman, Finance Mrs. David E. Bradshaw, Vice Chairman, Finance Mrs. Jack Wrather, Chairman, Public Relations Harry L. Jackson, Vice Chairman, Public Relations Mrs. Paul A. Clayton, Chairman, Education & Program Mrs. Benjamin C. Evans, Vice Chairman, Education & Program Mrs. D. Eldredge Jackson, Northeast Regional Chairman Harvey B. Cohen, Southern Regional Chairman Mrs. William A. McKenzie, Western Regional Chairman John H. Myers, Midwest Regional Chairman Construction of the Kennedy Center stands about 90 percent complete at the end of fiscal 1971, with the opening of the opera house and concert hall scheduled for 8 and 9 September, respectively, and the opening of the Eisenhower Theater tentatively set for October. The Film Theater is scheduled for completion in 1972. The three roof-terrace restaurants— La Grand Scene, a gourmet dining room; the Gallery, a cafe, and the Promenade, a buffeteria— will open to the public in August. They are managed by Canteen Corporation. Two of the three levels of underground parking have been in use since January of this year, with management by apcoa. New staff appointments during the year include Norman L. Fagan, JOHN F. KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 123 formerly executive director of the West Virginia Arts and Humani- ties Council, as Director of Education (4 January); Michael Sean O'Shea, widely experienced press representative in the performing arts, as Director of Publicity and Promotion (1 February), and J. Charles Gilbert, formerly managing director of the Civic Opera House and Civic Theater in Chicago, as General Manager of the Center's theaters (1 May.) Julius Rudel, who has been the Center's Music Advisor since 1968, was named Music Director in January. The appointment of Willis Conover, widely known broadcaster for the Voice of America, as Consultant for Jazz Programs was an- nounced on 10 July. The appointment of a 10-member Jazz Ad- visory Panel was also announced on that date with the following membership: Julian (Cannonball) Adderley, David Baker, Co-chair- man, Topper Carew, Willis Conover, Co-chairman, Stanley Dance, Ernest Dyson, Julian Euell, John Lewis, Tahir Sur, and Clark Terry. Katherine Dunham, dancer-choreographer-educator, was engaged as the Center's Technical Advisor for Inter-Cultural Communica- tions in June. The National Symphony Orchestra, under the leadership of its distinguished new director Antal Dorati, will give its regular season of concerts in the Center, it was announced on 9 December. The Orchestra, under Mr. Dorati's direction, with Isaac Stern as soloist and the Paul Hill Chorale and the Washington Choral Arts Society, will open the Concert Hall on 9 September. The American College Theatre Festival, presented for the third consecutive year by the Center with the Smithsonian, brought ten of the nation's best college theater companies to perform at Ford's Theatre and the George Washington University Center Theater between 21 March and 4 April. The Festival was produced by the American Educational Theatre Association with Frank Cassidy as Executive Producer. American Airlines, American Express, and American Oil were sponsors. The American College Jazz Festival, presented for the second year by the Center in cooperation with the Krannert Center on the Champaign-Urbana campus of the University of Illinois, brought together almost 300 of the nation's top student jazz musicians to perform on 14, 15, and 16 May. American Airlines and American Express were sponsors for the event. Natalia Makarova, who defected from the Soviet Union in October and joined the American Ballet Theatre as a prima ballerina shortly thereafter, visited the Kennedy Center on 19 May. Ballet Theatre, 441-283 O 124 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 the official Kennedy Center dance company, will make its first ap- pearance in the opera house on 1 1 September. The Gala Preview of the Center on 27 May attracted 3500 people from Washington, from almost every state and from 30 nations abroad for an "early bird" look at the Center complemented by dancing, a buffet supper and fireworks at midnight. The evening announced that the Center was nearly ready to open, honored the ambassadors of the countries who are making gifts to the Center, and raised about $240,000 to initiate the Special Ticket Fund, which will provide low-cost tickets to Center events for students, the elderly, and others with limited incomes. Almost 50 internationally prominent performing artists have ac- cepted the invitation of the Trustees to become Founding Artists of the Kennedy Center. The Founding Artists, comprising the classical and popular fields, will donate a concert during the Center's premiere season to benefit the Special Ticket Fund, and will have their names etched in marble within the Center. More than 30 nations are making contributions to the Center and during the year four of these were announced. Ambassador Walter Loridan of Belgium announced on 9 March that his country would donate mirrors for the Center's grand foyer, concert hall and opera house lobbies, and the restaurant area. Israel will furnish and decorate the concert hall lounge with specially commissioned artworks illustrating the continuous bond between Judaism and music from Biblical times to the present. The gift was announced by Mrs. Yitzhak Rabin, wife of the Ambassador of Israel, on 29 April. The presentation of the gift of France— two tapestries by Henri Matisse and two sculptures by Henri Laurens— was made by Charge d'Affaires Emmanuel Margerie during a brief ceremony in the Center on 24 May. Ambassador Olavi Munnki of Finland presented his country's gift of Finnish designed chinaware, including complete dinner service for the Promenade and Gallery restaurants, during a brief ceremony on 14 June. Several of the gifts from other nations were installed during the year including the crystal chandeliers from Norway, Sweden, Austria, and Ireland. The red and gold silk stage curtain from Japan was taken out of storage in preparation for installation in the opera house this summer. The Center opened its doors for two public tours in October and the enthusiastic visitors, numbering about 10,000, were treated to a JOHN F. KENNEDY CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS 125 concert by the U.S. Army Band and the U.S. Navy Band. Princess Sophia of Spain, escorted by Center Trustee Tricia Nixon Cox, and Mrs. Ferdinand Marcos, wife of the President of the Philippines, were among the foreign dignitaries visiting during the year. Special tours were also conducted for cabinet wives, Congressional wives, Smithsonian staff members, representatives of performing arts or- ganizations, and other groups with a special interest in the Center. The Friends of the Kennedy Center, established as an auxiliary organization by the Trustees in 1966, have increased their member- ship to more than 6000, representing 48 states, with 29 regional and state chairmen. The annual meeting of the Friends, normally held in the spring, was postponed to September to coincide with the Center's opening. Officers at the close of the fiscal year are as follows: Mrs. Polk Guest, Chairman, Mrs. Norris Dodson, Jr., Vice Chairman, Mrs. Eugene C. Carusi, Secretary, and Mr. Henry Strong, Treasurer. The Friends sponsored a three-day Blues Festival at Howard University on 5, 6, and 7 November, helped enable Katherine Dun- ham to bring a young dance group from East St. Louis, Illinois, to perform during the White House Conference on Children in Decem- ber, and held their Founders Day Luncheon, attended by 750 people, on 16 January in the Center, the first such event. Ongoing projects of the Friends include the Information Center adjacent to the building, the Speakers Bureau, a regular newsletter, and a weekly radio program on station wgms. APPENDIXES Appendix i SMITHSONIAN FOREIGN CURRENCY PROGRAM GRANTS AWARDED IN FISCAL YEAR 1971 Archeology and Related Disciplines American Institute of Indian Studies, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Continued support for Poona Center, Benares Center for South Asian Art and Arche- ology, and American Institute of Indian Studies research fellowships. American Research Center in Egypt, Princeton, New Jersey. Continued sup- port for a program of research and excavation in Egypt, research in Arabic literature, support for operation of Cairo Center, expedition to Fustat, epi- graphic and architectural survey of Luxor, maintenance of a stratified Pharonic site at Mendes, excavation at the ancient city of Memphis, and excavation of the ancient city of Hierakonpolis. American Schools of Oriental Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Arche- ological activities of the American Schools of Oriental Research. Brooklyn Museum, Brooklyn, New York. Egyptological projects of the Brook- lyn Museum. Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Excavations at Tel Ashdod, Israel. Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Academic research and field work in biological anthropology and prehistoric archeology. Denison University, Granville, Ohio. Excavation of the Roman imperial metropolis at Sirmium. Dumbarton Oaks Center for Byzantine Studies, Washington, D.C. Excavations leading to the publication of a corpus of ancient mosaics of Tunisia. Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Publication of the ethnological contribution of Milenko S. Filipovic. Hebrew Union College, Jerusalem School of Archeology, Cincinnati, Ohio. Excavation of an archeological site at Gezer, Israel. Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana. Excavations at Nin, Dalmatia, Yugo- slavia. Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey. Studies in ancient Roman glass excavated at Salona, Yugoslavia. Rutgers University, Douglass College, New Brunswick, New Jersey. Arche- ological excavations at Salona, Yugoslavia. Smithsonian Institution, Department of Anthropology, Washington, D.C. Ethnographic research on selected Tibetan artifacts. Smithsonian Institution, Department of Anthropology, Washington, D.C. Study of disappearing traditional crafts, industries, and technologies in Pakis- tan. 129 130 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona. Excavations at the site of Tabun, Israel. University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky. Metric and morphological traits in the dentition and calvaria of neo-eneolithic crania from Wislica, Poland. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Excavations of a middle paleo- lithic site in northern Bosnia, Yugoslavia. University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Excavations of the Palace of Diocletian at Split, Yugoslavia. University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. Investigations of ancient glass- manufacturing sites in Israel. University of New Mexico, Albequerque, New Mexico. Studies of Majolica pottery in Morocco. University of Pennsylvania, University Museum, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The Akhnaten Temple project. University of Pennsylvania, University Museum, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The Dra Abu el-Naga project. University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Study of early food-pro- ducing cultures in Yugoslavia. University of Texas, Austin, Texas. Archeological investigations at Stobi. Systematic and Environmental Biology (Including Paleobiology) American University of Beirut, New York, New York. Zoogeography and com- munity structure of Sand Beach Meiofauna in the Mediterranean Sea. Duke University, Durham, North Carolina. Studies of ramalina lichens in Morocco. National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C. Research, planning, and training for International Biological Program personnel in the "excess" cur- rency countries. Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Study of specimens of marine ostracods in Tunisia. Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey. Structure and function of tropical avian communities. Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey. Studies in comparison of tropical forest structures. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Department of Botany. A flora of the Hassan District, Mysore State, India. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Department of Invertebrate Zoology. Studies on the systematics and physiological ecology of Tunisian sponge communities. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Department of Vertebrate Zool- ogy. Geographical and ecological study of the mammals of Morocco. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Department of Vertebrate Zool- ogy. Serological and ectoparasite survey of migratory birds in northeast Africa. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Division of Birds. Preparation of a manuscript for a handbook of Indian birds. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Division of Birds. Migratory bird survey in India. APPENDIX 1. SMITHSONIAN FOREIGN CURRENCY PROGRAM 131 Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Office of Ecology. Symposium on recent advances in tropical biology. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Office of Oceanography and Limnology. Study in Israel of biological interchanges between the eastern Mediterranean and the Red Sea through the Suez Canal. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Office of Oceanocraphy and Limnology. Survey of the marine fauna and flora of Morocco. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Office of Oceanography and Limnology. Support for the Mediterranean Marine Sorting Center in Tunisia. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Office of Oceanography and Limnology. Refitting of the research vessel Phykos. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Support for the first Indian-Ameri- can ecology symposium in New Delhi. Texas A & M University, College Station, Texas. Study of the ecology and behavior of gazelles in Israel. University of California, Berkeley, California. Biosystematic research on bees of the genus Ceratina (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) . University of California, Berkeley, California. Biosystematic studies of Mo- roccan flora. University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado. Studies of the cytotaxonomy of the Yugoslavian flora. University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii. Studies and collection of lizards on Yugoslavia's Adriatic Islands. University of the State of New York, Stony Brook, New York. Study of the ecology of an Eilat coral reef in Israel. University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. Research on the biology and control of the wild boar of West Pakistan. Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Habitat relationships and distri- bution of wild ungulates in the Gir Forest, India. Astrophysics and Earth Sciences Smithsonian Institution, Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachu- setts. Theories of planetary motion. Smithsonian Institution, Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachu- setts. Multicolor photoelectric observations of flare stars at the Uttar Pradesh State Observatory, Naini Tal, India. Smithsonian Institution, Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachu- setts. Observation of Uttar Pradesh State Observatory at Naini Tal, India. Smithsonian Institution, Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachu- setts. Study of the collective behavior of self-gravitating systems. Smithsonian Institution, Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachu- setts. An astronomical observing program in Israel. Museum Programs Smithsonian Institution, Division of Mechanical and Civil Engineering, Wash- ington, D.C. Research on early machine tools, early materials handling equip- ment, and interchangeable manufacture in Poland. Smithsonian Institution, Woodrow Wilson International Center for Schol- ars, Washington, D.C. Research in international ocean studies. Appendix 2 MEMBERS OF THE SMITHSONIAN COUNCIL 30 JUNE 1971 Dr. Roger Abrahams. Professor of English and Anthropology, Afro-American Research Institute, University of Texas, Austin. Mr. H. Harvard Arnason. Vice President for Art Administration, Solomon R. Guggenheim Foundation, New York City. Dr. Herman R. Branson. President, Lincoln University, Pennsylvania. Professor Fred R. Egcan. Department of Anthropology, University of Chicago, Illinois. Professor Donald S. Farner. Chairman, Department of Zoology, University of Washington, Seattle. Professor Anthony N. B. Garvan. Chairman, Department of American Civiliza- tion, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Dr. Murray Gell-Mann. Robert Andrews Millikan Professor of Theoretical Physics, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena. Dr. Philip Handler. President, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C. Professor G. Evelyn Hutchinson. Sterling Professor of Zoology, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Professor Jan LaRue. Department of Music, Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, New York University, New York City. Mr. Clifford L. Lord. President, Hofstra University, Hempstead, Long Island, New York. Professor Charles D. Michener. Watkins Distinguished Professor of Entomology and of Systematics and Ecology, University of Kansas, Lawrence. Dr. Peter M. Millman. National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario. Meteoritic Specialist. Mr. Elting E. Morison. Professor of History and Master, Timothy Dwight Col- lege, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Mr. Robert Motherwell. Distinguished Professor, Hunter College, New York City. Professor Norman Holmes Pearson. Professor of English and American Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Mr. Gordon N. Ray. President, John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation, New York City. Mr. Philip C. Ritterbush. Chairman, Organization Response, Washington, D.C. Mr. Andre Schiffrin. Managing Director, Pantheon Books, New York City. Professor Cyril Stanley Smith. Institute Professor, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge. Dr. John D. Spikes. College of Science, University of Utah, Salt Lake City. Professor Stephen E. Toulmin. Department of Philosophy, Michigan State University, East Lansing. 132 APPENDIX 2. MEMBERS OF THE SMITHSONIAN COUNCIL 133 Dr. William von Arx. Senior Scientist, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Professor Warren H. Wagner, Jr. Department of Botany and Matthaei Botani- cal Gardens, The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Dr. Rainer Zangerl. Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road and Lakeshore Drive, Chicago, Illinois. Appendix 3 SMITHSONIAN ASSOCIATES MEMBERSHIP 1970-1971 Our deepest gratitute is extended to our members for their interest and gen- erous support of the Smithsonian Associates this year, and especially to those listed below, who have contributed amounts in excess of the membership dues. Founder Members ($1000 and up) Mr. Irwin Belk The Honorable and Mrs. David K. E. Bruce Mrs. Morris Cafritz The Honorable Douglas Dillon Mr. Charles E. Eckles The Honorable and Mrs. John Clifford Folger Mr. Cornelius Van S. Roosevelt Mr. Thomas J. Watson, Jr. Mr. P. A. B. Widener Mr. Christian A. Zabriskie (Deceased) Mr. and Mrs. Sidney S. Zlotnick Sustaining Members ($500 and up) Mrs. Anna Bing Arnold Mrs. Theodore Babbitt Mr. Joel Barlow Mr. and Mrs. Richard J. H. Barnes Mr. William R. Biggs Mr. George A. Binney Mr. and Mrs. Joseph D. Blatt Mr. Hardy Jefferson Bowen Mrs. L. Roosevelt Bramwell Mr. A. Marvin Braverman Mr. and Mrs. John Nicholas Brown Mr. Bertram F. Brummer Mr. Leon Campbell, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. Leonard Carmichael Dr. Rita Chow Clarke and Rapuano Foundation (Mr. Gilmore D. Clarke) Mrs. Frances A. Davila Mr. and Mrs. Henry F. DuPont Mr. Newell W. Ellison Mr. and Mrs. Alfred U. Elser, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. Richard S. Friedman Mr. Richard E. Fuller Mr. and Mrs. Hy Garfinkel Mr. George A. Garret Mr. Crawford H. Greenewalt Mr. and Mrs. Gilbert C. Greenway Mr. William H. Greer, Jr. Mr. Melville B. Grosvenor Mr. Gilbert Hahn Mr. Laurence Harrison Mr. and Mrs. Joseph H. Hirshhorn Mr. and Mrs. Christian C. Hohenlohe Mr. Philip Johnson Miss Brenda Kuhn Mr. Harold F. Linder Colonel and Mrs. Leon Mandel Mr. and Mrs. J. Willard Marriott 134 APPENDIX 3. SMITHSONIAN ASSOCIATES MEMBERSHIP 135 Mr. William McC. Martin, Jr. Lieutenant Commander and Mrs. P. J. Maveety Mr. and Mrs. Paul Mellon Miss Katherine A. A. Murphy Neuberger Foundation Inc. (Roy R. and Marie S. Neuberger) Duke of Northumberland Mr. Douglas W. Orr (Deceased) Mrs. K. D. Owen Dr. and Mrs. Melvin M. Payne Miss Lucy M. Pollio Mrs. Merriweather Post Mr. Peter Powers Miss Elsie Howland Quinby Dr. and Mrs. S. Dillon Ripley Mr. and Mrs. Seymour J. Rubin Mr. H. C. Seherr-Thoss Mrs. Jouett Shouse Dr. and Mrs. Carl Swan Shultz Mr. and Mrs. Robert H. Smith Mr. Robert T. Smith Mr. and Mrs. B°rtrand L. Taylor III Mrs. Clark W. Thompson Mrs. Carll Tucker Mr. Alexander O. Vietor Mr. and Mrs. John W. Warner Dr. and Mrs. Alexander Wetmore Mr. and Mrs. W. Bradley Willard Mrs. Rose Saul Zalles Contributing Members ($100 and up) Mrs. Howard Ahmanson Mr. and Mrs. James C. H. Bonbright Mr. Maxwell Brace Mr. J. Bruce Bredin The Honorable William A. M. Burden Mrs. Jackson Burke Mr. and Mrs. G. Howland Chase Mr. and Mrs. Leon Chatelain, Jr. Miss Joan Collett Dr. and Mrs. William H. Crocker General Jacob L. Devers Mr. and Mrs. Ewen C. Dingwall Mr. and Mrs. Bryan M. Eagle Mr. and Mrs. Charles Eames Mr. and Mrs. Robert B. Eichholz The Honorable and Mrs. Edward Foley Mr. T. Jack Gary, Jr. Mr. W. E. Gathright Mr. and Mrs. T. K. Glennan Mr. and Mrs. Charles C. Glover III Colonel and Mrs. Julius Goldstein Mrs. Katharine Graham Dr. Sheila H. Gray Mr. and Mrs. Homer Gudelsky Mr. Arthur A. Houghton, Jr. Miss Elisabeth Houghton Mrs. Edward F. Hutton Mr. David Lloyd Kreeger Mr. and Mrs. Anthony A. Lapham Mrs. Mortimer C. Lebowitz Mrs. Newbold Legendre Mr. and Mrs. Saul M. Linowitz Mrs. Demarest Lloyd Mrs. J. Noel Macey Mr. and Mrs. Leonard H. Marks Mr. and Mrs. George C. McGhee Mr. and Mrs. John H. McLaren Mrs. William Moreden Mr. and Mrs. Carl J. Mulert, Jr. Mr. Gerson Nordlinger, Jr. Mr. Gyo Obata The Honorable and Mrs. Jefferson Patterson Mr. Charles Emory Phillips Dr. and Mrs. Ernest G. Rafey Mr. James H. Ripley Mr. William H. Scully Mrs. John Farr Simmons Dr. and Mrs. T. Dale Stewart Mrs. Edward C. Sweeney Mrs. Mary Davidson Swift Martha Frick Symington, Inc. Mr. and Mrs. David G. Townsend Mr. and Mrs. A. Buel Trowbridge Mr. George C. Webster Mr. and Mrs. William S. Weedon Mr. and Mrs. J. H. Wilkinson, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. Mark Winkler 136 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Supporting Members ($50 and up) The Reverend and Mrs. F. Everett Abbott Mr. and Mrs. Stanley N. Allan Mrs. Carol P. Banks Dr. and Mrs. Montgomery Blair Mr. Herbert Block Mr. and Mrs. Emanuel Boasberg III The Honorable Frances P. Bolton Mr. and Mrs. Philip Bonsai Mrs. Albert J. Bowley Mrs. Linda C. Burgess Mr. and Mrs. Horace W. Busby, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. Frank Caplan Mr. and Mrs. James G. Chandler Mr. and Mrs. David Sanders Clark Mrs. Chester Dale Captain and Mrs. Robert F. Doss Mr. and Mrs. Lionel Epstein Mrs. Julius Fleischmann The Honorable Peter Freylinghuysen Mr. John W. Galston Mr. and Mrs. Melvin Gelman Mr. and Mrs. Ernest W. Grove Mr. Tom Hart Mr. and Mrs. Louis Hausman Mr. and Mrs. Randolph A. Hearst Mr. and Mrs. John W. Hechinger Mrs. Rex D. Hopper, Sr. Mr. H. T. Howard, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. James H. Hughes Mr. and Mrs. James D. Hurd Mrs. George C. Reiser Mr. J. A. King Miss N. P. Kuhn Mr. and Mrs. Thomas Liggett Dr. and Mrs. Charles U. Lowe Miss Katharine Magraw Mrs. Isabel C. Mahaffie Mr. and Mrs. Gershom R. Makepeace Major and Mrs. George S. Mansfield Mr. and Mrs. Sheldon I. Matzkin Dr. and Mrs. Francis Mayle, Jr. Dr. and Mrs. Edgar H. McPeak Mr. and Mrs. Mylon Merriam Colonel and Mrs. Kenneth L. Moll Mrs. E. P. Moore Miss Lee Muth Mr. and Mrs. V. M. Newbold Mr. and Mrs. J. Lloyd Niles Nutrition Today Mrs. Carolyn C. Onufrak Mr. Estrada Raul Oyuela Miss Ruth Uppercu Paul Mrs. Duncan Phillips Mr. Donald H. Price Mrs. Albert J. Redway Dr. Michael J. Reilly Mr. R. D. Remley Mr. and Mrs. John Richardson, Jr. Mrs. John Barry Ryan Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Salzman Mr. and Mrs. Frank M. Sanger, Jr. Mr. Michael F. Sawyer Dr. and Mrs. George L. Sigalos Mr. and Mrs. Richard R. Sigmon Mr. and Mrs. Murray Socolof Mrs. Beck Stein Mr. and Mrs. Richard L. Sugarman Mrs. Sally Sweetland Mr. and Mrs. E. Russell True, Jr. Mr. and Mrs. John D. Walker Mr. and Mrs. Robert B. Watson Mrs. Norma Christine Wertz Mr. and Mrs. Anthony Wilson Mrs. Mark Winkler Mrs. Leslie H. Wyman Mrs. Maury Young Appendix 4 STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 30 JUNE 1970 Secretary's Office and Related Activities The Secretary S. Dillon Ripley Executive Assistant Christian C. Hohenlohe 1 Under Secretary James Bradley Administrative Officer Dorothy Rosenberg Director of Support Activities Richard L. Ault Assistant to Under Secretary Edward H. Kohn Director, Office of Audits Chris S. Peratino Director General of Museums, and Director, United States National Museum Frank A. Taylor 2 Assistant Secretary (Science), Acting.... David Challinor3 Assistant Secretary (History and Art)... Charles Blitzer Assistant Secretary (Public Service) William W. Warner Treasurer T. Ames Wheeler Assistant Treasurer Betty J. Morgan Director, Office of Programming and Budget John F. Jameson Chief Accountant Allen S. Goff General Counsel Peter G. Powers Assistant General Counsels Alan D. Ullberg George S. Robinson L. Wardlaw Hamilton Mrs. Suzanne D. Murphy Mrs. M. Malaro Special Projects, Office of the Secretary Special Assistant to the Secretary Richard H. Howland Special Assistant to the Secretary Woodruff M. Price4 Director, Office of Development Lynford E. Kautz Editor, Joseph Henry Papers Nathan Reingold Director, Office of Equal Employment Opportunity Joseph A. Kennedy 1 Replaced John H. Dobkin on 1 June 1971. 2 Retired 23 January 1971 . 3 Replaced Sidney R. Galler on 11 January 1971. 4 Appointed 1 February 1971. 137 138 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Support Activities Chief, Administrative Systems Division Ann S. Campbell Director, Buildings Management Department Andrew F. Michaels Contracting Officer, Contracts Office. . Elbridge, O. Hurlbut Chief, Duplicating Section Joseph E. Freeman Director, Information Systems Division Stanley A. Kovy Director, Office of Personnel Administration Vincent J. Doyle 5 Director, Photographic Services Division Arthur L. Gaush 6 Chief, Supply Division Fred G. Barwick Chief, Travel Services Office Mrs. Betty V. Strickler Honorary Research Associates Charles G. Abbot, Secretary Emeritus Leonard Carmichael, Secretary Emeritus Paul H. Oehser Alexander Wetmore, Secretary Emeritus Honorary Fellow John A. Graf Science Assistant Secretary David Challinor Special Assistants Helen L. Hayes Michael R. Huxley Harold J. Michaelson Paula E. Ullmann National Museum of Natural History Director Richard S. Cowan Assistant Director Paul K. Knierim Assistant to Director (ADP) James F. Mello Assistant to Director (Exhibits) Ronald S. Goor 7 Administrative Officers Mabel A. Byrd John C. Townsend Anthropology Chairman Clifford Evans Senior Physical Anthropologist T. Dale Stewart 8 Senior Archeologist Waldo R. Wedel Senior Ethnologist John C. Ewers Archivist Margaret C. Blaker 5 Replaced Leonard Pouliot 13 December 1970. 6 Replaced Otis H. Greeson (Retired) 28 February 1971. 7 Appointed 23 August 1970. 8 Retired 28 May 1971. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 139 Latin American Anthropology Associate Curator Robert M. Laughlin Curator Clifford Evans Associate Curator William H. Crocker Old World Anthropology Curator Gordon D. Gibson Curator Saul H. Riesenberg Curator Gus W. Van Beek Associate Curators Eugene I. Knez William B. Trousdale North American Anthropology Associate Curator William W. Fitzhugh 9 Curator William C. Sturtevant Associate Curator Paul H. Voorhis 10 Physical Anthropology Curator J. Lawrence Angel Associate Curator Donald J. Ortner Associate Curator Lucile E. St. Hoyme Museum Specialist Douglas H. Ubelaker Research Associates, Collaborators, and Affiliated Scientists Hans-Georg Bandi (Archeology) W. Montague Cobb (Physical Anthropology) T. Aidan Cockburn (Physical Anthropology) Henry B. Collins (Archeology) Wilson Duff (Ethnology) Roger I. Eddy (Ethnology) Don D. Fowler (Archeology) Marcus S. Goldstein (Physical Anthropology) Sister Inez Hilger (Ethnology) C. G. Holland (Archeology) Neil M. Judd (Archeology) Richard T. Koritzer (Physical Anthropology) Ralph K. Lewis (Archeology) Olga Linares de Sapir (Archeology) Betty J. Meggers (Archeology) George S. Metcalf (Archeology) Philleo Nash (Ethnology) Walter G. Putschar (Physical Anthropology) Victor A. Nunez Regueiro (Archeology) Mary Slusser (Archeology) Wilhelm G. Solheim (Archeology) 9 Appointed 31 August 1970. 10 Resigned 10 September 1970. 441-283 O - 71 - 10 140 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Research Associates, Collaborators, T. Dale Stewart (Physical and Affiliated Scientists— Continued Anthropology) Matthew W. Stirling (Archeology) Robert Stuckenrath (Archeology) Douglas Taylor (Ethnology) William J. Tobin (Physical Anthropology) n Theodore A. Wertime (Archeology) Edwin F. Wilmsen (Archeology) Botany Chairman Edward S. Ayensu Senior Botanist Lyman B. Smith Senior Botanist Conrad V. Morton 12 Phanerogams Curators John J. Wurdack Velva Rudd Wallace R. Ernst F. Raymond Fosberg 13 Associate Curators Dan H. Nicolson Marie-Helene Sachet 14 Stanwyn G. Shetler Assistant Curator Dieter C. Wasshausen Ferns Associate Curator David B. Lellinger Grasses Associate Curator Thomas R. Soderstrom Cryptogams Curator Harold E. Robinson Curator Mason E. Hale, Jr. Associate Curator Arthur L. Dahl 15 Plant Anatomy Curator Richard H. Eyde Curator Edward S. Ayensu Research Associates, Collaborators and Affiliated Scientists 16 W. Andrew Archer (Flowering Plants) Chester R. Benjamin (Fungi) John A. Churchill (Flowering Plants) Paul S. Conger (Diatomaceae) Jose Cuatrecasas (Flora of Tropical South America) James A. Duke (Flora of Panama) Emily W. Emmart (Plants of Mexico) 11 Died 3 March 1971. 12 Effective 9 August 1970. 13 Reassigned 1 July 1970. 14 Reassigned 1 July 1970. 15 Appointed 14 September 1970. 16 National fungus collections are curated by Department of Agriculture staff. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 141 Research Associates, Collaborators, and Affiliated Scientists— Continued Marie L. Farr (Fungi) Howard S. Gentry (Economic Plants of Northwestern Mexico) Charles R. Gunn (Fungi) William H. Hathaway (Flora of Central America) Frederick J. Hermann (North American Flora) Robert M. King (Compositae) Paul L. Lentz (Fungi) Elbert L. Little (Dendrology) Alicia Lourteig (Neotropical Botany) Kittie F. Parker (Compositae) Julian C. Patiiio (Flora of Colombia) Clyde F. Reed (Ferns) James L. Reveal (Ferns) Marie L. Solt (Melastomataceae) William L. Stern (Plant Anatomy) John A. Stevenson (Fungi) Edward E. Terrell (Phanerogams) Francis A.Uecker (Fungi) Egbert H. Walker (Myrsinaceae, East Asian Flora) Entomology Chairman Paul D. Hurd, Jr.17 Senior Entomologists Karl V. Krombein J. F. Gates Clarke Neuropteroids Curator Oliver S. Flint, Jr. Lepidoptera and Diptera Associate Curators Donald R. Davis W. Donald Duckworth Assistant Curator William D. Field Coleoptera Associate Curator Paul J. Spangler Assistant Curator Terry L. Erwin 18 Hemiptera and Hymenoptera Associate Curator Richard C. Froeschner Myriapoda and Arachnida Curator Ralph E. Crabill, Jr. Research Associates, Collaborators, and Affiliated Scientists Charles P. Alexander (Diptera) William H. Anderson (Coleoptera) Doris H. Blake (Coleoptera) Franklin S. Blanton (Diptera) Frank L. Campbell (Insect Physiology) 17 Appointed 31 August 1970. 18 Appointed 1 July 1970. 142 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Research Associates, Collaborators, and Affiliated Scientists— Continued Oscar L. Cartwright (Coleoptera) K. C. Emerson (Mallophaga) John G. Franclemont (Lepidoptera) Frank M. Hull (Diptera) William L. Jellison (Siphonaptera, Anoplura) Harold F. Loomis (Myriapoda) Carl F. W. Muesebeck (Hymenoptera) Thomas E. Snyder (Isoptera) 19 Robert Traub (Siphonaptera) Invertebrate Zoology Chairman Raymond B. Manning Senior Zoologists Fenner A. Chace, Jr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. Harald A. Rehder Crustacea Curators Thomas E. Bowman J. Laurens Barnard Louis S. Kornicker Associate Curator Roger F. Cressey Echinoderms Curator David L. Pawson Associate Curator Klaus Ruetzler Worms Curators Meredith L. Jones Marian H. Pettibone Mary E. Rice Associate Curator W. Duane Hope Mollusks Curator Joseph Rosewater Associate Curators Joseph P. E. Morrison Clyde F. E. Roper Visiting Curator Frederick M. Bayer Research Associates, Collaborators, and Affiliated Scientists Willard W. Becklund (Helminthology) 20 S. Stillman Berry (Mollusks) J. Bruce Bredin (Biology) Isabel C. Canet (Crustacea) May belle H. Chitwood (Worms) Ailsa M. Clark (Marine Invertebrates) Elisabeth Deichmann (Echinoderms) Mary Gardiner (Echinoderms) is Died 31 July 1970. 20 Died 18 October 1970. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 143 Research Associates, Collaborators, and Affiliated Scientists— Continued Roman Kenk (Worms) Anthony J. Provenzano, Jr. (Crustacea) Waldo L. Schmitt (Marine Invertebrates) Frank R. Schwengel (Mollusks) I. G. Sohn (Crustacea) Donald F. Squires (Echinoderms) Gilbert L. Voss (Mollusks) Mildred S. Wilson (Copepod Crustacea) Mineral Sciences Chairman Brian H. Mason Curator George S. Switzer Meteorites Curator Kurt Fredericksson Associate Curator Roy S. Clarke, Jr. Geochemist Robert F. Fudali Chemists Eugene Jarosewich Joseph A. Nelen Mineralogy Associate Curator Paul E. Desautels Crystallographer Joel E. Arem 21 Petrology Associate Curator William G. Melson Research Associates, Collaborators, and Affiliated Scientists Howard J. Axon (Meteorites) Vago F. Buchwald (Meteorites) Tomas Feininger (Petrology) Edward P. Henderson (Meteorites) John B. Jago (Mineralogy) Peter Leavens (Mineralogy) Rosser Reeves (Mineralogy) Thomas E. Simkin (Petrology) Geoffrey Thompson (Petrology) Harry Winston (Mineralogy) Paleobiology Chairman Porter M. Kier Senior Paleobiologists G. Arthur Cooper C. Lewis Gazin 22 Collections Manager Frederick J. Collier Invertebrate Paleontology Curators Martin A. Buzas Richard S. Boardman Alan H. Cheetham Erie G. KaufFman 21 Appointed 1 July 1970. "Retired 31 July 1970. 144 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Invertebrate Paleontology— Continued Curators— Continued Richard Cifelli Richard M. Benson Associate Curator Thomas R. Waller Geologist Kenneth M. Towe Vertebrate Paleontology Curators Clayton E. Ray Nicholas Hotton III Associate Curator Robert J. Emry 23 Paleobotany Associate Curators Walter H. Adey Leo J. Hickey Francis M. Hueber Sedimentology Geological Oceanographer Daniel J. Stanley Curator Jack W. Pierce Research Associates, Collaborators, and Affiliated Scientists Invertebrate Paleontology Arthur J. Boucot Anthony C. Coates C. Wythe Cooke J. Thomas Dutro Robert M. Finks Mackenzie Gordon, Jr. Richard E. Grant John W. Huddle Ralph W. Imlay Harry S. Ladd N. Gary Lane Kenneth E. Lohman Sergius H. Mamay James F. Mello William A. Oliver, Jr. Axel A. Olsson John Pojeta, Jr. Norman F. Sohl Margaret Ruth Todd Wendell P. Woodring Ellis L. Yochelson Paleobotany Patricia J. Adey David Child Sedimentology Gilbert Kelling Frederic R. Siegel Vertebrate Paleontology Douglas Emlong Charles A. Reppening Frank C. Whitmore, Jr. Vertebrate Zoology Chairman George E. Watson "Appointed 16 February 1971. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 145 Fishes Curators Robert H. Gibbs, Jr. Ernest A. Lachner Victor G. Springer Stanley H. Weitzman Associate Curator William R. Taylor Reptiles and Amphibians Curator James A. Peters Assistant Curator George R. Zug Birds Curator Richard L. Zusi Associate Curator Paul Slud Mammals Curator Charles O. Handley Curator Henry W. Setzer Associate Curator Richard W. Thorington, Jr. Research Associates, Collaborators, and Affiliated Scientists Jonn W. Aldrich (Birds) Richard C. Banks (Birds) William Belton (Birds) James E. Bohlke (Fishes) Robert L. Brownell, Jr. (Mammals) Leonard Carmichael (Psychology, Animal Behavior) Daniel M. Cohen (Fishes) Bruce B. Collette (Fishes) George J. Divocky (Birds) John F. Eisenberg (Mammals) Robert K. Eenders (Mammals) Herbert Friedmann (Birds) Crawford H. Greenewalt (Birds) Arthur M. Greenhall (Mammals) Brian A. Harrington (Birds) Philip S. Humphrey (Birds) David H. Johnson (Mammals) Clyde J. Jones (Mammals) Gwilym S. Jones (Mammals) E. V. Komarek (Mammals) Roxie C. Laybourne (Birds) Richard H. Manville (Mammals) J. A. J. Meester (Mammals) Edgardo Mondolfi (Mammals) Russell E. Mumford (Mammals) John R. Napier (Mammals) Storrs L. Olson (Birds) Dioscoro S. Rabor (Birds) S. Dillon Ripley (Birds) Leonard P. Schultz (Fishes) Frank J. Schwartz (Fishes) Alexander Wetmore (Birds) David B. Wingate (Birds) 146 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 National Air and Space Museum Director Michael Collins 2i Deputy Director Melvin B. Zisfein Administrative Officer Jonn Whitelaw Acting Assistant Director (Aeronautics). Louis S. Casey Curator (Aircraft Propulsion) Robert B. Meyer Assistant Director (Astronautics) Frederick C. Durant III Assistant Director (Information) Ernest W. Robischon Advisory Board S. Dillon Ripley, Chairman (ex officio) Major General Nils O. Ohman, usaf Vice Admiral Thomas F. Connolly, USN Brigadier General James L. Collins, USA Brigadier General H. S. Hill, usmc Rear Admiral Roderick Y. Edwards, user, Vacancy, nasa General Gustav Lundquist, faa Honorary Olive A. Beech William E. Hall Elwood R. Quesada Astrophysical Observatory Director Fred L. Whipple Assistant Director (Management) Robert V. Bartnik Assistant Director (Science) Charles A. Lundquist Scientific Staff Kaare Aksnes Arthur C. Allison Eugene H. Avrett Prabhu Bhatnagar Nathaniel P. Carleton Frederic Chaffee Jerome R. Cherniack Giuseppe Colombo Allan F. Cook Alex Dalgarno Robert J. Davis James C. DeFelice William A. Deutschman Dale F. Dickinson Giovanni G. Fazio Darrell Fernald Edward L. Fireman Giuseppe Forti 24 Appointed 12 April 1971. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 147 Scientific Staff— Continued Fred A. Franklin Edward M. Gaposchkin Owen Gingerich Antanas Girnius Mario D. Grossi Katherine Haramundanis Gerald Hawkins Henry F. Helmken Paul W. Hodge Luigi G. Jacchia Wolfgang Kalkofen Douglas Kleinmann Yoshihide Kozai David Latham Myron Lecar Carlton G. Lehr Martin Levine A. Edward Lilley Marvin Litvak Richard E. McCrosky Brian G. Marsden Ursula B. Marvin George H. Megrue Donald H. Menzel Lawrence W. Mertz Henri E. Mitler Paul A. Mohr James Moran Carl S. Nilsson Yasushi Nozawa Robert W. Noyes Costas Papaliolios Cecelia H. Payne-Gaposhkin Michael R. Pearlman Douglas T. Pitman Annette Posen Harrison E. Radford John Reid George B. Rybicki Winfield W. Salisbury Rudolph E. Schild Zdenek Sekanina Chen-Yuan Shao I. Shapiro Jack W. Slowey Richard B. Southworth Gert Spannagel Frank Steinbrunn Shephen E. Strom Wesley A. Traub Robert Vessot 148 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Scientific Staff— Continued Richard B. Wattson George Weiffenbach Trevor C. Weekes Charles A. Whitney John A. Wood Consultants Robert N. Anthony John Danziger Stanley Ross Robert Stein Pol Swings George Veis Natarajan Visvanathan Fellows Hiram Levy II G. Jeffrey Taylor Director, Central Bureau for Satellite Geodesy George Veis Director, Central Bureau for Astronomical Telegrams Brian G. Marsden Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute Director Martin H. Moynihan Special Assistant to Director Adela Gomez Assistant Director (Science) Ira Rubinoff Administrative Officer C. Neal McKinney Biologists Robert L. Dressier Peter W. Glynn Judith Lang Egbert Leigh A. Stanley Rand Michael H. Robinson Roberta W. Rubinoff Neal G. Smith Henk Wolda Honorary Charles F. Bennett, Jr. John F. Eisenberg Carmen Glynn Carlos Lehman n Robert H. MacArthur Giles W. Mead Ernst Mayr Barbara Robinson Patricio Sanchez W. John Smith C. C. Soper Paulo Vanzolini Martin Young APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 149 Radiation Biology Laboratory Director William H. Klein Assistant Director Walter A. Shropshire, Jr. Biochemists David L. Correll Maurice M. Margulies Robert L. Weintraub Homer T. Hopkins Biologist Elisabeth Gantt Geneticist Andrew W. Snope Anthropologist Robert Stuckenrath Geochemist James Mielke Physicist Bernard Goldberg Plant Physiologists John Edwards Victor B. Elstad Rebecca Gettens Leonard Price National Zoological Park Director Theodore H. Reed Assistant Director John Perry Special Assistant to the Director Warren J. Iliff Administrative Officer Joseph J. McGarry Captain, Police Division Anthony J. Kadlubowski Head, Planning and Design Office Norman C. Melun Head, Information and Education Office Sybil E. Hamlet Curator, Division of Birds Sam E. Weeks Curator, Division of Small Mammals and Primates Harold J. Egoscue Curator, Division of Reptiles Jaren G. Horsley Resident Scientist, Division of Scientific Research John F. Eisenberg Veterinarian, Division of Animal Health Clinton W. Gray Pathologist, Division of Pathology Robert M. Sauer Chief, Operations and Maintenance Department James H. McAllister Head, Automotive Division Jesse Batts Head, Grounds Division John Monday Head, Maintenance Division Robert Ogilvie Head, Mechanical Division Theodore Runyan Head, Labor Division Carl F. Jackson Associates in Ecology S. Dillon Ripley Lee M. Talbot Research Associates Jean Delacour Gerald G. Montgomery George McKay Devra G. Kleiman Bernard C. Zook 150 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Collaborators F. M. Garner Leonard J. Goss Carlton M. Herman Peul Leyhausen Charles R. Schroeder Office of Environmental Sciences Director I. Eugene Wallen Ecology Program Director Dale W. Jenkins Senior Scientist Helmut K. Buechner Resident Ecologist Lee M. Talbot 25 Visiting Ecologist Clifford O. Berg 26 Oceanography and Limnology Program Director Robert P. Higgins Director, Mediterranean Marine Sorting Center William P. Davis Director, Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center H. Adair Fehlmann Oceanographer Dail W. Brown Chesapeake Bay Center for Environ- mental Studies, Director Francis S. L. Williamson Center for Short-Lived Phenomena Director Robert Citron Center for the Study of Man Acting Director Sol Tax Program Coordinator Sam Stanley Science Information Exchange Director Monroe E. Freeman Deputy Director David F. Hersey Associate Directors Life Sciences Willis R. Foster Physical Sciences Frank J. Kreysa Data Processing Martin Snyderman Special Assistant . Richard C. Reeser Executive Officer V. P. Verfuerth Administrative Officer Evelyn M. Roll Life Sciences Division Chief Willis R. Foster Deputy Chief Charlotte M. Damron 25 On leave to Council for Environmental Quality during FY 1971. 26 Served 1 October 1970 to 31 May 1971. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 151 Life Sciences Division— Continued Chief, Medical Sciences Branch Faith F. Stephan Chief, Biological Sciences Branch James R. Wheatley, Jr. Chief, Agricultural Sciences Branch.. William T. Carlson Chief, Behavioral Sciences Branch. . . . Rhoda Stolper Chief, Social Sciences and Community Programs Branch Barbara F. Lundquist Physical Sciences Division Chief Frank J. Kreysa Chief, Chemistry Branch Samuel Liebman Chief, Earth Sciences Branch Joseph P. Riva, Jr. Chief, Electronics Branch John J. Park Chief, Engineering Branch Inder Jit Bhambri Chief, Materials Branch William H. Payne Chief, Physics and Mathematics Branch Robert Summers Data Processing Division Chief Martin Snyderman Deputy Chief Bernard L. Hunt Chief, Registry Branch Angelo Piccillo Chief, Data Edit Branch Mary Rumreich Chief, Report Services Branch Olympia Merritt Chief, Systems and Programming Branch Robert A. Kline Chief, Computer Operations Branch. . Paul Gallucci History and Art Assistant Secretary Charles Blitzer Deputy Richard Grove The National Museum of History and Technology Director Daniel J. Boorstin Assistant Director Silvio A. Bedini Assistant Director for Administration. . . Robert G. Tillotson Special Assistant to the Director Ladd E. Hamilton Administrative Officer Virginia Beets Senior Scientific Scholar Robert P. Multhauf Special Assistant (Bicentennial Planning John J. Slocum Principal Investigator (Computer History) Henry S. Tropp 27 Historians Peter C. Marzio Harold K. Skramstad, Jr.28 Applied Arts Chairman Carl H. Scheele 27 Appointed 21 April 1971. 28 Appointed 21 February 1971. 152 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Graphic Arts and Photography Curator Eugene Ostroff Associate Curator Elizabeth M. Harris Assistant Curator David E. Haberstich Numismatics Curator Vladimir Clain-Stefanelli Curator Elvira Clain-Stefanelli Postal History Curator Carl H. Scheele Associate Curator Reidar Norby Textiles Curator Grace R. Cooper Curator Rita J. Adrosko Honorary Emery May Norweb (Numismatics) R. Henry Norweb (Numismatics) Cultural History Chairman C. Malcom Watkins Costume and Furnishings Associate Curator Rodris C. Roth Assistant Curator Claudia B. Kidwell Ethnic and Western Cultural History Curator Richard E. Ahlborn Curator C. Malcolm Watkins Musical Instruments Associate Curator John T. Fesperman Associate Curator Cynthia A. Hoover Preindustrial History Curator C. Malcolm Watkins Associate Curator Anne C. Golovin Honorary Mrs. Arthur M. Greenwood David W. Hinshaw Edward B. Jelks Anne W. Murray (Curator Emeritus, Costume) Ivor Noel Hume Joan Pearson Watkins Industries Chairman John H. White, Jr. Agriculture and Mining Curator J°hn T. Schlebecker Associate Curator John N. Hoffman Ceramics and Glass Curator Paul V. Gardner Curator J- Jefferson Miller II Manufacturing Curator Hans Syz (Ceramics) Transportation Philip W. Bishop Curator John H. White, Jr. Curator Melvin H. Jackson APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 153 Honorary Peter B. Bell Howard I. Chapelle (Historian Emeritus) National and Military History Chairman Edgar M. Howell Historic Archeology Curator Mendel L. Peterson Military History Curator Edgar M. Howell Associate Curator Craddock R. Goins, Jr. Naval History Curator Philip K. Lundeberg Curator Harold D. Langley Political History Curator Margaret B. Klapthor Associate Curator Herbert R. Collins Honorary William Rea Furlong (Flag History) Science and Technology Chairman Bernard S. Finn Electricity and Nuclear Energy Curator Bernard S. Finn Curator (Mathematics) Uta C. Merzbach Mechanical and Civil Engineering Curator Robert M. Vogel Curator Edwin A. Battison Curator Otto Mayr Medical Sciences Curator Sami Hamarneh Associate Curator Audrey B. Davis Physical Sciences Associate Curator Deborah J. Warner Curator Walter F. Cannon Associate Curator Jon B. Eklund Honorary Anthony R. Michaelis (Scientific Instruments) Derek J. De Solla Price (Scientific Instruments) Archives of American Art Director William E. Woolfenden Deputy Director-Archivist Garnett McCoy Administrative Assistant Lea Feinstein Curator of Manuscripts Arthur J. Breton Assistant Curator of Manuscripts Elsie F. Freivogel Area Directors Butler Coleman (New York) Robert Brown (Northeast) Field Researchers F. Ivor D. Avellino (New York) Sylvia Loomis (Southwest) 154 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Trustees Russell Lynes, President Howard W. Lipham, Vice President Harold O. Love, Vice President Mrs. Otto L. Spaeth, Vice President Stanford C. Stoddard, Secretary-Treasurer Harry Baldwin Irving F. Burton Edmond duPont Joseph H. Hirshhorn James Humphry III Miss Milka Iconomoff Eric Larrabee Robert L. McNeil, Jr. Abraham Melamed Mrs. E. Bliss Parkinson Henry Pearlman Mrs. Dana M. Raymond Mrs. William L. Richards E. P. Richardson Chapin Riley Girard L. Spencer Edward M. M. Warburg James Wineman Willis F. Woods S. Dillon Ripley, ex officio Charles Blitzer, ex officio Lawrence A. Fleischman, Honorary Mrs. Edsel B. Ford, Honorary Advisory Committee James Humphry III, Chairman Milton O. Brown Lloyd Goodrich Eugene C. Goossen Harry D. M. Grier James J. Heslin John Howat Bernard Karpel Edgar Kaufmann, Jr. John A. Kouwenhoven Karl Kup Eric Larrabee Abram Lerner A. Hyatt Mayor J. T. Rankin Daniel J. Reed Charles van Ravenswaay Marvin S. Sadik Joshua C. Taylor William B. Walker Richard P. Wunder APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 155 Freer Gallery of Art Director John A. Pope Assistant Director Harold P. Stern Curator, Chinese Art Thomas Lawton Assistant Curator, Chinese Art Hin-cheung Lovell Assistant Curator, Near Eastern Art. . . . Esin Atil Head Conservator, Technical Laboratory W. Thomas Chase Research Consultant, Technical Laboratory Rutherford J. Gettens Research Assistant, Far Eastern Ceramics Josephine H. Knapp Research Assistant, Herzfeld Archives. . . Joseph M. Upton Honorary Associates Richard Edwards Calvin French National Collection of Fine Arts Director Joshua C. Taylor Assistant Director Robert Tyler Davis Administrative Officer George W. Riggs Curator, Contemporary Painting and Sculpture Adelyn D. Breeskin Associate Curator, 18th- and 19th- century Painting and Sculpture. . . . William H. Truettner Curator, Prints and Drawings Janet A. Flint Curator, Exhibition and Design Harry Lowe Administrator, Renwick Gallery Lloyd E. Herman Curator of Education Darrel L. Sewell Coordinator of Research Lois M. Fink Coordinator, Bicentennial Inventory of American Paintings Abigail Booth Acting Chief, Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service Eileen Rose Chief, International Art Program Lois A. Bingham Head, Conservation Laboratory, ncfa/npg Charles H. Olin Registrar Elisabeth Strassmann Editor, Office of Publication Georgia M. Rhoades Head Librarian, ncfa/npg William B. Walker Public Affairs Officer Benjamin Ruhe Supervisory Photographer, ncfa/npg... Lowell A. Kenyon National Collection of Fine Arts Commission Thomas C. Howe, Chairman H. Page Cross, Vice Chairman S. Dillon Ripley, Secretary Leonard Bask in William A. M. Burden David E. Finlev 441-283 O - 71 - 11 156 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 National Collection of Fine Arts Commission— Continued Honorary Members Martin Friedman Lloyd Goodrich Walker Hancock Bartlett H. Hayes, Jr. August Heckscher Wilmarth S. Lewis Henry P. Mcllhenny Robert Motherwell Ogden M. Pleissner Charles H. Sawyer Mrs. Otto L. Spaeth George B. Tatum Otto Wittmann Alexander Wetmore Leonard Carmichael Gilmore D. Clarke Paul Mellon Stow Wengenroth Andrew Wyeth National Portrait Galley Director Marvin S. Sadik Assistant to the Director Douglas E. Evelyn Historian Beverly J. Cox Curator Robert G. Stewart Assistant Curator Monroe Fabian Keeper of the Catalogue Wilford P. Cole Senior Research Assistant Mona Dearborn Curator of Education James R. Vivian III 29 Assistant Curator of Education Robert N. Works 30 Chief, Exhibits Department James J. Shelton 31 Assistant Chief, Exhibits Department. . . J. Michael Carrigan 32 Librarian (npg-ncfa) William B. Walker Conservator (npg-ncfa) Charles H. Olin Registrar Jon D. Freshour npg Commission John Nicholas Brown, Chairman Whitfield J. Bell, Jr. Catherine Drinker Bowen Lewis Deschler David E. Finley Wilmarth S. Lewis Edgar P. Richardson 29 Appointed 17 August 1970. 30 Appointed 17 August 1970. 31 Appointed 19 January 1970. 32 Appointed 3 January 1971. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 157 npg Commission— Continued Ex officio Andrew Oliver Jules D. Prown Chief Justice of the United States Secretary, Smithsonian Institution Director, National Gallery of Art Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden Director Abram Lerner Administrative Officer Joseph Sefekar Associate Curator Cynthia Jaffee McCabe Assistant Curator Inez Garson Historian Frances R. Weitzenhoffer Acting Registrar Sandra L. Pearson Associate Registrars James J. Elias Frank B. Gettings Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design Director Lisa Suter Taylor Administrator Christian Rohlfing Curator of Textiles Alice Baldwin Beer Curator of Drawings and Prints Elaine Evans Dee Associate Curator of Decorative Arts. . . . Janet Thorpe Librarian Edith Adams Registrar Mary F. Blackwelder National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board Director John H. Magruder III Assistant Director James S. Hutchins Administrative Officer Miriam H. Uretz Collections John M. Elliott Historian James J. Stokesberry Registrar Lorene B. Mayo Advisory Board The Honorable John Nicholas Brown, Chairman The Honorable Earl Warren Secretary of Army Secretary of Navy Secretary of Air Force Leiutenant General Milton G. Baker, Retired Robert C. Baker The Honorable Alexander P. Butterfield William H. Perkins, Jr. 158 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Advisory Board— Continued Ex officio Secretary of Defense Secretary, Smithsonian Institution Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars Director Benjamin H. Read Deputy Director Albert Meisel Joseph Henry Papers Editor Nathan Reingold Assistant Editor Arthur P. Molella Staff Historian James M. Hobbins Office of American Studies Director Wilcomb E. Washburn Specialist in American Studies Harold K. Skramstad Office of Academic Studies Executive Officer Edward S. Davidson Program Officer Gretchen Gayle Smithsonian Institution Archives Archivist Richard H. Lytle Assistant Archivist Donald Danuloff Assistant Archivist James Steed Office of Seminars Director Wilton S. Dillon Administrative Assistant Dorothy Richardson Conference Specialist Stephany Knight Assistant Frances Miller Special Museum Programs Director General of Museums Frank A. Taylor 33 33 Retired 23 January 1971. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 159 Office of Museum Programs Director Peter C. Welsh Assistant to the Director Katherine Goldman Research Assistant Jean H. Eisenberg Research Associate Frank A. Taylor Office of Exhibits Programs Director John E. Anglim Deputy Director James A. Mahoney Deputy Director Benjamin W. Lawless Chief of Design Richard S. Virgo Assistant Chief of Design William F. Haase Chief of Production Harry T. Hart Assistant Chief of Production Eugene F. Behlen Exhibits Labels Editor Constance Minkin Conservation-Analytical Laboratory Chief Robert M. Organ Research Chemist Jacqueline S. Olin Office of the Registrar Registrar Helena M. Weiss Assistant Registrar William P. Haynes Smithsonian Institution Libraries Director of Libraries Russell Shank Special Assistant to the Director of Libraries for Science Programs .... Jean C. Smith Bibliographer in the History of Science Jack S. Goodwin Library of Congress Liaison Librarian Ruth E. Blanchard Assistant to the Director Dan O. Clemmer, Jr.34 Assistant Director of Libraries Mary A. Huffer Assistant to the Assistant Director . . . Peter A. Geiger33 Administrative Librarian Thomas L. Wilding Administrative Assistant Mary C. Quinn 34 Appointed 12 July 1970. 33 Appointed 8 September 1970. 160 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Acquisitions Division Chief L. Frances Jones Assistant Chief Mildred D. Raitt Serials Librarian Edna S. Suber Gift and Exchange Librarian Mary Clare Cahill 36 Special Assistant assigned to Acquisitions Mary L. Horgan Catalog Division Chief Vija L. Karklins Assistant Chief Bertha S. Sohn Catalogers Angeline D. Ashford Charles H. King Helen S. Nordberg 37 Cynthia P. Rupp 38 Margaret A. Sealor Carol L. Wohlford 39 General Reference Service Division Chief Jack F. Marquardt Assistant Chief A. James Spohn Reference Librarian Sue Y. Chen 40 Branch Librarians Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design Edith E. Adams Department of Botany Ruth F. Schallert Freer Gallery of Art Priscilla P. Smith Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden Anna M. Brooke 41 National Collection of Fine Arts and National Portrait Gallery William B. Walker National Museum of History and Technology Frank A. Pietropaoli Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory Jovce M« ReY Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute Alcira Mejia Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars Mary Anglemeyer Branch Library Reference Staff National Museum of History and Technology Charles G. Berger National Collection of Fine Arts and National Portrait Gallery Aleita A. Hogenson 42 36 Appointed 23 August 1970. 37 Appointed 12 July 1970. 38 Resigned 6 March 1971. 39 Appointed 18 April 1971. ^Resigned 29 May 1971. 41 Appointed 26 April 1971 . 42 Retired 29 May 1971. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 161 International Exchange Service Director Jeremiah A. Collins Assistant Director John E. Estes Public Service and Information Activities Assistant Secretary William W. Warner Deputy Assistant Secretary Robert W. Mason Special Assistant Julian T. Euell Smithsonian Associates Program Director Susan Hamilton Business Manager Marlin C Johnson Special Events Assistant Carolyn Amundson Subscription Assistant Carolyn A. Hecker Office of Public Affairs Director Frederic M. Phillips Special Assistant to the Director Jewell S. Dulaney News Mary M. Krug Radio Smithsonian Cynthia Helms Motion Picture Unit John O'Toole Publications William O. Craig Manager, Community Directory of Interests Alicia R. Fisher Office of International Activities Director David Challinor 43 Acting Director Kennedy B. Schmertz M Assistant Director Michael Huxley 45 Foreign Currency Program Director Kennedy B. Schmertz Deputy Director Kenneth D. Whitehead Program Officer Richard T. Conroy Grants Technical Assistants Betty J. Wingfield Harriette Hughes46 Administrative Assistant Paula Ullman 47 43 Transferred 11 January 1971. 44 Appointed 11 January 1971. 45 Transferred 11 January 1971. 46 Appointed 16 February 1971. 47 Transferred 11 January 1971. 162 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Division of Performing Arts Director James R. Morris Deputy Director Richard P. Lusher Director, Festival of American Folklife. . Ralph C. Rinzler Administrator, Festival of American Folklife Carol Fraser Operations Officer Ruri Kesa Sakai Planning Officer Marian A. Hope Indian Programs Clydia D. Nahwooksy Acting Director, Touring Performances. Mary E. Carrington Manager, Box Office Harry Bagdasian House Manager, Puppet Theatre Sue Hockenberry Smithsonian Museum Shops Acting Director Jonn E. Skuce Administrative Officer Martha L. Wilson Sales Manager Lillian R. Cutler Book Shops Manager Florence R. Lloyd Belmont Conference Center Director Joanne S. Baker Anacostia Neighborhood Museum Director Jonn R- Kinard Assistant Director Zora B. Martin Research and Design Coordinator Larry Erskine Thomas Exhibit Specialist James E. Mayo Program Analyst, Center for Anacostia Studies Jonn F. Bradshaw Assistant to the Director for Special Projects Balcha Fellows Smithsonian (magazine) Editor Edward K. Thompson Members, Board of Editors Ralph Backlund Grayce P. Northcross James K. Page, Jr.48 Edwards Park General Manager Joseph Bonsignore 48 Effective 26 October 1970. APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 163 Advertising Director Thomas H. Black Circulation-Promotion Director Anne Keating Smithsonian Institution Press Director Gordon Hubel 49 Managing Editor Roger Pineau Managing Designer Stephen Kraft Promotion Manager Maureen R. Jacoby Business Manager Eileen M. McCarthy Series Production Manager Charles L. Shaffer Editors Mary Frances Bell Ernest E. Biebighauser Louise J. Heskett Joan B. Horn Mary M. Ingraham John S. Lea Nancy L. Powars Albert L. Ruffin, Jr. Jane W. Sieverts Writer-Editor Hope G. Pantell 50 Designers Crimilda Pontes Elizabeth Sur Reading Is Fundamental Executive Director Jerrold Sandler Assistant Director Barbara B. Atkinson Division of Elementary and Secondary Education Acting Director J°nn W. Bingham 51 Staff Associates David Estabrook (Technology) Jane Farmer (Art History) Robert Harding (History) Samuel Rizzetta (Biology) Coordinator, Volunteer Programs Joan C. Madden National Gallery of Art Board of Trustees The Chief Justice of the United States, Warren G. Burger, Chairman 49 Appointed 1 November 1970. 50 Effective 16 April 1971. 51 Effective 15 February 1971. 164 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Board of Trustees— Continued The Secretary of State, William P. Rogers The Secretary of the Treasury, John M. Connally The Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, S. Dillon Ripley, ex officio General Trustees Paul Mellon John Hay Whitney Dr. Franklin D. Murphy Lessing J. Rosenwald Stoddard M. Stevens President Paul Mellon Vice President Jonn Hay Whitney Director J. Carter Brown Secretary and General Counsel E. James Adams Assistant Director Charles Parkhurst Treasurer Lloyd D. Hayes Administrator Joseph G. English Senior Curator and Curator of American Painting William P. Campbell Planning Consultant David W. Scott Construction Manager Robert C. Engle Assistant to the Administrator, Personnel and Administration Charles B. Walstrom Assistant to the Administrator, Extension Services W. Howard Adams Assistant to the Director, Music Richard Bales Assistant Treasurer James W. Woodard Assistant to the Administrator, Scientific and Technical Sterling P. Eagleton Curator of Exhibitions and Loans Grose Evans Curator of Paintings H. Lester Cooke Editor Theodore S. Amussen Curator of Education Margaret Bouton Research Curator Konrad Oberhuber John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts Chairman Roger L. Stevens Vice Chairmen Robert O. Anderson Harry C. McPherson, Jr. Charles H. Percy General Counsel Ralph E. Becker Secretary K. LeMoyne Billings Treasurer Robert G. Baker General Director William McC. Blair, Jr. Deputy General Director and Assistant Secretary-Treasurer Philip J. Mullin Music Director Julius Rudel APPENDIX 4. STAFF OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 165 Artistic Administrator George London General Manager of Theaters J. Charles Gilbert Director of Development Robert M. Long Director of Education Norman L. Fagan Director of Publicity and Promotion Michael Sean O'Shea Assistant Treasurers John L. Bryant Kenneth Birgfeld Paul J. Bisset L. Parker Harrell, Jr. Executive Director for Engineering William A. Schmidt Project Manager Walter E. Huber Honorary Chairmen Mrs. Richard M. Nixon Mrs. Lyndon B. Johnson Mrs. Aristotle Onassis Mrs. Dwight D. Eisenhower Treasurer Emeritus Daniel W. Bell Appendix 5 PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRESS IN FISCAL YEAR 1971 Research in Art, History, and Science Non-Series Publications Eisenberg, J. F., and Wilton S. Dillon, editors. Man and Beast: Comparative Social Behavior. 401 pages, 29 figures, 3 tables. 18 June 1971. Cloth, $11.50. Green, Constance McLaughlin, and Milton Lomask. Vanguard: A History. Fore- word by Charles A. Lindbergh, xviii -f 309 pages, 46 illustrations, 3 tables. 27 April 1971. Cloth, $12.50. Scheele, Carl H. A Short History of the Mail Service. 250 pages, 14 figures, 13 tables. Originally published 15 March 1970, reissued January 1971. Cloth, $6.95. Stewart, T. D., editor. Personal Identification in Mass Disasters. 158 pages, 40 figures, 59 tables. 16 October 1970. Cloth. Stites, Raymond S. The Sublimations of Leonardo da Vinci, x -+- 422 pages, 311 illustrations. 1 December 1970. Cloth, $14.95. Swanton, John R. The Indian Tribes of North America, vi -\- 726 pages, 5 maps. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 145, originally published 1952, reis- sued 15 April 1969, reprinted January 1971. Cloth, $16.50. Smithsonian Annals of Flight 4. C. Fayette Taylor. "Aircraft Propulsion: A Review of the Evolution of Air- craft Piston Engines." viii -f 135 pages, 72 figures. 29 January 1971. 6. Robert B. Meyer, Jr., editor. "Langley's Aero Engine of 1903." xi -f 193 pages, 44 figures. 30 March 1971. Smithsonian Contributions to Astrophysics 12. Bertil-Anders Lindblad. "Two Computerized Stream Searches Among Me- teor Orbits: 1. Among 865 Precise Photographic Orbits; 2. Among 2401 Photographic Orbits." 24 pages, 4 figures, 14 tables. 23 June 1971. 13. Cecilia H. Payne-Gaposchkin. "The Variable Stars of the Large Magellanic Cloud." 41 pages, 13 tables. 3 June 1971. 166 APPENDIX 5. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN PRESS 167 Smithsonian Contributions to the Earth Sciences 1. George Switzer and William G. Melson. "Partially Melted Kyanite Eclogite from the Roberts Victor Mine, South Africa." 9 pages, 5 figures, 6 tables. 15 April 1969. [Not reported in 1970.] 2. Paul A. Mohr. "Catalog of Chemical Analyses of Rocks from the Inter- section of the African, Gulf of Aden, and Red Sea Rift Systems." 271 pages. 16 December 1970. 3. Brian Mason and A. L. Graham. "Minor and Trace Elements in Meteoritic Minerals." 17 pages, 1 figure, 17 tables. 17 September 1970. 4. William G. Melson, Eugene Jarosewich, and Charles A. Lundquist. "Vol- canic Eruption at Metis Shoal, Tonga, 1967-1968: Description and Petrology." 18 pages, 13 figures, 3 tables. 16 October 1970. 5. Roy S. Clarke, Jr., Eugene Jarosewich, Brian Mason, Joseph Nelen, Manuel Gomez, and Jack R. Hyde. "The Allende, Mexico, Meteorite Shower." 53 pages, 36 figures, 6 tables. 17 February 1971. 6. Daniel J. Stanley and Noel P. James. "Distribution of Echinarachnius parma (Lamarck) and Associated Fauna on Sable Island Bank, Southeast Canada." 24 pages, 8 figures, 6 plates, 1 table. 27 April 1971. Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology 3. J. Thomas Dutro, Jr., editor. "Paleozoic Perspectives: A Paleontological Tribute to G. Arthur Cooper." 390 pages, illustrated. 22 February 1971. 5. Arthur D. Watt. "Catalog of the Illustrated Paleozoic Plant Specimens in the National Museum of Natural History." 53 pages. 17 September 1970. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 38. Roger F. Cressey. "Copepods Parasitic on Sharks from the West Coast of Florida." 30 pages, 110 figures, 1 table. 30 December 1970. 43. Norman Marston. "Revision of New World Species of Anthrax (Diptera: Bombyliidae), Other than the Anthrax albofasciatus Group." 148 pages, 135 figures, 6 plates, 27 maps. 6 July 1970. 45. Charles P. Alexander. "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Survey of Dominica: The Crane Flies (Diptera: Tipulidae)." 59 pages, 68 figures. 17 September 1970. 49. W. D. Williams. "A Revision of North American Epigean Species of Asellus (Crustacea: Isopoda)." 80 pages, 57 figures, 5 tables, 31 December 1970. 51. Dennis M. Devaney. "Studies on Ophiocomid Brittlestars. I. A New Genus (Clarkcoma) of Ophiocominae with a Reevaluation of the Genus Ophio- coma." 41 pages, 50 figures, 5 tables. 2 December 1970. 52. Marian H. Pettibone. "Revision of the Genus Enthalenessa Darboux (Polychaeta: Sigalionidae)." 30 pages, 16 figures. 16 July 1970. 53. Marian H. Pettibone. "Revision of Some Species Referred to Leanira Kin- berg. (Polychaeta: Sigalionidae)." 25 pages, 12 figures. 6 August 1970. 168 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 54. Arthur G. Humes and Ju-Shey Ho. "Cyclopoid Copepods of the Genus Pseudanthessius Associated with Crinoids in Madagascar." 20 pages, 90 figures, 1 table. 16 July 1970. 55. Ellsworth H. Wheeler, Jr. "Atlantic Deep-Sea Calinoid Copepoda." 31 pages, 109 figures, 4 tables. 18 August 1970. 56. J. F. Gates Clarke. "The Lepidoptera of Rapa Island." 282 pages, 175 figures, 29 plates. 11 June 1971. 57. Doris H. Blake. "A Review of the Beetles of the Genus Metachroma Chevrolat (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)." Ill pages, 175 figures. 31 Decem- ber 1970. 59. Ernest A. Lachner, C. Richard Robins, and Walter R. Courtenay, Jr. "Exotic Fishes and Other Aquatic Organisms Introduced into North Amer- ica." 29 pages, 4 figures, 1 table. 30 September 1970. 60. Oliver S. Flint, Jr. "Studies of Neotropical Caddisflies, X: Leucotrichia and Related Genera from North and Central America (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae). " 64 pages, 249 figures. 21 October 1970. 61. J. Laurens Barnard. "Gammaridean Amphipoda from a Deep-Sea Transect off Oregon." 86 pages, 48 figures, 1 table. 4 January 1971. 62. William L. Peters. "A Revision of the Leptophlebiidae of the West Indies (Ephemeroptera)." 48 pages, 212 figures, 1 table. 10 March 1971. 64. Maureen E. Downey. "Zorocallida, New Order, and Doraster constellatus, New Genus and Species, with Notes on the Zoroasteridae (Echinodermata: Asteroidea)." 18 pages, 11 figures, 2 tables. 30 July 1970. 65. Michael H. Robinson and Jose Olazarri. "Units of Behavior and Complex Sequences in the Predatory Behavior of Argiope argentata (Fabricius): (Araneae: Araneidae)." 36 pages, 15 figures, 3 tables. 21 May 1971. 66. Peter W. Glynn. "On the Ecology of the Caribbean Chitons Acanthopleura granulata Gmelin and Chiton tuberculatus Linne: Density, Mortality, Feed- ing, Reproduction, and Growth." 21 pages, 10 figures, 9 tables. 16 October 1970. 67. Maurice T. James. "A Partial Revision of the Oriental Isotnyia of the Viridaurea Group (Diptera: Calliphoridae). 14 pages, 1 figure. 17 September 1970. 68. D. L. Deonier. "A Systematic and Ecological Study of Nearctic Hydrelli/i (Diptera: Ephydridae)." 147 pages, 142 figures, 2 tables. 11 May 1971. 69. James A. Peters. "Biostatistical Programs in BASIC Language for Time- Shared Computers: Coordinated with the Book 'Quantitative Zoology.' " 46 pages. 10 March 1971. 70. T. J. Spilman. "Bredin-Archbold-Sniithsonian Biological Survey of Do- minica: Bostrichidae, Inopeplidae, Lagriidae, Lyctidae, Lymexylonidae, Melandryidae, Monommidae, Rhipiceridae, and Rhipiphoridae (Coleoptera). 10 pages, 7 figures, 1 table. 4 January 1971. 71. Raymond B. Manning. "Keys to the Species of Oratosquilla (Crustacea: Stomatopoda), with Descriptions of Two New Species." 16 pages, 4 figures. 14 January 1971. 72. Victor G. Springer. "Revision of the Fish Genus Ecsenius (Blenniidae. Blenniinae, Salariini)." 74 pages, 36 figures, 18 tables. 30 March 1971. 73. William F. Smith-Vaniz and Victor G. Springer. "Synopsis of the Tribe Salariini, with Description of Five New Genera and Three New Species (Pisces: Blenniidae)." 72 Pages, 51 figures, 6 tables. 30 March 1971. APPENDIX 5. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN PRESS 169 74. James F. Greene. "A Revision of the Nearctic Species of the Genus Psam- motettix (Homoptera: Cicadellidae)." 40 pages, 23 figures. 25 May 1971. 75. James A. Blake. "Revision of the Genus Polydora from the East Coast of North America (Polychaeta: Spionidae)." 32 pages, 16 figures, 1 table. 5 February 1971. 77. Klaus Riitzler. "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Survey of Do- minica: Burrowing Sponges, Genus Siphonodictyon Bergquist, from the Caribbean." 37 pages, 11 figures, 9 plates, 2 tables. 24 February 1971. 78. Neil C. Hulings and John S. Gray, editors. "A Manual for the Study of Meiofauna." 83 pages, 13 figures, 1 table. 28 April 1971. 79. Isabel Perez Farfante. "Western Atlantic Shrimps of the Genus Meta- penaeopsis (Crustacea, Decapoda, Penaeidae), with Descriptions of Three New Species." 37 pages, 22 figures, 1 table. 10 March 1971. 80. Roman Kenk. "Freshwater Triclads (Turbellaria) of North America, IV: The Polypharyngeal Species of Phagocata. 17 pages, 9 figures. 30 December 1970. 82. A. J. Bruce. "Pontoniinid Shrimps from the Ninth Cruise of R/V Anton Bruun, IIOE, 1964: I. Palaemonella Dana and Periclimenes Costa." 13 pages, 1 figure, 1 table. 7 April 1971. 83. George R. Zug. "The Distribution and Patterns of the Major Arteries of the Iguanids and Comments on the Intergeneric Relationships of Iguanids (Reptilia: Lacertilia)." 23 pages, 15 figures, 3 tables. 7 April 1971. 86. Robert D. Gordon. "A Revision of the Genus Zenoria Mulsant (Coleop- tera: Coccinellidae)." 22 pages, 85 figures. 20 January 1971. 88. Eve C. Southward. "Pogonophora of the Northwest Atlantic: Nova Scotia to Florida." 29 pages, 12 figures, 3 tables. 10 May 1971. 89. Raymond B. Manning and Fenner A. Chace, Jr. "Shrimps of the Family Processidae from the Northwestern Atlantic Ocean (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea)." 41 pages, 20 figures. 21 May 1971. 94. William H. Anderson and Donald M. Anderson. "Type Specimens in the Hans Eggers Collection of Scolytid Beetles (Coleoptera)." 38 pages. 11 May 1971. 96. Thomas E. Bowman. "The Distribution of Calanoid Copepods off the Southeastern United States Between Cape Hatteras and Southern Florida." 58 pages, 51 figures. 21 May 1971. Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology 4. J. Jefferson Miller II and Lyle M. Stone. "Eighteenth-Century Ceramics From Fort Michilimackinac." ix -j- 130 pages, 56 figures, 9 tables. 31 De- cember 1970. 5. Howard I. Chapelle and Leon D. Polland. "The Constellation Question." 152 pages, 53 figures. 30 October 1970. 6. George E. Hargest. "History of Letter Post Communication Between the United States and Europe, 1845-1875." ix -f 234 pages, 126 figures, 34 tables. 10 February 1971. 8. John T. Fesperman. "A Snetzler Chamber Organ of 1761." 56 pages, 20 figures. 15 December 1970. 10. Robert M. Vogel. "Roebling's Delaware & Hudson Canal Aqueducts." 45 pages, 57 figures. 26 April 1971. 170 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 United States National Museum Bulletins 288. Doris M. Cochran and Coleman J. Coin. "Frogs of Colombia." xii -j- 655 pages, 55 figures, 68 plates. 6 July 1970. Public Education Anacostia Neighborhood Museum. Children's Pamphlet. 8 pages, illustrated. 9 October 1970. The Belford 99: A Private Railroad Car. Foldout. 10 August 1970. Belmont: The Smithsonian Institution's Conference Center. 8 pages, 6 illus- trations. Revised 11 January 1971. Bicentennial Inventory of American Paintings Executed before 1914. Foldout. 11 May 1971. Bicentennial Park, Smithsonian Institution. 16 pages, illustrated. 29 March 1971. Black Patriots of the American Rez>olution. Pamphlet. 16 pages. 2 July 1970. Blue Whale. Folder. Reprinted 25 March 1971. Breeskin, Adelyn D. H. Lyman Say en. Foreword by Joshua C. Taylor. Cata- log. 83 pages, 51 illustrations. September 1970. Breeskin, Adelyn Dohme. Mary Cassatt: A Catalogue Raisonne of the Oils, Pastels, Watercolors, and Drawings. Catalog. 322 pages, 925 illustrations, 15 color plates. 10 November 1970. Cloth, $29.95. Breeskin, Adelyn D. Romaine Brooks, "Thief of Souls." Catalog. 143 pages, 83 illustrations. 19 March 1971. The Center for Anacostia Studies. Pamphlet, 6 pages, illustrated. 30 April 1971. Curtis, L. Perry, Jr. Apes and Angels: The Irishman in Victorian Caricature. xi -f 126 pages, 46 figures. 31 March 1971. Cloth, $6.95. D. C. Art Association Exhibition '71. Foreword by John R. Kinard. Catalog. 64 pages, 36 illustrations. 30 April 1971. Do It the Hard Way: Rube Goldberg and Modern Times. Foreword by Peter C. Marzio; essays by Daniel J. Boorstin, Anne C. Golovin, and Rube Goldberg. Catalog. 32 pages, 25 illustrations. 24 November 1970. The Fitness of Man's Environment. Smithsonian Annual II. Introduction by Jennie Lee; foreword by Hubert H. Humphrey; premise by S. Dillon Ripley. 250 pages. Originally published June 1968, reprinted January 1971. Cloth, $6.50. The Frederick Douglass Years: A Cultural History Exhibition. 46 pages, 40 illustrations. 14 September 1970. "A Glimmer of Their Own Beauty": Black Sounds of the Twenties. 32 pages, 43 illustrations. June 1971. The Grumman G-22, "Gulf hawk II." Folder. 8 April 1971. The Hall of American Maritime Enterprise: A Proposal for a New Exhibit Hall for the National Museum of History and Technology, Smithsonian Institution, in Washington, D.C. Catalog. 11 pages, illustrated. 21 May 1971. The Hand of Man on America. Foreword by David Haberstich; photographs by David Plowden; acknowledgments by Dorothy T. Van Arsdale. Catalog. 85 pages, 76 illustrations. 10 November 1970. APPENDIX 5. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN PRESS 171 History of Science and Technology at the Smithsonian Institution. Foldout. 17 December 1970. James Weldon Johnson (1871-1938). 14 pages, 16 illustrations. May 1971. Jasper F. Cropsey, 1823-1900. Foreword by Joshua C. Taylor; essay by William S. Talbott. Catalog. 114 pages, 65 black and white illustrations, 2 color plates. 23 October 1970. Leaflet. 14 July 1970. John Muir, 1838-19U. 16 pages, 16 illustrations. 26 March 1971. The Life Portraits of John Qiiincy Adams. Introduction by Marvin Sadik. Cata- log. 112 pages, 47 illustrations. September 1970. Folder 30 October 1970. Moments: A Photographic Exhibit. Foreword by John R. Kinard. 16 pages, illustrated. 21 November 1970. Music Machines: American Style. Foldout. 5 April 1971. Napier, John. The Roots of Mankind, xi -|- 240 pages, 30 figures, 20 plates, 13 tables. 16 October 1970. Cloth, $6.95. Open House for Teachers. Announcement. 23 October 1970. Opportunities in Oceanography. 32 pages, 44 illustrations. Revised 24 March 1971. Paper $1.25. The Pan-American Goodwill Flight of 1926-1927. Foldout. 7 April 1971. Plans for Making an Early American Loom. Folder. 9 November 1970. Preparation of Illustrations for Smithsonian Contributiojis to Botany, Paleo- biology, Earth Sciences, Zoology. 5 pages, illustrated. 28 September 1970. Scheele, Carl H. Neither Snozu, Nor Rain . . . : The Story of the United States Mails. 99 pages, 85 illustrations. 9 September 1970. Sharrer, George Terry. George Washington Carver. Foldout. 19 October 1970. Smithsonian Institution. Foldout. In English 19 January 1971. In French 18 June 1971. In Spanish 18 June 1971. Smithsonian Institution Seminar Series in Paleopathology, 1971. Folder. 10 November 1970. Stewart, Robert G. Henry Benbridge (1743-1812): American Portrait Painter. Catalog. 93 pages, 121 figures. 26 March 1971. Foldout 1 April 1971. Poster 8 April 1971. Tiger Talk. Booklet. 10 pages. 6 October 1970. . . . Toward Freedom. Catalog. 28 pages, illustrated. 15 January 1971. Foldout 8 January 1971. Wessel, Thomas R. The Honey Bee. Smithsonian Information Leaflet 482 (1967). 15 pages, 5 figures. Revised 17 June 1971. Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, 1970-1971. Booklet. 20 pages, illustrated. 6 August 1971. Woodroiv Wilson International Center For Scholars. Foldout. 30 November 1970. The Wright Brothers. Folder. 8 pages, illustrated. 8 April 1971. Institutional Publications Annual Report of the American Historical Association for the Year 1969. Vol- ume 1: "Proceedings." xviii + 188 pages. 28 December 1970. 441-283 O - 71 - 12 172 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Donors to the National Collections and Staff Publications, National Museum of History and Technology, 1 May 1969 through 30 April 1970. 26 pages. 25 May 1971. Smithsonian Year 1970: Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institutio?i for the Year Ended 30 June 1970. vi 4. 218 pages, illustrated. Publication 4766. 29 January 1971. Smithsonian Institution Opportunities for Research and Advanced Study, 1971— 1972. xvi -j- 234 pages, 8 illustrations. 22 September 1970. Separates in Anthro- pology, The Humanities, and Physical Sciences issued 1 December 1970. Atoll Research Bulletins (Bound in one volume) 137. Robert L. Folk and Augustus S. Cotera. "Carbonate Sand Cays of Alacran Reef, Yucatan, Mexico: Sediments." 16 pages, 10 figures. 16 February 1971. 138. Garrett C. Clough and George Fulk. "The Vertebrate Fauna and the Vegetation of East Plana Cay, Bahama Islands." 17 pages, 7 plates. 16 February 1971. 139. W. G. D'Arcy. "The Island of Anegada and Its Flora." 21 pages, 6 plates. 16 February 1971. 140. Alan J. Kohn. "Inshore Marine Habitats of Some Continental Islands in the Eastern Indian Ocean." 29 pages, 26 figures, 1 table. 16 February 1971. 141. C. S. Gopinadha Pillai. "The Distribution of Shallow-water Stony Corals at Minicoy Atoll in the Indian Ocean with a Check-list of Species." 12 pages, 2 figures, 1 table. 16 February 1971. 142. S. B. Domm. "The Uninhabited Cays of the Capricorn Group, Great Barrief Reef, Australia," 27 pages, 10 figures, 24 plates. 16 February 1971. 143. S. B. Domm. "The Safe Use of Open Boats in the Coral Reef Environ- ment." 10 pages. 16 February 1971. 144. Roger B. Clapp and Fred C. Sibley. "The Vascular Flora and Terrestrial Vertebrates of Vostok Island, South-Central Pacific." 10 pages, 4 figures, 2 tables. 16 February 1971. 145. Roger B. Clapp and Fred C. Sibley. "Notes on the Vascular Flora and Terrestrial Vertebrates of Caroline Atoll Southern Line Islands." 18 pages, 5 figures, I table. 16 February 1971. 146. A. Binion Amerson, Jr., and K. C. Emerson. "Records of Mallophaga from Pacific Birds." 30 pages. 16 February 1971. 147. D. R. Stoddart. "Rainfall on Indian Ocean Coral Islands." 21 pages, 11 figures, 3 tables. 16 February 1971. 148. "Island News and Comment." 38 pages. Appendix 6 PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION STAFF IN FISCAL YEAR 1971 National Museum of Natural History Department of Anthropology Angel, J. Lawrence. Lerna: A Preclassical Site in lite Argolid, volume 2: The People. American School of Classical Studies at Athens, Princeton, New Jersey, and Smithsonian Institution Press, 1971. Evans, Clifford, and Betty J. Meggars. "Archaeology: South America." In Handbook of Latin American Studies, number 31, pages 68-94. Gainesville: University of Florida Press, 1970. Gibson, Bethune. "Methods of Removing White and Black Deposits from An- cient Pottery." Studies in Conservation, volume 16, number 1, pages 18-23. Knez, Eugene I., and A. Gilbert Wright. "The Museum as a Communication System: An Assessment of Cameron's Viewpoint," Curator, volume 13, number 3, pages 204-212. American Museum of Natural History, New York. Meggers, Betty J. Amazonia: Man and Culture in a Counterfeit Paradise, Chi- cago: Aldine-Atherton Press, 1971. , Translator. The Civilizational Process by Darcy Ribeiro. xviii -\- 201 pages, 3 figures. New York: Harper Torchbooks, Harper and Row, 1971. Meggers, Betty J., and Clifford Evans. Como Interpretar a Linguagem da Cerctmica. Translated by Alroino B. Eble from the revised text of Potsherd Language [Multilith]. iv -\- 111 pages, 28 figures. Washington, D.C., 1970. Ortner, D. J., and D. W. Von Endt. "Microscopic and Electron Microprobe Characterization of the Sclerotic Lamellae in Human Osteons.'* Israel Journal of Medical Science, volume 7, pages 480-482. Phebus, George E., Jr. "Archeology: Western Hemisphere." Americana Annual (1971), pages 99-100. New York. Stewart, T. D. "The Evolution of Man in Asia as Seen in the Lower Jaw." Proceedings of the JTIIth International Congress of Anthropological and Eth- nological Sciences, Tokyo and Kyoto, 1968, volume 1, pages 263-266, 1970. . "Skin, Hair and Eyes [of Middle American Indians], A: Introduc- tion." In Handbook of Middle American Indians, volume 9 edited by T. D. Stewart, pages 164-166. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970. "Skin, Hair and Eyes [of Middle American Indians], D: Color of Eyes and Skin." In Handbook of Middle American Indians, volume 9 edited by T. D. Stewart, pages 184-191. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970. 173 174 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "Physical Plasticity and Adaptation [of Middle American Indians]." In Handbook of Middle American Indians, volume 9 edited by T. D. Stewart, pages 192-202. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970. . "Foreword." In Personal Identification in Mass Disasters, edited by T. D. Stewart, pages 1-4. Washington, D.C.: National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, 1970. . "Identification of the Scars of Parturition in the Skeletal Remains of Females." In Personal Identification in Mass Disasters, edited by T. D. Stewart, pages 127-135. Washington, D.C.: National Museum of Natural His- tory, Smithsonian Institution, 1970. 'Selected Bibliography on Personal Identification." In Personal Identification in Mass Disasters, edited by T. D. Stewart, pages 137-155. Wash- ington, D.C.: National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, 1970. "Report on the Skeletal Remains from the St. Jones Adena Site near Lebanon, Delaware." Bulletin Series Delaware State Museum, volume 2 (1970), 46 pages. Sturtevant, William C. "Agriculture on Artificial Islands in Burma and Else- where." Proceedings of the 8th International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, Tokyo and Kyoto, 1968, volume 3, pages 11-13, 1970. , compiler. "Early Indian Tribes, Culture Areas, and Linguistic Stocks." Two maps on pages 130-132 of National Atlas, U. S. Geological Sur- vey, Washington, D.C., 1971. . Contributing consultant with G. Berreman and 32 others. Anthro- pology Today. Del Mar, California: CRM Books, 1971. Van Beek, Gus W., and A. Jamme. "The Authenticity of the Bethel Stamp Seal." Bulletin of the American Schools of Oriental Research 199 (1970), pages 59-65. Von Endt, D. W., and J. W. Wheeler, Jr. "1- Pentadecene Production in Tri- bolium Confusum." Science, volume 172 (1971), pages 60-61. Wedel, Waldo R. "Coronado's Route to Quivira 1541." Plains Anthropologist, volume 15, number 49 (1970), pages 161-168. . "Some Observations on Two House Sites in the Central Plains: An Experiment in Archaeology." Nebraska History, volume 51, number 2 (1970), pages 225-252. . "Some Environmental and Historical Factors of the Great Bend Aspect." In Pleistocene and Recent Environments of the Great Plains, W. Dort, Jr., and J. K. Jones, Jr., editors, pages 131-140. Lawrence, Kansas: Uni- versity of Kansas Press, 1970. Department of Botany Ayensu, Edward S. "Analysis of the Complex Vascularity in Stems of Dioscorea composita." Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, volume 51, number 2 (1970), pages 228-240. . "Comparative Anatomy of Dioscorea rotundata and Dioscorea cay- enensis." In New Research in Plant Anatomy, edited by N. K. B. Robson et al., pages 127-136. Academic Press, 1970. . "Anatomy and Morphology of Tropical Plants." Advanced Seminar APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 175 for Tropical Botany, University of Miami, Florida. National Science Founda- tion-sponsored program, June-July 1970. . "Vascular Architecture of Flowering Plants Especially Mono- cotyledons." University of Maryland, December 1970. . "Comments on Old and New World Dioscoreas." First International Symposium on Dioscoreas. Associacion de fabricantes de esteroides A.C. Mexico, October 1970. Cowan, R. S. "Leguminosae/Caesalpinioideae." In Wiggins and Porter's Flora of the Galapagos Islands, pages 600-608. Stanford University Press, May 1971. Cuatrecasas, J. "Una nueva Mirtacea frutal de las Costa del Pacifico." Mutisia, volume 32 (1970), pages 6-8. . "Reinstatement of the genus Llerasia (Compositae)." Biotropica, volume 2, number 1 (1970), pages 39^5. . "Brunelliaceae." Monograph number 2 of Flora Neotropica, pages 1-189. 1970. . "Miscellaneous Notes on Neotropical Flora." Phytologia, volume 20, number 8 (1971), pages 465-481. Ernst, Wallace R., and Michael F. Baad. "Two New Species of Lamourouxia (Scrophulariaceae) in Mexico." Madrono, volume 20 (1970), pages 342-346. Eyde, R. H. "Anatomy." In J. Cuatrecasas "Brunelliaceae." Monograph Num- ber 2 of Flora Neotropica, pages 32-43. 1970. . "Evolutionary Morphology: Distinguishing Ancestral Structure from Derived Structure in Flowering Plants." Taxon, volume 20, number 1 (1971), pages 63-73. Eyde, R. H., and C. C. Tseng. "What is the Primitive Floral Structure of Araliaceae?" Journal of the Arnold Arboretum, volume 52, number 2 (1971), pages 205-239. Fosberg, F. R. "Desert Wilderness," The Living Wilderness, volume 34, number 109 (1970), pages 17-24. . "The Tropical Agriculture Panacea." BioScience, volume 20 (1970), page 793. . "Preliminary Survey of Aldabra Vegetation." Philosophical Trans- actions of the Royal Society, London B, volume 260 (1971), pages 215-225. . "The Problem of Isolation in the Lowland Tropical Rain Forest." Tropical Ecology, volume 11 (1970), pages 162-168. Fosberg, F. R., and T. Blunt. "Vernon Black Gum Swamp." Rhodora, volume 72 (1970), pages 280-282. Fosberg, F. R., M. S. Doty, and D. Mueller-Dombois. "Initial Site Studies for the International Biological Program in the Tropical and Far Western Pacific." Micronesica, volume 5 (1970), pages 283-293. Fosberg, F. R., and M. -H. Sachet. "Island News and Comment." Atoll Research Bulletin, number 148 (1971), pages 1-38. Fosberg, F. R., D. R. Stoddart, J. D. Taylor and G. E. Farrow. "Geomorphology of Aldabra Atoll." Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, London B, volume 260 (1971), pages 31-65. Hale, Mason E. "Single-lobe Growth-rate Patterns in the Lichen Parmelia caperata." Bryologist, volume 73, number 1 (1970), pages 72-81. . "Two Species of Parmelia New to North America." Bryologist, volume 74, number 1, pages 44-46. King, R. M., and H. Robinson. "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), 176 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 XVIII: New Combinations in Fleischmannia." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 201-207. "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XIX: New Combinations in Ageratina." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 208-229. "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XII: A New Genus, Shinnersia." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 297-298. 'Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XIII: The Genus Cono- clinium." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 299-300. . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XIV: Another Example of Dimorphic Pollen?" Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 301-302. . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XX: New Combinations in Spaniopappus." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 303-304. . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXI: A New Genus, Neomirandea." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 305-310. . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXXII: A New Genus, Neocuatrecasia." Phytologia, volume, 20 (1970), pages 332-333. . "Eupatorium, A Composite Genus of Arcto-Tertiary Distribution. Taxon, volume 19 (1970), pages 769-774. . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXXIII: The Genus Gyptis." Phytologia, volume 21 (1971), pages 22-25. . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXXIV: A New Genus, Barrosoa." Phytologia, volume 21 (1971), pages 26-27. "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXXV: A New Genus, Lourteigia." Phytologia, volume 21 (1971), pages 28-30. . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XV: Jaliscoa, Mac- vaughiella, Oaxacania, and Planaltoa." Rhodora, volume 72 number 789 (1970), pages 100-105. . "The New Synantherology." Taxon, volume 19, number 1 (1970), pages 6-1 1 . . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXII: The Genus Piptothrix." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 425-426. "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXIII: New Combina- tions in Jaliscoa." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 427-428. "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXIV: A New Genus, Stomatanthes." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 429^430. . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXV: A New Genus, Eupatoriadelphns." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 431^32. -. "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXVI: A New Genus, Austroeupatorium." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 433^34. . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXVIII: A Monogram of the Genus, Trichocoronis." Phytologia, volume 19 (1970), pages 497-500. 'Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXVIII: The Genus .Praxelis." Phytologia, volume 20 (1970), pages 193-195. "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXIX: The Genus Chromolaena." Phytologia, volume 20 (1970), pages 196-209. . "Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXX: The Genus Ayapana." Phytologia, volume 20 (1970), pages 210-212. 'Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae), XXXI: A New Genus, Polyanthina." Phytologia, volume 20 (1970), pages 213-214. Lellinger, David B. "Fern" in Encyclopedia Americana (1970), pages 113-120. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 177 Lellinger, David B., and C. V. Morton. "Niphidium longifloium, a necessary new combination.'* American Fern Journal, volume 61, number 1 (1971). pages 37-39. . "The Many Species of Polypodium crassifolium." American Fern Society Session, AIBS Meetings, Bloomington, Indiana, August 1970. . "Methods in Quantitative Taxonomy." Department of Biology, University of Antioquia, Medellin, Colombia, April 1971. Morton, Conrad V. "The Fern Collections in Some European Herbaria, V." American Fern Journal, volume 59, number 4 (1970), pages 137-149. . "A Further Note on the Type of Plalycerium alcicorne." American Fern Journal, volume 60, number 1 (1970), pages 7-12. . "A New Form of Microlepia speluncae." American Fern Journal, volume 60, number 1 (1970), pages 28-29. "Le nom exact d'un Pteris du Portugal et des lies Atlantiques." Bulletin de la Societe Botanique de France, volume 116 (1970), pages 247-248. . "The Fern Collections in Some European Herbaria, VI." American Fern Journal, volume 60 (1970), pages 49-61. . "A Reply to A. V. Hall on the Names of Subsidiary Croups. Taxon, volume 19, number 3 (1970), page 485. "A Peculiar Species of Grammitis." American Fern Journal, volume 60 number 2 (1970), pages 65-67. "Proposal for the Conservation of the Ceneric Name Drynaria (Bory) J. Smith (Filicineae)." Taxon, volume 19, number 4 (1970), page 647. 'The Lectotype of Polypodium leptophyllum L." American Fern Journal, volume 60, number 3 (1970), pages 101-103. . "Taxonomic Notes on Ferns, IV." American Fern Journal, volume 60, number 3 (1970), pages 103-106. -. "Pyrrosia princeps, a Fern New to Cultivation." American Fern Journal, volume 60, number 3 (1970), pages 118-119. -. "Some Types and Range Extensions in Hybanthus (Violaceae)." Phytologia, volume 21, number 1 (1971), pages 56-62. . "The Genus Columnea (Gesneriaceae) in Panama." Phytologia, volume 21, number 3 (1971), pages 165-195. . "The Proper Disposition of Meniscium macrophyllum Kunze." American Fern Journal, volume 61, number 1, (1971), pages 17-20. . "Ferns and Allies." In Wiggins and Porter, Flora of the Galapagos Islands, pages 61-176. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press, 1971. Parker, K. F. "Two New Taxa in Texas Hymenoxys (Compositae)." Phytologia, volume 20 (1970), page 192. . "Hymenoxys of Texas." In D. S. Correll and M. C. Johnston, Manual of the Vascular Plants of Texas, pages 1676-1680. Renner, Texas: Texas Research Foundation, 1970. Reed, C. F., and H. Robinson. "Bryophytes of Monteverde, Costa Rica." Phy- tologia, volume 21 (1971), pages 6-21. Robinson, H. "Notes on the Genus Noivellia." The Bryologist, volume 73, number 1 (1970), pages 150-152. ."A Revision of the Moss Genus, Trichostomopsis." Phytologia, vol- ume 20 (1970), pages 184-191. "Notes on the Moss Genera, Camptochaete, Physcomitrium, and Ptychomnion, in Chile." Phytologia, volume 20 (1970), pages 329-331. 178 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "South American Species of Stomatanthes (Eupatorieae, Compo- sitae)." Phytologia, volume 20 (1970), pages 334-338. 'The Subfamilies of the Family Dolichopodidae in North and South America (Diptera)." Papeis Avulsos de Zoologia, volume 23, number 6 (1970), pages 53-62. "Family Dolichopodidae." A Catalogue of the Diptera of the Amer- icas South of the United States. Fascicle 40, pages 1-92. Sao Paulo, Brazil: Museu de Zoologia, Universidad de Sao Paulo, 1970. "A Revision of the Moss Genus, Hymenostyliella, with Description of Sporophyte." Phytologia, volume 21 (1971), pages 1-3. "A New Species of Cyclodictyon from Costa Rica." Phytologia, volume 21 (1971), pages 4-5. Robinson, H., and P. H. Arnaud, Jr. "The Genus Enlinia Alsrich in America North of Mexico (Diptera: Dolichopodidae)." Occasional Papers of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, number 83 (1970), pages 1-9. Robinson, H., and G. C. Steyskal. "Dolichopodidae from the Patuxent Wildlife Refuge, Maryland, with the Descriptions of Three New Species of Neurigona (Diptera.)" Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, volume 72, number 4 (1970), pages 448-453. Rudd, Velva E. "Proposal for the Conservation of the Generic Name 3899. Flemingia Roxburgh ex W. T. Aiton (1812)." Taxon, volume 19 (1970), pages 282-285. . "Revival of Nissolia microptera (Leguminosae)." Phytologia, vol- ume 20 (1970), page 324. . "Etaballia dubia (Leguminosae), A New Combination." Phytologia, volume 20 (1970), pages 426-428. . "Studies in the Sophoreae (Leguminosae) I." Phytologia, volume 21 (1971), page 327. . "Leguminosae: Minosoideae; Faboideae." In Wiggins and Porter, Flora of the Galapagos Islands, pages 608-658. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press, 1971. Shetler, Stanwyn G. "The Herbarium: Past, Present, and Future.* Volume 82, pages 687-758 of D. M. Cohen and R. F. Cressey, editors, "Natural History Collections: Past, Present, Future," in Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. . "The Suitland Bog." Atlantic Naturalist, volume 25 (1970), pages 65-68. . "Flora North America as an Information System." BioScience, vol- ume 21 (1971), pages 524, 529-532. "Informal Report on Progress of Flora North America Program." Joint session of American Society of Plant Taxonomists and Systematics Sec- tion of the Botanical Society of America, 21st Annual AIBS Meeting of Bio- logical Societies, Indiana University, Bloomington, 25 August 1970. . "Flora North America — Plants, Man and Machine." Paper in sym- posium "The Usefulness of Systematics in Science," sponsored by the Society for Systematic Zoology, 1st National Biological Congress, Detroit, Michigan, 8 November 1970. . "Plants, Man and Computers." Seminar. Science Center, Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg, Virginia, 8 March 1971. . "Flora of Alaska." Public lecture sponsored by Audubon Naturalist Society of the Central Atlantic States, Smithsonian Institution, 15 March 1971. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 179 . "Informal Report on Flora North America Program" to "Round- Table on Information Storage and Retrieval in Plant Systematics," sponsored by the Phytogeography and Systematics Section of the Canadian Botanical Association, joint meeting of the Canadian Botanical Association and the AIBS, University of Alberta, Edmonton, 21 June 1971. . "Cytological Studies on Campanula rotundifolia in the Rocky Mountains." Paper presented to joint session of American Society of Plant Taxonomists and Systematics Section of the Botanical Society of America, joint meeting of the Canadian Botanical Association and the AIBS, University of Alberta, Edmonton, 22 June 1971. Shetler, Stanwyn G., J. H. Beaman, M. E. Hale, L. E. Morse, J. J. Crockett, and R. A. Creighton. "Pilot Data Processing Systems for Floristic Information." In J. L. Cutbill, editor, Data Processing in Biology and Geology, pages 275- 310. New York and London: Academic Press, 1971. Smith, Lyman B. "Notes on Bromeliaceae, XXX." Phytologia, volume 19, number 4 (1970), pages 281-290. . "Notes on Bromeliaceae, XXXI." Phytologia, volume 20, number 3 (1970), pages 121-183. . "Boraginaceas." Flora Ilustrada Catarinense, part 1, fascicle bora (1970), pages 1-85. . "Notes on Bromeliaceae, XXXII." Phytologia, volume 21, number 2 (1971), pages 73-96. Handro, Oswaldo, and Lyman B. Smith. "A New Combination in Hypocyrta, Gesneriaceae." Phytologia, volume 20, number 6 (1970), page 390. Rauh, Wener, and Lyman B. Smith. "Tillandsia esseriana." Journal of the Bromeliad Society, volume 21, number 1 (1971), pages 3-6. McWilliams, Edward L., and Lyman B. Smith. "A New Species of Vriesea from Southeastern Brazil." Bromeliad Society Bulletin, volume 20, number 3 (1970), pages 53-56. Smith, C. Earle, Jr., and Lyman B. Smith. "Eleocarpaceas." Flora Ilustrada Catarinense, part 1, fascicle eleo (1970), pages 1-33. [Also in Florida da Ilha de Santa Catarina, fascicle eleo (1970), pages 1-25.] Soderstrom, T. R. "Grass." Encyclopedia Americana (1970), pages 192-199. Gould, F. W., and T. R. Soderstrom. "Gramineae." In A. Love, "IOPB Chromo- some Number Reports." Taxon, volume 19, number 1 (1970), pages 104-105. . "Chromosome Numbers of Some Mexican and Colombian Grasses." Canadian Journal of Botany, volume 48, number 9 (1970), pages 1633-1639. Wasshausen, Dieter C. "A Synopsis of the Genus Seussenguthia (Acanthaceae)." Rhodora, volume 72, number 789 (1970), pages 119-125. . "Acanthaceae." In Donovan S. Correll and Marshall C. Johnston, Manual of the Vascular Plants of Texas, pages 1456-1475. Renner, Texas: Texas Research Foundation, 1970. "Acanthaceae." In Wiggins and Porter, Flora of the Galapagos Islands, pages 259-268. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press, 1971. Wurdack, J. J. "Triolena pustulata — Correct Name for Bertolonia pubesce?is." The American Horticultural Magazine, volume 49, number 2 (1970) . page 81. . "Certamen Melastomataceis XV." Phytologia, volume 20, number 6 (1970), pages 369-389. . "Erroneous Data in Glaziou Collections of Melastomataceae." Taxon, volume 19, number 6 (1970), pages 911-913. 180 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "Certamen Melastomataceis XVI. Phytologia, volume 21, number 2 (1971), pages 115-130. Department of Entomology Amerson, A. B., and K. C. Emerson. "Records of Mallophaga from Pacific Birds." Atoll Research Bulletin, number 146, 30 pages. Blake, Doris H. "Notes on Some Chrysomelid Beetles in the United States and Argentina (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)." Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, volume 72 (September 1970), pages 320-324. . "A Review of the Beetles of the Genus Metachroma Chevrolat (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 57 (31 December 1970), pages 1-111. Brown, F. Martin, and William D. Field. "Papilio hyllus Cramer, 1776, vs. Polycommatus thoe Guerin-Meneville, 1831, and the '50-year rule' (Lepidop- tera: Lycaenidae)." Journal New York Entomological Society, volume 78, number 3 (1970), pages 175-184. Cartwright, Oscar L. "The Male of Megasoma vogti Cartwright (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Dynastinae)." Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Wash- ington, volume 72, number 2 (1970), pages 224-226. . "A New Name for Onthophagus monticolus Howden and Cart- wright (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae)." Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, volume 72, number 1 (1970), page 54. . "Two New Synonyms of Ataenius picinus Harold (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae)." Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Wash- ington, volume 72, number 2 (1970), page 226. . "A Review of the Aphodiine Beetles of the Galapagos Islands (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae)." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Wash- ington, volume 83, number 4 (1970), pages 51-58. Clarke, J. F. Gates. Catalogue of the Type Specimens of Microlepidoptera in the British Museum (Natural History) described by Edward Meyrick, volume 8, 261 pages, 60 plates. London: British Museum (Natural History), 1970. . "The Lepidoptera of Rapa Island." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 56 (11 June 1971), 282 pages, 175 figures, 29 plates. Crabill, Ralph E. "A New Ballophilus from the Philippines." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 73, number 1, pages 27-28. Dobrotworsky, N. V. Contributions to the Mosquito Fauna of Southeast Asia, X: The Genus Culisela Felt in Southeast Asia. Contributions to the American Entomological Institute, volume 7, number 3 (May 1971), pages 38-61. Emerson, K. C, and Roger D. Price. "A New Species of Plegadiphilus (Mallo- phaga: Menoponidae) from the Cayenne Ibis." The Florida Entomologist, vol- ume 52, pages 161-163. . "A New Species and Records of Mallophaga (Trichodectidae) from Nigerian Mammals." Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, volume 71, pages 335-339. Erwin, Terry L. "Unique Structures in Members of Tachys sensu lat. (Coleop- tera: Carabidae)." Pan-Pacific Entomologist, volume 46, pages 231-232, 2 figures. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 181 . "The Nearctic Species of the Genus Leistus Frolich (Coleoptera: Carabidae)." Pan-Pacific Entomologist, volume 46, pages 111-119, 8 figures. . "A Description of the Larva of Thyce harfordi Casey (Scarabaeidae: Melolonthini).*' Psyche, volume 77, number 1, pages 50-53, 7 figures. . "The Role of the Bombardier Beetle in the Riparian Ecosystem." Lecture. Given to the combined Swedish and Danish Entomological Societies on 21 November 1970. . Seminar on Ground Beetles. Given to the Entomology and Zoology' Departments at Lund University, Spring 1971. Flint, Oliver S., Jr. "Life History Studies on Chilean CaddisHies (Trichoptera)." The American Philosophical Society Yearbook 1970, pages 312-313. 1971. . "Studies of Neotropical Caddis Flies, X: Leucotrichia and Related Genera from North and Central America (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae)." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 60 (21 October 1970), 64 pages, 249 figures. . "Studies of Neotropical Caddis Flies, XI: The Genus Rhyacopsyche in Central America (Hydroptilidae)." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, number 46 (1971), pages 515-526. Froeschner, Richard C. "Teleonemia harleyi, a New Species of Lantana-feeding Lace Bug from Trinidad, W.I. (Hemiptera. Tingidae)." Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, volume 72, pages 470-472. Froeschner, Richard C, and Richard M. Baranowski. "First United States Rec- ords for a West Indian Burrower Bug, Amnestus trimaculatus Froeschner (Hemiptera: Cydnidae)." The Florida Entomologist, volume 53, page 15. Huang, Yiau-Min. "A Note on Aedes aurotaeniatus Edwards. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, volume 72, number 3 (September 1970), pages 281-288. . "A Redescription of Aedes (Stegomyia) scutellaris melayensis Colless and the Differentiation of the Larva from that of Aedes (S). albopictus (Skuse) (Diptera: Culicidae)." Proceedings of the E?ito?nological Society of Washington, volume 73, number 1 (March 1971), pages 1-8. Hurd, Paul D., Jr. "A Classification of the Squash and Gourd Bees Peponapis and Xenoglossa (Hymenoptera: Apoidea)." University of California Publica- tions in Entomology, volume 62 (September 1970), pages 1-39, 11 figures, 3 maps, 4 tables. . "Systematics of Bees and Their Value in Determining Plant Ori- gins." Lecture. University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada, 24 September 1970. . "Exploitation of Squashes, Gourds, and Pumpkins in the American Tropics by Bees of the Genera Peponapis and Xenoglossa." Invited Speaker, Symposium on "Insect Speciation in Tropical Environments," Entomological Society of America national meeting, Miami, Florida, 1 December 1970. "Squash and Gourd Bees and the Origin of the Cultivated Curcur- bita." Lecture. University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 3 March 1971. . "The Birds and the Bees." Radio Smitlisonian, 21 March 1971. . "Squash Bees and Pumpkins." Invited speaker, American Entomo- logical Society, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 27 May 1971. . "A New Narrowly Polylectic, Autumnal Species of Dialictus from the Flowers of Jepsonia heterandra, An Endemic California Saxifrage. Pan- Pacific Entomologist, volume 46, number 3 (October 1970), pages 209-212. Hurd, Paul D., Jr., E. Gorton Linsley, and T. W. Whitaker. "Squash and Gourd Bees (Peponapis, Xenoglossa) and the Origin of the Cultivated Cucurbita." 182 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Evolution, volume 25, number 2 (March 1971), pages 218-234, 5 figures, 3 tables. Kim, K. C, and K. C. Emerson. "Anoplura from Mozambique with Descrip- tions of New Species and Nymphal Stages. Revue de Zoologie et de Botanique Africaines, volume 81 (1970), pages 383-416. Klein, J. M. "A New Species of Culex (Neoculex) from Cambodia. (Diptera: Culicidae)." Proceedings of the Entomological. Society of Washington, volume 72, number 4 (December 1970), pages 504-506. Knight, Kenneth L., and Jean Laffoon. "A Mosquito Taxonomic Glossary, III: Adult Thorax." Mosquito Systernatics Newsletter, volume 2, number 3 (Au- gust 1970), pages 132-148. . "A Mosquito Taxonomic Glossary, IV: Adult Thoracic Appendages. Mosquito Systernatics Newsletter, volume 2, number 4 (November 1970), pages 165-178. . "A Mosquito Taxonomic Glossary, V: Abdomen (Except Female Genitalia). Mosquito Systernatics Newsletter, volume 3, number 1 (March 1971), pages 8-24. Krombein, Karl V. "Another Note on the Nesting Habits of Megachile texana Cresson (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae)." Proceedings of the Entomological So- ciety of Washington, volume 72 (1970), page 415. . Smithsonian Explorations in Africa." Address of retiring President, Entomological Society of Washington, 7 January 1971. . "Bugs, Animals and Things in Africa." Address at Cosmos Club, 19 April 1971. Krombein, Karl V., and Dorothy B. Krombein. "From Nymph to Noise to Nymph Again; The Cicadas All Take Their Time." Smithsonian, volume 2, number 2 (May 1971), pages 56-63, 8 colored plates. Lane, John. "The Collection at USNM/SEAMP." Mosquito Systernatics News- letter, volume 2, number 3 (August 1970), pages 83-86. Mattingly, Peter F. "Contributions to the Mosquito Fauna of Southeast Asia, VI: The Genus Heizmannia Ludlow in Southeast Asia." Contributions to the American Entomological Institute, volume 5, number 7 (August 1970), pages 1-104. Muesebeck, C. F. W. "A New Mealybug Parasite from Japan." Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, volume 72 (1970), pages 318-319. Peyton, E. L., and J. M. Klein. "Five New Species of Uranataenia from South- east Asia (Diptera-Culicidae)." Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, volume 72, number 2 (June 1970), pages 243-251. Peyton, E. F., and Rampa Rattanarithikul. "Five Additional New Species of Uranotaenia from Southeast Asia." Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, volume 72, number 3 (September 1970), pages 403-413. Reinert, John F. "Contributions to the Mosquito Fauna of Southeast Asia, V: Genus Aedes, Subgenus Diceromyia Theobald in Southeast Asia." Contribu- tions to the American Entomological Institute, volume 5. number 4 (6 April 1970), pages 1-43. . "The Zoogeography of Aedes (Diceromyia) Theobald." Journal of the Entomological Society of South Africa, volume 33, number 1 (1970), pages 129-141. . "Current Study of Genus Culex in Southeast Asia." Mosquito Systernatics Newsletter, volume 2, number 2 (May 1970), pages 48-52. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 183 . "Culex Neoculex Nematoides (Dyar and Shannon 1925): An Errone- ous Record from the Philippines (Diptera: Culicidae)." Mosquito Systematics Newsletter, volume 3, number 1 (March 1971), pages 1-3. Sirivanakarn, S. "Contributions to the Mosquito Fauna of Southeast Asia, IX: The Genus Orthopodomyia Theobald in Southeast Asia. Contributions to the American Entomological Institute, volume 7, number 3 (May 1971), pages 1-37. Spangler, Paul J. "Collecting Waterbeetles in South America." Lecture Wash- ington Entomological Society, 5 February 1970. . "Aquatic Insects and Their Relationships to Their Environment." Lecture. Smithsonian Associates, Washington, D.C., 2 November 1970. Traub, R., A. Beg Mirza, M. Nadchatham, and E. B. Mann. "Survey of Bulolo for Fleas and Trombiculid Mites." Papua and New Guinea Medical Journal, volume 13, number 2 (1970), pages 62-64. Tyson, W. H. "Notes on African Aedes, Subgenus Mucidus." Journal of the Entomological Society of South Africa, volume 33, number 1 (1970), pages 81-88. . "Contributions to the Mosquito Fauna of Southeast Asia, VII: The Aedeomyia of Southeast Asia; and VIII: The Aedes (Mucidus) of Southeast Asia." Contributions to the American Entomological Institute, volume 6, number 2 (August 1970), pages 1-80. Zavortink, Thomas J. "Contributions to the Mosquito Fauna of Southeast Asia, IX: The Genus Orthopodomyia Theobald in Southeast Asia." Contri- butions to the American Entomological Institute, volume 7, number 3 (May 1971), pages 1-37. Department of Invertebrate Zoology Barnard, J. Laurens. "Gammaridean Amphipods from a Deep-Sea Transect off Oregon." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 61 (4 January 1971), 86 pages, 48 figures, 1 table. . "The Identity of Dexamonica and Prinassus with a Revision of Dexaminidae (Amphipoda)." Crustaceana 19: 161-180, figs. 1-7, 1970. 7 figures. Barnard, J. Laurens, and Gray W. Scott. "South African Ampelisca excavata K. H. Barnard (Amphipoda, Gammaridea): A Redescription with Notes on the Domicile." Crustaceana, number 19 (1970), pages 67-83, 5 figures. Bourdon, Roland, and Thomas E. Bowman. "Western Atlantic Species of the Parasitic Genus Leidya (Epicaridea: Bopyridae)." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, number 36 (September 1970), pages 409- 424. Bowman, Thomas E. The Distribution of Calanoid Copepods off the South- eastern United States Between Cape Hatteras and Southern Florida. Smith- sonian Contributions to Zoology, number 96 (21 May 1971), 58 pages, 51 figures. . "Excirolana kumari, A New Tubicolous Isopod from Malaysia." Crustaceana, volume 20, part 1 (1971). Chace, Fenner A., Jr. "A New Shrimp of the Genus Lysmata (Decapoda, Hip- polytidae) from the Western Atlantic." Crustaceana, volume 19, number 1. pages 59-66. Chace, Fenner A., Jr., and J. Forest. "Henri Coutiere: Son oeuvre carcinologique avec un index pour son memoire de 1899 sur Les Alpheidae." Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle (Paris), series 2, volume 41, number 6, pages 1459-1486. 184 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Chace, Fenner A., Jr., and Samuel L. H. Fuller. "A New Shrimp of the Genus Gnathophyllum (Decapoda, Caridea) from Puerto Rico." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, number 44 (February 1971), pages 493-504. Child, C. Allan. "Pycnogonida of the Smithsonian-Bredin Pacific Expedition, 1957. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, number 27 (September 1970), pages 287-308. Cressey, Roger F. "Copepods Parasitic on Sharks from the West Coast of Flor- ida." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 38 (30 December 1970), 30 pages, 110 figures, 1 table. Cressey, Roger F., and Bruce B. Collette. "Copepods and Needlefishes: A Study in Host-Parasite Relationships." Fishery Bulletin, volume 86, number 3 (1970), pages 347-i32. Cressey, Roger F., and Ernest A. Lachner. "The Parasitic Copepod Diet and Life History of Diskfishes (Echeneidae)." Copeia, number 2 (June 1970), pages 310-318. Downey, Maureen E. "Marsipaster acicula, New Species (Asteroidea: Echino- dermata) from the Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico." Proceedings of the Bio- logical Society of Washington, volume 83, number 28 (September 1970), pages 309-312. . "Zorocallida, New Order, and Doraster constellatus, New Genus and Species, with Notes on the Zoroasteridae (Echinodermata: Asteroidea)." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 64 (30 July 1970), 18 pages, 11 figures, 2 tables. Forstner, Helmut, and Klaus Riietzler. "Measurements of the Micro-climate in Littoral Marine Habitats." Oceanographic Marine Biology Annual Review, volume 8 (1970), pages 225-249. Hobbs, Horton H., Jr. "New Crayfishes of the Genus Cambarus from Tennessee and Georgia (Decapoda, Astacidea)." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 84, number 23 (September 1970), pages 241-260. . "A New Crayfish of the Genus Procambarus from Mississippi (Decapoda: Astacidea)." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, number 40 (February 1971), pages 459-468. "The Cave Crayfishes of North America." Lecture. Baltimore Grotto of the National Speleological Society. December 1970. Holthuis, L. B., and Raymond B. Manning. "The Porcellanidae, Hippidae, and Albuneidae (Crustacea, Decapoda), The R/V Pillsbury Deep-Sea Biological Expedition to the Gulf of Guinea, 1964-65." Studies in Tropical Oceanography, Miami, volume 4, part 2 (1970), pages 241-255. Flope, W. Duane. "6-10. Nematoda." In N. C. Hidings and J. S. Gray, editors, "A Manual for the Study of Meiofauna," Smithsonian Contributions to Zool- ogy, number 78 (27 April 1971), pages 41-42. Hope, W. Duane, and D. G. Murphy. "A Redescription of Enoplus groen- landicus Ditlevsen, 1926 (Nematoda: Enoplidae)." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, pages 227-240. . "Procedures for the Preparation of Nematodes and Other Soft- bodied Organisms for Scanning Electron Microscopy." Paper presented to Washington Area Scanning Electron Microscopists. March 1971. Jones, Meredith L. "The Presence of Certain Dehydrogenases among Poly- chaetous Annelids as Shown by Disc Electrophoresis." Comparative Biochem- istry and Physiology, volume 36, pages 605-611, 1970. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 185 "The Panamic Biota — A Point of Departure Prior to a Sea-level Canal." Lecture. Biological Society of Washington Symposium Introduction. March 1971. Kenk, Roman. •Freshwater Triclads (Turbellaria) of North America, III: Sphal- loplana weingartneri, New Species, from a Cave in Indiana." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, pages 313-320. . "Freshwater Triclads (Turbellaria) of North America, IV: The Polypharyngeal Species of Phagocata." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 80 (30 December 1970), 17 pages, 9 figures. Manning, Raymond B. "A New Genus and Species of Stomatopod Crustacean from Madagascar." Bulletin du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle. (Paris), series 2, volume 42, number 1 (1970), pages 206-209. . "Mithrax (Mithraculus) commensalis, A New West Indian Spider Crab (Decapoda, Majidae) Commensal with a Sea Anemone." Crustaceana, volume 19, part 2 (1970), pages 157-161. •. "Two New Stomatopod Crustaceans from Australia," Records of the Australian Museum, volume 28, number 4 (1970), pages 77-85. . "Keys to the Species of Oratosquilla (Crustacea: Stomatopoda), with Descriptions of Two New Species." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 71 (14 January 1971), 16 pages, 4 figures. . "The Stomatopod Crustacea. The R/V Pillsbury Deep-Sea Bio- logical Expedition to the Gulf of Guinea, 1964-65." Studies in Tropical Oceanography, Miami, volume 4, part 2 (1970), pages 255-275. Manning, Raymond B., and Fenner A. Chace, Jr. "Shrimps of the Family Pro- cessidae from the Northwestern Atlantic Ocean (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea)." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 89, (21 May 1971), 41 pages, 20 figures. Manning, Raymond B., and A. Michel. "A New Autrosquilla (Stomatopoda) from the Marquesas Islands." Crustaceana, volume 20, part 3, pages 237-240, 1 figure. Morrison, Joseph P. E. "Figures for East Florida Donax." Seafari, volume 12 (September 1970), number 8, page 5. . "Atheamia. New Name for a Genus of Pleurocerid Snails." Nau- tilus, volume 84, part 3 (January 1971), pages 110-111. "Names for the Subfamily Hydrobiinae." American Malacological Union Annual Report for 1970 (February 1971), pages 7-8. . "Western Atlantic Donax." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, number 48 (February 1971), pages 545-568. 'Comments on Gastrochaena." Seafari, volume 13, number 2 (March 1971), page /. . "Numbers for the Subfamily Hydrobiinae." Paper presented at American Malacological Union Meeting, Key West, Florida. July 1970. . "Beachcombing and Collecting." SI Associates Beachcombing trip. Sanibel, Florida, 11 and 13 November 1970. . "Conservation of Molluscan Species." Lecture to the National Capital Shell Club. Februarv 1971. Pawson, David L. "Echinoderm Studies in Southern Chile." Antarctic Journal (September-October 1970). . "The Marine Fauna of New Zealand: Sea Cucumbers (Echino- dermata: Holothuroidea)." New Zealand Oceanographic Institute Memoir, number 52 (1970). pages 1-69. 186 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "Coral Reefs and the Crown-of-Thorns Starfish." Lecture. Bermuda Biological Station. 28 July 1970. "Can the Phylum Echinodermata he Defined?" Lecture. Zoology Department, University of South Florida, Tampa. 3 December 1970. . "Evolution and Relationships of Echinoderms." Lecture. Zoology Department, University of South Florida, Tampa. 4 December 1970. Perez, Isabel Farfante. "Western Atlantic Shrimps of the Genus Metapenaeopsis (Crustacea, Decapoda, Penaeidae), with Descriptions of Three New Species." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 79 (10 March 1971), 37 pages, 22 figures, 1 table. Pequegnat, Willis E., and Fenner A. Chace, Jr., editors. "Contributions on the Biology of the Gulf of Mexico." Texas AirM Uiiiversity Oceanographic Studies, volume 1, xvi -j- 270 pages. Pettibone, Marian H. "Two New Genera of Sigalionidae (Polychaeta).'* Pro- ceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, number 34 (Sep- tember 1970), pages 365-386. . "Revision of the Genus Euthalenessa Darboux (Polychaeta: Siga- lionidae)." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 52 (16 July 1970), 30 pages, 16 figures. "Revision of Some Species Referred to Leanira Kinberg (Polychaeta: Sigalionidae)." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 53 (6 August 1970), 25 pages, 12 figures. Rehder, Harald A. "A Molluscan Faunule from 200 Meters off Valparaiso, Chile, with Descriptions of Four New Species." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, number 51 (9 February 1971), pages 585-596. . "Comment on the Request for Validation of Murex lotorium Lin- naceus, 1758 (Gastropoda) in its Accustomed Sense Z.N. (S). 1886." Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 27, part 2 (10 August 1970), page 67. "Malacological Expedition to the Tropical South Pacific." Na- tional Geographic Society Research Report (1965 projects), pages 213-218. Rice, Mary E. "Observations on the Development of Six Species of Caribbean Sipuncula with a Review of Development in the Phylum." Paper presented at the International Symposium on the Biology of the Sipuncula. June 1970. . "Survey of the Sipuncula of the Coral and Beachrock Communities of the Caribbean Sea." Paper presented at the International Symposium on the Biology of the Sipuncula. June 1970. Rice, Mary E., and A. C. Stephen. "The Type Specimens of Sipuncula and Echiura Described by J. E. Gray and W. Baird in the Collections of the British Museum (N.H.)." Bulletin of the British Museum, (Zoology) volume 20, num- ber 2 (1970). Roper, Clyde F. E., and R. H. Gibbs. "Ocean Acre: Preliminary Report on Vertical Distribution of Fishes and Cephalopods." In G. B. Farqubar, editor, Proceedings of an International Symposium on Biological Sound Scattering in the Ocean, pages 129-135. Washington, D.C.: Naval Oceanographic Office. Roper, Clyde F. E., R. H. Gibbs and W. Aron. "Ocean Acre: An Interim Re- port." 32 pages, 27 figures. Washington, D.C.: Office of Environmental Sciences, Smithsonian Institution. Rosewater, Joseph. "The Family Littorinidae in the Indo-Pacific, Part I: The Subfamily Littorininae." Indo-Pacific Mollusca, volume 2, number 11 (1970), pages 417-506, 64 plates. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 187 . "A Malacological Collecting Expedition, Molluccas Islands." Lec- ture. Public Schools, Midland, Texas, February 1971. Riitzler, Klaus. "Spatial Competition Among Porifera: Solution by Epizoism." Oecologia (Berlin), volume 5 (1970), pages 85-95. . "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Survey of Dominica: Bur- rowing Sponges, Genus Siphonodictyon Bergquist, from the Caribbean." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 77 (24 February 1971), 37 pages, 11 figures, 9 plates, 2 tables. "The Mangrove Community, Aspects of Its Structure, Faunistics and Ecology." Pages 515-536 in Memoir of the International Symposium on Coastal Lagunes (Origin, Dynamics, and Productivity). Mexico, D.F.: Universi- dad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, 1970. Mineral Sciences Arem, J. E. "Preserving Mineral Localities." Mineralogical Record, volume 1 (1970), page 39. . "Treasurehouse of the Nation." Rock and Gem, volume 1 (1971), pages 30-37. Arem, J. E., and J. Ito. "Chevkinite and Perrierite: Synthesis, Crystal Growth and Polymorphism." American Mineralogist, volume 56 (1971), pages 307-319. Clarke, R. S., Jr. "The Allende, Mexico Meteorite Shower." Lecture. The Geo- logy Club, Lafayette College, Pennsylvania, 5 May 1971. Clarke, Roy S., Jr., R. J. Gettens, and W. T. Chase. "Two Early Chinese Bronze Weapons with Meteoritic Iron Blades." Freer Galley of Art Occasional Paper, volume 4, number 1 (1971). Clarke, Roy S., Jr., E. Jarosewich, B. Mason, J. Nelen, M. Gomez, and J. R. Hyde. "The Allende, Mexico, Meteorite Shower." Smithsonian Contributiotrs to the Earth Sciences, number 5 (17 February 1971), 53 pages, 36 figures. Clarke, Roy S., Jr., E. Jarosewich, and J. Nelen. "The Lost City, Oklahoma, Meteorite: An Introduction to its Laboratory Investigation and Comparisons with Pribram and Ucera." Journal of Geophysical Research, volume 76, num- ber 17 (1971), pages 4135-4143. Desautels, P. E. "A Top Collection for Experts and Amateurs to Envy." Smithsonian, volume 1, number 4 (July 1970), pages 44-51. . "For a Little Bit of Data You Need a Big Machine." Smithsonian, volume 1, number 12 (March 1971), pages 46-49. Fredriksson, Kurt. "Impact of Microprobe Analysis on the Characterization of Lunar Samples." Lecture. Society for Applied Spectroscopy, New Orleans, October 1970. . "Impact-ignimbrites." Lecture. Meeting on Impact and Volcanism, Houston, October 1970. . "Sialic Components in Mare Procellarum Soil." Lecture. Second Lunar Science Conference, Houston, January 1971. . "Terrestrial and Lunar Impact-ignimbrites." Lecture. Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, May 1971. Fredriksson, K., A. M. Reid, M. N. Bass, H. Funita, and J. F. Kerridge. "Olivine and Pyroxene in the Orgueil Meteorite." Geochimica et Cosmochimica Data, volume 34 (1970), pages 1253-1254. Jarosewich, E. "Chemical Analysis of the Murchison Meteorite." Meteoritics, volume 1 (1971), pages 49-51. 441-283 O - 71 - 13 188 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Jarosewich, E., and E. Olsen. "The Chemical Composition of the Silicate In- clusions in the Weekeroo Station Iron Meteorite." Earth and Planetary Science Letters, volume 8 (1970), pages 261-266. Jarosewich, E., and G. R. Levi-Donati. "The Valdinizza Meteorite, Mineralogy, Chemistry and Microstructure." Meteoritics, volume 1 (1971), pages 1-14. Mason, B. Principles of Geochemistry (Japanese translation). 402 pages. Tokyo: Iwanami Station, 1970. . Principles of Geochemistry (Russian translation). 311 pages. Mos- cow: Nedra, 1971. . "Meteorites." In I. G. Gass, editor, Understanding the Earth, pages 114-121. Sussex, England: Artemis Press, 1971. Mason, B., K. Fredriksson, E. P. Henderson, E. Jarosewich, W. G. Melson, K. M. Towe, and J. S. White, Jr. "Mineralogy and Petrology of Lunar Samples." Proceedings of the Apollo 11 Lunar Science Conference 1970, pages 655-660. Mason, B., and A. L. Graham. "Minor and Trace Elements in Meteoritic Min- erals." Smithsonian Contributions to the Earth Sciences, number 3 (17 Sep- tember 1970), 17 pages, 1 figure, 17 tables. Mason, B., and W. G. Melson. The Lunar Rocks. 179 pages. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1970. . "Comparison of Lunar Rocks and Basalts and Stony Meteorites." Proceedings of the Apollo 11 Lunar Science Conference 1970, pages 661-671. Melson, W. G. "Volcanic Rocks Recovered on Leg 6." Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project (1971), pages 1119-1120. Melson, William G., Eugene Jarosewich, and Charles A. Lundquist. "Volcanic Eruption at Metis Shoal, Tonga, 1967-1968: Description and Petrology." Smithsonian Contributions to the Earth Sciences, number 4 (16 October 1970), 18 pages, 13 figures, 3 tables. Melson, W. G., and G. Thompson. "Petrology of a Transform Fault Zone and Adjacent Ridge Segments." Transactions of the Royal Society of London, A., volume 268, pages 423^441. Nelen, J., M. Christophe-Michel-Levy, and R. Caye. "A New Mineral in the Vigarano Meteorite." Meteoritics, volume 4 (1970), page 211. Switzer, G. "Origin and Composition of Rock Fulgurite Glass." Lecture. Meet- ing of the International Mineralogical Society, Kyoto, Japan, September 1970. White, J. S., Jr. "New Data for Plattnerite." Mineralogical Record, volume 1 (1970), pages 75-80. White, J. S., Jr., P. B. Leavens, and M. H. Hey. "Eakerite— A New Tin Silicate." Mineralogical Record, volume 1 (1970), pages 92-96. White, J. S., Jr., and E. Jarosewich. "Second Occurrence of Benstonite." Min- eralogical Record, volume 1 (1970), pages 141-142. Department of Paleobiology Adey, Walter H. "The Effects of Light and Temperature on Growth Rates in Boreal Subarctic Crustose Corallines." Journal of Phycology, volume 6 (1970), pages 269-276. . "The Crustose Corallines of the Northwestern North Atlantic, Incl. Lithothamnium Lemoineae n. sp." Journal of Phycology, volume 6 (1970), pages 225-229. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 189 . "A Revision of the Foslie Crustose Coralline Herbarium." Det Konglige Norske Videnskabis Selskad Skrifter (1970), 46 pages. "Some Relationships Between Crustose Corallines and Their Sub- strate." Scientia Islandica, volume 2 (1970), pages 21-25. . "Investigations on the Crustose Corallines of the Northeastern North Atlantic." National Geographic Society Research Report for 1965 (1970), pages 1-9. "Ecology of Crustose Corallines." Lecture. University of Miami, Florida, October 1970; and British Museum, London, December 1970. Adey, Walter H., and D. L. McKibbin. "Studies on the Maerl Species Phy- matolithon calcareum and Lithothamnium coralloides." Botanica Marina, vol- ume 13 (1970), pages 100-106. Adey, Walter H., and C. P. Sperapani. "The Biology of Kvaleya epilaeve, A New Parasitic Genus and Species of Corallinaceae." Phycologia, volume 10 (1970), pages 29-42. Benson, Richard H. "Architectural Solutions to Structural Stress in Rigid Micro-organisms, through SEM Examination." Cambridge Proceedings, Stereo- scan SEM Colloquium, Third Annual (1970), pages 71-78. . "Deep-Sea Ostracodes and Tethys." Colloquium of the Paleo- ecology of Ostracodes, July 1970. 'Deep-Sea Ostracodes and Tethys." Lecture. Paleontological So- ciety of Washington, Washington, D.C., September 1970. . "Continental Drift and the Tethys Ocean." Lecture. Washington Geological Society. Washington, D. C, October 1970. . "In Search of Lost Oceans." Lecture. Smithsonian Associates, Wash- ington, D.C., April 1971. "Problems, Paradigms and Paradoxes in Paleontology." Lecture. Geology Department Honors Banquet, Lawrence, Kansas, April 1971. . "In Search of Lost Oceans." Geology Department, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, April 1971. . "On the Study of an Ostracode Genus." Lecture. Geology Depart- ment, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, April 1971. Benson, Richard H., and P. C. Sylvester-Bradley. "Terminology for Surface Features in the Ornate Ostracodes." Lethaia, volume 4, number 3 (1971), 38 pages, 50 figures. Buzas, Martin A. "On the Quantification of Biofacies." Proceedings of the North American Paleontological Convention, Chicago, 1969, (1970), pages 101-116. . "Spatial Homogeneity: Statistical Analyses of Unispecies and Multi- species Populations of Foraminifera." Ecology, volume 51 (1970), pages 874- 879. Cheetham, Alan H. "Measurement and Evaluation of Morphologic Variation in Cheilostome Bryozoa." Lecture. Western Maryland College, November 1970. . "Evolutionary History of Cheilostome Bryozoa." Three lectures with laboratory demonstrations at George Washington University, November 1970. . "The Use of Principal Components Analysis in Morphometric Evolutionary Trends in Cheilostome Bryozoa." Two lectures to graduate seminar in paleontology, George Washington University, March 1971. Cheetham, Alan H., R. S. Boardman, and P. L. Cook. "Intracolony Variation and the Genus Concept in Bryozoa." Proceedings of the North American 190 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Paleontological Convention, Chicago, 1969, Part C (1970), pages 294-320, 12 text-figures. Cooper, G. Arthur. "Generic Characters of Brachiopods." Proceedings of the North American Paleontological Convention, Chicago, 1969, Part C (1970), pages 194-263, 5 plates. . "Brachiopoda: Japanithyris is Campages." Journal of Paleontology, volume 44, number 5 (1970), pages 898-904, plate 129. Dutro, J. Thomas, editor. "Paleozoic Perspectives: A Paleontological Tribute to G. Arthur Cooper." Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology, number 3 (22 February 1971), 390 pages, illustrated. Emery, Robert J. "A North American Oligocene Pangolin and Other Additions to the Pholidota." Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, vol- ume 142, article 6 (1970), pages 455-510, figures 1-32. Hickey, Leo J. "Plant History." Two lectures. Botany Department, University of Maryland, fall 1970, spring 1971. . "Paleobotany." Lecture. Phi Sigma chapter, University of Mary- land, December 1970. . "New Evidence on Early Angiosperm Evolution." Seminar. Botany Department, Smithsonian Institution, May 1971. Hotton, Nicholas III. " Mauchchunkia bassa, gen. et sp. nov., An Anthrocosaur (Amphibia, Labyrinthodontia) from the Upper Mississippian." Kirtlandia, vol- ume 12 (1970), pages 1-38. . "Dinosaurs and Other Fossil Reptiles." Lecture. Smithsonian Asso- ciates, January 1971. . "Vertebrate Problems Associated with Continental Drift." Lecture. Paleontological Society of Washington, March 1971. . "Vertebrate Problems Associated with Continental Drift." Lecture. Geology Department, University of Pennsylvania, April 1971. "Origins of Vertebrate Classes." Proceedings of the North Ameri- can Paleontological Convention, Chicago, 1969, Part H (1971), pages 1 146— 1152. Hueber, Francis M. "Rebuchia, A New Name for Bucheria Dorf." Taxon, vol- ume 19, number 5 (1970), page 822. Kier, Porter M. "Functional Morphology of Living and Fossil Echinoids." Lec- ture. University of Pennsylvania, spring 1971. Pierce, J. W. "Clay Mineralogy of Cores from the Continental Shelf Margin of North Carolina." Southeastern Geology, volume 12, (1970), pages 33-51. . "Coastal Changes in North Carolina." Lecture. Symposium, Duke University, Marine Laboratory, December 1970. Pierce, J. W., and D. J. Colquhoun. "Configuration of the Holocene Primary Barrier Chain, Outer Banks, North Carolina." Southeastern Geology, volume 11 (1970), pages 231-236. . "Holocene Evolution of a Portion of the North Carolina Coast." Geological Society of America Bulletin, volume 81 (1970), pages 3697-3714. Pierce, J. W., and T. C. Huang. "The Carbonate Minerals of Deep-Sea Bio- clastic Turbidites, Southern Blake Basin." Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, volume 41 (1970), pages 251-260. Pierce, J. W., and D. D. Nelson. "Suspended Sediment in Waters off the South- eastern United States." Paper. Annual Meeting, Southeastern Section, Geo- logical Society of America, Blacksburg, Virginia, May 1971. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 19] . "Clay Minerals and Sedimentology in the Pamlico Sound Region, North Carolina." Paper. Annual Meeting, Southeastern Section, Geological Society of America, Blacksburg, Virginia, May 1971. Pierce, J. W., and D. J. Stanley. "Readings in Suspended Sediment Technology." In The Neiu Concepts of Continental Margin Sedimentation, Supplement, American Geological Institute, DSJP 1-7, 1970. Ray, Clayton E. "Polar Bear and Mammoth on the Pribilof Islands." Arctic, 1971. Stanley, D. J. "The New Concepts of Continental Margin Sedimentation." Paper. American Geological Institute, Houston, Texas. Stanley, Daniel J., and Noel P. James. "Distribution of Echinarachnius parma (Lamarck) and Associated Fauna on Sable Island Bank, Southeast Canada." Smithsonian Contributions to the Earth Sciences, number 6 (27 April 1971), 24 pages, 8 figures, 6 plates, 1 table. Waller, Thomas R. "The Glass Scallop Propeamussium, A Living Relict of the Past." Annual Report of the American Malacological Union for 1970 (1971), pages 5-7. Department of Vertebrate Zoology Amadou, Dean, Eugene Eisenmann, George E. Watson, III, and Alexander Wet- more. "Plautus or Plotus Gunnerus, 1761, Plautus Klein, 1760, Plotus Lin- naeus, Plautus Brunnich, 1772 (Aves): Proposed Rejection or Suppression under the Plenary Powers." Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 27, part 2 (1970), pages 110-112. Bailey, Reeve M., John E. Fitch, Earl S. Herald, Ernest A. Lachner, C. C. Lind- sey, C. Richard Robins, and W. B. Scott. "A List of Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada." American Fisheries Society, Special Publication Number 6 (1970), third edition, 149 pages. Banks, Richard C. "The Fox Sparrow on the West Slope of the Oregon Cas- cades." The Condor, volume 72, number 3 (July 1970), pages 369-370. . "Birds Imported into the United States in 1968." U.S. Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, Special Scientific Report— Wildlife, number 136 (September 1970), ii _j_ 64 pages. . "Re-evaluation of Two Supposed Hybrid Birds." The Wilson Bulletin, volume 82, number 3 (September 1970), pages 331-332. . "On Ecotypic Variation in Birds." Evolution, volume 24, number 4 (29 December 1970), pages 829-831. Cressey, Roger F., and Ernest A. Lachner. "The Parasitic Copepod Diet and Life History of Diskfishes (Echeneidae)." Copeia, number 2 (1970), pages 310- 318. Gibbs, Robert H., Jr., and Jon C. Staiger. "Eastern Tropical Atlantic Flying- Fishes of the Genus Cypselurus." Studies in Tropical Biology, number 4, part 2 (1970), pages 432-466. Gibbs, Robert H., Jr., and Clyde F. E. Roper. "Ocean Acre: Preliminary Report on Vertical Distribution of Fishes and Cephalopods." Proceedings of an Inter- national Symposium on Biological Sound Scattering in the Ocean (1971), Report number 005, pages 120-135. Maury Center for Ocean Science, Department of Navy. 192 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Goodyear, Richard H., and Robert H. Gibbs, Jr. "Ergebnisse der Forschungs- reisen des FFS 'Walther Herwig' nach Siidamerica, X: Systematics and Zooge- ography of Stomiatoid Fishes of the Astronesthes cyaneus Species Group (Family Astronesthidae), with Descriptions of Three New Species." Arch. Fischereiwiss (1969), volume 20, number 2/3 (1970), pages 107-131. Handley, Charles O., Jr., and J. R. Choate. "The Correct Name for the Least Short-tailed Shrew (Cryptotis parva) of Guatemala (Mammalia: Insectivora)." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83 (1970), pages 195-201. . "Appalachian Mammalian Geography." Lecture delivered at Sym- posium on the Distributional History of the Biota of the Southern Appalach- ians, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia, June 1970. . "Natural History of the Kalahari Bushmen." Lecture delivered at the University of Virginia, July 1970. . "Zoogeography of Appalachian Mammals." Lecture delivered at the University of Virginia, August 1970. "Mammalogy in Panama." Lecture delivered before Biological So- ciety of Washington Symposium on Biota of Panama, March 1971. Heyer, W. Ronald, and James A. Peters. "The Frog Genus Leptodactylus in Ecuador." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 84, number 19 (30 June 1971), pages 163-170. Hubbard, John P., and Richard C. Banks. "The Types of Taxa of Harold H. Bailey." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, num- ber 30 (25 September 1970), pages 321-332. Jones, Clyde. "Mammals Imported into the United States in 1968." U.S. De- partment of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, Special Scientific Report — Wildlife, number 137 (1970), 30 pages. . "Notes on Hairy Frogs (Trichobatrachns robustus Boulenger) Col- lected in Rio Muni, West Africa." Herpetologica, volume 27 (1971), pages 51-54. . "The Bats of Rio Muni, West Africa." Journal of Mammalogy, volume 52 (1971), pages 121-140. Jones, Clyde, and J. Sabater Pi. "Comparative Ecology of Gorilla gorilla (Savage and Wyman) and Pan troglodytes (Blumenbach) in Rio Muni, West Africa." Bibliotheca Primatologica, volume 13 (1971), iv -j- 96 pages. Jones, Clyde, and Henry W. Setzer. "Comments on Myosciurus pumilio." jour- nal of Mammalogy, volume 51 (1970), pages 813-814. . "The Designation of a Holotype of the West African Pygmy Squir- rel, Myosciurus pumilio (Leconte, 1857) (Mammalia: Rodentia)." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 84, number 8 (30 June 1971), pages 59-64. Jones, J., Jr., and Clyde Jones. "Dates of Publication of Numbers in the North American Fauna Series." Journal of Mammalogy, volume 51 (1970), page 845. Lachner, Ernest A., C. Richard Robins, and Walter R. Courtenay, Jr. "Exotic Fishes and Other Aquatic Organisms Introduced into North America." Smith- sonian Contributions to Zoology, number 59 (30 September 1970), 29 pages, 4 figures, 1 table. Morse, Larry, James A. Peters, and Paul Hamel. "A General Data Format for Summarizing Taxonomic Information." BioSciences, volume 21 (1971), pages 174-180 and 186. Peters, James A. "Generic Position of the South American Snake Tropidodipsas perijanensis." Copeia (1970), pages 394-395. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 193 . "Crash Course in Computer Programming in the Language basic." Lecture delivered at the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 3 July 1970. . "Do Snakes Have Souls?" Interview given on Radio Smithsonian, Washington, D.C., 27 December 1970. "Biostatistical Programs in basic Language for Time-Shared Com- puters: Coordinated with the Book 'Quantitative Zoology.' " Smithsonian Con- tributions to '/.oology, number 69 (10 March 1971), 46 pages. . "Further Comment on Rana maculata." Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, volume 27 (1971), page 133. Peters, James A., and B. Orejas-Miranda. "Notes on the Hemipenis of Several Taxa in the Family Leptotyphlopidae." Herpetologica, volume 26 (1970), pages 320-324. Pine, Ronald H., and Dilford C. Carter. "Distributional Notes on the Thick- spined Rat (Hoplomxs gymnurus) with the First Records from Honduras." Journal of Mammalogy, volume 51, number 4 (1970), page 804. Pine, Ronald H., Iain R. Bishop, and Ruth L. Jackson. "Preliminary List of Mammals of the Xavantina/Cachimbo Expedition (Central Brazil)." Trajisac- tions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, volume 64, num- ber 5 (1970), pages 668-670. Schlitter, Duane A., and Kitti Thonglongya. "Rattus turkestanicus (Satunin, 1903), The Valid Name for Rattus rattoides Hodgson, 1845 (Mammalia: Rodentia)." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 84, number 20 (30 June 1971), pages 171-174. Setzer, Henry W., and Gary L. Ranck. "A New Gerbil (Genus Gerbillus) from the Chad." Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, volume 84, number 7 (30 June 1971), pages 55-58. Smith-Vaniz, William F., and Victor G. Springer. "Synopsis of the Tribe Salariini, with Description of Five New Genera and Three New Species (Pisces: Blenniidae)." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 73 (30 March 1971), 72 pages, 51 figures, 6 tables. Springer, Victor G. "The Blennies." Tropical Fish Hobbyist, volume 19 (Octo- ber 1970), pages 54-66. . "The Western South Atlantic Clinid Fish Ribeiroclinus eigenmanni, with Discussion of the Intraralationships and Zoogeography of the Clinidae." Copeia, number 3 (1970), pages 430-436. . "Revision of the Fish Genus Ecsenius (Blenniidae, Blenniinae, Salariini)." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 72 (30 March 1971), 74 pages, 36 figures, 18 tables. "Mimetic Relationships Involving Blenniid Fishes." Lecture given at Smithsonian Institution, Department of Invertebrate Zoology, February 1971; Department of Zoology, Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel, March 1971; Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, April 1971; and annual meeting of American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Los Angeles, California, June 1971. Stephens, John S., Jr., and Victor G. Springer. "Neoclinus nudus, New Scaleless Clinid Fish from Taiwan, with a Key to Neoclinus." Proceedings of the Bio- logical Society of Washington, volume 84, number 9 (1971), pages 65-72. Taylor, William R., Robert E. Jenkins, and Ernest A. Lachner. "Rediscovery and Description of the Ictalurid Catfish, Noturus flavipinnis." Proceedings of 194 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 the Biological Society of Washington, volume 83, number 41 (1971), pages 469-476. Thorington, Richard W., Jr., and C. P. Groves. "An Annotated Classification of the Cercopithecoidea." In Old World Monkeys, pages 629-647. New York and London: Academic Press, Inc., 1970. . "Feeding Behavior of Nonhuman Primates in the Wild." In Feed- ing and Nutrition of Nonhuman Primates, pages 15-27. New York: Academic Press, Inc., 1970. "The Interpretation of Data in Systematics." In Old World Mon- keys, pages 3-15. New York and London: Academic Press, Inc., 1970. "The Taxonomy of Primates Used in Viral Research." Lecture given at Southwest Foundation for Research and Education, Virus Workshop, San Antonio, Texas, April 1971. Watson, George E. "A Presumed Wild Hybrid Baldpate x Eurasian Wigeon." Auk, volume 87, number 2 (1970), pages 353-357. . "A Shearwater Mortality on the Atlantic Coast." Atlantic Natur- alist, volume 25, number 2 (1970), pages 75-80. . "Molting Greater Shearwaters (Pujtinus gravis) off Tierra del Fuego." Auk, volume 88, number 2 (1971), pages 440-442. . "Penguin" in Encyclopedia Britannica (1971), volume 17, page 552. . "A Serological and Ectoparasite Survey of Migratory Birds in Northeast Africa: Final Report." Report for the Army Research Office. 642 pages, illustrated. 10 March 1971. Watson, George E., Robert E. Shope, and Makram N. Kaiser. "An Ectoparasite and Virus Survey of Migrating Birds in the Eastern Mediterranean." Reports of the V Symposium of the Study of the Role of Migrating Birds in Distribution of Arboviruses. Nauka, Novosibirska, 1971. Weitzman. Stanley H., and H. Nijssen. "Four New Species and One New Sub- species of the Catfish Genus Corydoras from Ecuador, Colombia, and Brazil (Pisces, Siluriformes, Callichthyidae)." Beaufortia, volume 18 (1970), pages 119-132. Weitzman, Stanley H., and Jamie E. Thomerson. "A New Species of Glandulo- caudine Characid Fish, Hysteronotus myersi, from Peru." Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, volume 38 (1970), pages 139-156. Wetmore, Alexander. "Familie Palmschatzer (Familie Dulidae)." In Grzimeks Tierleben (1970), Band IX, neuntes Kapitel, page 210. . "Archaeopteryx." In Encyclopaedia Britannica (1971), pages 284- 285. "Diatryma." In Encyclopaedia Britannica (1971), page 369. "Hesperornis." In Encyclopaedia Britannica (1971), pages 461-462. "Ichthyornis." In Encyclopaedia Britannica (1971), pages 1054- 1055. . "Phororhacos." In Encyclopaedia Britannica (1971), page 1911. Zug, George R., and Ronald I. Crombie. "Modifications of the Taylor Enzyme Method of Clearing and Staining for Amphibians and Reptiles." Herpe to- logical Review, volume 2 (1970), pages 49-50. . "Intergradation of the Two Rhineura (Reptile) Populations in Central Florida and Comments on Its Scale Reduction." Journal of Herpetol- ogy, volume 4 (1970), pages 123-129. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 195 . "The Distribution and Patterns of the Major Arteries of the Iguanids and Comments on the Intergeneric Relationships of Iguanids (Rep- tilia: Lacertilia)." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 83 (7 April 1971), 23 pages, 15 figures, 3 tables. "The Musculoskeletal System: An Evolutionary Perspective." In Chordate Structure and Function, pages 200-241. New York: Macmillan Co., 1971. Zusi, Richard L. "Functional Anatomy in Systematics." Taxon, volume 20, number 1 (1970), pages 75-84. Zusi, Richard L., and J. T. Marshall. "A Comparison of Asiatic and North American Sapsuckers." The Natural History Bulletin of the Siam Society, vol- ume 23, number 3 (1970), pages 393-407. Zusi, Richard L., and Joseph R. Jehl, Jr. "The Systematic Relationships of Aechmorhynchus, Prosobonia, and Phegornis (Charadriiformes; Charadrii)." Auk, volume 87, number 4 (1970), pages 760-780. National Air and Space Museum Meyer, Robert B., Jr., editor. "Langley's Aero Engine of 1903." Smithsonian Annals of Flight, number 6 (30 March 1971), xi _|_ 193 pages, 44 figures. Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory Allison, A. C. "The Numerical Solution of Coupled Differential Equations Arising from the Schrodinger Equation." Journal of Computational Physics, volume 6 (1970), pages 378-391. Allison, A. C, and A. Dalgarno. "Band Oscillator Strengths and Transition Probabilities for the Lyman and Werner Systems of H,, HD and D2." Atomic Data, volume 1 (1970), pages 289-304. . "Isotope Effects in the Lyman and Werner Systems of Molecular Hydrogen." Molecular Physics, volume 19, number 4 (1970), pages 567-572. Apparao, K. M. V. "The Electromagnetic Spectrum of the Crab Nebula." Pages 247-249 in L. Gratton, editor, Non-Solar X- and Gamma-Ray Astronomy, Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposium No. 37. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel Publishing Company, 1970. Austin, P. M., and M. R. Schaffner. "Computations and Experiments Relevant to Digital Processing of Weather Radar Echoes." Presented at the 14th Radar Meteorology Conference, Tucson, Arizona, 1970. Avrett, E. H. "Solution of Non-LTE Transfer Problems." Presented at the Interdisciplinary Symposium of the Applications of Transport Theory, Oxford, September 1970. . "The Solar H and K Lines." Publications of the Astronomical So- ciety of the Pacific, volume 82 (1970), pages 169-248. Ball, J. A., C. Cesarsky, A. K. Dupree, L. Goldberg, and A. E. Lilley. "Detection and Identification of Recombination Lines from an H I Region." Astrophysical Journal, volume 162 (1970), pages L25-29. Ball, J. A., D. F. Dickinson, C. A. Gottlieb, and H. E. Radford. "The 3.8-cm 196 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Spectrum of OH: Laboratory Measurement and Low-Noise Search in W3 (OH)." Astronomical Journal, volume 75, number 7 (1970), pages 762-763. Ball, J. A., C. A. Gottlieb, A. E. Lilley, and H. E. Radford. "Detection of Methyl Alcohol in Sagittarius." Astrophysical Journal, volume 162 (1970), pages L203- 210. Ball, J. A., C. A. Gottlieb, M. L. Meeks, and H. E. Radford. "Search for the 2II1/2, J = 5/2 Excited State of OH in W3." Astrophysical Journal, volume 163 (1971), pages L33-34. Ball, J. A., C. A. Gottlieb, and H. E. Radford, "Search for Extraterrestrial H„180 Emission." Astrophysical Journal, volume 163 (1971), pages 429-430. Barker, J. I., and M. D. Grossi. "Results of the OV4-1 Dual Satellite Experi- ment on Guided Ionospheric Propagation." Radio Science, volume 5, number 6 (1970), pages 983-996. Barnes, J. A., R. Chi, L. S. Cutler, D. J. Healey, D. B. Leeson, T. E. McGunigal, J. A. Mullen, Jr., W. L. Smith, R. L. Sydnor, R. F. C. Vessot, and G. M. R. Winkler. "Characterization of Frequency Stability." Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Transactions on Instrumentation and Measurement, volume IM-20, number 2 (1971), pages 105-120. Becker, K. H., E. FI. Fink, and A. C. Allison. "Intensity Calibrations of a Spec- troscopic Detecting System in the 1100-1820 A Region." Journal of the Optical Society of America, volume 61, number 4 (1971), pages 495-498. Bottcher, C, and M. R. Flannery. "Impact-Parameter Treatment of Hydrogen- Hydrogen Excitation Collisions." Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics, volume 3 (1970), pages 1600-1609. Bottcher, C, R. A. McCray, M. Jura, and A. Dalgarno. "Time-Dependent Model of the Interstellar Medium." Astrophysical Letters, volume 6 (1970), pages 237-241. Carleton, N. P., W. A. Traub, and R. B. Wattson. "Venus CO, Line Profiles: Observations Compared with Predictions for a Variety of Cloud Distributions." Presented at the Third Annual Meeting of the Division of Planetary Sciences of the American Astronomical Society, Tallahassee, Florida, February 1971. Chaffee, F. "Abundances in Open Clusters: F Dwarfs in the Coma Cluster." Presented at the Astronomical Society of the Pacific, Hawaii, June 1971. Chaffee, F., D. F. Carbon, and S. E. Strom. "Abundances in Open Clusters: Model-Atmosphere Abundance Analysis of Stars in the Pleiades and Hyades Clusters." Astrophysical Journal, volume 166 (1971), pages 593-603. Charlson, R. J., P. W. Hodge, P. B. Lucke, E. J. Mannery, and T. P. Snow. "At- mospheric Extinction in Four Wavelength Regions from Sites in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres." Project ASTRA, Publication No. 2 (1970). Charman, W. N., R. W. P. Drever, J. H. Fruin, J. V. Jelley, J. L. Elliot, G. G. Fazio, D. R. Hearn, H. F. Helmken, G. H. Rieke, and T. C. Weekes. "Upper- Air Fluorescence as a Tool in X-Ray Astronomy and Searches for X-Rays from NP 0532 and Other Pulsars." Pages 41-49 in L. Gratton, editor, Non- Solar X- and Gamma-Ray Astronomy, Proceedings of the International Astro- nomical Union Symposium No. 37. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel Publishing Company, 1970. Cherniak, J., and E. M. Gaposchkin. "Computer Derivation of Short-Period Lunar Perturbations." Pages 36-39 in B. Morando, editor, Dynamics of Satel- lites. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1970. Cook, A. F., and F. A. Franklin. "An Explanation of the Light Curve of Iapetus." Icarus, volume 13 (1970), pages 282-291. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 197 Crawford, O. H., and A. Dalgarno. "The Scattering of Thermal Electrons by Carbon Monoxide." Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics, volume 4 (1971), pages 494-502. Dalgarno, A. "Metastable Species in the Ionosphere." Annates de Geophysique, volume 26, number 2 (1970), pages 601-607. Dalgarno, A., C. Bottcher, and G. A. Victor. "Pseudo-Potential Calculation of Atomic Interactions." Chemistry and Physics Letters, volume 7 (1970), pages 265-267. Dalgarno, A., and T. C. Degges. "CO^ Dayglow on Mars and Venus." Pages 337-345 in C. Sagan et al., editors, Planetary Asmospheres. Dordrecht, Hol- land: D. Reidel Publishing Company, 1971. Dalgarno, A., G. Herzberg, and T. L. Stephens. "A New Continuous Emission Spectrum of the Hydrogen Molecule." Astrophysical Journal, volume 162 (1970), pages L49-53. Dalgarno, A., and M. B. McElroy. "Mars: Is Nitrogen Present?" Science, vol- ume 170 (1970), pages 167-168. D'Amico, J., J. DeFelice, and E. L. Fireman. "The Cosmic-Ray and Solar-Flare Bombardment of the Moon." Proceedings of the Apollo 11 Lunar Science Conference, volume 2 (1970), pages 1029-1036. Danziger, I. J., and M. A. Jura. "The Halo B Star HD 137569." Astrophysical Journal, volume 161 (1970), pages 997-1002. Davis, R. J. "Astronomical Spectroscopy." Pages 107-108 in McGraw-Hill Year- book of Science and Technology. New York: McGraw-Hill Publishing Com- pany, 1970. . "Ultraviolet Photometry of Stars Obtained with the Celescope Ex- periment in the Orbiting Astronomical Observatory." Pages 109-119 in L. Houziaux and H. E. Butler, editors, Ultraviolet Stellar Spectra and Related Ground-Based Observations. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1970. Davis, R. J., W. A. Deutschman, K. Haramundanis, Y. Nozawa, and K. O'Neill. "Video Data Processing for the Celescope Experiment." Astronomical Use of Television-Type Image Sensors, NASA SP-256 (1970) , pages 137-144. Deutschman, W. A. Automatic Computer Reduction of Astronomical Television Images. Presented at International Astronomical Union Colloquium No. 11, Edinburgh, August 1970. Dickey, J. S., Jr. "Nickel-Iron in Lunar Anorthosites." Earth and Planetaty Science Letters, volume 8 (1970), pages 387-392. Dickinson, D. "Galactic Radio Astronomy." Smithsonian, volume 1, number 8 (1970), pages 56-63. Dickinson, D., and C. A. Gottlieb. "Comments on the Excitation and Abundance of Interstellar SiO, Based on a Search at 87 GHz." Astrophysical Letters, vol- ume 7 (1971), pages 205-207. Drake, G. W. F., and A. Dalgarno. "A 1/Z Expansion Study of the 2s2p 1P and 3P Autoionizing Resonances of the Helium Isoelectronic Sequence." Pro- ceedings of the Royal Society of London A, volume 320 (1971), page 549. Evenson, K. M., J. S. Wells, and H. E. Radford. "Infrared Resonance of OH with the HoO Laser: A Galactic Maser Pump?" Physical Review Letters, vol- ume 25 (1970), number 4, pages 199-202. Fazio, G. G. Recent Progress in Cosmic Gamma Radiation. Presented at Ameri- can Physical Society Meeting, Washington, D.C., April 1971. 198 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "X-Ray and Gamma-Ray Astronomy." Pages 72-100 in Proceedings of the 6th Interamerican Seminar on Cosmic Rays, volume 1 (1970). Fazio, G. G., D. R. Hearn, and H. F. Helmken. "A Search for Periodic Gamma- Ray Emission in the 10n- to 1013-eV Energy Region from Pulsars." Acta Physica Academicae Scientiarium Hungaricae (1970), volume 29, supplement 1, pages 111-114. Fazio, G. G., D. R. Hearn, H. F. Helmken, G. H. Rieke, and T. C. Weekes. "A Search for High-Energy y-Rays from Pulsars." Pages 192-195 in L. Gratton, editor, Non-Solar X- and Gamma-Ray Astronomy , Proceedings of the Inter- national Astronomical Union Symposium No. 37. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel Publishing Company, 1970. Fazio, G. G., H. F. Helmken, G. H. Rieke, and T. C. Weekes. "A Lower Limit to the Magnetic Field in the Crab Nebula from Cosmic y-Ray Experiments at 10I1eV." Pages 250-256 in L. Gratton, editor, Non-Solar X- and Gamma-Ray Astronomy, Proceedings of the International Astro?iomical Union Symposium No. 37. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel Publishing Company, 1970. . "Recent Results on the Search for 1011 eV Gamma Rays from the Crab Nebula." Pages 56-58 in R. D. Davies and F. G. Smith, editors, The Crab Nebula, Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposium No. 46. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel Publishing Company, 1971. "Upper Limits to the Emission of 1011-eV Gamma Rays from Dis- crete Sources." Acta Physica Academicae Scientiarium Hungaricae (1970), vol- ume 29, supplement 1, pages 115-121. Fazio, G. G., J. V. Jelley, and W. N. Charman. "Generation of Cerenkov Light Flashes by Cosmic Radiation within the Eyes of the Apollo Astronauts." Na- ture, volume 228 (1970), pages 260-264. Fireman, E. L., J. DeFelice, and E. Norton. "Ages of the Allende Meteorite." Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, volume 34 (1970), pages 873-881. Fireman, E. L., and G. Spannagel. "The Radial Gradient of Cosmic Rays from the Lost City Meteorite." Journal of Geophysical Research, volume 76, num- ber 17 (1971), pages 4127-1134. Flannery, M. R. "Classical Theory of Excitation, De-Excitation and Ionization of Atoms by Charged Particles." Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics, volume 3 (1970), pages 1610-1619. . "The Excitation of Atomic Hydrogen from the n to the n-fl Levels by Electron Impact." Astrophysical Letters, volume 7 (1970), pages 85-88. . "Semiquantal Theory of Heavy-Particle Excitation, De-Excitation, and Ionization by Neutral Atoms, LSlow and Intermediate Energy Collisions." Annals of Physics, volume 61, number 2 (1970), pages 465— 487. . "The 2*S and 2JP Excitations of Helium by Proton and Electron Impact." Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics, volume 3 (1970), pages 306-314. . "Excitation and Ionization of Hydrogen by Hydrogen-Atom Im- pact." Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics, volume 3 (1970), pages L97-100. "Impact Parameter and Wave Equations for Direct Excitation and Electron Capture." Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics, volume 3 (1970), pages 21-28. . "Inclusion of Higher State Coupling in a Multistate Impact Param- APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 199 eter Treatment of Heavy Particle Collisions." Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics, volume 3 (1970), pages 798-803. "Long-Range Effects in the 2S and 2P Excitations of Hydrogen by Proton and Helium-Ion Impact." Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics, volume 3 (1970), pages 1083-1089. "The n -» n+1 Transition of Atomic Hydrogen Induced by Hy- drogen-Atom Impact." Astrophysical Journal, volume 161 (1970), pages L41- 42. Franklin, F. A., and G. Colombo. "A Dynamical Model for the Radial Struc- ture of Saturn's Rings." Icarus, volume 12 (1970), pages 338-347. Forti, G. A Determination of Meteor Mass Distribution from Meteor Echoes. Presented at the International Astronomical Union Colloquium No. 13, Albany, New York, June 1971. Gaposchkin, E. M. Analysis of Pole Position from 1846 to 1970. Presented at the International Astronomical Union Symposium No. 48, Morioka, Japan, May 1971. . "Future Uses of Laser Tracking." Pages 1-42 in Computer Sciences Corporation, editor, Laser and Radar Investigations, volume III. Washington, D.C.: NASA, 1970. "Improved Values for the Tessera! Harmonics of the Geopotential and Station Coordinates." Pages 109-118 in B. Morando, editor. Dynamics of Satellites. New York: Springer-Verlag, 1970. . "Pole Position Studied with Artificial Earth Satellites." Presented at the International Astronomical Union Symposium No. 48, Morioka, Japan, May 1971. . "Satellite Geodesy: Results." EOS, volume 52, number 3 (1971), pages 30-33. Gaposchkin, E. M., J. R. Cherniack, R. Briggs, and B. Benima. "Third-Order Oblateness Perturbations for an Artificial Satellite." Presented at the 52nd American Geophysical Union Meeting, Washington, D.C., April 1971. Gaposchkin, E. M., W. M. Kaula, and K. Lambeck. "1969 Smithsonian Standard Earth and Global Tectonics." Pages 7-60 in Computer Sciences Corporation, editor, Gravimetric and Geometric Investigations with Geos 1 and Geos 2, volume I. Washington, D.C.: NASA, 1970. Gingerich, O. "Argole." Dictionaiy of Scientific Biography, volume 1 (1970), pages 244—245. . "Astronomy in Harvard Project Physics." Bulletin of the American Astronomical Society, volume 2 (1970), pages 275-277. , editor. Frontiers in Astronomy (Readings from the "Scientific American" Introductions). San Francisco: Freeman, 1970. . "Laboratory Exercises in Astronomy — Spectral Classification." Sky and Telescope, volume 40, number 2 (1970), pages 74-76. . "Renaissance Books of Science from the Collection of Albert E. Lownes. Collaborating with D. Godine." Presented at Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire, 1970. "The Ultraviolet Solar Capacity." Pages 140-142 in L. Houziaux and H. E. Butler, editors, Ultraviolet Stellar Spectra and Related Ground- Based Observations. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel Publishing Company, 1970. Grindlay, J. E. "Flare Stars as X-Ray Sources." Astrophysical Journal, volume 162 (1970), pages 187-198. 200 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 v . "New Studies of Cerenkov Radiation in Extensive Air Showers." II Nuovo Cimento, volume 2B, number 1 (1971), pages 119-138. Hawkins, G. S. "Photogrammetric Survey of Stonehenge and Callanish." Na- tional Geographic Magazine, volume 139, number 1 (1971), pages 101-108. Hellwig, H., R. F. Vessot, M. W. Levine, P. W. Zitzewitz, H. E. Peters, D. W. Allan, and D. J. Glaze. "Measurement of Unperturbed Hydrogen Hyperfine Transition Frequency." IEEE Transactions on Instrumentation and Measure- ment, volume IM-19 (1970), pages 200-209. Hodge, P. W. "The Distribution of Atmospheric Particulates over the Pacific, I." Project Astra, Publication No. 3 (1970). . The Revolution in Astronomy. 189 pages. New York: Holiday House Publishers, 1970. 'Celestial Photography with Fiber-Optics Image Tubes." Sky and Telescope, volume 39 (1970), pages 234-235. . "Stellar Statistics," "Star Clusters," "Galaxies," and "Nebulae," Encyclopedia Universale. Rome: Institute of Sciences and Arts, 1970. Hodge, P. W., and P. B. Lucke. "A Catalogue of Stellar Associations in the Large Magellanic Cloud." Astronomical Journal, volume 75 (1970), pages 171- 175. Horowitz, P., C. Papaliolios, and N. P. Carleton. "Results of a Search for Op- tical Pulsars." Astrophysical Journal, volume 163 (1971), pages L5-10. Horowitz, P., C. Papaliolios, N. P. Carleton, J. Nelson, J. Middleditch, R. Hills, D. Cudaback, J. Wampler, P. E. Boynton, E. J. Groth, R. B. Partridge, D. T. Wilkinson, J. G. Duthie, and P. Murdin. "Optical Tim of-Arrival Measure- ments from the Crab Pulsar: Comparison of Results from ^our Observatories." Astrophysical Journal, volume 166 (1971), pages L91-93. Jacchia, L. G. "Recent Advances in Upper Atmosphere Structure." Pages 367- 388 in T. M. Donahue, P. A. Smith, and L. Thomas, editors, Space Research X. Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Company, 1970. . "Semi-Annual Density Variation in the Heterosphere: A Reap- praisal." Presented at the 14th Internati ial COSPAR Meeting, Seattle, Wash- ington, June 1971. . "Solar-Wind Dependence of the Diurnal Temperature Variation in the Thermosphere." Journal of Geophysical Researcn, volume 75 (1970), pages 4347-4349. Johnston, K. J., S. H. Knowles, W. T. Sullivan, III, J. M. Moran, B. F. Burke, K. Y. Lo, D. C. Papa, G. D. Papadopoulos, P. R. Schwartz, C. A. Knight, I. I. Shapiro, and W. J. Welch. "An Interferometer Map of the Water-Vapor Sources in W49." Astrophysical Journal, volume 166 (1971), pages L21-26. Kalkofen, W. "Line Formation in Moving Atmospheres." Pages 120-133 in H. G. Groth and P. Wellmann, editors, Spectrum Formation in Stars with Steady- State Extended Atmospheres, National Bureau of Standards Special Publica- tion No. 332. Washington, D.C.: National Bureau of Standards, 1970. Kalkofen, W., and R. W. Noyes. "The Solar Lyman Continuum and the Struc- ture of the Solar Chromosphere." Solar Physics, volume 15 (1970), pages 120- 138. Kalkofen, W., and C. A. Whitney. "Line Formation in Pulsating Variable Stars." Presented at the Interdisciplinary Symposium on the Applications of Trans- port Theory, Oxford, September 1970. Lambeck, K. "Some Comments on the Present and Future Value of Geometric APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 201 Satellite Geodesy." Pages 67-100 in Computer Sciences Corporation, editor, Laser and Radar Investigations, volume III. Washington, D.C.: NASA, 1970. Latham, D. "Computerized Microphotometry of Stellar Spectrograms." Pre- sented at the International Astronomical Union Colloquium No. 11, Edin- burgh, August 1970. LeBas, M. J., and P. A. Mohr. "Tholeiite from the Simien Alkali Basalt Centre, Ethiopia." Geology Magazine, volume 107 (1970), pages 523-529. Lecar, M., and C. Cruz-Gonzalez. "A Numerical Experiment of Relaxation Times in Stellar Dynamics." Presented at the 10th International Astronomical Union Colloquium, Brighton, England, August 1970. Lecar, M., and L. Cohen. "Numerical Experiments on Lynden-Bell's Statistics." Presented at the 10th International Astronomical Union Colloquium, Brighton, England, August 1970. Lehr, C. G., and M. R. Pearlman. "Laser Ranging to Satellites." Pages 54-60 in T. M. Donahue, P. A. Smith, and L. Thomas, editors, Space Research X. Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Company, 1970. Lehr, C. G., M. R. Pearlman, and J. A. Monjes. "The SAO Lunar Laser." Pre- sented at the 14th International COSPAR Meeting, Seattle, Washington, June 1971. Lehr, C. G., M. R. Pearlman, J. A. Monjes, and W. F. Hagen. "A Transportable Lunar-Ranging System." Presented at the 1971 IEEE Optical Society of America Conference on Laser Engineering and Applications, Washington, D.C., June 1971. Lehr, C. G., M. R. Pearlman, and J. L. Scott. "A Photographic Technique for Improved Laser-Ranging Accuracy." Pages 51-56 in Computer Sciences Corpo- ration, editor, Laser and Radar Investigations, volume III. Washington, D.C.: NASA, 1970. Lehr, C. G., M. R. Pearlman, M. R. Wolf, and J. A. Monjes. "A High-Radiance Laser System for Lunar Ranging." Presented at the Seminar on Optical Track- ing Systems, El Paso, Texas, January 1971. Levine, M. W., and R. F. C. Vessot. " Hydrogen -Maser Time and Frequency Standard at Agassiz Observatory." Radio Science, volume 5, number 10 (1970), pages 1287-1292. Levy, H., II. "Born Wave Cross-Section Calculations for Collisional Quenching of Metastable H(2s) by Helium, Neon, Argon, and Krypton." Physical Review A, volume 3, number 6 (1971), pages 1987-1991. . "Born Wave Cross-Section Calculations for the Excitation of He(PS) to He(N'L) by Helium, Neon, Argon, and Krypton." Journal of Physics B: Atomic and Molecular Physics, volume 3 (1970), pages 1501-1509. Lundquist, C. A. "Laser Ranging to Artificial Satellites." Presented at the XIV General Assembly of the International Astronomical Union, Brighton, Eng- land, August 1970. . "Photometry from Apollo Tracking." Pages 25-32 in T. M. Dona- hue, P. A. Smith, and L. Thomas, editors, Space Research X. Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Company, 1970. Lundquist, C. A., and G. E. O. Giacaglia. "Sampling Functions as an Alterna- tive to Spherical Harmonics." Presented at the International Astronomical Union Svmposium No. 48, Morioka, Japan, May 1971. . "A Geopotential Representation with Sampling Functions." Pre- sented at the Symposium of the Use of Artificial Satellites for Geodesy, Wash- ington. D.C., April 1971. 202 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Lundquist, C. A., and G. C. Weiffenbach. "Plans by SAO for the Use of Geos C in Geodetic and Earth-Physics Investigations." Pages 173-182 in Computer Sciences Corporation, editor, General, volume IV. Washington, D.C.: NASA, 1970. Marsden, B. "Reports of the Progress of Astronomy. Comets." Quarterly Journal of the Royal Astronornical Society, volume 11 number 3 (1970), pages 221-235. . "Report of The Central Bureau for Astronomical Telegrams." Transactions of the International Astronomical Union, Commission number 6, volume XIV A (1970), pages 15-17. Mathur, N. C, M. D. Grossi, and M. R. Pearlman. "Atmospheric Effects in Very Long Baseline Interferometry." Radio Science, volume 5, number 10 (1970), pages 1253-1261. Maxwell, J. C. "A Doppler Satellite System Design for Animal Tracking." Pre- sented at National Telemetering Conference, Washington, D.C., April 1971. . "A Paper Supporting the Use of the Doppler Technique to Track Free-Roaming Animals from Satellites." Presented at the Symposium on Ani- mal Orientation and Navigation, Wallops Station, Virginia, September 1970. McCrosky, R. E. "The Lost City Meteorite Fall." Sky and Telescope, volume 39 (1970), pages 154-158. McCrosky, R. E., and Z. Ceplecha. "Fireballs and the Physical Theory of Me- teors." Bulletin of the Astronomical Institute of Czechoslovakia, volume 21 (1970), pages 271-296. McCroskey, R. E., A. Posen, G. Schwartz, and C. -Y Shao. "Lost City Meteorite — Its Recovery and a Comparison with Other Fireballs." Journal of Geophysical Research, volume 76, number 17 (1971), pages 4090-4108. McDaniel, E. W., V. Cermak, A. Dalgarno, E. E. Ferguson, and L. Friedman. Ion Molecule Reactions. 374 pages. New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1970. Megrue, G. "Distribution and Origin of Helium, Neon, and Argon Isotopes in Apollo 12 Samples by In Situ Analysis was a Laser Probe Mass Spectrometer." Presented at Apollo 12 Lunar Science Conference, Houston, Texas, January 1971. . "Laser Microprobe Mass Spectrometry with Applications to Me- teorite Research." Pages 654-656 in K. Ogata and T. Hayakawa, editors, Recent Developments in Mass Spectroscopy. Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press, 1970. Melson, W. G., E. Jarosewich, and C. A. Lundquist. "Volcanic Eruption at Metis Shoal, Tonga, 1967-1968: Description and Petrology." Smithsonian Con- tributions to the Earth Sciences, number 4 (16 October 1970), 18 pages, 13 fig- ures, 3 tables. Menzel, D. H. Astronomy. New York: Random House, 1970. . "Laser Action in Non-LTE Atmospheres." Pages 134-137 in H. G. Groth and P. Wellman, editors, Spectrum Formation in Stars with Steady- State Extended Atmospheres, National Bureau of Staiidards Special Publication No. 332. Washington, D.C.: National Bureau of Standards, 1970. "The Challenge of Space Research." Advances in the Astronautical Sciences, volume 27 (1970). . "Total Eclipse of the Moon." Highlights for Children, volume 26, number 2 (1971), page 28. Menzel, D. H., and J. M. Pasachoff. "Eclipse Instrumentation for the Solar Corona." Journal of Applied Optics, volume 9, number 12 (1970), pages 2626- 2630. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 203 . "The Outer Corona at the Eclipse of March 1970." Nature, volume 226 (1970), page 5251. "Site Survey for the 1973 Total Solar Eclipse." Big Bear Solar Ob- servatory Preprint (1971). California Institute of Technology. . "Solar Eclipse: Nature's Super Spectacular." National Geographic Magazine, volume 138, number 2 (1970), pages 222-233. Menzel, D. H., W. W. Salisbury, and D. L. Femald. "A System for Recording the Polarization of Extended Astronomical Objects." Applied Optics, volume 9 (1970), pages 2648-2649. Menzel, D. H., F. L. Whipple, and C. de Vaucouleurs. Survey of the Universe. 841 pages. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1970. Mertz, L. "Design for a Giant Telescope." Page 507 in J. Home Dickson, editor, Optical Instruments and Techniques. Newcastle-Upon-Tyne, England: Oriel Press, Ltd., 1970. . "Eclectic Considerations in Astronomical Fourier Spectroscopy." Pre- sented at Optical Society of America Meeting, Hollywood, Florida, September 1970. . "Fourier Spectroscopy, Past, Present, and Future." Applied Optics, volume 10 (1971), pages 386-389. . "Numerical Image Synthesis for the Rotation Modulation Colli- mator." Presented at the American Astronomical Society Meeting, Tampa, Florida, December 1970. . "Numerical Image Synthesis for a Ring Pupil." Optica Ada. vol- ume 18, number 1 (1971), pages 51-57. . "Observations of Infrared Stellar Absorption Lines." Presented at 17th International Astrophysical Symposium at Liege on Infrared Spectroscopy, Liege, Belgium, June 1971. Michelini, R. D. "Investigations of Very Long Baseline Interferometry at the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory." Pages 15-26 in L. E. Fron and C. B. Solloway, editors, Proceedings of the Conference on Scientific Applications of Radio and Radar Tracking in the Space Program. Jet Propulsion Laboratory Technical Report number 32-1475. Pasadena, California: Jet Propulsion Lab- oratory, 1970. . "A One-Bit VLBI Recording and Playback System Using Video- tape Recorders." Radio Science, volume 10 (1970), pages 1263-1270. Michelini, R. D., and M. D. Grossi. "VLBI Observations of Radio Emissions from Geostationary Satellites." Presented at 14th International COSPAR Meeting, Seattle, Washington, June 1971. Miller, W. C, and D. Latham. "Report on the Albany, New York, Meeting of the AAS Working Groups on Photographic Materials in Astronomy." American Astronomical Society Photo-Bulletin, volume 3, number 2 (1970), pages 3-10. Mohr, P. A. "The Afar Triple Junction and Sea-Floor Spreading." Journal of Geophysical Research, volume 75, number 35 (1970), pages 7340-7352. . "Catalog of Chemical Analyses of Rocks from the Intersection of the African, Gulf of Aden, and Red Sea Rift Systems." Smithsonian Contribu- tions to the Earth Sciences, number 2 (16 December 1970), 271 pages. . "Volcanic Composition in Relation to Tectonics in the Ethiopian Rift System: A Preliminary Investigation." Bulletin Volcanologique, volume 34, number 1 (1970), pages 1-17. . "Plate Tectonics of the Red Sea and East. Africa." Nature, volume 228, number 5271 (1970), pages 547-548. 441-283 O - 71-14 204 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "Ethiopian Rift and Plateaus: Some Volcanic Petrochemical Dif- ferences." Journal of Geophysical Research, volume 76, number 8 (1971), pages 1967-1984. . "The Ethiopian Triple-Rift Junction in Terms of Plate Tectonics." Bulletin of the Geophysical Obsenmtory, Haile Sellassie I University, number 13 (1971), pages 1-17. -. "Research Programs on Crustal Deformations in the Ethiopian Rift. 2. Smithsonian Geodimeter Surveys." Bulletin of the Geophysical Ob- servatory, Haile Sellassie I University, number 13 (1971), page 121. . "Tectonics of the Dobi Graben Region, Central Afar, Ethiopia." Bulletin of the Geophysical Observatory, Haile Sellassie I University, number 13 (1971), pages 73-89. . The Geology of Ethiopia (2nd Printing with new Foreword). 268 pages. Addis Ababa: Haile Selassie I University Press, 1971. Nilsson, C. S., and F. W. Wright. "Detection of Micrometeoroid Flux on Satel- lites." Journal of Geophysical Research, volume 76 (1971), pages 3424-3425. Nozawa, Y. "Accuracy of an Orbiting Television Photometer." Presented at the Electro-Optical System Design Conference, New York, September 1970. . "Deterioration Characteristics of a SEC Vidicon." Presented at the Seoul International Conference on Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Seoul, Korea, September 1970. . "Integrated Data-Processor-Controller for an Astronomical Tele- vision System in a Space-Borne Observatory." Presented at the 31st Interna- tional Astronautical Congress, Constance, Federal Republic of Germany, Oc- tober 1970. . "Problems Encountered During Development of an Astronomical Television System for an Earth-Orbiting Observatory." Journal of the British Interplanetary Society, volume 23 (1970), pages 759-769. Nozawa, Y., and R. J. Davis. "Some Factors Affecting the Accuracy of a Space- Borne Astronomical Television Photometer." Astronomical Use of Television- Type Image Sensors, NASA SP-256 (1971). Oke, J. B., and R. Schild. "Recent Absolute Calibration Work at Palomar Mountain." Pages 13-17 in L. Houziaux and H. E. Butler, Ultraviolet Stellar Spectra and Related Ground-Based Observations, Proceedings of the Inter- national Astronomical Union Symposium No. 36. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel Publishing Company, 1970. Papaliolios, C, N. P. Carleton, and P. Horowitz. "Absolute Time-of- Arrival Measurements of Optical Pulses from the Crab Pulsar." Nature, volume 228, number 5270 (1970), pages 445-450. . "Period of the Crab Pulsar." Central Bureau for Astronomical Telegrams Circular No. 2269 (1970). . "Optical Timing Measurements of the Crab Pulsar." in R. D. Davies and F. G. Smith, editors. The Crab Nebula, Proceedings of the Inter- national Astronomical Union No. 46. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel Publishing Company, 1971. Papaliolios, C, P. Horowitz, and N. P. Carleton. "Results of a Search for Op- tical Pulsars." Aslrophysical Journal (Letters), volume 163 (1971), pages L5-10. Payne-Gaposchkin, C. H. "The Variable Stars of the Large Magellanic Cloud." Smithsonian Contributions to Astrophysics, number 13 (2 June 1971), 41 pages, 13 tables. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 205 Payne-Gaposchkin, C. H., and K. Haramundanis. Introduction to Astronomy. 610 pages. New York: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1970. . "The Moon." Collier's Encyclopedia, New York: Grolier Press, 1970. Pearlman, M. R., and R. E. McCrosky. "Synoptic Observations of the Aerosol Layer by LIDAR." Presented at the 14th International COSPAR Meeting, Seattle, Washington, June 1971. . "A Two-Laser Collocation Experiment." Pages 99-114 in Computer Sciences Corporation, editor, Tracking System Inte.rcomparisons zuith Geos-2, volume II. Washington, D.C., NASA, 1970. Reid, J. B. "Petrology of Basic Igneous Rock Fragments in Apollo 12 Soil Samples." Presented at the 33rd Annual Meeting of the Meteoritical Society, Skyline, Virginia, October 1970. . "Apollo 12 Spinels as Petrogenetic Indicators." Earth and Planetary Science Letters, volume 10 (1971), pages 351-356. . "The Petrology of Basaltic Particles in Apollo 12 Soils." Presented at the American Geophysical Union 52nd Annual Meeting, Washington, D.C., April 1971. Reid, J. B., and F. A. Frey. "Rare-Earth Distributions in Lherzolite and Garnet Pyroxenite Xenoliths and the Constitution of the Upper Mantle." Journal of Geophysical Research, volume 76 (1971), pages 1184-1196. Reid, R. H. G., and A. Dalgarno. "Sodium 2P Fine-Structure Transitions in Collisions with Helium." Chemistry and Physics Letters, volume 6 (1970), pages 85-86. Reid, R. H. G., and G. L. Withbroe. "The Density and Vibrational Distribution of Molecular Oxygen in the Lower Thermosphere." Planetary and Space Science, volume 18 (1970), pages 1255-1265. Rybicki, G. "A Note on the Computation of Diffuse Reflection Functions for Spherical Shells." Journal of Computational Physics, volume 6 (1970), pages 131-135. . "Relaxation Times in Strictly Disk Systems." Presented at the 10th International Astronomical Union Colloquium, Brighton, England, August 1970. "Theoretical Methods of Treating Line Formation Problems in Steady-State Extended Atmospheres." Pages 87-118 In H. G. Groth and P. Wellmann, Spectrum Formation in Stars with Steady-State Extended Atmo- spheres, National Bureau of Standards Special Publication No. 332. Washing- ton, D.C., National Bureau of Standards, 1970. Salisbury, W. W. "Generation of Light from Free Electrons." Journal of the Optical Society of America, volume 60, number 10 (1970), pages 1279-1284. . "The Properties of the Moon as a Radio Lens." Pages 217-228 in W. I. Linlor, editor, Electromagnetic Exploration of the Moon. Baltimore. Maryland: Mono Book Corporation, 1970. Salisbury, W. W., and D. W. Fernald. "Experimental Chondrule Formation." Presented at 33rd Annual Meeting of the Meteoritical Society, Skyline, Virginia, October 1970. o Sando, K. M., and A. Dalgarno. "The Absorption of Radiation Near 600 A by Helium." Molecular Physics, volume 20, number 1 (1971), pages 103-112. Schild, R. E. "Red Supergiants in Open Clusters." Astrophysical Journal, vol- ume 161 (1970), pages 855-866. . "Infrared Emission from Stars in the h and % Persei Association.' 206 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Presented at the 17th International Astrophysical Symposium at Liege on Infrared Spectroscopy, Liege, Belgium, June 1971. Schild, R. E., G. Neugebauer, and J. A. Westphal. "Interstellar Absorption and Color Excesses in Sco OB-1." Astronomical Journal, volume 76 number 3 (1971), pages 237-241. Schild, R. E.. D. M. Peterson, and J. B. Oke. "Effective Temperatures of B- and A-Type Stars." Astrophysical Journal, volume 166 (1971), pages 95-108. Sekanina, Z. "Statistical Model of Meteor Streams, I: Analysis of the Model." Icarus, volume 13 (1970), pages 459-474. . "Statistical Model of Meteor Streams, II: Major Showers." Icarus, volume 13 (1970), pages 475-493. . "Internal Motions in the Head of Comet Ikeya-Seki 1965 VIII from High Resolution Spectra." Presented at 14th International Astronomical Union General Assembly, Commission 15, Brighton, England, August 1970. . "Secular Variations in the Nongravitational Effects on Comets." Pre- sented at 14th International Astronomical Union General Assembly, Commis- sion 20, Brighton, England, August 1970. . "A New Model for Meteor Streams." Presented at 14th International Astronomical Union General Assembly, Commission 22, Brighton, England, August 1970. . "A Model for the Nucleus of Encke's Comet." Presented at Interna- tional Astronomical Union Symposium No. 45, Leningrad, USSR, August 1970. "Rotation Effects in the Nongravitational Parameters of Comets." Presented at International Astronomical Union Symposium No. 45, Leningrad, USSR, August 1970. . "A Core-Mantle for Cometary Nuclei and Asteroids of Possible Cometary Origin." Presented at International Astronomical Union Colloquium No. 12, Tucson, Arizona, March 1971. . "New Evidence for Interplanetary Boulders?" Presented at Interna- tional Astronomical Union Colloquium No. 13, Albany, New York, June 1971. Sheridan, W. F., O. Oldenberg, and N. P. Carleton. "Excitation of Nitrogen by Fast Protons and Electrons." Journal of Geophysical Research, volume 76 (1971), pages 2429-2436. Strom, S. E., and K. M. Strom. "A Study of the Blue Stragglers in the Open Cluster NGC 7789." Astrophysical Journal, volume 162 (1970), pages 523-533. Strom, S. E., K. M. Strom, R. T. Rood, and I. Iben. "On the Evolutionary Status of Stars above the Horizontal Branch in Globular Clusters." Astronomy and Astrophysics, volume 8 (1970), pages 243-250. Traub, W. A., and N. P. Carleton. "Measurements of Differential Doppler Effect of a CO. Absorption Line Between Various Points on Venus." Presented at the Third Annual Meeting of the Division of Planetary Sciences of the American Astronomical Society, Tallahassee, Florida, February 1971. Veis, G., and M. Wolf. "A Laser Satellite Ranging System." Pages 61-66 in T. M. Donahue, P. A. Smith, and L. Thomas, editors, Space Research X. Amsterdam: North-Holland Publishing Company, 1970. Vessot, R. F. C, and M. W. Levine. "Measurement of the Gravitational Red Shift Using a Clock in an Orbiting Satellite." Presented at Conference on Ex- perimental Tests of Gravitational Theories, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California, November 1970. . "A Method for Eliminating the Wall Shift in the Atomic Hydrogen Maser." Metrologia, volume 6 (1970), pages 116-117. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 207 . "Studies of Hydrogen Maser Wall Shift for High Molecular Weight Polytetrafluoroethylene." Pages 270-274 in Proceedings of the 24th Annual Symposium on Frequency Control. Ft. Monmouth, New Jersey: U.S. Army Command, 1970. Vessot, R. F. C, M. W. Levine, P. W. Zitzewitz, P. Debely, and N. Ramsey. Recent Developments Affecting the Hydrogen Maser as a Frequency Standard. Presented at the International Conference on Precision Measurement and Fundamental Constants, National Bureau of Standards, Gaithersburg, Mary- land, August 1970. Vessot, R. F. C, and J. Vanier. "Hydrogen Maser Wall Shift.'" Metrologia, vol- ume 6 (1970), pages 52-53. Victor, G. A., and A. Dalgarno. "Orientation-Dependent van der Waals Co- efficients for Various Species in Molecular Hydrogen." Journal of Chemical Physics, volume 53, number 4 (1970), pages 1316-1317. Wattson, R. B., and J. Regas. "An Approximate, Rapid Computational Tech- nique for Synthesizing Planetary Absorption Spectra." Presented at the Third Annual Meeting of the Division of Planetary Sciences of the American Astro- nomical Society, Tallahassee, Florida, February 1971. Weiffenbach, G. C. "A Satellite for 2-cm Accuracy Laser Ranging." Presented at the meeting of the American Geophysical Union, San Francisco, December 1970. . "Current Status of the SAO Program in Dynamic Geodesy." Pre- sented at the Department of Defense Gravity and Satellite Geodesy Symposium, Washington, D.C., April 1971. . "Characteristics and Sources of Errors in Laser Range Measurements to Satellites." Presented at the Symposium on the Use of Artificial Satellites for Geodesy, Washington, D.C., April 1971. . "Determination of UT-1 and Polar Motion by Means of VLBI and Laser Ranging to Satellites." Presented at the International Astronomical Union Symposium No. 48, Morioka, Japan, May 1971. Weiffenbach, G. C, E. M. Gaposchkin, and C. A. Lundquist. "SAO Objectives and Plans in Satellite Geodesy and Geophysics." Presented at the Department of Defense Gravity and Satellite Geodesy Symposium, Washington, D.C., April 1971. Whipple, F. L. "The Origin of Comets." Presented at the International Astro- nomical Union Symposium No. 45, Leningrad, USSR, August 1970. . "Accumulation of Chondrules on Asteroids." Presented at the Inter- national Astronomical Union Colloquium No. 12, Tucson, Arizona, March 1971. . "On the Amount of Dust in the Asteroid Belt." Presented at the International Astronomical Union Colloquium No. 12, Tucson, Arizona, March 1971. . "Radial Pressure in the Solar Nebula as Affecting the Motions of Planetesimals." Presented at the International Astronomical Union Sympo- sium No. 13, Albany, New York, June 1971. Whipple, F. L., and S. E. Hamid. "A Search for Comet Encke in Ancient Chi- nese Records — A Progress Report." Presented at the International Astro- nomical Symposium No. 45, Leningrad, USSR, August 1970. Wolfe, C. W., L. W. McCombs, H. Skornick, L. J. Battan, R. H. Fleming, and G. S. Hawkins. Earth and Space Science. Second edition. Boston, Massachusetts: D. C. Heath, 1971. 208 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Wood, J. A. "The Lunar Soil." Scientific American, volume 233 (1970), pages 14-23. . "Petrology of the Lunar Soil and Geophysical Implications." Jour- nal of Geophysical Research, volume 75, number 32 (1970), pages 6497-6513. Wood, J. A., J. S. Dickey, Jr., U. B. Marvin, and B. N. Powell. "Lunar Anortho- sites and a Geophysical Model of the Moon." Proceedings of the Apollo 11 Lunar Science Conference, volume 1 (1970), pages 965-988. Special Reports Through its Special Report series, the Observatory distributes catalogs of satel- lite observations, orbital data, and scientific papers before journal publication. 319. P. W. Hodge. "Color-Magnitude Diagrams for Five Stellar Associations in the Large Magellanic Cloud." 7 July 1970. 320. P. W. Hodge, G. A. Welch, R. Wills, and F. W. Wright. "Estimates of Magnitudes of the Brightest Stars in the Clusters of the Large Magellanic Cloud." 14 August 1970. 321. D. W. Latham. "Abundances of the Elements in Sirius and Merak." 19 August 1970. 322. M. R. Flannery. "Semi-Quantal Theory of Heavy-Particle Excitation, Deexcitation, and Ionization by Neutral Atoms, I: Slow and Intermediate Energy Collisions." 26 August 1970. 323. H. E. Mitler. "The Solar Light-Element Abundances and Primeval He- lium." 28 August 1970. 324. A. F. Cook. "Discrete Levels of Beginning Height of Meteors in Streams." 8 September 1970. 325. K. Haramundanis. "Comparison of the SAO Star Catalog with Cape Catalogues from —64° to —90°." 15 October 1970. 326. L. G. Jacchia and J. W. Slowey. "A Catalog of Atmospheric Densities from the Drag on Five Artificial Satellites." 16 October 1970. 327. M. R. Pearlman, D. Hogan, W. Kirchoff, K. Goodwin, D. Kurtenbach, S. Rocketto, and B. Van't Sant. "A Meteorological Report for the Mt. Hopkins Observatory: 1968-1969." 26 October 1970. 328. J. R. Cherniak. "Techniques for Manipulation of Long Poisson Series." 29 October 1970. 329. G. C. Weiffenbach and T. E. Hoffman. "A Passive Stable Satellite for Earth-Physics Applications (Cannonball, a Satellite for Accurate Laser Ranging)." 30 November 1970. 330. H. E. Mitler. 'Cosmic-Ray Production of Deuterium, He3, Lithium, Beryl- lium, and Boron in the Galaxy." 1 December 1970. 331. S. Tsuruta and C. A. Whitney. "Radiation Gas Dynamics in Normal Shock Waves." 3 May 1971. 332. L. G. Jacchia. "Revised Static Models of the Thermosphere and Exo- sphere with Empirical Temperature Profiles." 5 May 1971. 333. J. A. Wood, U. B. Marvin, J. B. Reid, Jr., G. J. Taylor, J. F. Bower, B. N. Powell, and J. S. Dickey, Jr. "Mineralogy and Petrology of the Apollo 12 Lunar Sample." 20 May 1971. 334. J. E. Grindlay. "Extensive Air Shower Studies of Cosmic Gamma Rays and Cosmic Ray Composition." 28 May 1971. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 209 335. J. A. Hoffman. "A Gas-Cerenkov Telescope Experiment to Observe Cosmic Gamma Rays." 4 June 1971. Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute Glynn, Peter W. "On the Ecology of the Caribbean Chitons Acanthopleiira granulata Gmelin and Chiton tuberculatus Linee: Density, Mortality, Feeding, Reproduction, and Growth." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 66 (16 October 1970), 21 pages, 10 figures, 9 tables. Robinson, Michael H., and Jose Olazarri. "Units of Behavior and Complex Sequences in the Predatory Behavior of Argiope argentata (Fabricius): (Ara- neae: Araneidae)." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 65 (21 May 1971), 36 pages, 15 figures, 3 tables. Radiation Biology Laboratory Brown, J. A. M., and W. H. Klein. "Photomorphogenesis in Arabidopsis Thaliana (L.) Heynh: Threshold Intensities and Blue Far-red Synergism in Floral Induction." Plant Physiology, volume 47 (1971), pages 393-399. Drumm, Helga E., and Maurice M. Margulies. "In Vitro Protein Synthesis by Plastids of Phaseolus vulgaris, IV. Amino Acid Incorporation by Plastids." Plant Physiology, volume 45 (1970), pages 435^442. Gantt, E., M. R. Edwards, and L. Provasoli. "Chloroplast Structure of the Cryptophyceae: Evidence for Phycobiliproteins within Intrathylakoidal Spaces." Journal of Cell Biology, volume 48 (1971), pages 280-290. Goldberg, Bernard. "Loss of Solar Radiation at Washington, D.C. over the Past 50 Years." Presented at 1971 International Solar Energy Conference, Greenbelt, Maryland, 9-14 May 1971. Klein, W. H. "Annual Variation of Ultraviolet Radiation at Washington, D.C." Presented at SST Environmental Research Panel Meeting, Boulder, Colorado March 1971. Lange, H., W. Shropshire, Jr., and H. Mohr. "An Analysis of Phytochrome- Mediated Anthocyanin Synthesis." Plant Physiology, volume 47 (1971), pages 649-655. Ma, Te-Hsiu, A. J. Snope, and Tsai Ying Chang. "Far-red Light Effect on Ultraviolet Light Induced Chromatid Aberrations in Pollen Tubes of Trade- scantia." Radiation Botany, volume 11 (1971), pages 39^13. Margulies, Maurice M. "Changes in Absorbance Spectrum of the Diatom Phaeo- daclylum Tricornutum upon Modification of Protein Structure." Journal of Phycologv (1970), pages 160-164. . "Electron Transport Properties of Chloroplasts from Aged Bean Leaves." Presented at Second International Congress of Photosynthesis Research in Stressa, Italy. 24-29 June 1971. . "/» Vitro Protein Synthesis by Plastids of Phaseolus vulgaris, V. Incorporation of "C-leucine into a Protein Fraction Containing Ribulose 1,5-Diphosphate Carboxylase." Plant Physiology, volume 46 (1970), pages 136- 141. 210 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Shropshire, W., Jr. "Intracellular Communication for Phototropism." Presented at Symposium on Membranes, Structure and Function of Photobiological Sys- tems— Phytochrome and Phototropism held at Raleigh, N.C. 7 April 1971. . "Photo-Induced Parental Control of Seed Germination." Presented at 1971 Solar Energy Conference in Greenbelt, Maryland 9-14 May 1971. Shropshire, W., Jr., and H. Mohr. "Gradient Formation of Anthocyanin in Seedlings of Fagopyrum and Sinapis Unilaterally Exposed to Red and Far-red Light." Photochemistry and Photobiology, volume 12 (1970), pages 145-149. Stuckenrath, Robert, and James E. Mielke. "Smithsonian Institution Radio- carbon Measurements, VI." Radiocarbon, volume 12 (1970), pages 193-204. National Zoological Park Boyer, S. H., A. N. Noyes, G. R. Vrablik, L. J. Donalson, C. W. Gray, and T. F. Thurmon. "Silent Hemoglobin Alpha Genes in Apes: Potential Source of Thalassemia." Science, volume 171, pages 182-185. Brown, T. McP., H. W. Clark, J. S. Bailey, and C. W. Gray. "A Mechanistic Approach to Treatment of Rheumatoid Type Arthritis Naturally Occurring in a Gorilla." Transactions of the American Clinical and Climatological Asso- ciation, volume 82 (1970). Eisenberg, J. F. "Breeding Project Helps Restore Ceylon Elephants." Smith- sonian, volume 1, number 1 (1970), pages 20-27. ."A Splendid Predator Does Its Own Thing Untroubled By Man." Smithsonian, volume 1, number 6 (1970), pages 48-55. . "The Relationship Between Ecology and Social Structure in Pri- mates." Paper presented at the Animal Behavior Society Meeting, Logan, Utah, 14-16 June 1971. . "The Vocalizations of South American Primates." Paper presented to the Fifty -first Annual Meeting of the American Society of Mammalogists, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, 20-24 June 1971. . "What is Ethology?" Invitational Seminar, Department of Pathol- ogy, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland, 16 October 1970. "Wildlife Conservation in Ceylon." Invitational Seminar, Ceylon Council, Asia Society, New York City, 19 November 1970. Eisenberg, J. F., and Wilton S. Dillon, editors. Man and Beast: Comparative Social Behavior. 401 pages, 29 figures, 3 tables. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1971. Eisenberg, J. F., M. R. Jainudeen, and J. B. Jayasinghe. "Semen of the Ceylon Elephant (Elephas maximus)." Journal of Reproduction and Fertility, volume 24, number 2 (1971), pages 213-219. Eisenberg, J. F., and D. G. Kleiman. "Comparisons of Canid and Felid Social Systems from an Evolutionary Point of View." Paper presented at the Inter- national Symposium on Ecology, Behavior and Conservation of the World's Cats, Lion Country Safari, Laguna Hills, California, 15 March 1971. Eisenberg, J. F., and G. M. McKay. "A Revised Checklist of the Mammals of Ceylon with Keys to the Species." Ceylon Journal of Science, Biological Science, volume 8, number 2 (1970), pages 23-53. Eisenberg, J. F., G. M. McKay, and M. R. Jainudeen. "Reproductive Behavior of the Asiatic Elephant (Elephas maximus L.)." Behavior, volume 38 (1971), pages 193-225. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 211 Eisenberg, J. F., and N. A. Muckenhirn. "Spacing Mechanisms and Predation by the Ceylon Leopard." Paper presented at the International Symposium on Ecology, Behavior and Conservation of the World's Cats, Lion Country Safari, Laguna Hills, California, 15 March 1971. Eisenberg, J. F., C. Santiapillai, and M. Lockhart. "The Censusing of Animal Populations by Indirect Methods." Ceylon Journal of Science, Biological Science, volume 8, number 2 (1970), pages 53-62. Gray, C. W. "Use of a Walking Cast in a Third Metatarsal Fracture in the Zebra." International Zoo Yearbook, volume 10, page 173. Gray, C. W., and A. P. W. Nettashinghe. "A Preliminary Study on the Im- mobilization of the Asiatic Elephant (Elephas maximus) Utilizing Etorphine (M-99)." Zoologica (New York Zoological Society), number 55, part 3, pages 51-56. Horsley, Jaren G. "Keeper Training Program.'" Continuing Lecture Series to the Reptile Division, National Zoological Park, Smithsonian Institution, 1970— 1971. . "Animal Behavior." USDA Graduate School Course, 16 November 1970— 12 January 1971. Sauer, R. M., B. C. Zook, and F. M. Garner. "Demyelinating Encephalomyelo- pathy Associated with Lead Poisoning in Non-human Primates." Science, vol- ume 169 (11 September 1970), pages 1091-1093. Slaughter, Leo. "Gestation Period of the Dorcas Gazelle." Journal of Mammol- ogy, volume 52, number 2 (1971), pages 480-481. Weeks, Sam E. "The Relevant Role of the Zoo." Lecture. University of Mary- land, Phi Sigma Society, 29 October 1970. . "Birds of the World." Walking Lecture. National Zoological Park, Tour of the Bird Division, 21 November 1970. . "Birds." Lecture. National Zoological Park, Keeper Training Pro- gram, 30 November 1970. . "Birds and the Role of the Zoo." National Zoological Park, Friends of the National Zoo Docent Course, 7 January 1971. . "Current Ecological Topics." Seminar. Northern Virginia Com- munity College, 26 January 1971. . "Owl Presentation." Lecture. Audubon Naturalist Society, 5 Feb- ruary 1971. . "World Population." Lecture. University of Maryland, 10 February 1971. . "World Ecology." Seminar. Howard University, Washington, D.C.. 30 March 1971. . "Animal Behavior." Seminar. Northern Virginia Community Col- lege, 2 March 1971. . "Ethology." Lecture. Northern Virginia Community College, 9 March 1971. . "Animal Communication." Two Seminars. Woodrow Wilson High School, 16 March 1971. . "Techniques of Bird Care." Two Seminars. Audubon Naturalist Society, 28 March 1971 and 18 April 1971. "Birds." Course. Smithsonian Associates, Washington, D.C., 3 April— 19 June 1971. . "Earth Day." Seminar. Mary Washington College, 20 April 1971. 212 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "Birds of the World." Walking Lectures. Tour of National Zoo Bird Division for students of Northern Virginia Community College, 28 April 1971, and Maryland University, 6 May 1971. . "Introduction to Ecology." Lecture. Audubon Naturalist Society, 5 May 1971. . "Ecology." Lecture. Apple Grove School, 13 May 1971. . "Tinamous, Behavior and Man's Future." Lecture. Radio Smith- sonian, 30 May 1971. . "Avicultural Techniques." Seminar. Baltimore Bird Fanciers' Club, 16 May 1971. . "Birds." Two Courses. National Zoological Park, Friends of the National Zoo Docent Training Course, 20-29 May 1971. . Bird Division Keeper Training Course, National Zoological Park, Washington, D.C., 25 May— 27 July 1971. "Is There Intelligent Life on Earth?" Seminar. Carnegie Institution, Washington, D.C., 30 June 1971. Wemmer, C. "Birth, Development and Behavior of a Fanaloka (Fossa fossa) at the National Zoological Park, Washington, D.C.," International Zoo Year- book, volume 11 (1971), pages 113-115. Wurster, D. FL, K. Benirschke, and C. W. Gray. "Determination of Sex in the Spotted Hyena." International Zoo Yearbook, volume 10, page 143. Zook, B. C. "An Animal Model for Human Disease. Lead Poisoning in Non- human Primates." Comparative Pathology Bulletin, volume 111, number 1 (1971), pages 3-4. . "Thallium Poisoning in Dogs and Cats." In Current Veterinary Therapy, IV, pages 97-99. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders Co., 1971. Zook, B. C, and J. L. Carpenter. 'Lead Poisoning in Dogs." In Current Veteri- nary Therapy IV, pages 100-104. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders Co., 1971. Zook, B. C, R. M. Sauer, and F. M. Garner. "Lead Poisoning in Australian Fruit Bats (Pteropus poliocephalus)." American Veterinary Medical Associa- tion Journal, volume 157, number 5, pages 691-694. Office of Environmental Sciences Buechner, Helmut K. "Principles of Game Cropping in Eastern Africa." Lec- ture series. Institute of Creative Engineering Methodology, Chemical Engi- neering Department, Catholic University, Washington, D.C., 31 July 1970. . "Satellite and Ground Radiotracking of Elk." With Frank C. Craighead, Jr., J. J. Craighead, and Charles E. Cote. Symposium on Animal Orientation and Navigation sponsored jointly by NASA, Smithsonian Insti- tution, AIBS, at Wallops Island, Virginia, 9-13 September 1970. . "Environmental Development." Panelist. Washington Chapter, The Society for International Development, 14 October 1970. . "Satellite Tracking of Free-Roaming Animals." Lecture to Seminar on Investigations in Terrestrial Biology using Aerospace Vehicles, NASA Ames Research Center, 21 January 1971. . "Territoriality and Ceremonial Mating Behavior in the Uganda Kob." Lecture. University of California, 4 June 1971. "Radiotelemetry for Research on Large Land Mammals." Lecture. First International Telemetering Conference, 29 September 1971. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 213 Jenkins, Dale W. "Global Biological Monitoring." Lecture. MIT Summer Study of Critical Environmental Problems. Williams College, Massachusetts, 3 July 1970. . "Laboratory Animal Ecology in Research Programs." Lecture. American Association for Laboratory Animal Science, 29 September 1970. . "Trends in Ecology." Lecture. George Washington University Con- ference for IBM, Airlee House, 2 November 1970. . "Global Biological and Environmental Monitoring." Chairman's Opening Session Address at Symposium on Monitoring of the Environment, 1st National Biological Congress, Detroit, Michigan, 2 November 1970. . "Data Requirements in Ecology, Remote Sensing, and Global En- vironmental Monitoring." Lecture. IBM Research Staff, Yorktowne, New York, 2 December 1970. . "Remote Sensing in Chesapeake Bay." Lecture. School of Public Health and Hygiene, Johns Hopkins University, 20 January 1971. . "The Smithsonian Institution-Peace Corps Environmental Pro- gram." Radio Smithsonian, April 1971. . "Ecology." Lecture series. Smithsonian Associates, May 1971. Opportunities in Oceanography. 32 pages, 44 illustrations. Publication 4537. Revised edition. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1971. Proceedings of the Symposium on Potential Application of Remote Sensing to Economic Development in Developing Countries. 117 pages. June 1971. Wallen, I. E. "Underwater Houses and Production Plants." Lecture. Interocean Congress Dusseldorf, 11 November 1970. . "Frontiers in Innerspace." Lecture. University of Nebraska, 10 March 1971. . "New Developments in Oceanography." Lecture. Rutgers Univer- sity, 27 January 1971. . "On Oceanographic Research." Lecture. Stanford Club of Wash- ington, D.C., 17 September 1970. . "Environmental Sciences Research at the Smithsonian Institution." Lecture. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, St. Andrews, 18 June 1971. Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies Williamson, Francis S. L. 'Ecosystem Studies of the Rhode River Watershed." Lecture. Chesapeake Bay Biological Research Planning Council, 19 August 1970. . "Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies." Lecture. Wild- life Society, D.C. Chapter, 14 October 1970. . "Virus Diseases Transmitted by Birds." Lecture. George Washing- ton University Medical School, 12 November 1970. . "The Timing of Breeding and Molt in Lapland Longspur in Alaska." Lecture. Cooper Ornithological Society, San Diego, California, 7 April 1971. . "Global Environmental Problems and Human Population Growth." Lecture. Towson State University, April 1971. 214 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Center for Short-Lived Phenomena (Reports issued by the Center) Annual Report 1970. 296 pages. May 1971. "The Bay of Bengal Storm Surge, 12-13 November 1970." 1 March 1971. Bleahu, Marcian, and Liviu Constantinescu. "The Floods of Southeastern Europe." 27 July 1970. Citron, Robert. "International Environmental Monitoring Programs." 1 July 1970. Revised 10 August 1970. . "Monitoring the Planet." Paper presented at the M.I.T. Summer Study on Critical Environmental Problems, 1-30 July 1970. 2 July 1970. . "A Proposed International Monitoring Program for Critical Global Environmental Problems." 26 July 1970. . "The Establishment of an International Environmental Monitoring Program — A Plan for Action." Prepared for the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment, Stockholm, Sweden, June 1971. May 1971. "A Directory of National and International Environmental Monitoring Activ- ities." 292 pages. October 1970. Hedervari, Peter. "A Detailed Account of the Landslide Near Dunafoldvar, Hungary, 15 September 1970." 21 October 1970. "The Kiffa Meteorite Fall of 23 October 1970. May 1971. "Notes on the Development of a United Nations Natural Disaster Program." Prepared for the Office of Science and Technology of the United Nations. 24 March 1971. Rittman, Alfredo. "The Mt. Etna Volcanic Eruption of 1971." 3 May 1971. Tazieff, H., and F. Le Guern. "Tectonic Nature and the Mechanism of Etna's Eruption of April-May 1971." 4 June 1971. Viramonte, Jose G., Eliseo Ubeda, and Maximiliano Martinez. "The 1971 Erup- tion of Cerro Negro, Nicaragua." 15 April 1971. Yohner, Art. "Contact with a Group of Akurijo Indians of Suriname." 5 No- vember 1970. Oceanography and Limnology Higgins, R. P. "Biological Stress in Marine Ecosystems." Lecture. University of Libya, 10 March 1971. Hidings, Neil C, and John S. Gray, editors. "A Manual for the Study of Meio- fauna." Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 78 (27 April 1971), 83 pages, 13 figures, 1 table. Center for the Study of Man Tax, Sol. "Indian, Latin-American," Encyclopaedia Britamiica, 1971 edition. . "Integration of the Social Sciences through Policy Analysis." Com- ments on a paper by Robert E. Lane, Paper prepared for the American Acad- emy of Political and Social Sciences Conference, June 16-17, 1971, Philadelphia. . "Foreword." In Alicja Iwanska, Purgatory and Utopia. Schenkman Publishers, 1971. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 215 . "Foreword." In Thorne Deuel, Scientific Papers, Vol. XIII. Illinois State Museum, 1971. . "Current Anthropology." Colloquim at Center for Advanced Studies in the Behavioral Sciences, May 1970. "The Contribution of Anthropology to Man's Survival." Address at the inaugural of the President of Wilmington College, Ohio, April, 1971. . "Action Anthropology: The Ethics of Intervention." Seminar. Wil- mington College, Ohio, 23 April 1971. . "The Challenge of Multi-Cultural Education." Seminar. Wilming- ton College, Ohio, 23 April 1971. Tax, Sol, and Clyde Mitchell. "Urban Anthropologv." Britannica Yearbook of Science and the Future. 1971 edition. Science Information Exchange Snyderman, M., and Hunt, B. L. "The Myriad Virtues of Text Compaction. Datamation, volume 16, number 16 (1 December 1970), pages 36-40. National Museum of History and Technology Bedini, Silvio A. "Hardware of History." Paper read during panel discussion on "The Uses of Historical Archaeology." Annual meeting of the Society for Historical Archaeology, National Museum of History and Technology, 8 January 1971. Bedini, Silvio A., Wernher von Braun, and Fred L. Whipple. Moon, Man's Greatest Adventure, 267 pages, New York: Harry N. Abrams, 1970. Boorstin, Daniel J. The Landmark History of the American People: From Ap- pomattox to The Moon. 192 pages. New York: Random House, 1970. . "A Case of Hypochondria," Newsweek (6 July 1970), pages 27-29. . "Is America Really Sick?" Reader's Digest (September 1970), pages 92-94. 'The American Century — Myth vs. Reality," U. S. News and World Report, 19 October 1970), pages 64-67. . "Enlarging the Historian's Vocabulary." In The Reinterpretation of American Economic History, edited by Robert William Fogel and Stanley L. Engerman, pages 11-14. New York: Harper and Row, 1971. . "The Perils of Indwelling Law." In The Rule of Lau< edited b\ Robert Paul Wolff. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1971. . "Introduction." In A Lady's Life in the Rocky Mountains by Isa- bella L. Bird. Reprint. Pages 11-19. New York: Ballantine Books, 1971. . Convocation Lecture. University of Rochester, 20 September 1970. . "Preserving American Papers." Lecture. Society of American Archi- vists, Washington, D.C., 30 September 1970. . "What Historians Don't Write About." Duquesnc University His tory Forum. 31 October 1970. . "What is the Standard of American Living." Lecture. USIS, Cul- tural Americans, 3 January 1971. . "Aspects of America." Lecture. American Club of Lisbon, 5 January 1971. 216 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "The Force of Fashion in a Changing Society. " Lecture. Menswear Retailers of America, 8 February 1971. . "The Continuity of Change." Lecture. Casper College, 24 Febr tary 1971. . "Toward Independence." Institute of Early American History ;nd Culture Seminar on the American Revolution, 9 March 1971. . "Consumer Advertising and American Culture." Informing To- morrow's Skeptical Consumer, Bureau of Advertising Conference, New York, 25 March 1971. . Atherton Lecture, Harvard University, 29 March 1971. . "Psycho History." Lecture. City University of New York, 24 April 1971. . "Some Remarks About American History." Lecture. Catholic Uni- versity, 27 April 1971. Gorr, Louis F. Beyond Relevance: A Collection of Essays. 340 pages. Glenview, Illinois: Scott, Foresman and Co., 1971. . "Science for Humans." The Progressive (May 1971), pages 48-50. . "Jacob Bigelow's Elements of Technology: Science, Technology, and the American Synthesis." Paper delivered to annual meeting of the Society for the History of Technology and the American Association for the Advance- ment of Science, December 1970. Marzio, Peter C. "American Lithographic Technology Before the Civil War," Winterthur Report, 1970. . "Lithography as a Democratic Art: A Reappraisal." Leonardo, Winter 1970. Skramstad, Harold K. "Historical Archaeology and Its Relation to Historic Preservation." Lecture given a the Ninth Annual National Trust Woodlawn Conference for Historic Preservation, 11 February 1971. . "Historical Archaeology, Doorway to the Past." Lecture. Gunston Hall, Virginia, 19 February 1971. . "Heroic Materialism: A Critique." Lecture. Senior Honors Program in History, University of Maryland, 29 April 1971. . "Early American History and Culture." Graduate Field Seminar. Smithsonian American Studies Program, St. Mary's City, Maryland, 2 July-16 August, 1971. "Material Aspects of American Civilization." Graduate Seminar, Smithsonian American Studies Program, Fall 1970. "The Physical City: An Approach to American Urban History'." Graduate Seminar, Smithsonian American Studies Program, Spring 1971. "American Technology and Its Cultural Impact." Graduate Read- ing Course, Smithsonian American Studies Program, Spring 1971. Do It the Hard Way: Rube Goldberg and Modern Times. Foreword by Peter C. Marzio; essays by Daniel J. Boorstin, Anne C. Golovin, and Rube Goldberg. Catalog. The National Museum of History and Technology, Smithsonian In- stitution. 23 November 1970. Department of Applied Arts Adrosko, Rita J. "American Textiles, 1750-1850." Lecture. School of Archi- tecture, Columbia University, March 1971. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 217 . "Fabric Design." Department of Home Economics, Howard Uni- versity, February 1971. . "Color in Early Tapestries." Symposium of the Inter-Society Color Council, New York City, April 1971. Clain-Stefanelli, Elvira. La Monnoie tresor d'art. Presentation. Paris, 1971. . South Carolina Paper Money 1770-1933. Presentation. Hampton, Virginia, 1970. . Welcoming Address, South Carolina State Society, 6 October 1970. . "In God We Trust." Lecture. Women's Association, National Pres- byterian Church, Washington, D.C., 18 November 1970. "The Significance of the Josiah K. Lilly Collection." Educational Forum, Empire State Numismatic Association Convention, Albany, New York, 4 April 1971. . "Medals as an American Art Form." Invitational lecture. Collectors of Art Medals, Inc., New York, 25 April 1971. . "I'll Give You A Dollar for that Penny." Radio Smithsonian, 28 March 1971. Clain-Stefanelli, Vladimir. "Coins as Documents of History." Lecture. The Sid- well Friends School, 8 January 1971. . "Highlights from The National Numismatic Collections." Educa- tional Forum, Empire State Numismatic Association Convention, Albany, New York, 4 April 1971. . "History of Money — A Survey." Lecture. The University of Vir- ginia, Extension Program, Winter 1971. . "Ancient Roman Coins." Collaborator, Seminar. Maryland Univer- sity, Spring 1971. . "I'll Give You A Dollar for that Penny" Radio Smithsonian, 28 March 1971. . "The Bald Eagle." Collaborator for Film Project, National Wildlife Foundation, 31 March 1971. Haberstich, David E. "Foreword." In The Hand of Man on America. Catalog. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1970. . "Collecting and Exhibiting Photographs at the Smithsonian." Lec- ture. North Bethesda Camera Club, Bethesda, Maryland, 24 February 1971. Hargest, George E. "History of Letter Post Communication Between the United States and Europe, 1845-1875," Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology, number 6 (10 February 1971), ix -f 234 pages, 126 figures, 34 tables. McHugh, Maureen Collins, "Wet-Cleaning Coverlets." Shuttle, Spindle and Dye- pot, volume 1 number 3 (June 1970), 2 pages, 3 illustrations. Norby, Reidar. 'Sweden's New Return Postage Stamps," The Posthorn, volume 27, number 2 (1970), pages 23-24. . "Improving Philatelic Terminology," Scandinazria7i Scribe, volume 6, number 6 (1970), pages 104-105. . "Scandinavian Varieties." Scandinavian Scribe, volume 6 (1970), pages 113, 119, 148-149, 169, 188-189, 221; volume 7 (1971), pages 5, 37, 79, 95, 119. . "A Postal Look at Scandinavia, 1968." Scandinavian Scribe, volume 7, number 1 (1971), page 16. 'Icelandic Cancellation Mystery Solved." Scandinavian Scribe, vol- ume 7, number 1 (1971), page 18. 218 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "Norway NK No. 44 — Issue Date to Advance?" Scandinavian Scribe, volume 7 (1971), number 3, page 58 and number 4, pages 63-64. . "Warning — Greenland Polar Bear 'Proofs' Sheer Nonsense." Scan- dinavian Scribe, volume 7, number 5 (1971), pages 83-85. . "Smithsonian's Role in Philately." Lecture. Stamp Society, Lynch- burg, Virginia, 6 October 1970. . "Smithsonian's Special Exhibition Stamps and Posts of Scandi- navia." Lecture. North Jersey Scandinavian Collectors Club, Upper Montclair, New Jersey, 19 November 1970. "Smithsonian and Scandinavia, and Philately." Lecture. Norwegian Postal Administration, Oslo, Norway, 19 March 1971. Norby, Reidar, Ellen E. Roney, and Carl H. Scheele. "Smithsonian Philatelic Booklist." S. P. A. Journal, volume 32, number 11 (July 1970). Ostroff, Eugene. "Photographs, Inventors, and Photographers." Lecture. Pro- fessional staff and research laboratory, E. I. DuPont de Nemours, Inc., Parlin, New Jersey, May 1971. . "Conservation of Photographs and Related Documents." Four 2-day seminars, under the auspices of the Smithsonian and the Institute for Graphic Communications, for museum personnel, archivists, librarians, and professional photographers. "The History of Photography." Smithsonian Associates course, spring 1971. . "Photography, History and the Smithsonian." Lecture. Brooklyn Camera Club, New York, June 1971. Scheele, Carl H. Neither Snow, Nor Rain . . . : The Story of the United States Mails. 99 pages, 85 illustrations. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1970. . "Impact of Technology on American Music, 1923-1950." Lecture. Smithsonian Associates, the National Museum of History and Technology, 20 May 1971. . 'Postal Perspectives and Philatelic Evidence: The Classics Period." Lecture. U.S. Philatelic Classics Society, Washington, D.C., 22 May 1971. . "The Burden of the Far West: U.S. Mails and the Turner Thesis.' Lecture. Western Postal History Conference, Tucson, Arizona, 25 May 1971. . "The Western Post Office Under Buchanan and Lincoln." Lecture. Western Postal History Conference, Phoenix, Arizona, 26 May 1971. Turner, Craig J. "Punches Feature Effort to Foil Stamp Cleaners." Linn's Weekly Stamp News, volume 44, number 5 (1 February 1971), pages 18, 19, 20, 23. . "Bored with Collecting? — Try a New Country." Linn's Weekly Stamp News, volume 44, number 18 (3 May 1971), pages 15 and 20. Department of Cultural History Ahlborn, Richard E. "American Beginnings: Prints in Sixteenth-Century Mex- ico." 1970 Wintherthur Conference Report: Prints In and of America to 1850. 23 pages, 12 illustrations. Winterthur, Delaware: Henry Francis du Pont Winterthur Museum, 1970. . "Santos y Penitentes." Americas, volume 22, number 10 (October 1970), pages 6-13, 15 illustrations. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 219 "Later Colonial Arts of Spanish North America." Lecture. Summer Institute of the Winterthur Museum, Winterthur, Delaware, August 1970. "The Religious Arts of Spanish New Mexico." Lecture. Hancock Village, Hancock, Massachusetts, November 1970. Fesperman, John T. "A Snetzler Chamber Organ of 1761." Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology, number 8 (15 December 1970), 56 pages, 20 figures. . "Two Important Mexican Organs," The Organ, volume 196, num- ber 49 (1970), pages 179-183. A New Organ for George Washington's Parish Church." Journal of Church Music (October 1970), pages 2-4, 3 plates. Philadelphia. Lecture recital for American Guild of Organists national conclave, 29 December 1970. Golovin, Anne C. "Daniel Trotter: Eighteenth-Century Philadelphia Cabinet- maker." Winterthur Portfolio 6, pages 152-184. Charlottesville, Va.: Published for the Henry Francis du Pont Winterthur Museum by the University Press of Virginia, 1970. Kidwell, Claudia. "The Costume Study Group." Discussion series. Division of Costume and Furnishings, National Museum of History and Technology Watkins, C. Malcolm. "Artificial Lighting in the Old South." Lecture. Anti- quarian Society of Richmond, Virginia, 12 January 1971. . "American Folk Pottery." Lecture. Bethesda Ceramics Guild, at the National Museum of History & Technology, 10 March 1971. . "Significance of Historical Archaeology for History Museums." Paper presented at Annual Meeting of the Society for Historical Archaeology, 8 January 1971. Weaver, James M. Six Sonatas for violin and harpsichord, Two Sonatas for violin and basso continuo. (J. S. Bach). With Sonya Monosoff, violinist; Judith Davidoff, viola da gamba, using instruments from the Smithsonian collection. Cambridge, 3 records. CRS B 2822 (Stereo Recording). . Three Scenes for Soprano and a Harpsichord Suite. (Purcell, Handel). With Carole Bogard, soprano. Cambridge, CRS 2709 (Stereo Re- cording). . Cantata 51 (Bach). With Carole Bogard. Cambridge, CRS 2710 (Stereo Recording). . Su le Sponde del Tebro (A. Scarlatti). With Carole Bogard. Cam- bridge, CRS 2710 (Stereo Recording). . Arias (Handel). With Carole Bogard. Cambridge, CRS 2712 (Stereo Recording). . Concerto in C for Trumpet (Ghitalla). Haydn. Cambridge, CRS 2823 (Stereo Recording). Department of Industries Chapelle, Howard I. "History of Shipbuilding in Maryland." Lecture. His- torical Society of Cambridge, Maryland, 15 May 1970. . "18th Century Shipbuilding in America." Lecture. Muson Institute, Mystic, Connecticut, 8 July 1970. 'Construction of Fast Motor Boats in the 20th Century." Lecture. Antique Auxiliary of the Thousand Island Museum, Clayton, New York, 15 August 1970. 441-283 O - 71 - 15 220 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "History of Naval Architecture in America." Lecture. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers, Charleston, South Carolina, September 1970. Chapelle, Howard I., and Polland, Leon D. "The Constellation Question." Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology, number 5 (30 October 1970), 152 pages, 53 figures. Edson, W. D., and John H. White, Jr. "The Lima Locomotive Works." Bulletin Railway and Locomotive Historical Society, 123 (October 1970), pages 81-102. Gardner, Paul V. "American and European Ceramics of the 18th and 19th Centuries." Symposium, Columbia Museum of Art, Columbia, South Carolina, 4 November 1970. Geoghegan, William E. "Study for a Scale Model of U.S.S. Carondelet." Nau- tical Research Journal, volume 17, number 3 (fall 1970), pages 147-163. Con- tinued in Winter 1970, volume 17, number 4, pages 231-240. Hoffman, John N. Centennial History of Prince Edwin Lodge, Middletown, Pennsylvania. 116 pages. Harrisburg, Pennsylvania: Central Publishing Co., 1971. . "Girard Estate Coal Lands 1830-1884." Paper given for the Du- quesne History Forum in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 29 October 1970. . "Future Energy Sources for the United States." Illustrated lecture. Industrial War College, Fort McNair, Washington, D.C., 20 January 1971. "Stockpiling Strategic Mineral Supplies." Illustrated Lecture. In- dustrial War College, Fort McNair, Washington, D.C., 27 January 1971. "Strategic Mineral Supplies of the U.S." Illustrated lecture. Army Mobilization Detachment, Army Map Service, 17 February 1971. Knowles, James A. "Colonial Ship Model hms America." Nautical Research Journal, volume 17, number 4 (winter 1970), pages 223-228. . "The Building of the 4th Rate America." Nautical Research Jour- nal, volume 17, number 4 (winter 1970), pages 229-230. Miller, J. Jefferson, II. Comments on "Ceramics in Suffolk County, Massachu- setts, Inventories, 1680-1775." The Conference on Historic Site Archaeology Papers, volume 3. Columbia, South Carolina: University of South Carolina, Institute of Archaeology and Anthropology, 1970. Miller, J. Jefferson, II, and Lyle M. Stone. "Eighteenth-Century Ceramics From Fort Michilimackinac." Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology, num- ber 4 (31 December 1970), ix -\- 130 pages, 56 figures, 9 tables. Schlebecker, John T. "Living Historical Farms: A Major New Program Takes Shape." Early American Life (January-February 1971), pages 8-13, 54-59. Re- print of Living Historical Farms: A Walk Into the Past. . "Living Historic Farms Tell It Like It Was." In Contours of Change, pages 229-236, illustrated. Washington: Yearbook of Agriculture, 1970. "Living Historical Farms." Paper given for the Symposium of Early American Agriculture held at Old Sturbridge Village, September 1970. Sharrer, G. Terry. "Indigo in Carolina, 1671-1796." South Carolina Historical Magazine, volume 72, number 2 (April 1971), pages 94-103. . George Washington Carver. Foldout. 19 October 1970. . "America's Agricultural Revolution 1783-1860." Lecture. Maryland University, October 1970. . "America's Agricultural Revolution 1865-1945." Lecture. Maryland University, April 1971. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 221 Sinclair, Angus. Development of the Locomotive ETigine. Annotated edition prepared by John H. White, Jr., with new chapter, pages 662-692. Cambridge, Massachusetts: The M.I.T. Press, 1970. Wessel, Thomas R. The Honey Bee. Smithsonian Information Leaflet 482 (1967). Revised 17 June 1971. White, John H., Jr. "The Steam Fire Engine: A Reappraisal of a Cincinnati 'First.' " Bulletin of the Cincinnati Historical Society, volume 28, number 4 (winter 1970), pages 317-335. Department of National and Military History Goins, Craddock R., Jr. "Research and Development in American Military Small Arms, 1800-1865." Lecture. United States Air Force Research and De- velopment Squadron K, Washington, D.C., September 1970. . "Firearms in American History from the Collections of the Smith- sonian Institution." Lecture. American Society of Arms Collectors, Houston, Texas, September 1970. Hoff, Arne (Director, Royal Danish Arsenal Museum). Lecture. "The Evaluation of Firearms." National Museum of History and Technology, April 1970. Langley, Harold D. "Changing Viewpoints on the Causes of the American Revolution," Lecture. George Washington Chapter, Virginia Society of the Sons of the American Revolution, Spring 1970. . "A History of the Conservation Movement in the United States." Lecture. Earth Day Ceremonies, The Catholic University of America, April 1970. . "The Diplomatic History of the United States." Seminar. The Catholic University of America, fall and spring semester, 1970. . "The American Age of Enterprise, 1815-1860." Seminar. The Cath- olic University of America, fall semester 1970. . "The Rise of the American City, 1860-1914." Seminar. The Catho- lic University of America, spring semester, 1971. Lundeberg, Philip K. "The Emergence of Undersea Warfare in Northern Eu- rope." Paper delivered at the Annual Meeting of the Association for the Ad- vancement of Baltic Studies, at San Jose State College, San Jose, California, November 1970. . "Development of the National Collection of Warship Models." Semi- nar on Maritime History, Ecole des Hautes Etudes Practiques, Sorbonne, Paris, Spring 1970. Department of Science and Technology Davis, Audrey B. "Some Implications of the Circulation Theory for Disease Theory and Treatment in the Seventeenth Century." Journal of the History of Medicine and Allied Sciences, volume 26 (January 1971), pages 28-39, 2 illustrations. . "The Virtue of the Cortex in 1680: A Letter from Charles Goodall to Mr. H." Medical History (July 1971). . "Seventeenth Century Circulation Physiology." Lecture. University of Maryland, March 1971. . "Innovation in Dental Medicine — The Historian's Role." Lecture 222 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 to Curators, Department of Science and Technology, Smithsonian Institution, 27 July 1971. Finn, Bernard S. "The History of Submarine Telegraphy." Paper delivered at the Annual Meeting of the History of Technology Society, Chicago, Illinois, December 1970. Hamarneh, Sami K. "Pharmacy and Medical Therapy in Medieval Islam." Lec- ture. College of Pharmacy, University of Illinois, Chicago, Illinois, 13 January 1971. . "The Physician and the Health Professions in Medieval Islam." Lecture. New York Academy of Medicine, 24 March 1971. "U.S. Pharmacy Museums." Lecture. First session of the American Institute of The History of Pharmacy's Section on Contributed Papers, AIHP Annual Meeting, San Francisco, California, 29 March 1971. 'Historical Development of Arabic Pharmacy and Pharmacology." Lecture. College of Pharmacy, University of Arizona, Tuscon, Arizona, 1 April 1971. "The History of Pharmacy Museums" and "The Origins of Pro- fessional Pharmacy." Lecture. Annual Meeting of the Japanese Society of His- tory of Pharmacy and the opening of the Naito Pharmacy Museum, Tokyo, Japan, 12-13 June 1971. Mayr, Otto. The Origins of Feedback Control. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, 1970. . "Origins of Feedback Control." Scientific American, volume 223, number 4 (October 1970), pages 110-1 18. . "Revolution of Electrical Technology (1870-1900)," Science, volume 170(1970), pages 1339-40. . "Adam Smith and the Concept of the Feedback System." Tech- nology and Culture, volume 12 (1971), pages 1-22. . "Nineteenth Century Physicists and the Problem of Speed Regu- lation." Paper. Annual Meeting of the History of Science Society in Chicago, Illinois, December 1970. Merzbach, Uta C. Of Levers and Electrons, Learning and Enlightenment: The Technological Augmentation of Cognition in the United States since 1776. 56 pages. Washington, D.C.: Thiel Press. 1971. Vogel, Robert M., "Speculations on the History and Original Appearance of the Last Bollman Truss." Industrial Archaeology, volume 7 (November 1970), 15 pages, 5 figures. . "Civil Engineering History and Industrial Archaeology." Paper. Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey, 15 October 1970. — . "Industrial Archaeology." Lecture. Columbia University graduate course on Architectural Preservation, 1 December 1970. . "Roebling's Delaware & Hudson Canal Aqueducts." Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology, number 10 (26 April 1971), 45 pages, 57 figures. Warner, Deborah Jean. "The First Modern Sky Maps Reconsidered." Archives Internationales d'histoire des Sciences (1969), volume 22 (1971), pages 263-266. . "Lewis Morris Rutherfurd: Pioneer Astronomical Photographer and Spectroscopist." Technology and Culture, volume 12 (1971), pages 190-216. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 223 National Collection of Fine Arts Breeskin, Adelyn D. "20th-century American Artists." Lecture. Wives Seminar of the Foreign Service Institute, Washington, D.C. (Monthly lecture). . Mary Cassatt: A Catalogue Raisonne of the Oils, Pastels, Water- colors, and Drawings. Catalog. 322 pages, 925 illustrations, 15 color plates. Washington, D.C: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1970. . "Mary Cassatt." Lecture. Twentieth Century Club, Washington, D.C, 14 October 1970. . "Mary Cassatt." Lecture. National Gallery of Art, Washington, D.C, 18 October 1970. . "Into the Arts." TV Interview. WRC-TV, "Circumference." Chan- nel 4, Washington, D.C, 30 November 1970. . "Various Aspects of Painting, 1970." Lecture. National League of American Pen Women, Sarasota Branch, Sarasota, Florida. 7 January 1971. . "The Cone Sisters and the Baltimore Museum of Art." Lecture. Smithsonian Associates, Washington, D.C, 8 February 1971. . "The 1971 Area Exhibition of Painting and Graphics." Lecture. Fairfax Cultural Committee, Northern Virginia Community College, Annan- dale, Virginia, 21 February 1971. . "Problems Facing the Arts." Lecture. Fine Arts Festival Committee, College of Charleston, Charleston, South Carolina, 20 March 1971. . "Mary Cassatt." Lecture. Vienna Society of Artists, Vienna Com- munity Center, Vienna, Virginia. 10 June 1971. . H. Lyman Sa'yen. Catalog. 83 pages, 51 illustrations. Washington, D.C: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1970. . Romaine Brooks, "Thief of Souls." Catalog. 143 pages, 85 illustra- tions. Washington, D.C: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1971. Fink, Lois. "American Artists in Paris, 1850-1870." Lecture. National Collection of Fine Arts, Washington, D.C, 25 February 1971. . "Contemporary French Art in the United States, 1850-1870." Lec- ture. National Collection of Fine Arts, Washington, D.C, 25 March 1971. Flint, Janet. "Five Paintings From Thomas Nast's Grand Caricaturama." Lec- ture. National Collection of Fine Arts, Washington, D.C, 4 August 1970. McClelland, Donald R. Paintings by Edwin Scott. Catalog. 55 pages, 35 illus- trations. Introduction by Henri Focillon; Biographical notes by Donald McClelland, July 1970. . "Mr. Corcoran and His Architect, James Renwick." Lecture. The Art League and Museum Association, Huntsville, Alabama, 22 January 1971. . "Making a Collection." Seminar. The Art League and Museum Association, Huntsville, Alabama, 21 January 1971. Taylor, Joshua C. "Vedere Prima Di Credere." 94 pages, 29 illustrations. Florence, Italy: Italia Nuova, 1970. . "Environment and the Mind." Lecture. University of Oregon, Eu- gene, Oregon, 28 February 1971. . "The Live Museum." Lecture. Liberal Arts Committee, Women's National Democratic Club, Washington, D.C, 4 March 1971. . "To Catch the Eye and Hold the Mind: The Museum as Educator.' Lecture. National Art Education Association Conference, Dallas, Texas, 8 April 1971. 224 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "Art and the University." Lecture. Southeastern College Art Con- ference, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, Virginia, 23 April 1971. . "What is an Art School?" Lecture. Portland Art Museum, Portland, Oregon, 30 May 1971. National Portrait Gallery Stewart, Robert G. Henry Benbridge (1743-1812): American Portrait Painter. Catalog. 93 pages, 121 figures. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1971. Cooper-Hewitt Museum of Decorative Arts and Design Beer, Alice Baldwin. "Chintzes and Indian Trade." Lecture. Society for the Preservation of New England Antiquities, Boston, Massachusetts, 20 January 1971. . "Early American Fabrics." Lecture. Fort Tryon, New Bern, North Carolina, 8 March 1971. . "Embroideries." Lecture. Plandome Historical Society, Women's Club, Plandome, Long Island, New York, 11 May 1971. Sonday, Milton F., Jr. "A Curator and a Handweaver Discussion." Lecture. New York Guild of Handweavers, Y.W.C.A., New York City, 5 December 1970. . "An Approach to the Understanding of Museum Textiles." Lecture. Philadelphia Academy of Art, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 16 February 1971. Sonday, Milton F., Jr., and Nobuko Kajitani. "A Type of Mughal Sash." The Textile Museum Journal (December 1970), 184 pages. Taylor, Lisa. "New Roles for Museums." Lecture. Hunter College, New York City, 23 April 1971. National Armed Forces Museum Advisory Board Hutchins, James S. "Introduction." In Ordnance Memoranda No. 29: Horse Equipments and Cavalry Accoutrements as Prescribed by CO. 73, A.G.O., 1885. Pasadena: Socio-Technical Publications, 1970. . "The United States Cavalry Saddle, McClellan Pattern, Model 1857, in T0jhusmuseet, Copenhagen." Yaabenhistoriske Aarb0ger, volume 16 1970), pages 145-165. . "Captain McClellan's Saddle." Seminar. 21st Annual Meeting, Com- pany of Military Historians, United States Coast Guard Academy, 24 April 1971. Stokesberry, James J. "U.S.S. Tecumseh: Treasure in Mobile Bay." Lecture. Missouri Historical Society, St. Louis, Missouri, 26 March 1971. Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars Anglemyer, Mary. "Natural Resources: A Selection of Bibliographies." EARI Development Series Report, number 3, 145 pages. U.S. Engineer Agency for Resources Inventories, Washington, D.C., 1970. APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 225 Office of American Studies Harold K. Skramstad. "The Georgetown Canal Incline." Technology and Cul- ture, volume 10, number 4 (October 1969), pages 549-560. . "St. Mary's City: Possibility of a Training Site." Museum News, volume 48, number 5 (January 1970), pages 24-26. . "The Engineer as Architect in Washington: The Contribution of Montgomery Meigs." Records of the Columbia Historical Society, volume 69- 70 (1969-1970), pages 266-284. Washburn, Wilcomb E. "Dedication."' In special issue of William and Mary Quarterly dedicated to Lester Cappon, former Director, Institute of Early Amer- ican History and Culture. William and Mary Quarterly, third series, volume 26, number 3 (July 1969), pages 323-326. . "Representation of Unknown Lands in XIV-, XV- and XVI-Cen- tury Cartography." In Revista da Universidade de Coimbra, volume 24, paper number 35, pages 1-20. Coimbra, Portugal: Junta de Investigates do Ultra- mar, Lisbon, 1969. . "The Oriental Purpose of the Arctic Navigations." In Etudes d'Histoire Maritime, presented at the XIII International Congress of His- torical Sciences, International Commission of Maritime History, Moscow, August 1970. Multilith (Paris 1970), pages 131-146. . "American Studies at the Smithsonian Institution." American Quar- terly, volume 22, number 2, part 2 (Summer 1970), pages 560-570. . "Out of the Clouds and Into the Earth: New Directions for Ameri- can Studies." In Challenges in American Culture, edited by Ray B. Browne, Larry N. Landrum, and William K. Bottorff, pages 55-60. Bowling Green, Ohio: Bowling Green University Popular Press, 1970. . "The Society of American Indians," The Indian Historian, volume 3, number 1 (Winter 1970), pages 21-23. Smithsonian Institution Archives Lytle, Richard H. "Ethics of Information Management." Records Management Quarterly, volume 4, number 4 (October 1970), pages 5-8. Office of Seminars Eisenberg J. F., and Wilton S. Dillon, editors. Man and Beast: Comparative Social Behavior. 401 pages, 29 figures, 3 tables. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1971. Office of Museum Programs Welsh, Peter C. The Genteel Female. Catalog. 16 pages, 6 illustrations. Wash- ington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service, 1970. . "Two Ladies from New York." New York Folklore Quarterly (March 1971), pages 83-96. 226 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 . "Dexter." International Trotter and Pacer (July-August 1970), pages 11, 20-21. . "Lady Suffolk." International Trotter and Pacer (September-Oc- tober 1970), pages 13-14. . "Ethan Allen." International Trotter and Pacer (November-Decem- ber 1970), pages 20, 40. . "Flora Temple." International Trotter and Pacer (spring 1971), pages 16, 26-27. . "Trottings First Century." Hoofbeats (U.S. Trotting Association, May 1971), pages 88-112. . "The Youthful Mood of Patriotism, 1750-1850." Lecture. New York State Historical Association Colloquium on American Folk Art, 28-30 June 1971. Conservation- Analytical Laboratory Eirk, K. "A Study of the Deteriorating Effects of Some Common Bleaches and Solvents on Paper." Lecture. Washington Region Conservation Guild, February 1971. . "Conservation of a George Washington Print Mounted on a Wooden Panel." Lecture. Washington Region Conservation Guild, April 1971. Hopwood, W. R. "A Few Methods for Measuring the pH of Paper." Lecture. Washington Region Conservation Guild, February 1971. McMillan, E. "Notes on Paper." Bulletin, International Institute for Conserva- tion— American Group, volume 2, number 2 (1971) pages 16-19. Organ, R. M. "Chemistry of Conservation," Lecture series on conservation procedures. Smithsonian Institution, fall and winter, 1970-1971. . "Conservation Problems." Lecture. Society for Historic Archae- ology, Washington, D.C., 7 January 1971. 'Study and Stabilization of Metallic Museum Objects." Lecture. National Bureau of Standards Metallurgical Group, 2 March 1971. . "Conservation of Metals." 2 day seminar. Cooperstown Graduate Program, New York State Historical Society, April 1971. . "Problems of Conservation." Lecture. Philatelic Classics Association, 20 May 1971. Smithsonian Institution Libraries Clemmer, Dan O., Jr., and Russell Shank. "Interlibrary and Information Net- works." In The Bowker Annual of Library and Book Trade Information, pages 299-303. New York: R. R. Bowker, 1971. Goodwin, Jack. "Current Bibliography in the History of Technology (1969)." Technology and Culture, volume 12 (1971), pages 269-327. . "A Preliminary Survey of Materials Available for the Study of American Library History in Washington, D.C." Paper presented at the third Conference on Library History, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida, March 1971. "New Problems and New Goals of Museum Librarianship." Paper presented at a joint meeting of the Museums, Arts, and Humanties Division APPENDIX 6. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN STAFF 227 and the Picture Division of the Special Libraries Association, San Francisco, California, June 1971. ."The History of Books and Printing." Paper presented to ninety sixth grade students, Riverside School, Fairfax County, Virginia, April 1971. . "Architectural Books in the Smithsonian Libraries." Paper pre- sented to a visiting graduate seminar from Columbia University, at the Mu- seum of History and Technology, April 1971. Shank, Russell, et al. A Library Network for Western Canada: Automation for Rationalization in College and University Libraries in Alberta, Saskatcheiuan and Manitoba. 76 pages. Kent, Ohio: Kent Center for Library Studies, February 1971. Shank, Russell, and Caroline Arden Bull. Non-Conventional File Structure Data-Collecting Projects in the Smithsonian Institution: A Survey, Winter 1968 — Spring 1969. 95 pages, Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Libra- ries, December 1970. Office of Public Affairs "Bibliography on Anatomy and Osteology of Recent Vertebrates." Division of Vertebrate Paleontology, Information Leaflet 71-1. "Bibliography on Field and Laboratory Techniques." Division of Vertebrate Paleontology, Information Leaflet 71-2. "Storing Old Carmen ts in the Home." Division of Costume and Furnishings, Information Leaflet 71-3. "Taxidermy Procedures and Animal Preparation." Division of Mammals, In- formation Leaflet 71-4. "References to American Domestic Architecture." Division of Cultural History, Information Leaflet 71-5. "Smithsonian Institution Photographic Services Processing Fees and Policy." Information Leaflet 71-6. "Bibliography on United States Coins and Paper Currencies." Division of Nu- mismatics, Information Leaflet 71-7. "The Passenger Pigeon." Division of Birds, Information Leaflet 71-8. "Suggested Publications on Fossil Fishes." Division of Fishes, Information Leaflet 71-9. "Available Publications of Bureau of American Ethnology." Information Leaf- let 71-10. "Selected Photographs Illustrating North American Indian Life in Various Cul- tural Areas." National Anthropological Archives, Information Leaflet 71-11. "Suggested References on American Period Costume." Division of Costume and Furnishings, Information Leaflet 71-12. "Notes on Antiques." Division of Cultural History, Information Leaflet 71-13 "Jacquard Woven Tapestries." Division of Textiles, Information Leaflet 71-14. "Jacquard Woven Silk Pictures." Division of Textiles, Information Leaflet 71- 15. "Bibliography on Stevengraphs." Division of Textiles, Information Leaflet 71- 16. 228 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Reading Is Fundamental Action for Change. 24 pages. Summer 1970. RIF's Guide to Developing a Program. 16 pages. Fall 1970. RIF Newsletter, Volume 1, issue 1 (March 1971), 4 pages. Volume 1, issue 2 (June 1971), 4 pages. Smollar, Eleanor B., editor. RIF's Guide to Book Selection. 80 pages, Summer 1970. . RIF's Guide to Book Selection: Supplement 1. 20 pages. Fall 1970. This Book Belongs to . . . Me! 67 pages. Summer 1968. Information Systems Division Roth, H. Daniel. "Cluster Analysis for the Biological and Social Sciences." Smithsonian Institution Information Systems Innovations, volume 2, number 2 (December 1970), 35 pages, illustrated. . "Multivariate Statistics." Seminar. National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, 1970. . "Mathematics in Biology." Seminar. Coppins State College, Balti- more, Maryland, May 1971. National Gallery of Art Bullard, E. John. Edgar Degas. New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1971. Cooke, H. Lester. Dogs, Cats, Horses and Other Animals at the National Gallery of Art. Richmond, Virginia: Westover, 1970. . "The Louvre." National Geographic Magazine (June 1971). . The National Gallery in Washington. Italy: Novaro, 1970. . The National Gallery of Art. Knorr & Hirth, 1970. . Pictures within Pictures at the National Gallery of Art. Richmond, Virginia: Westover, 1970. Evans, Grose. Vincent van Gogh. New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1971. Lewis, Douglas. "II problema della villa e le piantagione americane." Bollettino del Centro Internazionale di Studi de Architettura "Andrea Palladio," volume 12 (1970). . "Un nuovo disegno autografo de Michele Sanmicheli," Bollettino dei Museo Civici Veneziani, volume 16 (1971), numbers 3—4. Parkhurst, Charles. "Art Museums and Environmental Education," pages 161- 164, in Museums and the Environment: A Handbook for Education. Washing- ton, D.C.: American Association of Museums, 1971. Ravenel, Gaillard, Charles Talbot, and Jay Levenson. Diirer in America: His Graphic Work. Washington, D.C.: National Gallery of Art, 1971. Watson, Ross. William Hogarth: Paintings from the Collection of Mr. & Mrs. Paul Mellon. Washington, D.C.: National Gallery of Art, 1971. Appendix 7 ACADEMIC APPOINTMENTS 1970-1971 Postdoctoral Visiting Research Associates 'O Program in American History Leonard P. Curry. Roots of American urbanism, 1800-1850, with Dr. Wilcomb Washburn, American Studies Program, from 15 August 1970 to 14 August 1971. Program in Anthropology James T. Rauh. An investigation of the structure of the Borgia group of manu- scripts, with Dr. Clifford Evans, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 December 1970 to 31 August 1971. Mario Jose Sanoja. Ecology and cultural areas in pre-Columbian Venezuela, with Dr. Clifford Evans, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 Sep- tember 1970 to 31 August 1971. David Gentry Steele. A re-evaluation of the within-group variation of the family Tupaiidae, with Dr. Lawrence Angel, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. Program in Environmental Sciences Clarke Brooks. Analysis of algal biliproteins, with Dr. Elizabeth Gantt, Ra- diation Biology Laboratory, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. Jack H. Burk. Production and energy status of deciduous tree species with regard to annual cycle of energy utilization and standing crop, with Dr. Francis S. L. Williamson, Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Stephen I. Rothstein. An experimental investigation of host preferences in the brown-headed cowbird, with Dr. Francis S. L. Williamson, Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Penelope Williamson. Foraging behavior of the starling, Sturnus vulgaris, with Dr. George Watson, National Museum of Natural History, from 15 September 1970 to 14 September 1971. Program in Evolutionary and Behavioral Biology, Tropical Zones Alicia Breymeyer. Ecology of grasslands environments in tropical zones, with 229 230 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Dr. Martin Moynihan, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 No- vember 1970 to 30 April 1971. Jeffrey B. Graham. Studies in the biology of the amphibious clinid, Mnierpes macrocephalus, with Dr. Michael Robinson and Dr. Ira Rubinoff, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Ian N. Healev. The role of animals in decomposition processes in the tropical forest, with Dr. Martin Moynihan, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 January 1971 to 31 December 1971. James R. Karr. Comparisons of structure of avian communities in selected tropical areas, with Dr. Neal Smith, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 January 1971 to 30 June 1971. Eugene Morton. Ecological aspects of communication in birds, with Dr. Neal Smith, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 1 January 1971 to 30 June 1971. Program in Evolutionary and Systematic Biology O. Sylvester Adegoke. Tertiary paleontology of southern Nigeria and ecology and distribution of living Foraminifera in the Gulf of Guinea, with Dr. Richard Cifelli, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 August 1970 to 31 July 1971. Arnfried Antonius. Occurrence and distribution of stony corals in Venezuelan waters, with Dr. Klaus Ruetzler, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 August 1970 to 31 July 1971. James A. Doyle. Studies on angiosperm pollen and megafossils of the Potomac Group (Cretaceous) of Maryland and Virginia, with Dr. Leo J. Hickey, Na- tional Museum of Natural History, from 1 October 1970 to 30 September 1971. Ter-chien Huang. Deep sea sedimentation in the western Mediterranean Sea, with Dr. Daniel Stanley, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 Jan- uary 1970 to 1 January 1971. Jerry A. Powell. Biosystematic study of Neotropical Sparganothidini (Lepidop- tera: Tortricidae) , with Dr. Donald Duckworth, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Program in History of Art and Music Robert E. Eliason. Early American wind instruments and their makers, with Mrs. Cynthia Hoover, National Museum of History and Technology, from 15 July 1970 to 14 July 1971. Francis V. O'Connor. Historical studies of American art of the 1930s, with Dr. Joshua C. Taylor, National Collection of Fine Arts, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Program in History of Science and Technology Sandra S. Herbert. Erasmus Darwin's materialistics physiology and its impor- tance for his grandson Charles' discovery of evolution through natural selec- tion, with Dr. Audrey Davis, National Museum of History and Technology, from 1 June 1970 to 31 May 1971. Program in Physical Sciences Martin R. Flannery. Theoretical investigations of certain atomic and molec- APPENDIX 7. ACADEMIC APPOINTMENTS 231 ular processes relevant to the earth's atmosphere, stellar and planetary atmo- spheres, and H I, H II regions of the sun, with Dr. Alexander Dalgarno, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 September 1970 to 1 March 1971. John J. Gurney. Electron microprobe studies of kimberlite and its associated ultrabasic xenoliths, with Dr. Brian Mason, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 November 1970 to 31 October 1971. Lawrence N. Mertz. Development of astronomical instrumentation, with Dr. N. P. Carleton, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. Jeffrey Taylor. Petrological and chemical research on lunar samples and theoretical interpretation and research on the metallic minerals in chondritic meteorites, with Dr. John Wood, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Predoctoral Visiting Research Associates Program in American History Martha E. Doty. Popular images of the American Indian, with Dr. Wilcomb Washburn and Mr. Richard Ahlborn, American Studies Program, from 1 January 1971 to 30 June 1971. William B. Floyd. An historical study of Thomas Sully, with Dr. Wilcomb Washburn, American Studies Program, from 1 July 1970 to 31 June 1971. Rayna D. Green. The Image of the Indian in the popular imagination, with Dr. Wilcomb Washburn, American Studies Program, and Dr. Sam Stanley, Center for the Study of Man, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Yvonne M. Lange. Santos, the wooden household saints of Puerto Rico, with Mr. Richard Ahlborn, American Studies Program, from 1 August 1970 to 31 July 1971. Peter H. Smith. The Great American Wheel Conspiracy: Hoopes Bros, and Darlington, 1890-1920, with Mr. Robert Vogel, National Museum of History and Technology, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Arthur Townsend. Pattern and change in the material culture of Junction City, Kansas, between 1888 and 1922, as seen through the life and lens of Joseph Judd Pennell, photographer, with Dr. Wilcomb Washburn, American Studies Program, from 1 September 1970 to 1 June 1971. Program in Anthropology Iraida Vargas. Aboriginal cultural development in eastern Venezuela and their relationships with the Lesser Antilles, with Dr. Clifford Evans, National Mu- seum of Natural History, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Program in Environmental Sciences Christen E. Wemmer. Behavioral concomitants of morphology and the rela- tionship of the form-function complex to social organization and habitat utilization, with Dr. John Eisenberg, National Zoological Park, from 1 July 1970 to 31 July 1971. 232 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Program in Evolutionary and Behavioral Biology, Tropical Zones A. Ross Kiester. Studies on the ecology and social behavior of Panamanian Gecko, Gonatodes albogularis, with Dr. A. Stanley Rand, Smithsonian Tropi- cal Research Institute, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. John E. McCosker. Substrate preferences and comparative functional morphol- ogy of eels of the family Ophichthidae, with Dr. Ira Rubinoff, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, from 15 August 1970 to 14 August 1971. William B. Ramirez. Ecological relationships and specificity between fig wasps (Agaonidae) and Ficus, with Dr. Robert Dressier, Smithsonian Tropical Re- search Institute, from 1 October 1970 to 30 September 1971. Program in Evolutionary and Systematic Biology David R. Budge. Study of late Ordovician and Silurian rocks and their con- tained coral fauna in the eastern Great Basin, with Dr. William S. Oliver, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Anne C. Cohen. Geographic variation and sexual dimorphism in the squid Loligo pealei, living from Canada to Columbia near the continental shores of western north Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, with Dr. Clyde Roper, National Mu- seum of Natural History, from 15 August 1970 to 30 June 1971. Jean T. DeBell. Electron microscopy of the body wall of Macracanthorhynchus hirudinaceus (Acanthocephala) , with Dr. W. Duane Hope, National Museum of Natural History, from 9 October 1969 to 9 October 1971. Theodore Gary Gautier. Cryptostome Bryoza from the Permian (Leonardian) of the Glass Mountains, Texas, with Dr. Richard S. Boardman, National Mu- seum of Natural History, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. Walter Scott Gray. Studies of Antarctic Gammaridea (Amphipoda) , par- ticularly the families Eusiridae, Calliopiidae, and Pleustidae, with Dr. J. L. Barnard, National Museum of Natural History, from 15 February 1970 to 14 February 1971. Eckart Hakansson. The free-living Cheilostomata from the White Chalk of Denmark, with Dr. Alan Cheetham, National Museum of Natural History, from 15 October 1970 to 14 October 1971. Catherine J. Kerby. A life history study of the polychaetous annelid, Sabella microphthalma, with Dr. Meredith L. Jones, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 August 1970 to 31 July 1971. Miloslav Kovanda. Preparation of a monographic electronic data bank of Campanula section Heterophylla, with Mr. Stanwyn Shetler, National Museum of Natural History, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. Jackson Lewis. A study of genus Calappa (Decapoda: Oxystomata) as repre- sented by recent species in the United States National Museum collections and by Miocene fossils from Florida, with Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., National Mu- seum of Natural History, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Program in History of Art and Music Shelley Fletcher. Pigment analysis of the American painting collection at the National Collection of Fine Arts, with Mr. Charles Olin, NCFA Conserva- tion Laboratory, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. Robert Hunter. Study of Stuart Davis in the 1930s, with Dr. Joshua C. Taylor, APPENDIX 7. ACADEMIC APPOINTMENTS 233 National Collection of Fine Arts, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. William D. Morgan. Henry Vaughan, 1845-1917, Gothic revival architect, with Dr. Joshua C. Taylor, National Collection of Fine Arts, from 15 January 1971 to 30 June 1971. Richard N. Murray. A study of figurative mural painting, public and private in the United States, 1890-1920, with Dr. Joshua C. Taylor, National Collec- tion of Fine Arts, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Phylis North. Max Weber paintings, 1905-1920, with Dr. Joshua C. Taylor, National Collection of Fine Arts, from 1 January 1971 to 30 June 1971. Christine S. Schloss. Study of the 18th-century American primitive painters, with Dr. Joshua C. Taylor, National Collection of Fine Arts, from 1 September 1970 to 30 June 1971. Program in History of Science and Teclinology Stephen Cooper. History of American science and technology with emphasis on interrelationships between science and government, with Dr. Nathan Rein- gold, Joseph Henry Papers, from 1 August 1970 to 31 July 1971. Barbara Kaplan. The relevance of alchemical and hermetic ideas to 13th and 14th century medicine in western Europe, with Dr. Sami Hamarneh, National Museum of History and Technology, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. John Richard Kerwood. The editing of documentary sources in American His- tory, with Dr. Nathan Reingold, Joseph Henry Papers, from 1 September 1970 to 30 June 1971. Sally G. Kohlstedt. The American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1840 to 1860; the formation of a national scientific community, with Dr. Nathan Reingold, Joseph Henry Papers, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Program in Museum Studies Joan W. Mishara. Conservation studies of metals, particularly metallic objects of art, with Mr. Robert Organ, Conservation Analytical Laboratory, from 1 July 1970 to 31 January 1971. Richard Pruitt. Pictorial and bibliographical studies of Black American nota- bles, with Dr. Sidney Kaplan, National Portrait Gallery, from 1 September 1970 to 1 July 1971. Jon Allen Seger. A long-range plan for the "third generation" of exhibits in the National Museum of Natural History, with Mr. Nathaniel Dixon from 21 September 1970 to 20 September 1971. Elaine F. Sloan. Studies of the collection development policies of the Smith- sonian Institution Libraries, with Dr. Russell Shank, Smithsonian Institution Libraries, from 1 September 1970 to 1 June 1971. Robert N. Works. Studies in museum administration and in the history of American art, with Mr. Marvin Sadik, National Portrait Gallery, from 1 September 1970 to 31 August 1971. Program in Physical Scie?ices Duane F. Carbon. Theoretical studies of non-gray model atmosphere for stars of intermediate and late spectral types, with Dr. Owen J. Gingerich, Smith- sonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1970 to 30 January 1971. 234 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Eric G. Chipman. Formation of spectral lines in the solar atmosphere, with Dr. E. H. Avrett, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. J. Stephen Duerr. Formation of plessite in metallic meteorites, with Dr. Charles A. Lundquist, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. James Elliott. Investigation of atmospheric fluorescence as a means of detecting transient X-ray phenomena from cosmic sources, with Dr. G. G. Fazio, Smith- sonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 September 1970 to 30 June 1971. William R. Forman. Study of magnetic field structure in the Crab Nebula, with Dr. R. B. Southworth, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 September 1970 to 30 June 1971. Jonathan E. Grindlay. Studies of high energy cosmic gamma rays and cosmic X-rays and their respective air showers, with Dr. G. G. Fazio, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. Robert L. Kurucz. Studies in model atmospheres, with Dr. Wolfgang Kalkofen, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. Elia Leibowitz. The emission spectrum of heavy ions in planetary nebulae, with Dr. Leo Goldberg, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, from 1 July 1970 to 30 June 1971. Douglas D. Nelson. Clay mineralogy and sedimentation of the Outer Banks, North Carolina, with Dr. J. W. Pierce, National Museum of Natural History, from 15 September 1970 to 14 September 1971. Summer 1970 Graduate and Undergraduate Research Participation Appointments Names marked with an asterisk indicate students whose research was supported through grants from the National Science Foundation's Undergraduate Research Participation Program (grants GY7622: Social Sciences and GY6056: Biological Sciences) . Program in American History Beth Michele Grosvenor, Mount Holyoke College. Research in political slo- gans in 19th century presidential campaigns, with Dr. Wilcomb Washburn, Office of American Studies. Katherine Cora Hancock, Mills College. Studies of costumes in the Annapolis area during the 18th century, with Mrs. Claudia Kidwell, National Museum of History and Technology. Catherine Mary Scholten, University of California at Berkeley. Bibliographic and documentary studies, with Mr. Richard Ahlborn, National Museum of History and Technology. Program in Anthropology *Richard Blair Allen, University of Illinois. Studies of Iranian and Afghan archeological ceramics and preservation techniques of ethnological specimens, with Mrs. Bethune Gibson and Dr. William Trousdale, National Museum of Natural History. APPENDIX 7. ACADEMIC APPOINTMENTS 235 *Anita Marie Barrow, University of Pittsburgh. A study of the social organi- zation of the Southwestern Bantu, with Dr. Gordon Gibson, National Museum of Natural History. •John Thomas Bruer, University of Wisconsin. Studies of urban metaphysical movements, with Dr. Irving Zaretsky, National Museum of Natural History. *Lianne Iddincs Burke, George Mason College of the University of Virginia. Inventory of selected anthropological manuscripts, with Mrs. Margaret Blaker, National Museum of Natural History. ♦Robert Spencer Corruccini. University of Colorado. Studies in paleopathology and Paleoecology, with Dr. Donald Ortner, National Museum of Natural His- tory. *Wendy Joan Frosh, Pitzer College. Studies relating to a dictionary of the Tzotzil language, with Dr. Robert Laughlin, National Museum of Natural History. •Laura May Kaplan, Rice University. Sex differentiation in human long bones, with Dr. Lucile St. Hoyme, National Museum of Natural History. ♦William Greg Myers, Duke University, A study of the historical contributions of the English to West Pakistan anthropology, with Dr. Eugene Knez, National Museum of Natural History. ♦Mary Alice Nation, University of Chicago. A study of the Japanese ceramic collections in the National Museum of Natural History comparing American and Japanese concepts of Japanese ceramic art 1875-1920, with Dr. Eugene Knez, National Museum of Natural History. •Jane Wierdsma, Smith College. An historical study of Kiowa art, with Mr. John Ewers, National Museum of Natural History. Program in Environmental Sciences Judith Lynn Bishop, University of California at Davis. Literature research concerning drug immobilization in exotic animals, with Dr. Clinton W. Gray, National Zoological Park. Program in Evolutionary and Systematic Biology ♦Susana Barros, George Washington University. Analysis of bamboos, with Dr. Thomas Soderstrom, National Museum of Natural History. George Joseph Divoky, Michigan State University. A study of the seasonal distribution of marine birds, with Dr. George Watson, National Museum of Natural History. Mary Beth Moore, Michigan State University. Research and data gathering for Flora North America project, with Mr. Stanwyn Shetler, National Museum of Natural History. ♦Frieda Virginia Osborne, California State College. The taxonomy of Indo- Pacific mollusks, with Dr. Joseph Rosewater, National Museum of Natural History. ♦Ricardo Rebollar, DePaul University. A study of light intensity and quality, temperature and pH effects on respiration and photosynthesis in corralines, with Dr. Walter Adey, National Museum of Natural History. Program in the History of Art and Music Diane Lynn Arkin, University of Chicago. Studies in 19th century landscape painting in America, with Dr. Joshua Taylor, National Collection of Fine Arts. 441-283 O - 71 - 16 236 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Catherine Beth Lippert, University of Michigan. Study of American painting 1900-1904, with Dr. Joshua Taylor, National Collection of Fine Arts. Program in the History of Science and Technology •Craig Buck Andrews, Claremont Men's College. Studies of ship plans and machinery, with Dr. Melvin Jackson, National Museum of History and Tech- nology. ♦John Francis Connors, Cincinnati Bible Seminary. Study of technical history of World War I aircraft in the National Air and Space Museum collections, with Mr. Louis Casey, National Air and Space Museum. *Joan M. Harlow, Smith College. Studies in American spectroscopy in the second half of the 19th century and French and British chemistry in the 18th century, with Dr. Jon Eklund, National Museum of History and Technology. *John Thomas Kelly, Harvard University. Study of the History of Science and technology in the War of Independence, with Mr. Silvio Bedini, National Mu- seum of History and Technology. ♦Howard Sander Koch, University of Miami. Study of cable telegraphy in the 19th century with Dr. Bernard Finn, National Museum of History and Tech- nology. *Jose M. Rodriguez, University of Miami. A study of maser and laser history, with Dr. Bernard Finn, National Museum of History and Technology. *David Alan Rosenberg, University of Chicago. Studies of the 1924 flight around the world, with Dr. Richard K. Smith, National Air and Space Museum. •Frances Ruth Schartenberg, University of Pennsylvania. A study of the tech- nological development of microscopes as related to the development of Dar- winism, with Dr. Audrey Davis, National Museum of History and Technology. *Diane Senders, Antioch College. Analysis of natural dye stuffs using textiles from Smithsonian collections, with Miss Rita Adrosko, National Museum of History and Technology. *Joanne Beth Shore, University of Pennsylvania. An historical study of early engineering structures on the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, with Mr. Robert Vogel, National Museum of History and Technology. ♦Barbara Levy Simon, Goucher College. Research on the history of 19th cen- tury science, with Mr. Richard Lytle, Smithsonian Archives. Program in Museum Studies Judith Ann Calvert, University of California at Berkeley. Research and bibli- ography on the stylistic origins of Shaker furniture, with Mr. Carl Alexander, National Museum of History and Technology. Caroline Levert Mastin. University of Delaware. Research participation and studies of special exhibits, with Mr. Peter C. Welsh, U.S. National Museum. Carolyn Louise Rusch, Sweet Briar College. Studies relating to methods of conservation of museum objects including documentation, with Mr. Robert Organ, National Museum of History and Technology. Appendix 8 PUBLIC AFFAIRS News Releases Issued Smithsonian To Present "Musick," Pageantry of American Revolution 6 July 70 Textile Designer Will Be Accorded Retrospective Show 7 July 70 Model Rockets, Planes To Be Flown on National Mall, Sunday, July 12 8 July 70 Daguerreotype Portraits of Webster, Clay and Houston Given to Smithsonian 14 July 70 National Collection of Fine Arts Shifts Entrance Because of Subway 15 July 70 Smithsonian Computer Awaiting Your Questions about Reptiles 20 July 70 National Collection of Fine Arts To Hold "Artists Abroad" Exhibition 29 July 70 Smithsonian Museum Schedules "Vibrating World" Exhibition 31 July 70 Indian Photographs on View at Smithsonian 3 Aug. 70 Space Art Show at Smithsonian 4 Aug. 70 Astronomical Art at Smithsonian 4 Aug. 70 Smithsonian Conducting Global Survey of Environmental Monitoring System 4 Aug. 70 Historic Equipment, Fabrics Display in New Textile Hall 11 Aug. 70 Oil Painting of Apollo 11 Crew Being Given to Portrait Gallery 11 Aug. 70 Moon Rock Research Is Explained in Exhibit 12 Aug. 70 Smithsonian Exhibit To Mark Centennial of Gandhi's Birth 13 Aug. 70 Global Photographic Show on Woman Scheduled 18 Aug. 70 A Computerized Data Bank on Plants Is Planned 19 Aug. 70 Freer Sculptures from India Described in New Volume 1 Sept. 70 Free Jazz/Gospel /Soul Music Festival Scheduled at Douglass Home September 12-13 1 Sept. 70 "Deep-Ocean" Fossils Back Continental Drift Theory 1 Sept. 70 Smithsonian Seeks Volunteers To Guide School Groups 1 Sept. 70 "Curtain Raiser" — A Most Unusual Benefit Oct. 2 1 Sept. 70 Smithsonian, Left Bank Society Plan Series of 7 Jazz Concerts 11 Sept. 70 Smithsonian Display of Paper Money Documents South Carolina's History 15 Sept. 70 Smithsonian To Show Art of H. Lyman Sayen 16 Sept. 70 Wilson Center Sets Deadline for Fellowship Applications 16 Sept. 70 Smithsonian, Left Bank Society Sponsor Jazz Quartet Concert 21 Sept. 70 Lithographs Depict Romantic View of 19th Century Women 21 Sept. 70 "Pinocchio" To Open September 30 at Smithsonian Puppet Theatre 21 Sept. 70 Freer Lectures To Begin With Talk on Indian Art 22 Sept. 70 237 238 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Dr. Roy Strong To Speak at National Portrait Gallery Smithsonian Sales Exhibit To Feature Georgia Crafts A Smithsonian Entomologist Probes Origins of South Pacific's Insects NCFA To Present Concert of Music by Erik Satie Smithsonian To Exhibit Works by Tapio Wirkkala Antique Firearms Given to Smithsonian Talents of Lorton Reformatory Inmates Going on Display at Anacostia Museum NCFA To Show Paintings of William Henry Holmes Dizzy Gillespie Quintet To Give Concert Oct. 17 Wilson Center To Welcome First Fellows Oct. 19 Singer Betty Carter, Donald Byrd Ensemble Will Give Smithsonian Concert Oct. 31 National Portrait Gallery Exhibition Will Trace Life of John Quincy Adams Division of Performing Arts To Sponsor Concert Series Smithsonian Publishes First Unified Directory of World's Environmental Monitoring Systems Exotic Fish Imports Endanger Environment Smithsonian Museum Shops Offering Two Bonestell Space Prints for Sale Ford Gives $95,000 Grant To Woodrow Wilson Fellow Space Flight Recordings Presented To Smithsonian Kathakali Dance Theater To Appear at Smithsonian Smithsonian To Exhibit Photos by David Plowden Statement by S. Dillon Ripley, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, at Announcement of Joint Peace Corps Smithsonian Environmental Program, Oct. 27, 1970 Museum Shops Offering Show, Sale of Contemporary Jewelry Alarius Ensemble Will Open Smithsonian Concert Season Smithsonian To Honor Cartoonist Rube Goldberg With Special Show Smithsonian Will Convene Symposium on Cultural Styles and Social Identity Dr. Cyril Smith To Speak on Metallurgy and History Yvonne Rainer Dance Troupe To Perform at Smithsonian Rudolf Kelterborn To Lecture on Contemporary Swiss Music Openings of Christmas Sales-Exhibitions at Museum Shops of Smithsonian Institution Left Bank Jazz Society, Smithsonian To Present Charles Tolliver Concert Study Program for Scholars Set up by National Collection of Fine Arts Hubel Appointed Director of Smithsonian Press Rare Collection of Earthenware To Go on Display November 13 Dr. Scanlon To Give Lecture on Chinese Pottery in Egypt Dutch Officer To Give Lecture on Aviation Archaeology Project Note To Editors — Rube Goldberg Press Preview Rising Ethnic Consciousness Alters "Melting Pot" Concept Historian Cites Role of "Myths" in Nation's Cultural Development 22 Sept. 70 23 Sept. 70 24 Sept. 70 24 Sept. 70 29 Sept. 70 30 Sept. 70 30 Sept. 70 1 Oct. 70 6 Oct. 70 7 Oct. 70 10 Oct. 70 14 Oct. 70 15 Oct. 70 16 Oct. 70 19 Oct. 70 19 Oct. 70 19 Oct. 70 21 Oct. 70 21 Oct. 70 22 Oct. 70 26 Oct. 70 28 Oct. 70 29 Oct. 70 30 Oct. 70 30 Oct. 70 31 Oct. 70 3 Nov. 70 3 Nov. 70 4 Nov. 70 5 Nov. 70 6 Nov. 70 6 Nov. 70 9 Nov. 70 9 Nov. 70 10 Nov. 70 12 Nov. 70 13 Nov. 70 13 Nov. 70 APPENDIX 8. PUBLIC AFFAIRS 239 Freddie Hubbard Quintet Will Appear November 31 National Collection of Fine Arts To Show 83 Works by 19th Century Landscape Painter Dr. Pennington To Demonstrate Ornamentation of Messiah Solos Left Bank To Present Trumpeter Lee Morgan Lewis Mumford Will Receive Smithsonian's Hodgkins Medal NCFA Will Show 65 Drawings and Sculptures by Paul Manship National Portrait Gallery Acquires Rare Painting of President Monroe Smithsonian Will Present "The Electric Stereopticon" Smithsonian, Left Bank Jazz Society Will Present Last Poets at Howard Dr. Harold P. Stern Named Director of Freer Gallery Apollo 12 "Atomic Battery" To Be Given to Smithsonian Wilson Center Sets Deadline for Fellowship Applications Romaine Brooks: "Thief of Souls" Three Distinguished Scholars Named Wilson Center Fellows Two Famous Planes Exhibited at Smithsonian Apollo 11 Spacecraft on View on the Mall Smithsonian To Show Pakistani Prints Smithsonian Offers Puppet Theatre for Washington Area Performances Memorial Fund To Be Established at National Museum of Natural History Challinor Named Smithsonian Deputy Assistant Secretary Joanna Featherstone To Present Program of Afro-American Poetry Smithsonian Commissions Submersible Oceanographic Vessel Experts To Talk on Print Collecting at National Collection of Fine Arts Smithsonian Will Exhibit "100th Street" Photo Show Teaching Exhibit on Naturalist John Muir is Scheduled Portraits by 18th Century Painter To Be Shown by Smithsonian Museum Wilkinson To Lecture at Freer on Drinking Vessels of Persia Oceanography at the Smithsonian J. Seward Johnson — Biography I. Eugene Wallen — Biography Edwin A. Link — Biography Smithsonian Will Present Sanasardo Dance Company Personnel Chief, Associate Appointed at Smithsonian Smithsonian Exhibits Art Inspired by Space Program Anacostia Exhibit Traces Move ". . . Toward Freedom" "The First Two Years": A Photographic Impression of the Presidency Environmental Law Conference Will Be Held at Smithsonian Paintings of John Henry Legend on Display at Smithsonian Museum Smithsonian To Present Second "Music from Marlboro" Concert National Collection of Fine Arts Will Show Venice Biennale Prints Smithsonian Gives First Maury Medal for Ocean Science to Link, Johnson 16 Nov. 70 16 Nov. 70 16 Nov. 70 17 Nov. 70 19 Nov. 70 23 Nov. 70 25 Nov. 70 1 Dec. 70 1 Dec. 70 2 Dec. 70 3 Dec. 70 4 Dec. 70 7 Dec. 70 9 Dec. 70 11 Dec. 70 11 Dec. 70 15 Dec. 70 15 Dec. 70 15 Dec. 70 18 Dec. 70 21 Dec. 70 21 Dec. 70 22 Dec. 70 23 Dec. 70 23 Dec. 70 23 Dec. 70 23 Dec. 70 28 Dec. 70 28 Dec. 70 28 Dec. 70 28 Dec. 70 28 Dec. 70 7 Jan. 71 11 Jan. 71 11 Jan. 71 12 Jan. 71 12 Jan. 71 13 Jan. 71 15 Jan. 71 21 Jan. 71 21 Jan. 71 240 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 National Portrait Gallery Exhibition Will Pay Homage to Negro History Week Mayor Washington To Visit Portrait Gallery Smithsonian Scientists Publish Mexican Meteorite Study Results NCFA To Present Dramatic Reading Feb. 27 Inventory of American Paintings Begins Marine Biology Lectures To Be Held at Smithsonian Freer Lecturer To Discuss Work of Japanese Painter American Impressionist Painters Shown in New Galleries at National Collection NCFA To Show Portraits by "Thief of Souls"' Smithsonian Sets Up Program To Promote Indian Awareness Smithsonian Museums Add Evening Hours Five Soloists To Present Finale of "Music from Marlboro" Series Michael Collins, Apollo Astronaut, Will Direct Air and Space Museum Michael Collins — Biography National Air and Space Museum — Background Material Puppet Theatre To Reopen March 24 at Smithsonian Music from Marlboro Artists Will Make Final Washington Appearance Ohio, Northwest Indians, Labor To Be Featured at Smithsonian's 5th Annual Folklife Festival Kite Fliers Invited To Compete in Contest in Washington April 10 Frans Brueggen To Perform at Smithsonian March 15 Freer Director To Lecture on Ming Porcelain March 16 New Art Show Offers Inside View of Body New Music Choral Ensemble III Will Perform at Smithsonian D.C. Grade School Art To Be Shown at NCFA Smithsonian Commissions Architects To Design National Zoo Master Plan Lecture Series at National Collection To Trace Roots of Modern American Art In Sight and Sound, Smithsonian Portrays Development of Machines That Make Music Contemporary West Coast Graphics To Be Shown at Smithsonian Museums Low Cost Furniture To Be Exhibited at National Collection of Fine Arts Archaeologist Iris Love To Give Lecture at Smithsonian April 2 Freer Galley Opens Two Special Exhibitions Lecture at Freer To Focus on Chinese Landscape Painting Exhibit of Arms and Armor of Japan Opens at Smithsonian John Marin Centennial Exhibition To Be Shown by Smithsonian Museum National Portrait Gallery Exhibition To Honor Unknown 18th Century Artist Children's Day: An Art Happening at National Collection of Fine Arts 29 Jan. 71 29 Jan. 71 2 Feb. 71 2 Feb. 71 8 Feb. 71 9 Feb. 71 10 Feb. 71 10 Feb. 71 12 Feb. 71 16 Feb. 71 16 Feb. 71 17 Feb. 71 19 Feb. 71 19 Feb. 71 19 Feb. 71 22 Feb. 71 22 Feb. 71 23 Feb. 71 1 Mar. 71 5 Mar. 71 8 Mar. 71 8 Mar. 71 9 Mar. 71 15 Mar. 71 15 Mar. 71 17 Mar. 71 19 Mar. 71 19 Mar. 71 22 Mar. 71 23 Mar. 71 24 Mar. 71 24 Mar. 71 26 Mar. 71 30 Mar. 71 31 Mar. 71 1 Apr. 71 2 Apr. 6 Apr. 8 Apr. 12 Apr. 15 Apr. 7 7 7 7 7 15 Apr. 20 Apr. 7 7 APPENDIX 8. PUBLIC AFFAIRS 241 Smithsonian Announces Evening Hours for Museum of History and Technology Museum of Natural History Opens Section of Physical Geology Hall Special Exhibit Shows Faces of D.C. Children Anacostia Museum, D.C. Art Group Present 3rd Annual Exhibit Wilson Center Sets May 1 Deadline for Applications Smithsonian Will Produce Festival of American Folklore in Montreal Seventh Annual Link Lecture To Be Held at Smithsonian Contemporary Lebanese Paintings Will Be Exhibited in Washington 22 Apr. 7 NCFA Announces Schedule of Exhibitions and Special Events 22 Apr. 7 N.J. Firm Presents Historic Dividing Engines to Museum 23 Apr. 7 High School Graphics To Be Exhibited at NCFA 26 Apr. 7 Texas-Size Project Yields Millions of Fossil Shells from Tons of Rock 26 Apr. 7 Illustrated Lecture on American Art Rescheduled by National Collection 28 Apr. 7 Two Story Lunar Module To Go on Exhibition at Smithsonian 29 Apr. 7 Iron Axes Made Centuries Before China's Iron Age Were Fabricated from Meteorite, Experts Find 29 Apr. 7 Children's Day at NCFA To Feature Indians, Puppets, Craftsmen, Do-It-Yourself Art 3 May 7 Smithsonian To Feature Work of Artisans Continuing American Handcraft Tradition 3 May 7 Peace Corps Poster Contest Entries To Be Shown at Smithsonian May 8-16 4 May 7 GE Gives Household Appliances to Smithsonian History Museum 6 May 7 Ted Mack To Lecture on Broadcasting May 13 at Smithsonian History Museum 7 May 7 Smithsonian Puppet Theatre To Reopen for Summer May 22 10 May 7 Smithsonian Museum To Display Mexican Stamps by U.S. Artist 10 May 7 Special Exhibition To Commemorate 100 Years of Microfilm Technology 11 May 7 Government Information, the Media and the Public 13 May 7 National Portrait Gallery Extends Benbridge Exhibition 13 May 7 Center for the Study of Man To Hold Population Meetings 13 May 7 NCFA To Exhibit Drawings from Collection of John Davis Hatch 17 May 7 National Portrait Gallery Exhibition Will Salute Kennedy Center Inaugural 19 May 7 National Portrait Gallery Will Honor Mary McLeod Bethune 19 May 7 Special Exhibition Traces History of Plastic Surgery 21 May 7 Wilson Center To Sponsor Foreign Policy Dialogue 21 May 7 Folk Skills of American Labor Will Be Featured at Annual Smithsonian Festival on Mall July 1-5 24 May 7 Two New Smithsonian Museums Are an Undiscovered Resource 24 May 7 New Children's Gallery at National Collection "A Looking, Dreaming, Thinking, Imagining Place" 24 May 7 Report Analyzes New State Approaches to Environment 26 May 7 Smithsonian Puppet Theatre Open Through Labor Day, Adopting Summer Schedule 27 May 71 242 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 Annual Smithsonian Boomerang Competition Scheduled for June 5 on Monument Grounds 28 May 71 Summer Film Series at National Collection To Focus on Eight Modern American Artists 4 June 71 Smithsonian's Science Hotline Issues Annual Report for 1970 4 June 71 Campbell Museum Collection Shows Tureens as Fine Art 7 June 71 Smithsonian To Present Talk on Mexican Organs 7 June 71 Movies by Teenagers From D.C. Area Will Be Screened at Museum Festival 7 June 71 Mack McCormick Appointed Director of Smithsonian's Festival of American Folklife in Montreal, Canada 8 June 71 Portrait Gallery Plans Exhibition on "Black Sounds of the Twenties" 9 June 71 Richard Lahey To Talk at National Collection on the Noted American Artists He Has Known 9 June 71 Bust of Labor Leader John L. Lewis Will Be Given to Portrait Gallery 10 June 71 423-Carat Logan Sapphire Will Be Unveiled June 22 10 June 71 First Synthetic Gem-Quality Diamonds Will Be Given to Smithsonian June 17 10 June 71 Dancers, Drummers, and Actors To Honor Black Educator In Courtyard Festival at National Portrait Gallery 14 June 71 July 4 Exhibit at Smithsonian Will Feature Marquetry Flags 14 June 71 Oregon Arts Administrator Appointed Chief of Smithsonian Traveling Exhibition Service 15 June 71 Public Invited to Art Show at Swiss Embassy June 25-28 16 June 71 NASM To Receive Painting From Spanish Ambassador 17 June 71 Open House Scheduled at National Collection 17 June 71 Indians of Northwest To Demonstrate Traditional Culture at Smithsonian Institution Folklife Festival July 1-5 18 June 71 Unknown Art Masterpieces Will Be Unveiled in National Collection of Fine Arts Show 21 June 71 Puerto Rican Dance Company To Appear at Folk Festival 23 June 71 Concerts Set for Smithsonian's Museum of History and Technology 23 June 71 Sol Tax Named To Direct Center for Study of Man 24 June 71 Concert Set for Smithsonian's Museum of History and Technology 25 June 71 Smithsonian Scientist Named To Link Foundation Trustees 29 June 71 "Radio Smithsonian" Programs JULY 1970 "Jacquard Mechanism and Nineteenth Century Jacquard Woven Coverlets." "India Chintz." "Hamilton College Choir and Brass Choir." "Division of Musical Instruments Record" (two programs). AUGUST 1970 "Recital of Twentieth Century Piano Music by Pierre Huybregts." "The Princeton Chamber Orchestra." APPENDIX 8. PUBLIC AFFAIRS 243 "Tarr and Kent Concert." "The 1970 American Folklife Festival" (two programs). SEPTEMBER 1970 "Conversation with Joseph H. Hirshhorn and Abram Lemer," Director of the Joseph H. Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden. Interviews: Roy Strong, Director of the National Portrait Gallery, London; Dr. Sidney R. Galler, Assistant Secretary for Science, Smithsonian Institution. Benjamin Ruhe, Press Officer: "Boomerangs — It All Comes Back to Me Now"; Paul Garber, Air and Space Historian: "The Art of Kites." Dr. J. Lawrence Angel, Physical Anthropologist: "Working With Prehistoric Remains and Sleuthing for the FBI"; Paul V. Gardner, Curator of Ceramics: "Collectables." OCTOBER 1970 Erwin Swann: "Thomas Nast: Influential Political Cartoonist or Artist?"; Rob- ert M. Vogel, Curator of Mechanical Engineering: "Our Inventive Past." His Excellency Lakshmi Jha, the Ambassador of India: "Gandhi." Lucy Kavaler, author of "Freezing Point": "She Ventured in the Cold"; Dr. Gordon Gibson, Curator of Old World Anthropology: "Scientific Safari." Dr. Lee Talbot, of the President's Council on Environmental Quality: "Environ- ment: What Are You Doing?"; Dr. Joshua Taylor, Director of the National Collection of Fine Arts: "What Have We Created?" NOVEMBER 1970 "The Music of Erik Satie." Benjamin Read, Director, Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars: "A Living Memorial"; Dr. Ray Smith: "A Temple for the Goddess Nefertiti. "Chamber Music," by the U.S. Air Force Ensemble. "Our Future Environment: Will We Have One?" (two programs selected from the General Assembly of the International Union of Biological Sciences). DECEMBER 1970 Rube Goldberg: "Do It the Hard Way!" "Concert of Baroque Music." Alarius Ensemble of Brussels. "Early Christmas Music," with James Weaver, Concert Director for the Smith- sonian Division of Musical Instruments. "Do Snakes Have Souls?" with Dr. James Peters, Curator of the Division of Rep- tiles and Amphibians; "Reclaiming World War II Planes Downed in Nether lands Waters," Lt. Col. A. P. Dejong, Director of Information for the Royal Netherlands Air Force. JANUARY 1971 "The Jazz Scene" (three programs). Julian Euell, former bassist, sociologist, and now Special Assistant for Public Service at the Smithsonian, and Dr. Donald Byrd, noted jazz trumpeter, composer, and Chairman of the Department of Jazz Studies at Howard University, in a musicated conversation about jazz and jazzmen. 244 SMITHSONIAN YEAR 1971 "Bugging the Bugs," Dr. Barnard Burks, Research Entomologist in the Systematic Entomology Laboratory; "Curtain Going Up," William Blair, General Director of the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts. "Talking to the Animals," Warren Iliff, Special Assistant for the Director, Na- tional Zoological Park; "Commodore Perry: East to the Rising Sun," Roger Pineau, Managing Editor of the Smithsonian Press. FEBRUARY 1971 "The Alarius Ensemble of Brussels," a concert ranging from contemporary to baroque music presented at the Smithsonian. "A Collection of Millions?", Dr. Richard S. Cowan, Director of the National Museum of Natural History; "You Are More Attractive With a Flat Head!," Dr. T. Dale Stewart, Senior Physical Anthropologist. "Council on Worms," Dr. Meredith L. Jones, Curator of the Division of Worms; "Scientists at Sea," Dr. I. Eugene Wallen, Director of the Office of Environ- mental Sciences. "Indians." A look at a major area of Smithsonian scholarship, the American Indian, his culture, and some of his problems today. MARCH 1971 "Indians," Part II. "What If the Pacific Flows Into the Atlantic?," Dr. Ira Rubinoff, Assistant Director for Marine Biology, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute; "The Unicorn Is Alive and Well, Living in Washington (also Kansas City, London and Mars)," Dr. John White, author and specialist in mythical animals. "The Birds and the Bees." A program in honor of the coming of spring. "The American Museum," Ian McCallum, Director of the American Museum in Britain; "I'll Give You a Dollar for That Penny," Dr. and Mrs. Clain-Stefanelli, Curators of Numismatics. APRIL 1971 "American Bandsman." Selected music of John Philip Sousa with discussion by James Weaver, Concert Director, Division of Musical Instruments. "Toward a Lasting Peace." President Richard M. Nixon and Senator Hubert H. Humphrey speaking at the dedication of the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars. "Global Crusade." Discussion of a joint international environment program with Robert K. Poole, Director, Environmental Programs, Peace Corps, and Dr. Dale W. Jenkins, Director, Ecology Program, Smithsonian Office of Environ- mental Sciences. "Thief of Souls." A Discussion of the art of Romaine Brooks with art student Gerald Adelman; "Henry Moore," a conversation with the great British sculptor. MAY 1971 "Concert" by Frans Brueggen, recorder virtuoso, assisted by James Weaver, Smithsonian Concert Director, on the harpsichord, playing works by Corelli and Loeillet. APPENDIX 8. PUBLIC AFFAIRS 245 "Who First Called it Jade?" A visit with Senator Hugh Scott of Pennsylvania. "Know Thyself." Dr. Raymond Stites, formerly with the National Gallery of Art, discusses the subject of his recent book The Sublimations of Leonardo da Vinci; Derek Rogers, Keeper of Art at the Brighton Pavilion, "Who Would Have Thought of an Oriental Pavilion in England?" "Sing While You Labor!" Tapes and talks on American work songs with Archie Green, Institute of Labor and Industrial Relations. "Do You Know About the Tinamu Bird?" Discussion with Dr. Sam Weeks, Curator of Birds at the National Zoological Park; "Are Plastic Spoons Prog- ress?" Dr. Eugene Knez, Old World Anthropology Department, National Mu- seum of Natural History, revisits a Korean village. "Folk Concert." Margaret MacArthur, folk singer and song collector from Ver- mont, with self-accompaniment on the dulcimer and the folk harp. "Concert." Bach and Handel Music, presented by the United States Air Force String Orchestra. "Music Machines — American Style" (two programs). A survey of popular styles in American music from barrel organs and player pianos to the most up-to- date high fidelity equipment. JUNE 1971 "Folk Concert." Margaret MacArthur, folk singer and song collector from Ver- mont, with self-accompaniment on the dulcimer and the folk harp. "Concert." The United States Air Force String Orchestra, in concert at the Smithsonian, playing works by Bach and Handel. "Music Machines, American Style, Part I." A look at American music machines, from barrel organs and player pianos to the most up-to-date stereo equipment. "Music Machines, American Style, Part II." Appendix 9 SMITHSONIAN EXHIBITS Special Exhibits History and Technology Building American Holidays — Discovery Day Founders' Day Fourth of July Labor Day Antique Toys Automat Benjamin Wright Campbell Museum Collection Civil Engineering Cyrus Field Do It the Hard Way Embryology George Washington Carver Ghandi Exhibit Graphic Arts Jacquard Loom Leon Collection Mexican Stamps Mr. Zip Music Machines — American Style Nixon Photographs Objects of the Month Perry Exhibit Plastic Surgery Poetry of the Body South Carolina Currency Stephen Whealton Women, Cameras, and Images (V) Natural History Building Drake Birds Fiberglass Show Flora of North America Indian Images Japanese Armor Moon Rock OEP Posters Reptiles' Photos National Air and Space Museum Aerial Explorations Apollo 14 Early Bird NASA Benefit NASM Art Exhibit Robert McCall Art Exhibit Space Art 246 APPENDIX 9. SMITHSONIAN EXHIBITS 247 Arts and Industries Building Art Protis Bruce Davidson's Photos Dorothy Liebes Finnish Design Genteel Female The Hand of Man in America Vibrating World Woman Anacostia Neighborhood Museum Black Patriots Jewish Museum, New York Software Traveling Exhibit Energy Conversion Permanent Exhibitions History and Technology Building American Heroes Armed Forces Chronology (Navy) Autos and Coaches Ceramics Electricity Iron and Steel Maritime History Textiles Underwater History Natural History Building Age of Mammals (Quaternary) Archeology Dinosaurs Gems Native Peoples of the Americas Physical Geology Life in the Sea Tiger National Air and Space Museum Air and Space Building Beech Aircraft Goddard Exhibit U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1971 O 441-283